Spec El PDF

WSP Vietnam Ltd.
Unit 5, 16th Floor

Green Power Building
35 Ton Duc Thang Street
Ben Nghe Ward, District 1
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
Tel:
+84.8.2220.5345
Fax: +84.8.2220.5348
Email: vietnam@wspgroup.com.vn
http://www.wspgroup.com
ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TENDER DESIGN
TIU CHUN K THUT PHN H THNG IN
THIT K U THU THI CNG
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Le Van Huu Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam

ng L Vn Hu, Qun 1, Tp.H Ch Minh , Vit Nam
WSP-TN-EL-SPC- 60003
DATE OF ISSUE: 11 Aug 2015

PHT HNH: 11 thng 08 nm 2015
Technical Specification
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
TABLE OF CONTENT
MC LC
SECTION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT ............................................................................................... 18
PHN 1 YU CU K THUT CHUNG ................................................................................................ 18
1.1
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 18
M u ........................................................................................................................................... 18
1.2
Statutory Requirements and Other Regulations and Codes ......................................................... 19

Cc yu cu ca c quan chc nng v cc Tiu chun, quy chun khc .................................. 19
1.3
Climatic Conditions ........................................................................................................................ 21

iu kin kh hu ........................................................................................................................... 21
1.4
Geographic Conditions .................................................................................................................. 21

iu kin a l............................................................................................................................... 21
1.5
Electrical Supply and Building Provision ....................................................................................... 21

Cung cp in ................................................................................................................................ 21
1.6
Silence of Operation ...................................................................................................................... 22

Ting n khi thi cng ...................................................................................................................... 22
1.7
Material and Equipment Standards ............................................................................................... 24

Tiu chun v thit b v vt liu ................................................................................................... 24
1.8
Quality Assurance and Project Management ................................................................................ 28

Bo hnh cht lng v qun l d n ......................................................................................... 28
1.9
Delivery and Installation ................................................................................................................. 30

Cung cp n cng trng v lp t ........................................................................................... 30
1.10
Submittals and Reviews ................................................................................................................ 39

Np h s v kim tra h s.......................................................................................................... 39
1.11
Defects Liability Period .................................................................................................................. 52

Ngha v ca Nh thu trong Thi k Sa cha Sai st ............................................................... 52
1.12
Training of the Employers Operators ............................................................................................ 54

o to nhn vin vn hnh ca Ch u t ................................................................................ 54
SECTION 2 HV CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD ......................................................................................... 56

PHN 2 T NG CT TRUNG TH ................................................................................................... 56
2.1
22kv SF6 Insulated Ring Main Unit ............................................................................................ 56

T ng ct mch vng 24kv cch in kh SF6 .......................................................................... 56
2.2
22kv Instrument Transformer ........................................................................................................ 60

My bin i o lng 22kv .......................................................................................................... 60
SECTION 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS .................................................................... 65

(CAST RESIN TYPE) ................................................................................................................................. 65
PHN 3 MY BIN TH PHN PHI IN (LOI NHA C) ........................................................ 65
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.1
Scope ............................................................................................................................................. 65
Phm vi cng vic .......................................................................................................................... 65
3.2
Standards ....................................................................................................................................... 65
Cc tiu chun ............................................................................................................................... 65
3.3
Site and Service Condition ............................................................................................................ 65

iu kin hot ng v mi trng lm vic ................................................................................. 65
3.4
Characteristics According to IEC 76 and IEC 726 Standards ....................................................... 66

Cc c trng theo tiu chun IEC 76 v IEC 726 ....................................................................... 66
3.5
Description ..................................................................................................................................... 67
M t .............................................................................................................................................. 67
3.6
Accessories and Standard Equipment .......................................................................................... 68

Cc ph kin v thit b tiu chun................................................................................................ 68
3.7
Thermal Protection ........................................................................................................................ 69

Bo v nhit ................................................................................................................................... 69
3.8
Metal Enclosure ............................................................................................................................. 69

V kim loi ..................................................................................................................................... 69
3.9
Electrical Tests............................................................................................................................... 70
Th nghim in ............................................................................................................................ 70
3.10
Climatic and Environmental Classifications ................................................................................... 71

Phn loi v mi trng v kh hu ............................................................................................... 71
3.11
Fire Behavior Classification ........................................................................................................... 71

Phn loi v mc chu la ........................................................................................................ 71
SECTION 4 EMERGENCY GENERATOR ............................................................................................. 72

PHN 4 MY PHT IN KHN CP ................................................................................................. 72
4.1
Description ..................................................................................................................................... 72
M t .............................................................................................................................................. 72
4.2
Particular Requirements on Quality Assurance............................................................................. 73

Cc yu cu ring cho vic bo m cht lng .......................................................................... 73
4.3

4.4
Submittals ...................................................................................................................................... 74
H s trnh ................................................................................................................................ 74
4.5
Design and Construction of Generator Set ................................................................................... 75

Thit k v thi cng b my pht ................................................................................................... 75
4.6
Design and Construction of Ancillary Equipment .......................................................................... 78

Thit k v thi cng thit b ph tr ............................................................................................... 78
4.7
Control and Protection of the Generator Set and Associated Equipment ..................................... 82
Phn iu khin v bo v ca b my pht v cc thit b lin quan ......................................... 82
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.8
System Operation and Performance ............................................................................................. 87

c tnh v vn hnh h thng ...................................................................................................... 87
4.9
Earthing .......................................................................................................................................... 89
Ni t ............................................................................................................................................ 89
4.10
Warning Sign ................................................................................................................................. 90

Bin cnh bo ................................................................................................................................ 90
4.11
Schematic and Control Wiring Diagram ........................................................................................ 90

S nguyn l v i dy iu khin ............................................................................................ 90
4.12
Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 90
Vic lp t .................................................................................................................................... 90
4.13
Engine Cooling............................................................................................................................... 90
Vic lm mt ng c .................................................................................................................... 90
4.14
Installation of Exhaust System ...................................................................................................... 91

Lp t h thng thi khi ............................................................................................................. 91
4.15
Cable Termination.......................................................................................................................... 92
u ni cp .................................................................................................................................... 92
4.16
Installation of Fuel System............................................................................................................. 92

Vic lp t h thng cp du ....................................................................................................... 92
4.17
Power Cables and Associated Cabling Facilities .......................................................................... 94

Cp in v phng tin i cp lin quan ..................................................................................... 94
SECTION 5 L.V. CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD ........................................................................................ 97

PHN 5 T IN H TH ..................................................................................................................... 97
5.1
General .......................................................................................................................................... 97
Tng qut ....................................................................................................................................... 97
5.2

5.3
Construction ................................................................................................................................. 100

Thi cng ....................................................................................................................................... 100
5.4
Finishes ........................................................................................................................................ 102

Hon thin .................................................................................................................................... 102
5.5
Busbars ........................................................................................................................................ 102

Thanh ci ..................................................................................................................................... 102
5.6
Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs) ......................................................................................................... 103

My ngt in kiu khng kh (ACB) ........................................................................................... 103
5.7
Fused Switchgear ........................................................................................................................ 106

C cu ct bng cu ch .............................................................................................................. 106
5.8
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) ................................................................................... 107

Ngt in loi c (MCCB) .......................................................................................................... 107
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.9
Protective Relays ......................................................................................................................... 109

R le bo v ................................................................................................................................. 109
5.10
Control and Auxiliary Relays........................................................................................................ 110

R le iu khin v b sung ........................................................................................................ 110
5.11
Volt-free Contacts (Dry Contacts) ................................................................................................ 110

Tip im khng p (Tip im kh) ........................................................................................... 110
5.12
Current Transformers (CTs) ........................................................................................................ 110

My bin dng (CT) ..................................................................................................................... 110
5.13
Power Factor Correction Equipment ........................................................................................... 111

Thit b iu chnh h s cng sut ............................................................................................. 111
5.14
Indicating Instruments .................................................................................................................. 112

B hin th o lng..................................................................................................................... 112
5.15
Indicating Lamps, Push buttons, Selector and Control switches ................................................ 112
n hin th, nt nhn, cng tc la chn v iu khin ............................................................ 112
5.16
Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................................................... 113

Bng u dy ............................................................................................................................... 113
5.17
Fuses and Links ........................................................................................................................... 113

Cu ch v dy ni ....................................................................................................................... 113
5.18
Battery / Charger System ............................................................................................................ 114

Bnh cquy / H thng sc........................................................................................................... 114
5.19
Earthing ........................................................................................................................................ 115

Ni t .......................................................................................................................................... 115
5.20
Labels and Drawings ................................................................................................................... 115

Nhn ghi v Bn v ..................................................................................................................... 115
5.21
Control Wiring .............................................................................................................................. 116

i dy iu khin ......................................................................................................................... 116
5.22
Installation .................................................................................................................................... 116

Vic lp t .................................................................................................................................. 116
5.23
Discrimination .............................................................................................................................. 120

Vic ct c chn lc ..................................................................................................................... 120
SECTION 6 MAIN & SUBMAIN DISTRIBUTION................................................................................. 121

PHN 6 H THNG IN PHN PHI CHNH V PH ................................................................... 121
6.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 121

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 121
6.2
Site and Service Condition .......................................................................................................... 122

iu kin hot ng v mi trng lm vic ............................................................................... 122
6.3
Busbar Chamber .......................................................................................................................... 123

Ngn cha thanh ci.................................................................................................................... 123
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.4
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and MCCB Distribution Board ...................................... 124
Cu dao MCCB v bng phn phi cu dao MCCB ................................................................... 124
6.5
MCB Distribution Board, MCB & RCD ......................................................................................... 126

Bng phn phi MCB, MCB v RCD ........................................................................................... 126
SECTION 7 CABLE INSTALLATION .................................................................................................. 130

PHN 7 LP T CP ........................................................................................................................ 130
7.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 130

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 130
7.2
Armoured PVC Insulated Cables ................................................................................................. 131

Cp bc st c lp PVC .............................................................................................................. 131
7.3
PVC Insulated Copper Cored PVC Sheathed Cables ................................................................. 133

Cp c v PVC v cp li ng bc PVC ................................................................................... 133
7.4
PVC Insulated Copper Cables ..................................................................................................... 133

Cc ng cp ng c lp bc PVC ......................................................................................... 133
7.5
XLPE Insulated Armoured PVC Sheathed Cables ...................................................................... 134

Cp c v PVC c bc st v lp cch in XLPE ..................................................................... 134
7.6
Fire Resistant Cables .................................................................................................................. 135

Cp chu la ................................................................................................................................. 135
7.7
Belden type Control cable and coaxial cable .............................................................................. 137

Cp iu khin v cp ng trc loi Belden .............................................................................. 137
7.8
High Voltage Power Cables ......................................................................................................... 138

Cp in cao th .......................................................................................................................... 138
7.9
Jointing, Terminating and Accessories ........................................................................................ 138

Mi ni, u ni v ph kin ........................................................................................................ 138
7.10
Underground Installation Direct Buried .................................................................................... 139

Lp t cp ngm di t Chn trc tip ............................................................................... 139
7.11
Underground Installation Cable ducts and draw pits................................................................ 140

Lp t cp ngm di t - Cc ng cp v h ko dy .......................................................... 140
7.12
Conduit System............................................................................................................................ 142

H thng ng i dy ..................................................................................................................... 142
7.13
Cable Trunking............................................................................................................................. 147

Lp t cc hp i dy cp .......................................................................................................... 147
7.14
Cables in Conduit and Trunking .................................................................................................. 150

Cc ng cp trong ng i dy v hp i dy .......................................................................... 150
7.15
Metal Cable Tray.......................................................................................................................... 151

Cc mng kim loi cp ........................................................................................................... 151
7.16
Plastic Conduit ............................................................................................................................. 154

ng i dy bng nha hoc hp i dy bng nha .................................................................... 154
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.17
Sealing of duct entries to buildings (including service pipes) ...................................................... 155

Bt cc l ng vo nh (bao gm cc ng dch v) ..................................................................... 155
SECTION 8 LIGHTING INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 156

PHN 8 LP T H THNG CHIU SNG .................................................................................... 156
8.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 156

Yu cu chung ............................................................................................................................. 156
8.2

8.3
Wiring and Conduit ...................................................................................................................... 156

Dy v ng i dy ........................................................................................................................ 156
8.4
Lighting Circuit Control ................................................................................................................ 157

iu khin mch chiu sng ....................................................................................................... 157
SECTION 9 SMALL POWER SYSTEM ............................................................................................... 159

PHN 9 H THNG IN NGUN CHO MCH CNG SUT THP ............................................. 159
9.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 159

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 159
9.2

9.3
Electrical Accessories & Installation ............................................................................................ 159

Cc ph kin in v cch lp t............................................................................................... 159
9.4
Final Circuit Installation................................................................................................................ 163

Lp t mch cui........................................................................................................................ 163
9.5
Testing ......................................................................................................................................... 164

Th nghim .................................................................................................................................. 164
SECTION 10 LUMINAIRES .................................................................................................................. 165

PHN 10 CC LOI N .................................................................................................................... 165
10.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 165

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 165
10.2
Control Gear ................................................................................................................................ 166

B iu khin ............................................................................................................................... 166
10.3
Fluorescent Luminaires ............................................................................................................... 167

Cc loi n hunh quang ........................................................................................................... 167
10.4
Weatherproof Luminaires ............................................................................................................ 168

Cc n chu thi tit ................................................................................................................... 168
10.5
Dust Proof Luminaires ................................................................................................................. 169

Cc n chng bi ....................................................................................................................... 169
10.6
Emergency Fluorescent Luminaires ............................................................................................ 169

Cc n hunh quang chiu sng khi c s c .......................................................................... 169
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.7
Fluorescent Tube ......................................................................................................................... 169

n ng hunh quang ................................................................................................................. 169
10.8
Incandescent Lamps.................................................................................................................... 170

Cc n sng nng ...................................................................................................................... 170
10.9
Outdoor HID lamp lighting fixture ................................................................................................ 170

Cc n phng in cao p ngoi tri......................................................................................... 170
10.10 Wiring ........................................................................................................................................... 171

Ni dy cho n ........................................................................................................................... 171
10.11 Delivery of Luminaires ................................................................................................................. 171
Phn phi n n cng trng .................................................................................................. 171
10.12 Erection of Luminaires ................................................................................................................. 172
Lp dng n ............................................................................................................................... 172
SECTION 11 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM............................................................................ 175
PHN 11 H THNG CHNG ST .................................................................................................... 175
11.1
Lightning Protection System to BS 6651 ..................................................................................... 175

H thng chng st theo BS 6651............................................................................................... 175
11.2

11.3
Air Termination on Roof ............................................................................................................... 175

Cc thu li mi .......................................................................................................................... 175
11.4
Down Conductor .......................................................................................................................... 176

Dy dn xung ............................................................................................................................. 176
11.5
Earth Electrodes and Earth pits ................................................................................................... 177

Cc in cc ni t v h tip t ............................................................................................. 177
11.6
Surge Protection Devices ............................................................................................................ 178

Thit b bo v qu in p ......................................................................................................... 178
11.7
Testing and Commissioning ........................................................................................................ 179

Kim tra v nghim thu ................................................................................................................ 179
SECTION 12 EARTHING SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 180

PHN 12 H THNG NI T ........................................................................................................... 180
12.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 180

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 180
12.2
Electrical Earth ............................................................................................................................. 181

Ni t cho ngun in ................................................................................................................ 181
12.3
Computer Earth............................................................................................................................ 183

Ni t cho my tnh .................................................................................................................... 183
12.4
Telephone Earth .......................................................................................................................... 183

Ni t cho my in thoi .......................................................................................................... 183
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
12.5
Protective Bonding ....................................................................................................................... 183

Lin kt bo v............................................................................................................................. 183
12.6
Earthing Equipment and Arrangement ........................................................................................ 184

Thit b v cch b tr h thng ni t ....................................................................................... 184
SECTION 13 PROVISION FOR OTHER SERVICES .......................................................................... 186

PHN 13 YU CU K THUT CUNG CP CHO CC DCH V KHC......................................... 186
13.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 186

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 186
13.2
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Services (HVAC) ....................................................... 186

H thng iu ha nhit , thng gi v si (HVAC) .............................................................. 186
13.3
Lift Services ................................................................................................................................. 187

Thang my ................................................................................................................................... 187
13.4
Kitchen Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 187

Thit b bp .................................................................................................................................. 187
13.5
Telephone / PABX Services ........................................................................................................ 187

H thng in thoi/ PABX .......................................................................................................... 187
SECTION 14 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM .................................................................................................. 189

PHN 14 H THNG BO CHY....................................................................................................... 189
14.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 189

Tng quan .................................................................................................................................... 189
14.2

14.3
Addressable Fire Alarm Control and Indicating Panel ................................................................ 189

T Hin Th v Bo Chy a Ch ................................................................................................ 189
14.4
Alarm Repeater Panel and Fire Services Sub-Panel .................................................................. 196

T Bo Chy Lp Li v T Bo Chy Ph ................................................................................ 196
14.5
Fireman Communication System Control Centre ........................................................................ 196

Trung tm iu khin h thng truyn thng cu ha ................................................................ 196
14.6
Manual Call Points ....................................................................................................................... 197

Nt nhn khn.............................................................................................................................. 197
14.7
Heat Detectors ............................................................................................................................. 198

u D Nhit ............................................................................................................................... 198
14.8
Optical Smoke Detectors ............................................................................................................. 199

u D Khi Quang Hc ............................................................................................................. 199
14.9
Installation of Detectors ............................................................................................................... 199

Lp t u D ........................................................................................................................... 199
14.10 Alarm Bells ................................................................................................................................... 200

Chung Bo ng ....................................................................................................................... 200
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.11 Visual Alarm Signals .................................................................................................................... 200

Tn Hiu Bo ng nh Sng ..................................................................................................... 200
14.12 Mounting Bases ........................................................................................................................... 201
Gn u Bo Chy ................................................................................................................ 201
14.13 End of Line Testers ...................................................................................................................... 201
B Th Cui Dy ......................................................................................................................... 201
14.14 Intelligent Addressable Devices .................................................................................................. 201
Thit B a Ch Thng Minh ........................................................................................................ 201
14.15 Addressable Interface Modules ................................................................................................... 203
M un Giao Din a Ch .......................................................................................................... 203
14.16 Wiring Installation Summary ........................................................................................................ 204
Tm Lc V Lp t Dy .......................................................................................................... 204
14.17 Protection Against Indirect Contact ............................................................................................. 205
Bo V Chng Tip Xc Gin Tip ............................................................................................. 205
14.18 Components and Equipment Compatibility ................................................................................. 205
Cc Thnh Phn V Thit B Tng Thch ................................................................................. 205
14.19 Alarm Transmitters....................................................................................................................... 206
Cc B Truyn Ti Tn Hiu Bo Chy ....................................................................................... 206
14.20 Batteries and Chargers ................................................................................................................ 206
Cc B c Quy v B Sc c Quy .............................................................................................. 206
SECTION 15 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM ........................................................................................ 211
PHN 15 H THNG TRUYN THANH CNG CNG ..................................................................... 211
15.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 211

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 211
15.2

15.3
Microphones ................................................................................................................................ 214

Micro gi thng bo ..................................................................................................................... 214
15.4
Power Amplifier ............................................................................................................................ 215

B khuych i cng sut............................................................................................................ 215
15.5
Ceiling and Wall Mounted Loudspeakers .................................................................................... 216

Loa c gn tng v gn trn .............................................................................................. 216
15.6
Speaker Selector ......................................................................................................................... 217

Thit b chn vng loa .................................................................................................................. 217
15.7
Volume Control Units ................................................................................................................... 218

Thit b iu khin m lng ....................................................................................................... 218
15.8
CD Player ..................................................................................................................................... 218

u c a .................................................................................................................................. 218
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
10
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
15.9
Equipment Cabinet ...................................................................................................................... 219

T t thit b ............................................................................................................................... 219
15.10 Cables .......................................................................................................................................... 220

Cp............................................................................................................................................... 220
SECTION 16 SECURITY CCTV ........................................................................................................... 223
PHN 16 H THNG GIM ST AN NINH HNH NH ..................................................................... 223
16.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 223

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 223
16.2

16.3
IP Cameras .................................................................................................................................. 224

Camera loi IP ............................................................................................................................. 224
16.4
Cables and Accessories .............................................................................................................. 226

Cp v cc ph kin .................................................................................................................... 226
16.5
Uninterrupted Power Supply Unit (UPS) ..................................................................................... 227

H thng cp ngun lin tc ........................................................................................................ 227
16.6
Installation .................................................................................................................................... 229

Lp t ......................................................................................................................................... 229
SECTION 17 SECURITY SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL ................................................................ 230

PHN 17 H THNG QUN L RA VO .......................................................................................... 230
17.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 230

Tng qut ..................................................................................................................................... 230
17.2

17.3
Door Monitoring and Control ....................................................................................................... 231

Gim st v kim sot ca .......................................................................................................... 231
17.4
Smartcards................................................................................................................................... 236
Th thng minh ............................................................................................................................ 236
17.5
Card Access Reader Station ....................................................................................................... 236

u c th .................................................................................................................................. 236
17.6
Access Controller ......................................................................................................................... 236

Kim sot ra vo .......................................................................................................................... 236
17.7
Door Latch Releases Control ...................................................................................................... 237

iu khin t nh cht ca.......................................................................................................... 237
17.8
Capability ..................................................................................................................................... 237

Dung lng .................................................................................................................................. 237
17.9
Functions ..................................................................................................................................... 238

Chc nng ................................................................................................................................... 238
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
11
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
17.10 Speed gate ................................................................................................................................... 239

Cng an ninh ................................................................................................................................ 239
17.11 Uninterrupted Power Supply Unit (UPS) ..................................................................................... 240
Ngun cp in lin tc (UPS) .................................................................................................... 240
17.12 Printers ......................................................................................................................................... 242
My in........................................................................................................................................... 242
17.13 Power Supply Uni ........................................................................................................................ 244
Ngun cp in ............................................................................................................................ 244
17.14 Wiring and Installation ................................................................................................................. 245
i dy v lp t .......................................................................................................................... 245
SECTION 18 DATA CABLING SYSTEM ............................................................................................. 246
PHN 18 H THNG CP D LIU .................................................................................................. 246
18.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 246

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 246
18.2
Contractor Certification ................................................................................................................ 246

Chng nhn Nh Thu ................................................................................................................ 246
18.3
Standards ..................................................................................................................................... 246

Tiu chun p dng ..................................................................................................................... 246
18.4

18.5
System Description ...................................................................................................................... 247

M t h thng ............................................................................................................................. 247
18.6
Cabling ......................................................................................................................................... 249

Cp D Liu ................................................................................................................................. 249
18.7
User Outlets ................................................................................................................................. 255

Cm .......................................................................................................................................... 255
18.8
RJ45 Patch Panels ...................................................................................................................... 257

Bng u ni RJ45 ...................................................................................................................... 257
18.9
Fibre Optic Patch Panels ............................................................................................................. 259

Bng u ni cp quang .............................................................................................................. 259
18.10 Cross Connect Termination Frames............................................................................................ 260

Khung u ni cho ..................................................................................................................... 260
18.11 Jumper Cable/Patch Cords.......................................................................................................... 260
Cp nhy ...................................................................................................................................... 260
18.12 Equipment Racks ......................................................................................................................... 265
Gi lp thit b .............................................................................................................................. 265
18.13 UPS for IT racks........................................................................................................................... 267
Ngun lin tc (UPS) cho gi thit b cng ngh thng tin ......................................................... 267
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
12
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
18.14 Incoming Telephone Service Cables ........................................................................................... 268

Cp dch v thoi n .................................................................................................................. 268
18.15 Telephone Backbone Subsystem ................................................................................................ 268
H thng ng trc in thoi ph ............................................................................................ 268
18.16 Mobile booster system ................................................................................................................. 269
H thng khuch i song in thoi .......................................................................................... 269
18.17 Installation .................................................................................................................................... 269
Lp t ......................................................................................................................................... 269
18.18 System Support ........................................................................................................................... 270
H tr h thng ............................................................................................................................ 270
18.19 Technical Support Staff and Experience ..................................................................................... 270
Nhn vin h tr k thut v chuyn gia ...................................................................................... 270
18.20 Letters of Reference .................................................................................................................... 270
Giy chng nhn ......................................................................................................................... 270
18.21 Testing and Warranty .................................................................................................................. 271
Kim tra v bo hnh ................................................................................................................... 271
18.22 Customer Acceptance ................................................................................................................. 271
Chp thun khch hng............................................................................................................... 271
18.23 On-site Move Day Support .......................................................................................................... 271
H tr ti cng trng.................................................................................................................. 271
18.24 Engineering .................................................................................................................................. 272
K thut ........................................................................................................................................ 272
SECTION 19 COMMUNAL AERIAL BROADCASTING DISTRIBUTION (CABD) SYSTEM............. 274
PHN 19 H THNG PHN PHI TN HIU NGTEN CNG CNG ............................................. 274
19.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 274

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 274
19.2
Antenna ........................................................................................................................................ 276

ng ten ......................................................................................................................................... 276
19.3
Low Noise Pre-amplifier............................................................................................................... 278

B tin khuych i mc nhiu thp ........................................................................................... 278
19.4
Amplifiers ..................................................................................................................................... 278

B khuych i ............................................................................................................................ 278
19.5
Feedhorn/Low Noise Block Converter (LNB) .............................................................................. 281

B bin i vnh loa/ khi mc nhiu thp ................................................................................. 281
19.6
C-Band Satellite Receiver............................................................................................................ 282

My thu tn hiu v tinh bng - C................................................................................................. 282
19.7
Up-converter ................................................................................................................................ 283

B chuyn i tng tn s ........................................................................................................... 283
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
13
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.8
TV Modulator ............................................................................................................................... 283

B iu bin TV ........................................................................................................................... 283
19.9
Frequency Converter ................................................................................................................... 284

B bin i tn s ........................................................................................................................ 284
19.10 Co-axial Cables............................................................................................................................ 285

Cp ng trc .............................................................................................................................. 285
19.11 FM/TV Socket Outlet ................................................................................................................... 286
Cc cm FM/TV ........................................................................................................................ 286
19.12 Splitter and Tee-off Units ............................................................................................................. 287
B phn chia v thit b phn nhnh ........................................................................................... 287
19.13 Power Supply Unit ....................................................................................................................... 288
Thit b cp in ngun ............................................................................................................... 288
19.14 Signal Strength ............................................................................................................................ 288
Cng tn hiu ........................................................................................................................ 288
19.15 Installation Requirement .............................................................................................................. 288
Cc yu cu lp t ..................................................................................................................... 288
19.16 Testing and Commissioning ........................................................................................................ 290
Th nghim v chy th .............................................................................................................. 290
19.17 Government Licence & Insurance ............................................................................................... 291
Cc giy php v bo him ......................................................................................................... 291
SECTION 20 AUTOMATIC CARPARK CONTROL SYSTEM ............................................................ 292
PHN 20 H THNG IU KHIN BI XE T NG ...................................................................... 292
20.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 292

Tng quan .................................................................................................................................... 292
20.2
Entrance Ticket Readers ............................................................................................................. 294

u c v cng vo ................................................................................................................... 294
20.3
Exit Ticket Readers u c v cng ra ..................................................................................... 296

u c v cng ra ...................................................................................................................... 296
20.4
Barrier Gates ................................................................................................................................ 297

Cng thanh chn.......................................................................................................................... 297
20.5
Loop Detectors............................................................................................................................. 297

Vng cm bin ............................................................................................................................. 297
20.6
Quarterly/Monthly Tickets ............................................................................................................ 297

Vng cm bin ............................................................................................................................. 297
20.7
Hourly Tickets .............................................................................................................................. 298

V gi ........................................................................................................................................... 298
20.8
Full / Vacancy Signs .................................................................................................................... 299

Bng bo ht ch/cn trng......................................................................................................... 299
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
14
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 21 CABLE SEGREGATION ................................................................................................ 300

PHN 21 B TR CP ......................................................................................................................... 300
21.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 300

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 300
21.2
Trunking and Conduit .................................................................................................................. 300

Hp i dy v ng i dy ............................................................................................................. 300
SECTION 22 BUSDUCT....................................................................................................................... 302

PHN 22 THANH DN ......................................................................................................................... 302
22.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 302

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 302
22.2

22.3
Housing ........................................................................................................................................ 303

Phn v ........................................................................................................................................ 303
22.4
Joint.............................................................................................................................................. 303
Khp ni ....................................................................................................................................... 303
22.5
Busbars ........................................................................................................................................ 303

Thanh dn .................................................................................................................................... 303
22.6
Fittings.......................................................................................................................................... 304
Cc b ni .................................................................................................................................... 304
22.7
Support......................................................................................................................................... 305
H thng gi ........................................................................................................................... 305
22.8
Responsibility for Routing and Measurements ............................................................................ 305

Trch nhim v vic nh tuyn v o t ................................................................................... 305
22.9
Short Circuit Rating ...................................................................................................................... 305

Dng ngn mch nh mc ......................................................................................................... 305
22.10 Voltage Drop ................................................................................................................................ 305

st p ...................................................................................................................................... 305
22.11 Tap-Off Boxes .............................................................................................................................. 305
Hp chia ngun ............................................................................................................................ 305
22.12 Test .............................................................................................................................................. 306
Kim nh ..................................................................................................................................... 306
SECTION 23 - VIDEOPHONE SYSTEM ................................................................................................. 307
PHN 23 - H THNG CHUNG CA IN THOI HNH NH......................................................... 307
23.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 307

Tng quan .................................................................................................................................... 307
23.2

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
15
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
23.3
Videophone .................................................................................................................................. 308

Chung ca in thoi hnh nh ................................................................................................. 308
23.4
D.C. Power Supply Unit ............................................................................................................... 309

B Cp ngun Mt Chiu ............................................................................................................ 309
23.5

Ngun lin tc (UPS) ................................................................................................................... 310
23.6
Installation .................................................................................................................................... 312

Lp t......................................................................................................................................... 312
SECTION 24 EMERGENCY CALL BELL SYSTEM ............................................................................ 313

PHN 24 H THNG GI KHN CP ............................................................................................... 313
24.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 313

Tng quan .................................................................................................................................... 313
24.2

24.3
Product ......................................................................................................................................... 314

Sn phm ..................................................................................................................................... 314
24.4
Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 314

Hot ng .................................................................................................................................... 314
24.5
Power Supply Unit ....................................................................................................................... 314

Ngun cung cp ........................................................................................................................... 314
24.6

H thng cp ngun lin tc ........................................................................................................ 314
24.7
Cables and Accessories .............................................................................................................. 317

Cp v cc ph kin .................................................................................................................... 317
SECTION 25 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ............................................................................... 319

PHN 25 TH NGHIM V CHY TH ............................................................................................. 319
25.1
General ........................................................................................................................................ 319

Quy nh chung ............................................................................................................................ 319
25.2
Submission .................................................................................................................................. 320

Np ti liu ................................................................................................................................... 320
25.3
Instruments and Calibration ......................................................................................................... 321

Cc dng c v cch hiu chnh .................................................................................................. 321
25.4
Test Equipment ............................................................................................................................ 321

Thit b th nghim ...................................................................................................................... 321
25.5
Tests at Manufacturer's Works .................................................................................................... 322

Th nghim ti ni sn xut ca Nh sn xut. .......................................................................... 322
25.6
General Tests .............................................................................................................................. 323

Cc th nghim chung................................................................................................................. 323
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
16
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.7
LV Switchgears and Switchboards .............................................................................................. 323

B chuyn mch v bng in h th. ........................................................................................ 323
25.8
LV Distribution and Final circuit Wiring ........................................................................................ 326

Phn phi in h th v ng dy mch cui cng. ............................................................... 326
25.9
Insulation Resistance Tests ........................................................................................................ 326

Th nghim in tr cch in .................................................................................................... 326
25.10 Test of Ring-circuit Continuity ...................................................................................................... 327

Th nghim v tnh lin tc ca mch vng................................................................................ 327
25.11 Battery Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 327
Th nghim c quy ...................................................................................................................... 327
25.12 Electrical Protection Equipment ................................................................................................... 329
Th nghim thit b bo v in .................................................................................................. 329
25.13 CCTV / Security Systems ............................................................................................................ 329
Th nghim h thng an ninh ...................................................................................................... 329
25.14 Public Address and Audio/Visual Advisory System .................................................................... 330
Th nghim h thng truyn thanh cng cng/ h thng bo ng c th nhn & nghe thy. .. 330
25.15 Interface With Building Management System ............................................................................. 330
Tng Tc Vi H Thng Qun L Ta Nh .............................................................................. 330
25.16 Operation and Maintenance Manual ........................................................................................... 333
Sch hng dn vn hnh v bo dng ................................................................................... 333
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
17
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

PHN 1 YU CU K THUT CHUNG
1.1
Introduction
M u
1.1.1
This Specification describes the standards, performance, materials, manufacture, supply,

installation, testing, commissioning and maintenance of all Electrical system to be provided under
this Contract.
Quy cch k thut ny m t cc Tiu chun, vic thc hin, vt liu, sn xut, cung cp, lp t,
th nghim, th nghim v bo dng ton b h thng in theo Hp ng ny.
1.1.2
The Contractor is deemed to be thoroughly acquainted with the site, its location, accessibility,
storage space etc. and all aspects of the Works and no claim will be entertained due to lack of
knowledge and/or inadequate allowance by the Contractor of the amount of Works involved and
the conditions under which the Works are to be carried out.
Nh thu c coi l hiu bit r cng trng, v tr, li vo, din tch kho .v.v. v ton b cc kha
cnh ca Cng vic v khng c khiu ni do thiu hiu bit v/ hoc hiu khng y v ton
b Cng vic c lin quan v cc iu kin theo Cng vic c tin hnh.
1.1.3
The Contractor has detail and final design responsibilities under this contract. These include, inter
alia, interpreting this Specification and Drawings and preparing detailed designs and shop
drawings of the equipment and installations which will accomplish the functions described whilst
maintaining the design concepts set out in the documents. The Contractor is responsible for
producing and installing equipment which is entirely suitable for the purposes described.
Nh thu c trch nhim thit k chi tit v thit k cui cng cho phn vic theo Hp ng ny.
Cng vic ca Nh thu bao gm xem xt Quy cch k thut ny v cc bn v, lp thit k chi
tit v cc bn v thi cng v lp t v thit b, chng phi ph hp vi cc chc nng c
m t, v vn duy tr cc tng thit k c nu trong h s. Nh thu chu trch nhim v
vic ch to v lp t thit b, chng ph hp hon ton vi cc mc tiu c m t.
1.1.4
Project aims LEED GOLD approval (certification) achievement. Therefore,contractor will ensure
that all material, equipment , finishing, installation, performance of whole system and construction
method have to be complied with requirement of LEED GOLD.
Mc tiu d n l t chng nhn LEED GOLD. V vy, nh thu phi m bo tt c cc vt t,
thit b, vt liu hon thin, vic lp t, vn hnh ca ton b h thng v phng php thi cng
phi theo yu cu ca LEED GOLD.
1.1.5
AURECON is appointed as accoutics consultant for Deutsches Haus project. Therefore, in

addition to complying with accoutics requirement in this electrical technical specification,
contractor shall also comply with requirement of AURECON as attached in Appendix of this
specification.
AURECON l t vn m hc cho d n Ngi Nh c ( Deutsches Haus). V vy, ngoi vic phi
t yu cu v m hc trong tiu ch k thut in ny, nh thu cn phi t cc yu cu ca
AURECON nh c nh km trong Ph Lc ca tiu ch k thut ny.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
18
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.2
Statutory Requirements and Other Regulations and Codes

Cc yu cu ca c quan chc nng v cc Tiu chun, quy chun khc
1.2.1
All installations shall use the International System of Units (S.I.) and shall comply as a minimum
with the latest and most up to date edition of the following Statutory Requirements and other
Regulations as they exist at the date of tender, subsequent amendments to ordinances or
standards shall be covered by Clients representatives instruction.
Ton b cng tc lp t dng H thng o lng Quc t (S.I) v theo ln xut bn mi nht v
ph bin nht ca cc yu cu theo lut v cc Tiu chun, quy chun khc c ti thi im
u thu, cc ln chnh sa tip theo theo Thng t hoc Tiu chun c khng nh bi ch
th ca i din ch u t.
(a)
The Regulations and Standards issued by the Vietnamese Authorities.

Cc quy nh v tiu chun c ban hnh bi cc c quan chc nng Vit nam
(b)
The Electrical Regulations and Codes of Practice issued by the Vietnamese Authorities.
Cc quy nh v quy phm in c ban hnh bi cc c quan chc nng Vit nam;
(c)
Requirements of the Health and Safety Authorities

Qui nh ca c quan an ton lao ng v y t
(d)
BS 7671: The 16th Edition of the Regulations of the Institution of Electrical Engineers U.K.,
hereinafter referred to as "The IEE Wiring Regulations", including all Guidance Notes.
Quy nh BS 7671 ca Vin k thut in (Anh), xut bn ln th 16; sau y c gi l
Quy phm lp t in ca IEE, k c ton b cc ch thch hng dn;
(e)
Electricity Supply Companys rules and regulations.

Cc quy phm v quy nh ca cng ty cp in.
(f)
The requirements of the Environmental Authorities issued under relevant memorandums

and incorporated into Legislation.
Cc quy nh ca c quan qun l mi trng pht hnh thnh lut
(g)
All requirements in the "British Standard Codes of Practice" or "British Standard

Specifications" where applicable to the works published by the British Standard Institution or
alternatively other internationally recognised standards such as:-IEC,ISO, ICE, CEN,
CENELEC, JIS, ANSI, DIN, NFPA, FOC, UL, ASME, ASTM, EIA, IEEE, ARI, ADC, ANSI,
FMRC, LPC.
Tt c cc yu cu trong Tiu chun thc hnh Anh hoc Quy cch k thut - Anh c
p dng cho Cng vic do Vin Tiu chun Anh xut bn hoc cc tiu chun thay th khc
c quc t cng nhn nh: ISO, ICE, CEN, CENELEC, JIS, ANSI, DIN, NFPA, LPC,
FOC, UL, ASME, ASTM, EIA, IEEE, ARI, ADC, FMRC;LPC
(h)
LEED GOLD requirement

Yu cu v t chun LEED GOLD
(i)
QCVN 09:2013/BXD : National Technical Regulation On Energy Efficiency Buildings

QCVN 09:2013/BXD : Quy Chun K Thut Quc Gia V Cc Cng Trnh Xy Dng S
Dng Nng Lng Hiu Qu
The foregoing alternatives and others not indicated, shall, whenever offered, be demonstrated to
be equivalent in overall technical substance to the relevant British Standard.
Cc vn bn thay th v vn bn khc khng c nu, khi c s dng phi chng minh l
tng ng v mt k thut chung vi Tiu chun Anh lin quan.
Furthermore, it is the Contractors responsibility to provide detailed evidence of the equivalence of
any alternative standard for each and every item offered by him forming part of the Contract. The
Clients representative's determination on whether or not equivalence has been proved shall be
final.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
19
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Hn na, Nh thu c nhim v cung cp bng chng chi tit v s tng ng ca bt k Tiu
chun no cho mi v mi hng mc do Nh thu xut khi lp Hp ng. Xc nh ca i
din ch u t v s tng ng hay khng s l quyt nh cui cng.
1.2.2
The Contractor shall arrange for all submission to the statutory bodies and allow for all costs
relating to statutory inspections and certificates as appropriate and as necessary.
Nh thu phi np ti liu thit k cho cc c quan chc nng v d tnh mi chi ph lin quan ti
vic kim tra v cp chng ch ca cc c quan chc nng khi cn thit v ti thi im thch hp.
This Contractor shall attend all tests and inspections carried out by the relevant authorities, as and
when notified in writing or instructed by the Clients representative , and shall forthwith execute
free of charge any rectification work ordered by the Clients representative as a result of tests and
inspections.
Nh thu s tham d tt c cc th nghim v kim tra c thc hin bi cc c quan chc
nng, khi c thng bo bng vn bn v khi nhn c ch th ca i din ch u t, v thc
hin ngay lp tc cc cng vic sa cha theo lnh ca i din ch u t v cc khuyt tt
pht hin ra trong khi th nghim v kim tra m khng tnh thm tin.
All electrical workers engaged in electrical work on fixed electrical installations must be registered
with the appropriate Local Authority. The Contractor shall be a registered Electrical Contractor
under the Electricity Ordinance and shall not employ a person other than an appropriate registered
electrical worker to do the work.
Tt c cc cng nhn in tham gia vo cng tc lp t in cn phi c ng k vi c quan
chc nng lin quan. Nh thu phi l Nh thu in c ng k theo qui nh ca c quan
in v s khng thu c nhn no khng c ng k hp l thc hin cng tc lp t in.
1.2.3
In the case of conflict between individual clauses or between clauses and Drawings, the following
order of preference shall apply:Trong trng hp c mu thun gia cc yu cu k thut ca Quy cch k thut ny vi cc tiu
chun hoc yu cu khc, th trnh t u tin gii quyt nh sau:
Local Statutory Requirements
Cc yu cu ca c quan chc nng a phng;
Relevant British Standards where applicable or alternatively internationally recognised standards.
Cc Tiu chun Anh lin quan khi c th p dng hoc cc Tiu chun quc t c cng
nhn;
The Particular Specification
Cc Quy cch k thut ring;
The General Specification
Quy cch k thut chung;
The Drawings
Cc bn v.
Where the Local Statutory Requirements or relevant British Standards affect the design or
operation of the equipment or installations, suchmatters shall be raised with the Clients
representative immediately.
Khi cc yu cu ca c quan chc nng hoc cc Tiu chun Anh lin quan nh hng n thit
k hoc hot ng ca thit b hoc cng tc lp t, cn phi nu cc vn ngay lp tc cho
i din ch u t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
20
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.3
Climatic Conditions
iu kin kh hu
1.3.1
The Contractor is deemed to be familiar with the climatic conditions prevailing in Vietnam and local
climate of project
Nh thu c coi l quen thuc vi iu kin kh hu Vit Nam v kh hu a phng ca
d n
1.3.2
The Contractor shall be assumed to warrant that all materials and items of equipment are suitable
for continued use and operation without any derating in the climatic conditions encountered.
Nh thu phi m bo rng ton b cc vt liu v cc hng mc thit b u thch hp cho vic
s dng v hot ng lin tc m khng lm gim cc thng s nh mc trong cc iu kin kh
hu gp phi.
1.3.3
The design environmental conditions for the basis of determination of equipment capacity, and
system commissioning shall be based on tlocal climate condition
Cc iu kin mi trng dng lm c s xc nh cng sut thit b v chy th h thng s
da trn iu kin kh hu a phng
1.4
Geographic Conditions
iu kin a l
1.4.1
The Contractor is deemed to be familiar with the geographic conditions prevailing in Vietnam.
Nh thu c coi l quen thuc vi iu kin a l Vit Nam.
1.4.2
The Contractor shall be assumed to warrant that all materials and items of equipment are suitable
for continued use and operation without any derating in the geographic conditions encountered.
Nh thu phi m bo rng ton b cc vt liu v cc hng mc thit b u thch hp cho vic
s dng v hot ng lin tc m khng lm gim cc thng s nh mc trong cc iu kin da
l gp phi.
1.4.3
It also concerns to attitude and thurnder density of site.

N cng cp n cao so vi mc nc bin v mt st ca cng trnh.
1.5
Electrical Supply and Building Provision

Cung cp in
1.5.1
Electricity supply from the transformer will be at nominal 380/220 Volt 50Hz 3 phase 5 wire.
Cung cp in t my bin th in l 380/220 V, tn s 50 Hz, ba pha, nm dy.
Under normal conditions, the limits of supply are:
Trong cc iu kin bnh thng, cc gii hn cp in nh sau:
Voltage:
in p:
220/380 Volts, 5%
220/ 380 V, 5%
Frequency:
50Hz, 0.2 Hz
Tn s:
50 Hz, 0.2 Hz
The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment provided is capable of reliable operation within the
limits stated above. Otherwise, the Contractor shall provide the necessary power conditioning
equipment.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
21
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Nh thu phi m bo rng ton b thit b in c cung cp c kh nng hot ng c tin

cy trong cc gii hn c nu trn. Trong trng hp khc, Nh thu phi cung cp cc
thit b hiu chnh in cn thit.
1.5.2
All equipment shall be suitable for operation on 380/220 volt, 50 hertz, three phase, five wire
system without substitution of electrical components or motors.
Ton b thit b in c cung cp ph hp cho hot ng vi h thng 380/220 V, tn s 50 Hz,
ba pha, nm dy, khng cn phi thay th cc ph kin in hoc ng c.
1.5.3
The equipment shall be capable of providing the required duty at the present operating voltage.
Thit b c kh nng cung cp ch in cng tc c yu cu theo in th hot ng hin
ti.
1.5.4
The Main Contractor will provide the following items of works in connection with the electrical
installation.
Nh thu chnh s cung cp cc hng mc cng vic sau y phc v cng tc lp t in:
1.6
(a)
Concrete plinths for L.V. switchboard.

Cc b b tng cho bng in h th.
(b)
Cast-in bolts on floor slabs for fixing of lamp poles for external and landscape lighting.
Cc bu lng chn sn cc bn sn lin kt cc ui n dng chiu sng bn ngoi
nh;
(c)
Casting in pipe sleeves and boxing out for penetrations through floor slabs and structural
walls.
t cc ng lng dng chy ng xuyn qua cc bn sn v cc tng;
(d)
Concrete cable draw pit underground pipes and lead in pipes for services cables.
Cc h b tng ko cp cho ng ng cp ngm di mt t;
(e)
All cutting, patching framing up, furring in, chasing and making good associated with the
building construction for the passage of ducts, pipes, conduits, etc.
Ton b cc cng tc ct, ni v, lt ng, kha ren v lm p phn cng vic lin quan ti
cng trnh khi c ng dn, ng ng, ng i dy .v.v. chy qua.
(f)
Trimmed openings in suspended ceiling for light fittings.

Cc l c sa mp gn gng lp n trn trn.
(g)
Provision of access openings to service equipment installed by the electrical Contractor.

Cung cp cc l thm cho cc thit b k thut c Nh thu v in lp t.
(h)
Sealing and waterproofing utility companys cable entry ducts.

Bt kn v chng thm cho cc ng dn cp.
(i)
Provision of an even, vertical surface inside the electrical duct.

To b mt bn trong thng, bng phng cho cc ng i dy cp.
(j)
Painting of all exposed service pipework.

Sn ton b phn ng ng k thut c l ra.
Silence of Operation
Ting n khi thi cng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
22
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.6.1
The whole of the Works is required to operate with such quietness and freedom from vibration so
as to limit noise levels within adjacent occupied areas within the building to the values stipulated
below. For areas not indicated, the criteria shall be assumed as NR35.
Tt c cc cng vic ca Nh thu phi c thc hin vi mc n gii hn v khng gy ra
rung bn trong cc nh lin k theo cc tr s c quy nh di y. i vi cc khu vc khng
c quy nh, nh mc gi nh bng NR35.
Area
Noise Rating (NR)
Khu vc
Mc n (NR)
General Entrance Areas
Khu vc khi chung
35
35
Offices
Vn phng
35
35
Corridors
Hnh lang
40
40
Public Areas
Khu vc cng cng
40
40
Kitchens, Canteens
Bp, cng tin
45
45
Toilets, Bathrooms
Khu v sinh, bung tm
40
40
Plant Areas Noise within plant rooms shall be limited to such levels that, given the construction of
the room, the resultant noise levels in adjacent occupied spaces should confirm with values
indicated above.
Ting n bn trong cc bung k thut c gii hn mc c nu ra khi thi cng cc bung
, mc n cc khu vc lin k s theo cc tr s nu trn.
External to the building to meet EPD Requirements
Khu vc bn ngoi cng trnh cn p ng yu cu ca S Ti nguyn v mi trng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
23
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.6.2
The Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary installation standards and equipment
selection to meet the above criteria including the provision of all sound absorbing or anti-vibration
material or devices as are necessary.
Nh thu phi chu trch nhim v tiu chun lp t cn thit v la chn thit b p ng yu
cu trn, k c cung cp ton b vt liu v dng c chng rung v ht m khi cn thit.
1.6.3
Noise levels shall be checked using an industrial grade sound level meter to BS 5969. In the
event of any noise level not meeting the criteria, then noise levels shall be rechecked using a
precision grade sound level meter complying with BS 5969 and readings taken at 1/3 octave band
width frequencies. A record of all readings taken shall be submitted to the Clients representative
in triplicate.
Mc n s c kim tra bng cch dng ng h o m thanh dng trong cng nghip theo
BS.5969. Trong trng hp mc n khng p ng tiu chun th cc mc n s c kim tra
li bng cch dng ng h o m thanh c chnh xc cao theo BS.5969 v ch s c c
ly bng 1/3 tn s bng rng qung tm. H s ca cc ch s c c np cho i din ch
u t gm ba bn.
1.6.4
If, on completion, the Works or any part thereof does not comply with the stated criteria, the
Contractor shall, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, carry out such modifications or
additions as may be required until the installations so comply.
Nu khi hon thnh, nhng cng vic hoc bt k phn no ca cng vic khng tun theo tiu
chun nu trn, th theo iu khon ca hp ng, Nh thu phi tin hnh thay th hoc b sung
cho n khi p ng yu cu.
1.7
Material and Equipment Standards

Tiu chun v thit b v vt liu
1.7.1
All materials, equipment and installation work shall be carried out using the best available quality
materials and workmanship and shall, where applicable, comply with the latest edition of the
appropriate standards and/or codes of practice issued by the British Standards Institute. This
requirement shall be deemed to include all amendments to these standards and codes up to the
date of tender, amendments which occur after will be dealt with by Clients representative 's
Instruction, if required.
Ton b thit b, vt liu v cng tc lp t phi l loi c cht lng v tay ngh tt nht v khi
c th c, cn tun theo cc tiu chun v quy cch thc hnh theo bn mi nht do Vin Tiu
chun Anh ban hnh. Yu cu ny c coi l bao gm tt c cc chnh sa ca cc tiu
chun v quy chun cho n thi im u thu, cc chnh sa sau thi im s c x l
theo ch th ca i din ch u t, nu c yu cu.
Other standard specifications prepared and accepted by recognised professional institutions and
associations will be accepted on their individual merits in lieu of the British Standard
Specifications. The Clients representative 's determination on this matter shall be final.
CC QUY CCH K THUT khc c lp v c chp nhn bi cc vin v t chc chuyn
nghip c cng nhn s c chp nhn cn c vo cht lng ring ca cc c quan
thay th cho CC QUY CCH K THUT CHUNG (ca Anh). kin xc nh ca i din ch
u t v vn ny s l kin cui cng.
The Contractor shall ensure that spare parts for all equipment will be available for purchase for
period of not less than 10 years after date of Practical Completion. If the Clients representative so
requires, supplier confirmation will be required.
Nh thu s m bo rng cc b phn thay th cho ton b thit b s lun sn c mua trong
khong thi gian khng t hn 10 nm sau thi im hon thnh thc t ca cng vic. Nu i
din ch u t c yu cu, phi khng nh tn ca Nh cung cp.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
24
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Unless otherwise approved by the Clients representative for overseas equipment which will
require servicing (as determined by the Clients representative), the Contractor shall purchase
them through local agent who can offer after sales services including the supply of spare parts.
Tr phi c s thng qua khc ca i din ch u t, i vi cc thit b nhp ngoi, chng
yu cu dch v (khi c xc nh bi i din ch u t), Nh thu s mua cc thit b t
cc i l a phng, ngi c th cung cp dch v sau bn hng, k c cung cp cc b phn
thay th.
1.7.2
Equipment Schedule and Manufacturer's Technical Details

Thng k thit b v chi tit k thut ca Nh sn xut
For the purposes of tender evaluation, Tenders are required to submit at time of tender full
manufacturer's technical details of the materials and equipment proposed to be used. These
shall, wherever possible, include appropriate British Standards details (or other acceptable
international standards), performance coefficients, performance curves, etc. They shall be printed
in English with details quoted in S.I. units.
kim tra h s thu, cc Nh thu c yu cu phi np ti thi im u thu ton b chi
tit k thut ca Nh sn xut v vt liu v thit b d kin s dng. Khi c th, cc h s chi tit
ny bao gm ton b cc chi tit Tiu chun Anh ph hp (hoc cc Tiu chun quc t c
chp nhn khc), cc h s vn hnh, cc biu ng cong vn hnh .v.v. Cc thng tin
c in bng ting Anh vi cc chi tit c th hin theo n v o lng quc t.
Equipment catalogues and manufacturer's specification related to proposed items of equipment
shall be specific and shall include all information necessary for the Clients representative to
ascertain that the equipment complies with this Specification and the Drawings. Data and sales
catalogues of a general nature only are not acceptable. Unless agreed by the Clients
representative in writing, all data and catalogues submitted must be in English and in S.I. units.
Cc ti liu gii thiu thit b v Quy cch k thut ca Nh sn xut lin quan ti cc hng mc
phi l loi chuyn dng v bao gm ton b cc thng tin cn thit cho i din ch u t
xc minh rng cc thit b ph hp vi Quy cch k thut v bn v. D liu v ti liu bn
hng thit b ch c tnh cht chung s khng c chp nhn. Tr phi c s ng ca i din
ch u t bng vn bn, ton b ti liu gii thiu thit b v d liu phi c th hin bng
ting Anh vi cc chi tit c th hin theo n v o lng quc t.
The Contractor's selected equipment catalogues and manufacturer's specification must be
submitted, through the Main Contractor, for the examination and acceptance by the Clients
representative in writing before any equipment is ordered. The Contractor shall ensure that his
submissions are made in a timely manner, at least one month, before the equipment requires to
be ordered to meet the Works programme, failing which no claims for extension of time or
additional costs will be entertained.
Cc ti liu gii thiu thit b c la chn ca Nh thu v Quy cch k thut ca Nh sn xut
cn phi c np thng qua Nh thu chnh i din ch u t kim tra v chp nhn bng
vn bn trc khi t hng bt k thit b no. Nh thu phi m bo rng cc ti liu np phi
ng hn, ti thiu mt thng trc khi cc thit b cn c c t hng p ng tin cng
vic. nu khng th vic gia hn thi gian v b sung gi s khng c xt n.
1.7.3
Calculations
Tnh ton
Whenever required by the Clients representative the Contractor shall also submit calculations,
through the Main Contractor, to substantiate his selection of equipment, method of installation,
spacing, selection of raceway, wireway, cabling in accordance with relevant codes required in this
specification.The checking of calculations with the design intent shall not, however, relieve the
Contractor from his responsibility of providing the equipment in full compliance with this
Specification and the Drawings.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
25
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Bt c khi no i din ch u t yu cu, Nh thu phi thng qua Nh thu chnh np cc tnh
ton chng minh vic la chn thit b ca mnh, phng php lp t, khong cch lp t,
s la chn ng dn in, lp t cp ph hp vi cc cc tiu chun lin quan c yu cu
trong qui cch k thut ny . Tuy nhin, vic kim tra tnh ton theo nh ca thit k khng lm
gim trch nhim ca Nh thu v vic cung cp thit b phi hon ton tun theo Quy cch k
thut ny v bn v.
Where required calculation shall be accompanied by an annotated layout/section drawings and/or
reports of simulation and analysis results on using licenced specific softwares which recognized
internationally as third-party.
Khi c yu cu, cc bn tnh phi km theo bn v mt bng/mt ct lm r v/hoc cc
bo co kt qu m phng v phn tch bng vic s dng cc phn mm chuyn dng c bn
quyn m c quc t cng nhn nh l bn th ba.
Calculation shall be based on relevant drawings which coordinated successfully with all service
buildings, structure, architect, interior design and all other contractors effecting to this installation.
Vic tnh ton phi da trn cc bn v lin quan c phi hp thnh cng vi tt c cc dch
v trong cng trnh, kt cu, kin trc, ni tht v cc nh thu khc c nh hng n vic lp
t ny.
The costs for the preparation & submission (hardcopy and softcopy) of all necessary calculation
required as above shall be included in this Contract.
Chi ph cho vic chun b v trnh np ( dng in ra giy v dng tp c trn my vi tnh) tt c
cc tnh ton cn thit c yu cu nh trn phi c bao gm trong hp ng ny
1.7.4
Compatibility of Material and Equipment

S ph hp ca vt liu v thit b
Where different components of equipment are interconnected to form a complete system, their
characteristics of performance and capacities shall be matched in order to ensure efficient,
economical, safe and sound operation of the complete system.
Khi cc b phn khc nhau ca thit b c ghp li to thnh h thng hon chnh, cc c
tnh ca chng v kh nng s dng v vn hnh phi ph hp m bo kh nng hot ng
tt, an ton, tit kim v hiu qu ca h thng hon chnh.
1.7.5
Material and Equipment Deviations

Sai khc ca vt liu v thit b
Subsequent to the award of the Contract, and only in exceptional circumstances where it is
demonstrated in writing by the Contractor that the original material or equipment offered cannot
then be obtained, or where the original material or equipment offered is found to be not in full
compliance with this Specification and the Drawings, the Clients representative may consider and
accept, in writing, the alternative equipment and material proposed by the Contractor provided
always that these are fully in compliance with this Specification and the Drawings and do not
impose any additional contractual or financial liabilities onto the Employer. The Contractor shall
bear in mind that the submission of alternatives usually causes delay in that they require additional
acceptances by the Clients representative which will take time.
Sau khi nhn c hp ng, ch trong nhng trng hp ngoi l khi Nh thu chng minh bng
vn bn rng vt liu v thit b ban u ngh khng th c c, hoc khi vt liu v thit b
ban u ngh c pht hin thy khng ph hp hon ton vi Quy cch k thut ny v bn
v, ch khi i din ch u t c th xem xt v chp nhn bng vn bn v vt liu v thit b
thay th do Nh thu ngh vi iu kin l vt liu v thit b phi ph hp hon ton vi Quy
cch k thut ny v bn v v khng gy ra bt k trch nhim v hp ng hoc ti chnh i
vi Ch u t. Nh thu nn nh rng vic np vt liu v thit b thay th thng gy ra chm
tr v chng phi c i din ch u t chp nhn b sung m vic cn c thi gian.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
26
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The consequences of such delays, if they arise, will normally be held to be the responsibility of the
Contractor and no claims for extension of time will be entertained. The Clients representative 's
determination in these matters shall be final.
Hu qu ca vic chm tr nu c s do Nh thu chu v ngh ko di thi gian s khng
c xt n. kin xc nh ca i din ch u t v vn ny s l kin cui cng.
Subject as always to the Clients representative 's acceptance, where the Contractor proposes to
use items of material or equipment other than those specified and/or dimensionally detailed on the
Drawings, the installation of which items requires any redesign of the structure, partitions,
foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or Clients representative
ural layout, drawings showing the layout of the proposed equipment and any redesign involved
shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own expense and be submitted, through the Main
Contractor, to the Clients representative for his agreement.
Khi Nh thu kin ngh dng cc vt liu v thit b khc so vi loi c quy nh hoc c kch
thc chi tit khc phi c i din ch u t chp nhn, vic lp t cc loi thay th nu
cn thit k li v kt cu, vch ngn, mng, ng, ng dy hoc bt k phn no ca h thng
k thut M&E hoc b tr li kin trc, cc bn v ch cch b tr ca cc vt liu v thit b thay
th s do Nh thu lp bng chi ph ca Nh thu v phi thng qua Nh thu chnh np cho i
din ch u t thng qua.
Where the agreed deviation would involve significant changes to the building, e.g. a large plant
room, this will not be agreed unless enlargement presents no significant problem and the
Contractor is prepared to pay for the building alterations involved.
Khi s sai khc c chp nhn c lin quan ti cc thay i ng k, v d nh bung k
thut cn ln hn, th vic thay i ny s khng c chp nhn tr phi vic ni rng khng gy
ra vn nghim trng v Nh thu phi tr tin cho nhng thay i c lin quan.
Where such agreed deviation necessitates a different provision and arrangement of pipework,
electrical wiring and conduit and equipment from that originally specified or shown on the
Drawings, the Contractor shall provide such pipework, electrical wiring and conduits and any other
additional materials together with all necessary accessories required by the system at no
additional cost to the Employer.
Khi cc s sai khc c chp nhn cn phi c b sung thm cc ng ng, dy in v
ng i dy v cc thit b so vi cc s lng ban u c quy nh hoc c nu cc
bn v, Nh thu s cung cp cc ng ng, dy in v ng i dy v bt k cc vt liu b
sung khc cng vi ton b cc ph kin cn thit c yu cu cho h thng m khng tnh
thm tin vi Ch u t.
1.7.6
Samples to be Accepted
Mu duyt
The Contractor shall submit, through the Main Contractor, a "sample-board" for comment by the
Clients representative within four weeks of award of the Contract (if in the circumstances,four
weeks is not practical or reasonable, the Contractor may request from the Clients representative
an extension in this period, which shall be given in writing). The board shall contain samples of all
compact sized materials and accessories to be used on the Work. Written approval to proceed
with the work based upon these samples shall be obtained from the Clients representative before
commencement of any installation work for which these materials are required.
Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu chnh np bng mu i din ch u t nhn xt trong
vng 4 tun k t khi nhn c hp ng (nu 4 tun l khng thc t hoc khng hp l th Nh
thu c th yu cu i din ch u t cho ko di thi hn ny bng vn bn). Bng mu s
gm cc mu vt liu v ph kin vi kch thc c thu gn cho cc loi s c dng
thi cng. i din ch u t s ra vn bn thng qua tin hnh cng vic theo mu ny trc
khi bt u bt k cng tc lp t no.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
27
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
A label, in English, (but also in Vietnamese if required) bearing the name of the Contractor, the
title of the Contract, the name of the manufacturer and the specific service for which the material
or accessory is to be used, is to be attached adjacent to each item. The sample-board shall be
displayed in the Employer's site office during the whole of the Contract period.
Nhn hiu bng ting Anh, (cng c th bng ting Vit, nu c yu cu) c ghi tn ca Nh
thu, tn ca hp ng, tn ca Nh sn xut v dch v k thut m vt liu hoc ph kin s
c dng cn phi c nh km theo mi mt hng. Bng mu s vn phng cng
trng ca Ch u t trong sut thi gian thc hin hp ng.
Additionally, the Contractor shall supply sufficient samples of materials as are required in this
Specification for testing purposes.
This, where required and stated, shall mean testing to
destruction.
Ngoi ra, Nh thu phi cung cp s lng mu vt liu c yu cu theo Quy cch k thut
lm th nghim. Cc mu ny khi c yu cu v c ch th s th nghim n ph hy.
1.7.7
Painting
Vic sn
All exposed metal work furnished under this Sub-Contract, except as otherwise noted, shall be
cleaned of oil, grease, scale and other foreign matter and painted 1 shop coat of rust-resistant
primer with the Architect approved colour code. For prime finish, clean all surfaces receiving a
baked enamel finish of oil, grease, scale, etc.. Apply 1 coat of rust-resistant mineral paint followed
by a filler coat over uneven surfaces. Sand smooth and apply final coat of mineral paint.
Tt c cc vt dng bng kim loI ph by ra trong gi thu ny, ngoi tr c ch thch khc s
c lm sch du, m, co sch g v cc vt liu khc v c sn lt mt lp chng st.
hon tt s b, lm sch tt c b mt trng men khi du m, cn, v.v... Sn mt lp chng st
khong cht bao ph cc b mt gh gh. Phi sch ct v hon tt bng lp sn khong
cht.
All paint/coating/adhesive/sealant products and submittal will comply with LEED requirement.
Refer to LEED Construction Requirements and Document Guidelines and comply with the
following items:
Tt c cc sn phm sn/ph/dn/bt phi theo yu cu LEED. Phi da trn cc ti liu hng
dn v yu cu xy dng theo LEED v phi t cc yu cu sau:
-
IEQ c4.1 Low Emitting Materials Adhesives and Sealants

IEQ c4.1 cc vt liu pht thi thp cc cht dn dnh v bt kn
IEQ c4.2 Low Emitting Materials Paints and Coatings

IEQ c4.2 cc vt liu pht thi thp cc cht sn v cht ph
1.8
Quality Assurance and Project Management

Bo hnh cht lng v qun l d n
1.8.1
Programme of Works
Chng trnh lm vic
The Contractor shall comply with all requirements detailed within the Main Contract preliminaries
for the provision of programs.
Programs shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Main
Contractor and include all details pertaining to the Works. Programs shall be regularly updated
and the Contractor shall provide all necessary information for the Main Contractor to be able to
meet his obligations under the Main Contract.
Nh thu s tun theo ton b cc yu cu c th hin chi tit trong Hp ng chnh v cc
iu khon ca chng trnh lm vic. Chng trnh s do Nh thu np cho Nh thu chnh v
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
28
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
bao gm tt c cc chi tit lin quan ti cng vic. Chng trnh lm vic s thng xuyn c
cp nht v Nh thu s cung cp mi thng tin cn thit cho Nh thu chnh c th p ng
ngha v ca mnh theo Hp ng chnh.
1.8.2
Supervision and Meetings

Gim st v cc cuc hp
The Contractor shall employ for the control and supervision of all work, sufficient qualified and
competent supervising engineers who shall represent the Contractor.
Nh thu s thu cc k s gim st c nng lc v trnh , nhng ngi i din cho Nh
thu kim tra v gim st ton b cng vic.
Registered electrical workers of the appropriate grade for the capacity and type should be
employed to carry out electrical work. When the electrical work has been completed, the Work
Completion Certificates shall be completed and signed by the registered electrical workers and the
Contractor.
Cng nhn in c ng k chuyn mn cp thch hp v tay ngh v loi ngh c giao vic
thi cng in. Khi cng tc in c hon thnh, chng ch hon thnh cng vic s c cc
cng nhn ny v Nh thu k.
Licensed plumber shall be employer for all pipework installation.
Cng nhn lp ng nc c ng k chuyn mn c tuyn dng thi cng cng tc nc.
The Contractor shall also employ one or more full time competent foremen on site for each trade.
Nh thu s thu mt hoc nhiu c cng c nng lc lm vic v lm ton b thi gian trn
cng trng cho mi hng mc.
The Contractor shall have in attendance his supervising engineer(s) at all site meetings which will
be held on a regular basis and any other meeting that may be called by the Clients representative
and the Main Contractor.
Nh thu s c cc k s gim st tham d cc cuc hp cng trng c t chc u n
hoc cc cuc hp khc do i din ch u t hoc Nh thu chnh t chc.
The Contractor shall immediately replace any supervising engineer or foreman whose experience,
skill or competency is, in the opinion of the Clients representative, found to be inadequate for the
particular work.
Nh thu s thay th ngay lp tc bt k k s gim st hoc c cng no m theo kin ca
i din ch u t, nhng ngi khng kinh nghim, k nng hoc nng lc thc hin
cng vic.
All supervisory staff from foreman level upwards shall be competent in the use of spoken and
written English.
Ton b i ng gim st t cp c cng tr ln phi ni v vit thnh tho ting Anh.
1.8.3
Workmanship
Tay ngh
All tradesmen must be experienced in the trade and the works carried out shall be consistent with
the best trade practice and at all times be carried out to the satisfaction of the Clients
representative.
Ton b cc nhm th u phi c kinh nghim trong cc hng mc ang lm v cng vic phi
c thc hin vi k nng thc hnh tt nht trong ton b thi gian p ng yu cu ca i
din ch u t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
29
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.8.4
Guarantee
Bo hnh
The Contractor, in providing a specific piece of equipment or apparatus, shall be deemed to
warrant its satisfactory performance under all working conditions which may be encountered.
Nh thu khi cung cp cc phn nh ca thit b v dng c c coi l bo hnh cng vic
da theo ton b cc iu kin cng vic c giao.
Unless otherwise stated in this Specification, the Contractor's guarantee for the Works shall
extend for a minimum period of one year from the Date of Issue of the Certificate of Practical
Completion for the Works.
Tr phi c quy nh khc trong Quy cch k thut ny, bo hnh ca Nh thu cho cng vic trong
hp ng s ko di ti thiu mt nm k t khi pht hnh Chng ch Hon thnh Cng vic.
In the event that any manufacturers' guarantees are still within their term of validity at the Date of
Issue of the Final Certificate for the Works, then all such manufacturers' guarantees shall
automatically be assigned to the Employer.
All subsequent rights and liabilities under the
manufacturers' guarantees shall be assigned to the Employer.
Trong trng hp bo hnh ca Nh sn xut vn cn gi tr ti thi im pht hnh Chng ch
Kt thc Cng vic, th bo hnh ca Nh sn xut s t ng c chuyn sang cho Ch u t.
Ton b quyn v trch nhim tip theo ca bo hnh ca Nh sn xut s c chuyn sang
cho Ch u t.
In the event of anything described in the Specification or shown on the Drawings being, in the
Contractor's opinion, unsuitable or inconsistent with his guarantee or responsibilities, the
Contractor shall draw the Clients representative 's attention thereto at the time of tendering.
Trng hp c bt c iu no c m t trong Quy cch k thut hoc c trong bn v m theo
kin ca Nh thu l khng ph hp hoc tri vi cc iu khon bo hnh hoc trch nhim
ca Nh thu, th Nh thu s lu i din ch u t v vn ti thi im u thu.
Neither the time limit imposed on the Contractor's guarantee, nor the Final Certificate issued by
the Clients representative , nor the acceptance of the installation by the Employer, nor the
acceptance by the Clients representative of any material or method shall in any way absolve the
Contractor from his responsibility for any latent defects in the Works which may become apparent
in the future and which are, in the opinion of the Clients representative , due to the Contractor's
failure to use materials and methods which comply to this Specification and Drawings.
Cho d c gii hn thi gian bo hnh ca Nh thu, i din ch u t pht hnh Chng ch
Kt thc Cng vic, Ch u t chp nhn vic lp t, i din ch u t chp nhn v
loi vt liu v phng php thi cng, tt c cc iu cng khng min trch nhim ca Nh
thu i vi cc khuyt tt tim tng c th xut hin trong tng lai v theo kin ca i din
ch u t l do li ca Nh thu khi s dng vt liu v phng php thi cng khng tun
theo Quy cch k thut ny hoc bn v.
1.9
Delivery and Installation

Cung cp n cng trng v lp t
1.9.1
Equipment and Materials: Delivery, Protection and Security at Site

Thit b v vt liu: cung cp n cng trng, bo v v an ton an ninh trn cng trng
All equipment, apparatus, materials and parts shall be delivered to the Site in a new condition,
properly packed and protected against damage due to handling, adverse weather or other
circumstances and, as far as practicable, they shall be kept in the packing cases or under
protective coverings until required for use. They shall be clearly marked to identify different types,
grades, materials and manufacturer.
Ton b thit b, my mc, vt liu v cc b phn khi a ti cng trng phi mi, c bao gi
ng cch v c bo v khng b h hng do vn hnh, thi tit xu hoc cc iu kin khc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
30
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
v phi c gi trong v bao gi hoc di lp mi bo v cng lu cng tt cho n khi mang

ra s dng. Chng phi c nh du r rng d nhn bit v loi, nhn hiu, vt liu v Nh
sn xut.
Any items suffering damage in transit or on the Site shall be rejected and replaced without extra
cost to the Employer.
Bt k hng mc no b hng khi a n hoc b hng ti cng trng u b loi b v c
thay th m khng c tnh thm tin i vi Ch u t.
No item so rejected will be considered as a reason for failure to meet the completion date of the
Project.
Khng c hng mc no khi b loi b li c coi nh l do khng hon thnh ng hn cng
vic.
All materials, plant and equipment supplied for the Works shall become the property of the
Employer as soon as delivered to the Site.
Ton b thit b, my mc, vt liu cung cp cho cng vic s tr thnh ti sn ca Ch u t
ngay khi c a ti cng trng
The Contractor shall be responsible for the damage, loss, etc. of material, plant or equipment to be
incorporated in the completed installation during the progress of the Works.
Nh thu s chu trch nhim v cc h hng, mt mt .v.v. ca thit b, my mc, vt liu c
ghp vo cng tc lp t hon chnh trong tin trnh ca cng vic.
For the purpose of accurate interim payment certification, all equipment and materials delivered to
site must be accurately listed and recorded for endorsement by the Clients representative 's
representative.
xc nh ng chng ch thanh ton gia chng, ton b thit b, my mc, vt liu c a
ti cng trng phi c ln danh sch chnh xc v c lu gi i din ca i din ch
u t thng qua.
Where materials and/or equipment are to be removed from the site by the Contractor, the reasons
and details are to be notified to the Clients representative 's representative for record purposes.
No equipment and material is to be removed without the agreement of the Clients representative
Khi my mc v hoc/ vt liu c Nh thu a ra khi cng trng, phi vit l do v chi tit
thng bo cho i din ca i din ch u t v c gi lm h s lu. Khng c my mc
v hoc/ vt liu c a ra khi cng trng m khng c s ng ca i din ch u t.
The Main Contractor who is in overall control of the site may also require to record details of all
incoming/outgoing equipment and materials. In this case the Contractor shall also comply with
the Main Contractor's arrangements.
Nh thu chnh ngi kim sot chung ton b cng trng cng c yu cu phi lu gi chi
tit ton b my mc, vt liu c a n/ em i. Khi Nh thu phi tun theo cch sp
xp ca Nh thu chnh.
In addition to forming the basis of interim claims the above procedures are necessary to establish
prior presence of materials on site in the event of theft, fire or other losses taking place.
Cc th tc ni trn l cn thit chng minh vt liu c trn cng trng khi c khiu ni
trong trng hp mt cp, ha hon hoc mt mt khc xy ra.
1.9.2
Storage and Protection

Bo qun v bo v
The Contractor shall carefully store in a safe and secure place all equipment and materials
delivered on site which are not yet fixed.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
31
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Nh thu s gi cn thn trong kho v tr an ton ton b my mc, vt liu c a n

cng trng nhng cha c lp t.
The Main Contractor will provide the Contractor with the space, indicated elsewhere; whereon the
Contractor must make his own provisions for secure storage of his materials prior to fixing in
place.
Nh thu chnh s b tr cc din tch hoc ch cc din tch ct gi my mc, vt liu v Nh
thu bng chi ph ring ca mnh lm kho gi ton b my mc, vt liu trc khi lp t.
Any item of small equipment of high expense or equipment of a sensitive construction shall only
be installed within clean, decorated, finished and secure accommodation. The Contractor shall
liaise with the Main Contractor to arrange for the correct sequence of works in all areas where
equipment of this nature is to be installed.
Bt k hng mc thit b nh nhng gi tr cao hoc cc thit b d b hng trong khi thi cng ch
c lp t trong cc khu vc an ninh, c hon thin, trang tr v phi sch. Nh thu s
kt hp vi Nh thu chnh sp xp trnh t thi cng hp l cho tt c cc khu vc cn lp t
thit b.
1.9.3
Space for Plant

Khng gian cho my mc
The Contractor shall ensure that all plant and equipment supplied by him can be accommodated
and installed within the spaces as generally shown on the Drawings with adequate access and
space for maintenance of all items provided.
Nh thu phi m bo ton b thit b, my mc do mnh cung cp phi c gi gn v c
lp t trong phm vi cc khng gian c ch dn bn v v c li vo thch hp cho vic bo
tr.
The Contractor shall also ensure that the access to plant is adequate to allow its removal and/or
ultimate replacement. Where this is considered not possible the Clients representative shall be
notified in writing for a decision.
Nh thu phi m bo li vo tip cn thit b, my mc phi d b hoc thay th thit b,
my mc . Khi iu ny khng th thc hin c, i din ch u t s c quyt nh bng
vn bn.
1.9.4
Foundations, Holes and Openings

Mng, l ch v l trng ch
Openings or holes through the partition walls, together with all concrete bases, supports, enclosing
ducts, etc., required by the Contractor including those already indicated on the Main Contract
Drawings will be carried out at no extra cost to the Contractor by the Main Contractor under the
terms of the Main Contract, except where extra work is required solely to meet the Contractor's
own requirement as described under the "Material and Equipment Deviations" Clause.
The
Contractor shall submit, through the Main Contractor, to the Clients representative for his
comment, full details of such requirements in adequate time, so that due consideration may be
given before the Main Contractor commences work in the area concerned.
L ch v trng ch xuyn qua cc tng ngn, cng vi b b tng, gi , v bc ng ng
.v.v. do Nh thu yu cu bao gm cc v tr c nu trong bn v ca Hp ng chnh s
c Nh thu chnh thc hin theo cc iu khon ca Hp ng chnh m khng tnh tin i
vi Nh thu, ngoi tr cc phn vic pht sinh c lm ch p ng yu cu ring ca Nh
thu nh c nu phn Sai khc ca vt liu v thit b. Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu
chnh np cho i din ch u t cc xut ca mnh c m t chi tit y cc yu cu
thi gian thch hp, sao cho i din ch u t c th a ra cc quyt nh trc khi Nh
thu chnh bt u cng vic ti khu vc c lin quan.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
32
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Following approval to proceed by the Clients representative, the Contractor shall be responsible
for marking out the exact position and size of all such builders work and/or providing in sufficient
time detailed information in drawing form to the Main Contractor, such that the Main Contractor
may carry out this work in accordance with the builder's work drawings provided by himself and as
his own work proceeds.
Sau khi c i din ch u t thng qua tin hnh cng vic, Nh thu c trch nhim
nh du v tr v kch thc chnh xc ca ton b cng tc xy dng v/ hoc cung cp cc
thng tin chi tit trong khong thi gian hp l dng bn v cho Nh thu chnh, nh vy Nh
thu chnh c th thc hin cng vic theo bn v thi cng xy dng do Nh thu chnh t lp.
The Contractor shall be liable for all expenses and contractual delay claims incurred in failing to
comply with the foregoing requirements
Nh thu s chu trch nhim v ton b chi ph v cc khiu ni chm tr hp ng xy ra do
khng tun theo cc yu cu nu trn.
1.9.5
Cutting-Away and Making Good

Ct b v lm p
All "cutting-away" and "making-good" as required to facilitate the Contractor's works will be carried
out by the Main Contractor, except for those minor provisions required for the fixing of screws, raw
plugs, redhead bolts, etc. which shall be carried out by the Contractor.
Ton b vic ct b v lm p khi c yu cu lm d hn cho cng vic ca Nh thu
s do Nh thu chnh thc hin, ngoi tr cc cng vic lt vt nh xit cht cc inh vt, bt np,
sn u bu lng .v.v. s do Nh thu lm.
The Contractor shall minimize the amount of cutting-away and making-good necessary by giving
timely and accurate instructions for the leaving of holes, etc. He shall, at the necessary times in
the course of the works, mark out on the site or supply drawings to the Main Contractor for the
latter's attention to all cutting-away and preparing of ways. The Contractor shall ensure that the
work is carried out strictly in accordance with his requirements, otherwise he will be charged the
cost of all work and material in the event of his negligence in allowing any unnecessary or
incorrect cutting-away and making-good.
Nh thu phi gim thiu s cc vic ct b v lm p bng cch a ra thi gian v ch dn
ng n cho vic cha l .v.v. cc thi im cn thit trong qu trnh thi cng, Nh thu s
nh du ti cng trng hoc cung cp cho Nh thu chnh cc v tr ct b v lm p . Nh
thu phi m bo rng cng vic s c thc hin ng theo yu cu ca mnh, nu do li cu
th ca Nh thu, vic ct b v lm p xy ra khng cn thit hoc khng ng v tr, Nh
thu phi chu mi ph tn v cng vic v vt liu.
The Contractor shall provide and locate all sleeves and inserts required before the floors and walls
are built or openings backfilled, or shall be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required
for pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed or where incorrectly located.
Nh thu s cung cp v nh v cc ng lng v vt chn c t sn trong sn v tng
c thi cng hoc cc trng c lp, hoc phi chu chi ph cho vic ct v v c yu
cu ti cc ng do cc ng lng v vt chn khng c t sn hoc t khng ng.
Sleeves shall be provided for all mechanical piping passing through concrete floor slab and
concrete, masonry, tiled and gypsum wall constructions. Sleeves shall not be provided for piping
running embedded in concrete.
ng lng c b tr ti tt c cc v tr c ng ng k thut xuyn qua bn sn b tng v
tng thch cao, tng xy v tng b tng. ng lng khng c b tr cho cc ng c chn
trong b tng.
1.9.6
Waterproofing
Chng thm
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
33
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Where any work pierces waterproofing including waterproof concrete, the method of installation
must have prior acceptance, in writing, from the Clients representative.
Khi tin hnh chng thm cc v tr c l xuyn qua k c b tng chng thm, cn phi c vn
bn chp thun ca i din ch u t v phng php lp t.
1.9.7
Guards and Railings: Temporary Guards

Lan can bo v v hng ro chn: Bo v tm thi
During the execution of the work, the Contractor shall ensure that all moving parts are adequately
provided with temporary guards.
Trong khi thi cng, Nh thu phi m bo ton b cc b phn di ng u c bo v tm thi
ng cch.
The Contractor shall provide his own adequate temporary guard rails, etc. around dangerous
floor/wall openings in the vicinity of his work for the protection of his employees and others.
Nh thu s lp lan can bo v v hng ro chn ca ring mnh xung quanh cc l trng nguy
him sn/ tng trong khu vc thi cng ca mnh bo v nhn vin ca mnh v cc ngi
khc.
For the safety of his own workers where guard railings, etc. should be provided by the Main
Contractor, but where in any event they are not, the Contractor shall immediately report the matter
to the Clients representative.
V s an ton cho cng nhn ca mnh, khi lan can bo v v hng ro chn nh ra phi c
Nh thu chnh lp t, nhng khng c th Nh thu phi lp tc bo co cho i din ch u
t
1.9.8
Permanent Guards on Plant

Lan can bo v c nh cho cc bung k thut
Unless specified otherwise in the Specification, the Contractor shall provide removable guards or
railing for the protection from moving or rotating part
Tr phi c quy nh khc Quy cch k thut, Nh thu s lp lan can bo v v hng ro chn
c th di chuyn bo v cc b phn c th di chuyn hoc c th xoay.
1.9.9
Radio and Television Interference

Nhiu sng rai v truyn hnh
All electrically operated equipment used by the Contractor for the erection of the works shall have
suppressors fitted to prevent interference with radio, television or electro medical apparatus in use
in the neighborhood.
Ton b cc thit b hot ng bng in do Nh thu s dng dng thit b s c lp b
trit trnh lm nhiu sng rai v truyn hnh hoc cc thit b y t chy bng in ang s
dng khu vc xung quanh.
The above applies equally to all new items of equipment supplied and fixed by the Contractor.
Yu cu trn cng p dng cho cc hng mc mi ca thit b do Nh thu cung cp v lp t.
Means of suppression shall comply with BS 800 and BS 613. Equipment and materials used in
determining the level of interference shall be in accordance with BS 727.
Cc thit b trit sng s theo BS 800 v BS 613. Vt liu v thit b c dng xc nh mc
trit sng s theo BS 727.
Reference shall also be made to BS CP1006 for further guidance in order to meet the specified
standards.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
34
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Cn tham kho thm BS CP1006 c hng dn thm p ng Tiu chun c quy nh.
1.9.10 Maintenance of New Equipment
Bo dng thit b mi
All items of equipment, whether put into operation before the completion of the Contract or not,
must be maintained in perfect order by the Contractor until the completed installation, or any
agreed section of the installation, is officially handed over and the Certificate of Practical
Completion for the Works is issued.
Ton b cc hng mc ca thit b, c a vo s dng trc khi kt thc hp ng cn phi
c Nh thu bo dng ng trnh t cho n khi cng tc lp t c hon thnh, hoc bt
k phn cng vic no c bn giao chnh thc v Chng ch Hon thnh Cng vic c
cp.
All plant at the time of handover shall be in an "as new" condition; painting and restoration of all
plant and equipment as necessary shall be carried out before the completion of the Contract.
Ton b cc bung k thut thi im bn giao phi trong iu kin nh mi, c sn v
c sp xp gn gng cc thit b trc khi kt thc hp ng.
1.9.11 Labels and Related Instruction
Nhn hiu v cc hng dn lin quan
In order to cross reference with Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Schematic As-Built
Drawings, etc., the Contractor shall provide engraved multi-layer plastic labels for marking all
valves, pipework, fuses, terminals, lamp switches, handles, keys, instruments, gauges, control and
other equipment, etc. and elsewhere to facilitate maintenance or as directed by the Clients
representative. Wording shall be submitted, through the Main Contractor to the Clients
representative for his comment before manufacture.
tham kho ti liu hng dn v bn v hon cng .v.v. Nh thu s cung cp ming th nha
nhiu lp c khc ch nh du cc van, ng ng, cu ch, ci kp, cng tc n, tay nm,
kha, cc dng c v thit b o v kim tra .v.v. d bo dng v theo yu cu ca i din
ch u t. Cc ch vit trn cc th phi c np cho i din ch u t nhn xt trc khi
vit.
This labeling shall include instructions for oiling and/or greasing of all motors, etc. which shall be
attached to the relevant greasing or oiling point whenever possible.
Ming th nha s bao gm cc hng dn v tra du/ m cho cc ng c .v.v. nu c th nn
km theo v tr cc im tra du/ m.
All labels are to be of adequate size as to give clearance between lettering and fixings to ensure
an aesthetic arrangement on completion. Pipeline labels shall generally be not smaller than
100mm x 20mm. Where applicable, labels shall be fixed utilizing brass round head bolts and nuts
or woodscrews. Adhesives or self tapping (PK) screws are not acceptable.
Ton b cc ming th nha c kch thc to khong trng gia cc ch vit v im lin
kt c c b cc thm m khi hon thnh. Ming th nha gn vo ng, ni chung khng
nh hn 100mm x 20mm. Khi c th p dng, dng cc bu lng v cu ng u trn hoc vt g
gn ming th nha vo thit b. Khng c dng bng dnh hoc vt t nh.
For pipelines or valves, where applicable, labels shall be fixed by means of a key ring in each
upper corner suspended from brass or stainless steel chain loops over the relevant pipe.
i vi ng ng hoc van, ming th nha c gn kt bng vng kha mi gc pha trn
c treo vo mc xch bng thp khng r hoc bng ng trn ng lin quan.
All English lettering used on labels shall be "Helvetica Bold" capitals, except where indicating
metric units or as otherwise directed, with black letters on white labels for normal purposes.
Where special colors or details are required these shall be as specified or directed.
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
35
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Ton b ch ting Anh l loi ch vit hoa phong ch Helvetica Bold, ngoi tr khi ch dn n
v o lng hoc cc ch dn khc bng ch en trn nn trng cho mc ch thng thng. Khi
c yu cu v mu sc hoc chi tit c bit, cn c quy nh hoc ch th ring.
All labels and instructions shall be in English with a translation in Vietnamese characters adjacent
thereto. Heights for the English lettering shall be as follows with that for Vietnamese characters to
match:
Ton b ming th nha v cc hng dn vit bng ting Anh c dch sang ting Vit. Chiu cao
c ch nh sau:
(a)
Pipelines, valves, motor valves, fans, doors etc. ..........................8mm

Cc ng ng, van, van ng c, qut, ca .v.v. .8mm
(b)
Greasing instructions for motors, fan bearings, etc. .....................6mm

Hng dn tra m cho ng c, bi qut .v.v.....6mm
(c)
Thermostats, sensors, thermometers, pressure gauges,

B n nhit, cm bin, ng h nhit, o p sut,
(d)
General instructions, etc. .......................................................... 3mm

Hng dn chung .v.v... 3mm
For electrical panels or other items lettering shall be:

i vi bng in v cc hng mc khc, ch vit nh sau:
Black on white for normal purposes. Red letters on white where connected to essential supply.
Green letters on white where operated by direct current. For electrical components the letter
heights shall be as follows:
Bng ch en trn nn trng cho mc ch thng thng. Ch trn nn trng khi c ni vi
ngun cp ch yu. Ch xanh trn nn trng khi chy bng dng in mt chiu. i vi cc b
phn in, chiu cao ch nh sau:
(e)
Identifying equipment in panels ................................................3mm

Xc nh thit b c trong bng...3mm
(f)
Panels .......................................................................................8mm
Bng in..8mm
(g)
Switches and indicators on panel faces .........................................3mm

Cng tc v ng h ch bo mt bng in..3mm
Where proprietary type, rail mounted terminals are utilized in electrical cabinets, the manufacturers
standard "clip-in" identification tabs shall be used.
Khi thit b l loi c quyn, cc u ni c gn trn tm c tn dng bung in, bng
xc nh tiu chun ca Nh sn xut s c dng
1.9.12 Coded Labels
Nhn c m s
Where appropriate, items such as switches, valves, sensing points etc. may also be identified by
"Codes" on the labels which shall relate to the items as detailed on plant room mounted
diagrammatic drawings or the mimic diagram on control panels. At the diagram of control panel,
the function of each coded item shall also be detailed. Such systems of labeling and related
diagrams shall be agreed by the Clients representative before implementation.
Khi c iu kin thch hp, cc hng mc nh cng tc, van, im nh du.v.v. c th c xc
nh bng m s cc nhn, chng c lin quan ti cc hng mc c th hin chi tit cc
bn v biu hoc cc biu trc quan c treo bung k thut. cc biu ca bng
kim tra, chc nng ca mi hng mc c m s s c th hin chi tit. Cc h thng
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
36
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
nhn v cc biu lin quan cn phi c tha thun ca i din ch u t trc khi thc
hin.
Valves etc. required for emergency shut down purposes must, under all circumstances, be fully
detailed at the valve etc.
Cc van c yu cu dng ng trong trng hp khn cp cn phi c th hin chi tit
trong mi trng hp.
1.9.13
Spare Parts and Special Tools

ph tng d tr v dng c chuyn dng
For plant and/or equipment included in this Contract, the Contractor shall provide where requested
in the Specification for the types of spare parts indicated. In addition one set of special tools for
the operation and general maintenance shall also be provided.
i vi thit b v/ hoc my mc c bao gm trong Hp ng ny, khi c yu cu, Nh thu
s ghi r loi ph tng d tr trong Quy cch k thut. Ngoi ra, Nh thu cn cung cp mt b
dng c chuyn dng dng cho vn hnh v bo tr chung.
Unless otherwise specified, at the time of equipment submission, or in such period of time as has
been agreed by the Clients representative in writing, the Contractor shall submit, through the
Main Contractor, in respect of his proposed plant and/or equipment three copies of a list of the
manufacturer's recommended spare parts that are likely to prove necessary to service the plant
and/or equipment during the first year's operation.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, ti thi im np h s thit b, hoc ti thi im c i din ch
u t ng bng vn bn, Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu chnh np ba b copy danh mc
ca ph tng d tr do Nh sn xut ngh, chng cn thit cho thit b v/ hoc my mc trong
nm vn hnh u tin.
The spare parts submission shall include diagrams or catalogue details of the parts concerned and
bonafide manufacturer's published price lists. The Contractor may then add the net shipping
costs for each item plus a 15% margin to cover overheads and profit. Where appropriate, the
prevailing exchange rate must also be stated. The Contractor should note that an unacceptable or
inadequate response to this requirement at the time of tender may result in their tender not being
accepted.
H s ph tng d tr gm biu hoc chi tit gii thiu thit b ca cc b phn lin quan v
danh mc gi xc thc c cng b ca Nh sn xut. Nh thu c th tnh thm chi ph nhp
khu ca mi hng mc cng thm 15% cho chi ph chung v li nhun. Khi c iu kin thch
hp, c th nu t gi hin hnh. Nh thu cn bit rng kin tr li khng hoc khng ng
v yu cu ny ti thi im u thu s l nguyn nhn khin h s thu ca h khng c
chp nhn.
The foregoing is required to provide a satisfactory basis of cost against which the Employer can
subsequently order the required spare parts by means of an Clients representative 's Instruction
placed on the Contract particularly where these are issued towards the end of the Contract period.
At this time, the then current manufacturers' published price lists with current shipping costs and
exchange rate will be required to assess the revised net costs to the Contractor to which the
standard 15% margin may be then added. Failing this, the costs and exchange rate as stated or
assessed at the time of tender will be applied by the Employer.
Yu cu trn c nu ra l c s tha ng v gi, i vi chng Ch u t c th t hng
tip theo v ph tng d tr cn c theo ch th ca i din ch u t da vo Hp ng ring
c lp cui giai on Hp ng. Ti thi im ny, danh mc gi hin ti c cng b ca
Nh sn xut cng vi chi ph nhp khu v t gi hin hnh cn phi c xc nh gi thc ca
Nh thu cng thm 15% ph thm. Nu khng lm c iu ny, Ch u t s t gi v t
gi nh c xc nh ti thi im u thu.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
37
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The criteria by which the Contractor shall judge the need for spare parts shall be any part or
component of the plant or equipment that is subject to frictional wear, vibrational or temperature
fatigue, rupturable or safety or otherwise, corrosion, erosion, unacceptable deposits and/or
saturation by contaminants, normal fair wear and tear and is likely to fail or reach an unacceptably
low performance level within a period of three years or less from its installation and/or
commencement of operation excluding the testing and commissioning periods.
Tr phi c quy nh chi tit, cc tiu chun m da vo Nh thu s quyt nh nhu cu
v ph tng d tr s l bt k phn no hoc b phn thit b v my mc chu mi mn ma st,
mi do nhit v rung, t gy hoc nguyn nhn khc, r, n mn, kt ta qu mc hoc bo
ha cht nhim bn .v.v. dn n mc vn hnh thp qu mc cho php trong giai on 3 nm
hoc t hn k t khi lp t hoc bt u s dng, khng k thi gian th nghim v chy th.
The schedule shall include for at least the following items where they are part of the installation
concerned:Bng thng k thit b s bao gm t nht cc hng mc sau y, khi chng l mt phn ca cng
tc lp t c lin quan:
(a)
Standard and special replaceable type fuse cartridges

Hp cu ch loi c th thay th, loi c bit v loi tiu chun;
(b)
Miniature circuit breaker, residual current device

Cu dao mini, dng c dng r;
(c)
Push button, emergency stop button

Cu dao mini, dng c dng r;
(d)
Rupturable safety devices

Thit b an ton c th nh thng in;
(e)
Plug-in relays
Rle loi cm;
(f)
Indicator light & lamps

n ch bo v n;
(g)
Non-standard fuse cartridges

n ch bo v n;
Any of the above spare parts and/or disposable items which are required to replace defective or
prematurely worn out parts that arise during the Defects Liability Period for the Works shall be
replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.
Bt k ph tng d tr hoc cc hng mc dng mt ln c yu cu thay th cho cc b
phn b mn sm hoc b ph hng trong Thi k Sa cha Khuyt tt s do Nh thu thc hin
bng chi ph ca Nh thu
Additionally, the Contractor shall submit within the same period a priced schedule for the supply of
any additional sets of special tools necessary for servicing and maintenance of any part of the
installation.
Ngoi ra, Nh thu phi np bng gi ti cng thi im ca vic cung cp bt k b b sung ca
dng c chuyn dng cn thit cho vic bo tr v vn hnh ca cc b phn lp t.
Instructions for purchase of any additional sets of special tools shall be issued separately but the
basis for charging shall be similar to that for the Contractor's equipment manufacturer's
recommended spare parts.
Quyt nh mua bt k b b sung ca dng c chuyn dng s c a ra ring bit nhng
c s tnh gi l tng t theo ph tng d tr c Nh sn xut xut.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
38
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The purchase of the necessary spare parts and tools shall be secured by site instruction for which
a provisional sum shall be provided in the Contract.
Vic mua ph tng d tr v dng c chuyn dng cn thit s c quyt nh theo ch th ti
cng trng, theo tng s tin mua c trong Hp ng.
The exact types and quantities shall be determined by the Employer based on the Contractor's
best advice and at the most appropriate time during the Contract period when requirements can
be most realistically assessed taking account of the installation as installed or still being installed.
Loi v s lng chnh xc ca ph tng d tr v dng c chuyn dng s do Ch u t xc
nh da vo kin ca Nh thu v ti thi im thch hp nht trong thi k Hp ng, khi cc
yu cu c xc nh chnh xc nht c k n cc phn ang lp t v c lp t.
1.10
Submittals and Reviews

Np h s v kim tra h s
1.10.1 Surveys and Measurements

Kho st v o lng
The Contractor shall relate all horizontal and vertical measurements taken and/or applied, to
establish bench marks such as design drawing grid lines, finished floor levels, etc. and shall thus
establish satisfactory lines and levels for all work.
Nh thu s o chiu ng v chiu ngang c p dng thit lp cc mc nh cc ng
tim trc trong bn v, cao hon thin sn .v.v.
All work shall be installed to these established lines and levels and the Contractor shall verify all
measurements on site and check the correctness thereof as related to the work.
Ton b cng vic s c lp t theo cc ng tim trc v cao c thit lp v Nh
thu s kim tra tt c kch thc trn cng trng v kim tra chnh xc lin quan ti cng
vic.
1.10.2 Installation/Shop Drawings
Bn v thi cng/ lp t
The Drawings indicate the general arrangement and conceptual design intent of systems and
works to be included in the Contract.
Cc bn v th hin cch b tr chung, v quan nim thit k ca h thng k thut c k
n trong Hp ng.
The Contractor shall fully allow for the preparation of installation and as-installed Drawings.
Drawings shall be prepared electronically in AutoCAD format.
Nh thu s cho php lp bn v cho vic lp t v lp cc bn v hon cng. Cc bn v c
lp dng bn v in t Autocad
Unless otherwise indicated or instructed, the Contractor shall, in the stated or in adequate time
before each section of his work proceeds, prepare and submit, through the Main Contractor, for
comment by the Clients representative, detailed Installation/Shop Drawings to demonstrate how
he proposes to install the works both in "Detail" and "Form" to facilitate the practical installation at
the Site. These drawings shall be fully dimensioned and shall be based on the basic intention of
the Drawings but shall not be simply a copy of them.
Tr phi c quy nh hoc ch th khc, ti thi im c xc nh hoc khong thi gian
trc khi thi cng mi phn cng vic, Nh thu s chun b v thng qua Nh thu chnh np cc
bn v thi cng/ lp t chi tit chng minh Nh thu xut cch lp t nh th no c v
chi tit v hnh dng to iu kin lp t thc t d dng hn ti cng trng cho i din ch
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
39
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
u t nhn xt. Cc bn v ny phi c kch thc v phi da vo cc tng c bn ca

bn v theo Hp ng nhng khng ch n gin l copy li cc bn v .
The Contractor shall take all particular dimensions during the progress of the works and submit,
through the Main Contractor, for comment by the Clients representative, any modifications in
details as may be found necessary before proceeding. Approval to proceed given by the Clients
representative on the basis of any modifications/ drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any
of his obligations or liabilities under this Contract.
Nh thu s th hin ton b cc kch thc ring trong tin trnh cng vic v cc thay i v chi
tit khi nhn thy l cn thit trc khi trin khai cng vic v thng qua Nh thu chnh np cho
i din ch u t nhn xt. Vic thng qua tin hnh cng vic do i din ch u t a
ra da trn c s l bt k cc thay i u khng lm gim ngha v v trch nhim ca Nh
thu theo Hp ng.
Should any part of the works, which reasonably and obviously would be inferred to as necessary
for the complete, safe and satisfactory operation of the works as a whole, be not specified or
expressly described in this Specification and/or the Drawings, the Contractor, notwithstanding
such omission shall provide and execute such works as part of the Contract and shall not be
entitled to any extra payment on that account.
Nu c phn no ca cng vic, chng c suy din hp l v hin nhin l cn thit cho vic
hon thnh cng vic, cho vic vn hnh an ton v tha mn cc yu cu vn hnh t ra cng
nh cho ton b cc kha cnh ca cng vic, nhng cha c quy nh hoc cha c din t
y trong Quy cch k thut ny hoc trong bn v, th mc du c vic b st , Nh thu
vn phi cung cp v thc hin cc cng vic nh l mt phn ca Hp ng v khng c
quyn i thanh ton thm cho phn vic .
Two copies of each Installation/Shop Drawing shall be submitted, through the Main Contractor, to
the Clients representative. One copy will be retained by the Clients representative and the
second will be returned as expeditiously as possible with instruction "CHECKED FOR
COMPLIANCE WITH DESIGN INTENT" or endorsed with suitable comments for the Contractor's
further amendment and re-submission. The submitted drawings shall take into account any
approved modifications either to the building, the installation or that arising out of any co-ordination
work between different services.
Hai b copy ca cc bn v thi cng/ lp t s c thng qua Nh thu chnh np cho i din
ch u t. Mt b copy s c i din ch u t gi li v b th hai s c tr li cho Nh
thu cng nhanh cng tt c du KIM TRA PH HP VI NH THIT K hoc c cc
nhn xt thch hp Nh thu chnh sa v np li. Cc bn v c np phi tnh n cc thay
i c thng qua c nh hng n cng trnh hoc cng tc lp t hoc cc thay i pht
sinh ngoi s phi hp gia cc h thng k thut khc nhau.
In accordance with the provisions of this Specification, the Installation/Shop Drawings must
incorporate details of the actual items of accepted plant and equipment proposed for installation by
the Contractor and agreed by the Clients representative. No plant or equipment shall be delivered
to site and no work shall be executed until such drawings have been accepted.
Theo cc iu khon ca Quy cch k thut ny, cc bn v thi cng/ lp t cn th hin c hi tit
ca cc hng mc trn thc t ca cc my mc v thit b c chp nhn v c xut
Nh thu lp t v c i din ch u t ng . Khng c my mc v thit b no
c a ti cng trng, v khng c cng vic no c thc hin cho n khi cc bn v ni
trn c chp nhn.
The Contractor's Installation/Shop Drawings shall be prepared to such scales that will clearly show
all necessary details.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
40
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Cc bn v thi cng/ lp t ca Nh thu s c lp theo t l sao cho chng c th cho thy

ton b cc chi tit cn thit.
The Installation/Shop Drawings shall be prepared to the same sheet sizes and scales as used for
the ultimate "As-Installed" record drawings.
Cc bn v thi cng/ lp t s c lp bng cch dng autocad th hin cho cng kh giy v
t l nh c dng cho cc bn v lu hon cng.
Generally Installation/Shop Drawings shall include not less than the following:
Ni chung, cc bn v thi cng/ lp t s bao gm khng t hn nh sau:
(a)
Symbols and notations equal to and compatible with the Employer's own contract drawing
standard.
K hiu v h thng k hiu tng ng v tng thch vi tiu chun bn v theo Hp
ng ca Ch u t.
(b)
Complete layout/assemblies including all minor items and accessories

Cch b tr/ lp t bao gm c cc hng mc nh v ph kin
(c)
Positions of all fixings, hangers and supports

V tr cc im lin kt, cc thanh treo v gi .
(d)
Positions and sizes of all test holes, test pockets, thermostat pockets, thermometer pockets,
bends and fittings, clearances to allow the removal of inserted equipment where applicable
V tr v kch thc ca cc l th nghim, cc hp ca b iu chnh nhit, cc hp nhit
k, cc ch un v chi tit ni, cc khong trng tho thit b
(e)
Outline of valve and similar insulation boxes and the clearances to allow for the removal
thereof
Cch b tr cc van v cc hp cch ly tng t v cc khong trng tho thit b.
(f)
Outline of insulation and clearances to allow for application thereof.

Cch b tr cc loi cch ly v cc khong trng thi cng.
(g)
Schematic diagrams for all systems.

S nguyn l cho ton b cc h thng:
(h)
Ductwork Drawings shall indicate the length of each duct section; the internal dimensions of
the galvanized sheet steel or other materials; dimensions of bends and fittings; thicknesses
of metal, sizes and positions of all stiffeners, angle flanges, etc. including the methods of
fixing and bolting, location of all supports; outline of all insulation; position and sizes of all
access doors, test points; location and fixings for all thermometers and other devices
including withdrawal clearances; working pressures where applicable (e.g. for medium and
high pressure systems), etc.
Cc bn v ng dn th hin chiu di ca mi on ng dn; kch thc trong ca thp
tm c trng km hoc cc vt liu khc; kch thc ca cc ch un v chi tit ni;
chiu dy ca kim loi, kch thc v v tr ca ton b cc vt gia cng, cc mt bch
gc .v.v. bao gm phng php lin kt v bt bu lng, v tr ca tt c cc gi , cch b
tr cc loi cch ly; kch thc v v tr ca ton b cc ca tip cn, cc im th nghim; v
tr v cch lin kt ca nhit k v cc thit b khc, k c cc khong trng tho b thit
b; p sut lm vic khi c th ng dng (v d: i vi h thng p sut cao v trung bnh)
.v.v.
The detail shown shall cover the provision of internal air flow equalizing duct bends, splitters
and other air flow control devices such as dampers, type and control mechanisms, acoustic
treatment measures, flexible joints, type of air diffusion devices proposed complete with inlet
or extracted volumes and velocities.
Cc chi tit c nu s gm c cc ch un ca ng ng dn gi cn bng dng kh
bn trong, cc b phn chia v cc thit b iu khin dng kh nh van iu tit, loi v c
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
41
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
cu iu khin, cc bin php x l cch m, cc ch ni mm, loi thit b khuych tn kh

c d kin cng vi khi lng v vn tc kh c np hoc c ht.
(i)
The pipework installation drawings shall indicate (with dimensions given) the location of all
pipework in relation to the building structure and other pipework and equipment. The
position of all valves, strainers, checks valves, etc. shall be shown together with clearances
necessary for removal of strainer baskets, internal parts of all valves, motors for motorized
valves, solenoids, etc.
Cc bn v lp t ng ng s th hin (c kch thc km theo) v tr ca ng ng
lin quan ti kt cu cng trnh v ng ng, thit b khc. Cc v tr ca van, b lc, van
kim tra .v.v. s c th hin cng vi cc khong trng cn thit tho cc r b lc,
cc phn bn trong ca van, ng c cho cc van c lp ng c, cc van slnit .v.v.
Positions and details of all hangers and supports shall be shown and the positions
dimensioned.
V tr v chi tit ca cc thanh treo v gi s c th hin v c kch thc km theo.
Positions of thermostats, thermometers, pressure gauges, test pockets and similar devices
shall be shown and dimensioned including clearances required for their removal.
V tr ca b iu chnh nhit, nhit k, ng h o p sut, hp th nghim v cc thit b
tng t s c th hin v c kch thc km theo, k c cc khong trng tho thit
b.
For insulated pipework, details and outline of insulation and insulation boxes shall be shown
including clearances required for removal of the boxes.
i vi ng ng c bc cch ly, chi tit v cch b tr ca vt liu cch ly v hp cch
ly s c th hin, k c cc khong trng tho cc hp .
(j)
Schematic wiring drawings shall include logic sequence and wiring diagrams showing full
details including terminal and wire numbers, color code etc.
For all items of
electrical/electronic equipment. Inter-locking, reset or similar facilities shall be clearly
shown.
Bn v s ng dy bao gm trnh t v s i dy c y chi tit bao gm im
cui v s dy, mu m s .v.v. cho ton b hng mc thit b in, kha lin ng hoc cc
thit b tng t u c th hin r rng.
The wiring installation drawings shall show positions in relation to the building structure and
other plant, equipment and/or installations.
Bn v lp t ng dy ch r v tr i vi kt cu cng trnh v cc bung k thut, cc
thit b v/ hoc lp t khc.
Reference to "other plant", or equipment and/or installations, is to mean either the
Contractor's own installed services or those provided by others the details of which shall be
obtained directly from the other contractors concerned by a mutual exchange of the relevant
information, or alternatively where indicated in the Contract the details of installations to be
installed by others are to be provided by and through a "Project Building Services Coordinator" where such person is provided for as a requirement in one of the project
contracts, usually the Main Contract, or under some other arrangement as shall apply and
as stated in specific contract documents.
Tham kho cc bung k thut khc hoc thit b v/ hoc lp t khc ngha l cc h
thng k thut do Nh thu lp t hoc c lp t bi Nh thu khc m chi tit ca
chng nhn c trc tip t cc Nh thu khc bng cch trao i ln nhau cc thng tin
c lin quan, hoc cc thay i khi c nu ra trong Hp ng chi tit ca cng vic
c lp t bi Nh thu khc v c cung cp thng qua iu phi vin h thng k
thut cng trnh, nhn vt thng c tuyn dng theo yu cu ca mt trong cc Hp
ng, thng thng l Hp ng chnh, hoc theo mt s tha thun c nu trong h
s hp ng c bit.
(k)
Installation/Shop Drawings for motor control and instrumentation panels shall show the
physical construction and layout (internally and externally) of all panels/cabinets/cubicles
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
42
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
including the physical arrangement of all major and important components, busbars, phase
separation barriers, interconnecting wiring, labels, etc.
Bn v thi cng/ lp t cho cc bng kim tra v kim sot ng c c ch r cch b tr
(bn trong v bn ngoi) ca tt c cc bng/ t/ bung bao gm c vic b tr cc b phn
quan trng v ch yu, cc thanh ci, cc dng c phn pha, dy mng, nhn hiu .v.v.
(l)
The Drawings shall also include controls and wiring diagrams and schematics for all internal
and external wiring including all interlocks and connections from the panels to external
equipment and interfacing work with other services.
Bn v cng bao gm s dy v dng c kim tra cho ton b dy trong v ngoi c
kha lin ng v u ni t bng in ti thit b ngoi v cc cng vic phn chia vi cc
h thng khc.
Included on the Drawings shall be the proposed full wording of all labels to be installed in
both English and Vietnamese characters.
c th hin trong bn v cn c cc t ting Anh v ting Vit ghi trn cc nhn.
1.10.3 Submission and Acceptance of Contractor's Drawings, Technical Literature and Material Samples
Np v chp nhn h s k thut v mu vt liu ca Nh thu
In all cases where the Clients representative is required to inspect Drawings, technical literature
and samples and thereafter issue his approval to proceed with the installation, he shall
expeditiously do this or promptly return the documents and/or samples, through the Main
Contractor, to the Contractor for any amendments required.
Trong mi trng hp, khi i din ch u t c yu cu kim tra cc bn v, h s k thut
v mu sau thng qua v cho php tin hnh thi cng, th i din ch u t s nhanh
chng thc hin cc cng vic v tr ngay cc ti liu v/ hoc mu cho Nh thu thng qua
Nh thu chnh c km theo cc chnh sa c yu cu.
Generally a period of at least one month will be required from the receipt of submission and the
Contractor shall ensure that this submissions are made at least two months before any equipment
required to be ordered to meet the Main Contractor's programme.
Ni chung, cn c ti thiu mt thng cho giai on np v kim tra h s v Nh thu phi m
bo rng vic chun b h s phi c lm ti thiu hai thng trc khi bt k thit b cn c no
c t hng p ng tin ca Nh thu chnh.
No claims for extensions of time or additional costs shall be entertained as a result of the
Contractor's failure to make his submissions in adequate time.
Khng c ngh no v ko di thi gian v tng gi c xt n do li ca Nh thu khng
thc hin vic np h s ng hn.
Failure of the Contractor to make submissions in good time shall not entitle him to any extension in
time for completion of the Works.
Nh thu chm np h s theo ng hn s khng c quyn ko di thi hn hon thnh cng
vic.
On the contrary, where delays to the Works arise because of late submissions by the Contractor
and/or effect of repeated re-submissions, the Contractor may be held responsible for any financial
losses incurred to himself or others, consequential or otherwise and may ultimately expose him to
the imposition of liquidated damages under the Contract or claims upon him by the Main
Contractor or other contractors.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
43
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Hn na, khi vic chm tr ca cng vic l do vic np mun v/ hoc vic np li mun ca
Nh thu, th Nh thu phi chu trch nhim v tt c cc tn tht ti chnh xy ra i vi Nh
thu v cc ngi khc, hu qu c th xy ra i vi Nh thu c th l Nh thu phi chu cc
h hng c thanh l theo Hp ng hoc phi chu cc khiu ni ca Nh thu chnh hoc Nh
thu khc.
If, in the opinion of the Clients representative, the Contractor's failure to make his submissions in
adequate time may result in a delay in the completion of the project as a whole, then the Clients
representative shall have the authority to order materials or equipment of a type from a source
nominated by the Clients representative at no increase to the Contract sum.
Nu, theo kin ca i din ch u t, vic np chm h s ca Nh thu c th gy ra hu
qu lm chm vic hon thnh ton b cng trnh, th i din ch u t c quyn t hng vt
liu v thit b t cc ngun khc do i din ch u t tm ra v khng tng tng s tin ca
Hp ng.
The Clients representative 's approval for the work to proceed on the basis of the Contractor's
installation/Shop Drawings shall not be construced as being totally unqualified agreement to the
extent that all the details of measurements shown on the Contractor's Drawings are fully suitable,
that they will totally site in with all the other physical conditions at site, that the Contractor's
proposed sequence of installation is entirely correct in relation to his own or other contractors'
work or that they will adequately meet the future maintenance access requirements of the
installation. Furthermore, the Clients representative 's response will not relieve the Contractor
from his responsibilities for his full and proper performance under the Contract including, but not
limited to, furnishing material or performing the work as required by this Specification, the
Drawings and established good working practices.
Vic thng qua ca i din ch u t tin hnh cng vic trn c s cc bn v thi cng/ lp
t ca Nh thu s khng c coi l cc tha thun hon ton iu kin khng
nh rng ton b cc chi tit kch thc th hin trong cc bn v ca Nh thu l hon ton
ph hp, l cc bn v ph hp vi cc iu kin thc t ca cng trng, l trnh t thi
cng do Nh thu kin ngh hon ton ng vi cng vic ca anh ta vi Nh thu khc hoc
l tin p ng cc yu cu v bo tr sau ny. Hn na, vic tr li ca i din ch
u t khng lm gim trch nhim ca Nh thu trong vic thc hin y v ng cch cng
vic theo Hp ng, bao gm v khng ch gii hn vic cung cp vt liu, thi cng theo yu
cu ca Quy cch k thut ny, ca cc bn v theo Hp ng v trin khai tt cng vic.
Approval to proceed on the basis of the Contractor's Drawings by the Clients representative shall,
however, imply that those drawings have been carefully studied and in-so-far as can be
ascertained from the information shown on the Drawings, the details incorporated thereon appear
to be acceptable and that the work involved can proceed.
Tuy nhin, vic thng qua ca i din ch u t tin hnh cng vic trn c s cc bn v
thi cng/ lp t ca Nh thu c ng rng nhng bn v c nghin cu cn thn v
cc thng tin c trn bn v c xc minh, cc chi tit km theo c chp nhn v cng vic
lin quan c th trin khai.
Where approval to proceed in part is given, the Clients representative may on request give written
authority for the satisfactory aspects of the Drawings, etc. to be proceeded with, subject always to
the unacceptable aspects being expeditiously amended and re-submitted for further comment
before those aspects of they work commence.
Khi vic thng qua tin hnh tng phn cng vic c a ra, i din ch u t c th yu
cu bng vn bn cho cc phn p ng ca bn v c trin khai, cn cc phn khng chp
nhn phi c nhanh chng chnh sa v np li nhn xt trc khi cc cng vic ny bt
u.
1.10.4 Number of Copies of Installation/Shop Drawings to be Provided
S lng copy ca cc bn v thi cng/ lp t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
44
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The Contractor shall allow for providing at least five printed copies of the "Checked" working
drawings for distribution by the Clients representative to the Employer's project management
team. In addition he shall also allow for providing as many copies as may be required for his own
use and for the use of others such as the Main Contractor.
Nh thu s cung cp ti thiu 5 b copy ca cc bn v c ng du kim tra cho ban qun
l d n ca Ch u t v i din ch u t. Ngoi ra, Nh thu cn phi cung cp nhiu b
copy khi c yu cu cho cng tc thi cng ca mnh hoc ca ngi khc v d nh Nh thu
chnh.
1.10.5 Responsibility of Contractor not relieved by acceptance

Chp nhn ca K s khng lm gim trch nhim ca Nh thu.
The Engineer's acceptance of the Contractor's installation drawings shall not be construed as
being totally unqualified agreement to the extent that all the details or measurements shown on
the Contractor's Drawings are fully suitable, that they will totally fit in with all the other physical
conditions at site, that the Contractor's proposed sequence of installation is entirely correct in
relation to his own or other Contractor's work or that they will adequately meet the future
maintenance access requirements of the installation. Furthermore the Engineer's acceptance will
not relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities for his full and proper performance under the
Contract including but not limited to furnishing material or performing the work as required by this
Specification, the Drawings and established good working practices.
Vic chp nhn ca K s v cc bn v lp t ca Nh thu khng c coi l cc tha
thun hon ton iu kin khng nh rng ton b cc chi tit hoc kch thc th hin
trong cc bn v ca Nh thu l hon ton ph hp, l cc bn v ph hp vi cc iu
kin thc t ca cng trng, l trnh t thi cng do Nh thu kin ngh hon ton ng vi
cng vic ca anh ta hoc vi Nh thu khc hoc l tin p ng cc yu cu v bo tr
sau ny. Hn na, vic chp nhn ca K s khng lm gim trch nhim ca Nh thu trong
vic thc hin y v ng cch cng vic theo Hp ng, bao gm v khng ch gii hn
vic cung cp vt liu, thi cng theo yu cu ca Quy cch k thut ny, ca cc bn v theo Hp
ng v trin khai tt cng vic.
Acceptance of the Contractor's drawing by the Engineer shall however imply that those drawings
have been carefully studied and in-so-far as can be ascertained from the information shown on the
Drawings, the details incorporated thereon appear to be acceptable and that the work involved can
be proceed with.
Tuy nhin, vic chp nhn ca K s v cc bn v lp t ca Nh thu c ng rng nhng
bn v c nghin cu cn thn v cc thng tin c trn bn v c xc minh, cc
chi tit km theo c chp nhn v cng vic lin quan c th trin khai.
Where partial acceptance is given, the Engineer may give written authority for the satisfactory
aspects of the Drawings etc. to be proceeded with, subject always to the unacceptable aspects
being expeditiously amended and re-submitted for acceptance before those aspects of the work
commence.
Khi vic thng qua tin hnh tng phn cng vic c a ra, K s c th yu cu bng vn
bn cho cc phn p ng ca bn v c trin khai, cn cc phn khng chp nhn phi
c nhanh chng chnh sa v np li nhn xt trc khi cc cng vic ny bt u.
1.10.6 Drawing for Submission to Authorities and Utility Companies
Bn v np cho c quan chc nng
The Contractor shall allow for all costs and necessary drawings for submission to Government
authorities and utility companies as appropriate and as necessary,
Nh thu s chu ton b chi ph v np cc bn v cn thit cho c quan chc nng vo lc thch
hp v khi cn thit.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
45
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.10.7 "As-Installed" Drawings

Bn v hon cng
As work proceeds the Contractor shall record all variations, amendments and changes that take
place. These shall be recorded on a separate set of accepted Contractor Shop Drawing prints
retained at the Site specifically for this purpose.
Khi trin khai cng vic, Nh thu s lu li tt c cc thay i, cc chnh sa xy ra, chng s
c lp thnh b ring bit cc bn v thi cng c chp nhn ca Nh thu v c lu gi
ti cng trng dnh ring cho mc ch ny.
As each section of the work is completed the Contractor shall prepare "As-Installed" record
drawings incorporating all agreed changes. The Clients representative shall be permitted to
examine these drawings from time to time and the Contractor shall arrange to accommodate such
examinations.
mi cng on c hon thnh, Nh thu s lp b bn v hon cng c tp hp tt c cc
thay i c tha thun. i din ch u t c php kim tra cc bn v mi lc v
Nh thu phi thu xp i din ch u t c th kim tra.
In order to avoid duplication of drawing work, the Contractor is encouraged to produce
Installation/Shop Drawings of adequate detail and quality that, subject to minor amendments as
the work proceeds and the addition of an appropriate title block, they may later be submitted to the
Clients representative as the "As-Installed" drawings. However, this will only be allowed where
drawings of an acceptable quality are prepared and continuously maintained, otherwise the "AsInstalled" drawings must be separately prepared towards the completion of the Contract and then
also to an acceptable standard. On this matter the Clients representative 's determination shall
be final.
trnh phi lm hai ln bn v, Nh thu c khuyn khch lp cc bn v thi cng/ lp t c
chi tit v ng cch, bao gm cc chnh sa nh khi tin hnh cng vic v b sung khung
tn thch hp, sau ny cc bn v c np cho i din ch u t nh l cc bn v hon
cng. Tuy nhin, iu ny ch c php khi cc bn v c lp t cht lng v c duy tr
thng xuyn, nu khng, cc bn v hon cng phi c lp ring bit khi hon thnh Hp
ng v cng theo tiu chun c th chp nhn. V vn ny, kin ca i din ch u t l
kin cui cng.
At least seven calendar days prior to commencement of any commissioning procedures on any
section of the installation, the Contractor shall provide two (or more if required) preliminary copies
of "As-Installed" drawings complete with all details and design data to be used for commissioning
purposes. Any amendments noted on these drawings during the testing and commissioning stage
shall subsequently be transferred to the original "As-Installed" drawings once the amendments
have been agreed by the Clients representative.
Ti thiu by ngy theo lch, trc khi bt u bt k th tc chy th ca cc hng mc lp
t, Nh thu phi cung cp hai (hoc nhiu hn nu c yu cu) b copy ca bn v hon
cng s b c y chi tit v s liu thit k c dng cho mc ch chy th. Cc chnh sa
c ch thch cc bn v ny trong giai on th nghim v chy th mt khi c i
din ch u t ng s phi c a vo bn v hon cng chnh thc.
Within 30 calendar days, after the date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the
Works, the Contractor shall submit, through the Main Contractor, to the Clients representative two
complete sets of prints of all "As-Installed" drawing for comment.
Trong vng 30 ngy theo lch, sau thi im cp Chng ch Hon thnh Thc t ca Cng vic,
Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu chnh np cho i din ch u t hai b in hon chnh ca
cc bn v hon cng nhn xt.
The Clients representative will return one set of the Drawings with any comments marked thereon
within 60 calendar days of receipt. Within a further 30 calendar days, the Contractor shall submit
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
46
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
to the Clients representative through the Main Contractor, a fully amended set of "As-Installed"
reproducible drawings and two sets of prints.
i din ch u t s tr li mt b bn v c cc nhn xt c nh du trong vng 60 ngy
theo lch k t khi nhn c bn v. Trong vng 30 ngy theo lch tip theo, Nh thu s thng
qua Nh thu chnh np cho i din ch u t mt b chnh sa hon chnh c th nhn
bn ca cc bn v hon cng v hai b bn v in.
Reproducible copies shall be prepared electronically in AutoCAD format.
Cc b bn v c th nhn bn phi dng Autocad.
Each drawing shall be clearly marked in 10mm or larger block characters "As-Installed" in the
bottom right hand corner of the sheet.
Mi bn v c nh du bng dng ch hon cng cao 10mm hoc ln hn gc di bn
phi ca bn v.
The "As-Installed" drawing sets shall include not less than the following:
B bn v hon cng s bao gm khng t hn cc bn v sau:
a)
Schematic diagrams of all systems.

S nguyn l ca tt c cc h thng k thut
b)
Individual floor plans and section showing to a scale of not less than 1:50 all installations
accurately located.
Mt bng cc tng v mt ct theo t l khng nh hn 1:50 c ch r cc v tr lp t;
c)
Plant room layouts, with sections, to a scale of not less than 1:50.
B tr cc bung k thut, c mt ct theo t l khng nh hn 1:50;
d)
Wiring and schematic diagrams with settings and adjustments noted for all electric/electronic
control systems, control panels, motor starters, interlocks, etc.
S nguyn l v s dy c nh v v iu chnh c ghi ch cho ton b h thng
kim sot in, bng kim sot, khi ng ng c, kha lin ng .v.v.
e)
The sizes and positions of all plant, equipment, switchroom, etc. Clearly identified by its
service and dimensioned location.
Kch thc v v tr ca cc bung k thut, thit b, bung bng in .v.v. c th hin r
rng theo cng nng ca chng v v tr c gn kch thc.
f)
Complete set of symbols on a separate drawing with symbols used for individual drawings
being identified on each.
B hon chnh cc k hiu mt bn v ring c tt c cc k hiu c dng cho tng bn
v thnh phn.
g)
Valve and damper charts consisting of schematic diagrams [Note: may be part of (a) above]
showing layouts and positions and identification of all valves and dampers with record of
final setting/adjustment for regulating devices.
Biu cc van v van iu tit bao gm s nguyn l (Ch thch: n c th l phn (a)
ni trn) th hin cch b tr v v tr, v cch nhn dng ca ton b cc van v van
iu tit c h s ghi li ln ci t/ iu chnh cui cng cho cc thit b ang iu chnh;
h)
Final air volumes at grilles and diffusers air and water volumes and velocity at strategic
points as established during commissioning and at all points.
Th tch kh cui cng cc li v ming thi gi, th tch v vn tc nc v kh cc
im ch yu c thit lp trong giai on chy th.
In addition to the provision of 'As-Installed' negatives and prints, the Contractor shall provide and
install framed under glass, non-fade reduced prints of the Schematic diagrams for all systems in
the relevant plant room. Exact locations are to be agreed with the Clients representative.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
47
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Ngoi vic cp bn v hon cng dng bn in v m bn, Nh thu cn phi cung cp v sp

t cc b bn v in ca s nguyn l ca cc h thng k thut, chng c thu nh, khng
b phai, c khung v c lng di knh v t ti cc bung k thut c lin quan. V tr chnh
xc ca cc bn v theo kin ca i din ch u t
Glazing shall be polished plate of not less than 6mm thickness mounted in natural finish, extruded
and anodized aluminum frames with the prints mounted on acid free mounting board and the
whole backed with marine grade plywood not less than 8mm thick.
Knh l loi tm c mi nhn c chiu dy khng mng hn 6mm c gn vo b mt hon
thin, c khung nhm ph bng mng xit v li ln, bn in c gn vo tm khng c axit v lt
pha sau bng g dn dy ti thiu 8mm.
1.10.8 Sizes and Scale of Drawings
Kh v t l bn v
Each drawing submitted shall be of one of the following standard sizes :
Mi bn v c np cn theo cc kh tiu chun sau:
Size A3
Kh A3
:
:
420 x 297 mm
420 x 297mm
Size A4
Kh A4
:
:
297 x 210 mm
297 x 210mm
Size B1
Kh B1
:
:
1016 x 710 mm
1016 x 710mm
All Drawings shall be issued properly and neatly trimmed to the correct size.
Ton b cc bn v phi ng cch v c xn gn gng theo kh tiu chun.
All Drawings submitted shall be prepared to the following S.I. scales only :
Ton b cc bn v np c lp ch theo t l S.I nh sau:
1:1
1:10
1:100
1:2
1:20
1:200
1:5
1:50
1.10.9 Specification and Drawings on Site

Quy cch k thut v bn v cng trng
The Contractor shall retain at his site office at all times, complete and in good order, copies of all
Contract Documents including this Specification, contract Drawings, "As-Installed" record
drawings, equipment and catalogues, manufacturer's specifications, operation maintenance and
service manuals. These shall be available for inspection by the Clients representative and/or any
other person authorized by him at any time during normal working hours.
Nh thu s lun lu gi ti vn phng cng trng ca mnh b copy ca h s Hp ng y
v ng th t, bao gm Quy cch k thut, bn v theo Hp ng, cc bn v nht k hon
cng, h s thit b v gii thiu thit b, Quy cch k thut ca nh sn xut, cc sch hng
dn vn hnh, bo tr. Ton b h s ny lun sn sng trong khong thi gian lm vic i
din ch u t hoc ngi c i din ch u t y quyn kim tra.
1.10.10 Co-operation, Co-ordination and Work Sequencing with Other Trades
Cng thi cng, cng phi hp v trnh t cng vic vi Nh thu khc
The Contractor shall co-operate in accordance with the requirements set out in the Preliminaries
and co-ordinate his work and programme with Contractors of all other trades and whatever cocoordinating arrangements have been contractually arranged for by the Employer to control all of
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
48
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
the Contracts for the project. The responsibility for co-coordinating his work with others and for
the timely and satisfactory completion of the Contract shall remain the Contractor's responsibility.
Nh thu s cng thi cng v theo cc yu cu c ra trong chng trnh lm vic ca minh
cng vi Nh thu khc, Ch u t s sp t cng vic ca Nh thu cng vi cc cng vic
phi hp khc c th kim sot tt c cc cng vic. Nh thu c trch nhim phi hp phn
vic ca mnh cng vi Nh thu khc hon thnh cng vic ng thi hn v tha mn yu
cu ca Hp ng.
The Contractor shall follow the intent of the Drawings in laying out the work and shall cross check
with the other trades and co-ordinate fully with the Main Contractor in order to verify the line, level,
space and sequence in which his work is to be installed.
Nh thu phi tun theo cc bn v theo Hp ng v cc bn v phi hp cng vic s b ca
Nh thu chnh khi b tr cng vic v kim tra cho vi Nh thu khc v phi hp cht ch vi
Nh thu chnh kim tra cc tim trc, cao , khng gian v trnh t theo cng vic ca Nh
thu c trin khai.
If directed by the Clients representative or the Main Contractor, the Contractor shall, without extra
charge, make reasonable adjustments to his proposed shop drawing layouts as are necessary to
prevent conflicts with the work of other trades or for the proper sequence of and execution of work.
Nu c ch th bi i din ch u t hoc ca Nh thu chnh, Nh thu s iu chnh hp l
cc bn v thi cng d kin ca mnh nu thy cn thit trnh xung t vi cng vic ca cc
Nh thu khc hoc m bo trnh t ng n ca cng vic.
Any significant problems beyond the Contractor's and the Main Contractor's control shall promptly
be reported to the Clients representative who will provide a decision expeditiously.
Bt k vn quan trng no vt qu tm kim sot ca Nh thu v Nh thu chnh phi bo
co cho i din ch u t l ngi s c quyt nh nhanh chng.
No extra claim for delay either financially or by extension of the Contract period will be allowed if
the Contractor, in conjunction with the Main Contractor, fails to properly and adequately coordinate and programme his work at all times.
Khng c yu cu pht sinh no c v ti chnh ln ko di thi gian Hp ng do s chm tr li
c xt n, nu Nh thu v Nh thu chnh khng thc hin tin v phi hp cng vic
v ng cch trong thi gian thi cng.
The Contractor shall coordinate the sequence of installing his work with respect to the sequence of
other works. The Contractor shall also comply with the Employer's arrangements regarding the
Contract stage services coordination and/or work programming. Failure to do so may involve the
removal of work and its later replacement at the Contractor's own cost.
Nh thu s phi hp trnh t cng vic ca mnh vi trnh t cng vic ca cc Nh thu khc.
Nh thu s tun theo vic b tr ca Ch u t lin quan ti tin v phi hp cng vic h
thng k thut trong giai on Hp ng. Khng lm c nh vy c th phi d b cc phn
vic v thay th n bng chi ph ca Nh thu.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, in the case of plant room where the
Contractor's equipment etc. constitutes without doubt the major item involved, the Contractor shall
allow in his tender for taking effective responsibility for the co-ordination of his and other
services/building details etc. within these specific areas. Furthermore, he shall carry out this
responsibility in co-operation with the Main Contractor who has the responsibility for the overall
project construction stage co-ordination.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
49
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Tr phi c quy nh khc trong h s Hp ng, trong trng hp cc bung k thut, ti

thit b ca Nh thu l b phn chnh th Nh thu s a vo h s thu ca mnh phn trch
nhim ca Nh thu phi hp vi Nh thu khc khi trin khai cng vic trong phm vi bung
k thut . Hn na, Nh thu cn phi phi hp vi Nh thu chnh l ngi chu trch nhim
v phi hp chung cho giai on thi cng cng trnh.
Where necessary, the foregoing plant room co-ordination requirement shall include the
preparation of plant room co-ordination drawings which other contractors involved in the plant
room are to comply with. The Contractor shall, on behalf of the Main Contractor, also allow for
the cross checking of other contractors' plant room installation drawings before work thereon
proceeds.
Khi cn thit, yu cu phi hp bung k thut ni trn c bao gm vic lp cc bn v phi hp
cho bung k thut m cc Nh thu khc c lin quan cng lm theo. Nh thu s thay mt
Nh thu chnh tin hnh kim tra cho cc bn v lp t ca cc Nh thu khc trc khi trin
khai cng vic.
1.10.11 Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manuals
Sch hng dn Vn hnh, Bo tr v o to
At least 60 calendar days prior to the date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion for the
Works, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Clients representative,
submit, through the Main Contractor, to the Clients representative for his perusal three copies
(one of which shall be an original) of the proposed operating and servicing manual for each item of
equipment and the completed services systems. The manuals shall be in English and in S.I.
units. They shall refer only to the items to be supplied for the Contract works.
Ti thiu 60 ngy trc thi im cp Chng ch Hon thnh Thc t Cng vic, tr phi c tha
thun khc bng vn bn ca i din ch u t, Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu chnh np
cho i din ch u t ba b copy (trong c mt b gc) sch hng dn vn hnh, bo tr
cho mi hng mc thit b v h thng k thut hon chnh. Sch hng dn ny bng ting Anh
v dng n v S.I. Sch hng dn ny ch lin quan ti cc hng mc do Nh thu cung cp.
The manual or manuals shall contain at least the following:
Sch hng dn vn hnh, bo tr s bao gm cc phn ti thiu nh sau:
(a)
Detailed and cross-referenced index of contents.

Danh mc tra cu chi tit
(b)
Index of "record" and/or "as-installed" drawings.

Danh mc ca cc bn v hon cng v nht k
(c)
General description of all systems.

M t chung ca h thng k thut
(d)
Setting up and operating instructions for all equipment and systems installed.
Hng dn lp dng v vn hnh ton b thit b c lp t.
(e)
Detailed description of controls sequence and operation for all systems including, unless
otherwise specified, reduced scale copies to A3 size of all controls and electrical
schematics. Schematics shall incorporate all type and size references and all settings.
M t chi tit trnh t kim tra v vn hnh cho ton b h thng k thut, tr phi c quy
nh khc, bao gm cc bn v thu nh kh A3 ca s in v kim tra. S ny c
cc loi v kch thc cng nh nh v.
(f)
Copies of all commissioning and balancing records and data.

B copy ca s liu v d liu chy th
(g)
Details of all equipment, plant and ancillaries settings and actual values maintained by
controlled variables during commissioning.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
50
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Chi tit ca thit b, my mc v ph kin lp t v tr s thc c duy tr bi vic thay

i trong thi gian chy th.
(h)
Frequency and full schedule of routing maintenance and servicing procedures including full
specifications for any required consumables.
S ln v lch bo tr thng k v th tc vn hnh thit b c y Quy cch k thut cho
cc loi s dng c yu cu.
(i)
Manufacturers literature including certificates and factory test reports, clear detailed
drawings, spare parts lists, electrical circuits, printed operating and maintenance
instructions, etc. The literature shall be specific to items actually supplied for the Contract.
H s ca Nh sn xut gm chng ch v bo co th nghim ti nh my, cc bn v chi
tit, danh mc cc ph tng d tr, mch in, bn in hng dn vn hnh, bo tr .v.v. H
s s c son ring cho cc hng mc thc cp theo Hp ng.
(j)
Schedule of all items of equipment and plant stating the location, name, model no.,
manufacturer, local agents name, address and telephone number, manufacturer's serial or
reference numbers, duties and performance data. This information may be incorporated
under the data recorded in items (f) and (g) above.
Thng k ca thit b, my mc c ghi v tr, tn, mu s, nh sn xut, tn ca i l a
phng, a ch v s in thoi, l hng v s tham chiu ca nh sn xut, ch hot
ng v d liu vn hnh. Cc thng tin ny c ghp vo s liu c lu gi mc
(f) v (g) ni trn.
(k)
Diagrammatic drawings of each system indicating the principal items of plant and equipment
including numbering codes or similar to co-relate with information given under item (j)
hereof.
Bn v s ca mi h thng c nu cc hng mc ch yu ca thit b, my mc bao
gm m s hoc cch k hiu tng t c lin quan ti cc thng tin c nu mc (j).
The draft manuals may be in photo-copy form with temporary type binding and covers but all
photo- copies shall be clear and easily readable including any half-tones.
Temporary
insertions may be used for items which cannot be finalized until all work is completed and
tested.
Sch hng dn d tho dng photo copy c ba v ng tm thi, nhng ton b cc
bn photo copy phi sch, d c k c cc du. Cc bn ghp tm thi c th c
dng cho cc hng mc m chng cha th kt thc cho n khi cng vic c hon
thnh v c th nghim.
(l)
Within 30 calendar days following the date of issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion
for the works, the Contractor shall provide four copies of the final agreed manuals which
shall incorporate all amendments, corrections, etc. found necessary during examination of
the draft manuals.
Trong vng 30 ngy theo lch k t thi im cp Chng ch Hon thnh Thc t Cng vic,
Nh thu s cung cp bn b copy ca sch hng dn chnh thc c gm cc sa i,
sa li .v.v. c tm thy trong khi kim tra Sch hng dn d tho.
The final manuals shall have pages of A4 size only or A3 size folded and shall be encased
in durable hard covers with permanent lettering on spine and front.
Sch hng dn chnh thc c kch thc A4 (cc bn A3 c gp li) v c ng ba
cng c khc ch gy v ba trc.
All manuals shall be bound in such a manner that they will lie flat when open. Should loose
leaf ring binders be utilized they must be of the four rings, or ring type with all holes in
sheets reinforced. On completion of final assembly the rings shall be soldered closed to
prevent removal of sheets. The number of separate manual volumes required will depend
on the size and complexity of the installation concerned. The Clients representative 's
agreement is to be obtained on this at the draft manual stage.
Sch hng dn chnh thc c ng sao cho cc trang c th nm phng khi m ra. Nu
dng cp c kp gi cc trang giy c l phi l loi c 4 kp hoc loi kp c l cho
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
51
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
ton b trang giy. Khi xp ti liu, cc kp c kha trnh x lch ti liu. S lng
ca cc tp sch hng dn ring bit c yu cu ty thuc vo kch thc v phc
tp ca cng tc lp t c lin quan. i din ch u t s c kin v vn ny khi
chun b Sch hng dn d tho.
1.11
Defects Liability Period

Ngha v ca Nh thu trong Thi k Sa cha Sai st
The Contractor shall undertake, without charge, the duties detailed hereunder within a period of 12
months from the date of handover to the Employer and issue of the Certificate of Practical
Completion for the Works or until the Contractor has discharged his obligation to execute the
Works.
Nh thu cam kt, khng tnh tin, thc hin cc ngha v c nu chi tit di y trong thi
hn 12 thng k t thi im bn giao cho ch u t v cp Chng ch Hon thnh Thc t
Cng vic hoc cho n khi Nh thu hon thnh ngha v ca mnh thc hin cng vic.
All electricity, water and consumable stores needed to operate the Works from the date of issue of
the Certificate to Practical Completion for the Works will be provided and paid for by the Employer.
Ton b lng in, nc cn c vn hnh cng vic k t thi im cp Chng ch Hon
thnh Thc t Cng vic s do Ch u t cp v thanh ton.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all items of work detailed in the following clauses.
Nh thu chu trch nhim hon ton v tt c cc hng mc cng vic c nu chi tit di
y.
After the installations have been successfully handed over and put into full operation, the
Contractor shall provide full time attendance for a period of at least 14 consecutive days by a
qualified operator (or where necessary more than one operator) who shall be fully conversant with
the operation and maintenance of the plant.
His/their duties shall include operation of the
systems and instruction to the Employer's operation staff such that they become fully conversant
with the operation of the complete installation. They shall carry out routine maintenance, periodic
inspection, cleaning, testing and other "first-line" maintenance for the plant and equipment,
responding to calls from occupants and users and diagnosing and repairing any faults which
occur.
Sau khi vic lp t c bn giao v a vo s dng, Nh thu phi b tr mt th vn hnh
c tay ngh cao (hoc khi cn thit phi c mt vi th vn hnh) lm vic thi gian cho ti
thiu 14 ngy, th vn hnh phi thnh tho vic vn hnh v bo dng thit b. Nhim v ca
ngi ny (hoc nhm ngi) l vn hnh h thng k thut v hng dn nhn vin vn hnh
ca Ch u t lm quen vi hot ng ca h thng k thut hon chnh. H s tin hnh bo
dng thng k, kim tra nh k, lm sch, th nghim v bo tr ban u khc cho thit b,
my mc p ng yu cu ca ngi s dng, chn on v sa cha cc li xy ra.
Within one month of receiving the Certificate of Practical Completion for the Works, the Contractor
shall complete all minor outstanding works listed thereon and rectify any contractual defects that
have arisen up to that time.
Trong vng mt thng t khi nhn c Chng ch Hon thnh Thc t Cng vic, Nh thu s
hon thnh tt c cc cng vic nh cn tn ng c lit k v sa cha tt c cc khuyt
tt xut hin ti khong thi gian .
Failure to complete outstanding works may result in the withholding of any retention money due.
Vic khng hon thnh tt c cc cng vic cn tn ng s l l do gi li s tin cn li.
The Contractor shall attend to contractual related faults and complaints arising from defective work
materials and/or system operation.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
52
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Nh thu phi gii quyt cc li c lin quan ti hp ng v x l cc phn nn do vic s dng

vt liu km hoc do vn hnh ca h thng k thut.
The Contractor shall include for making a further working visit to the site, one month before the
end of the defects liability period, to check over and, if necessary, re-adjust the system.
Nh thu phi b tr cc chuyn cng tc ti cng trng, mt thng trc khi kt thc Thi k
Sa cha Sai st, kim tra v nu cn thit, phi iu chnh li h thng k thut.
Note:This shall not preclude the Contractor from making interim visits to inspect the conditions of
the installation which, in his own interest, he is advised to do.
Ch thch: iu ny khng loi tr trch nhim ca Nh thu thc hin cc chuyn cng tc
thng k kim tra tnh trng lm vic ca h thng k thut, do li ch ring ca mnh, Nh
thu c khuyn nn lm.
The Contractor shall include for making a further visit to the installation at the end of the defects
liability period in order to demonstrate the satisfactory discharge of his obligation to execute the
Works.
Nh thu phi b tr thm cc chuyn cng tc ti cng trng, giai on cui ca Thi k Sa
cha Sai st chng minh vic hon thnh tha ng ngha v thc hin cng vic ca mnh.
Note (1): If the installation proved unacceptable, routines as mentioned before may have to be
repeated at the Contractor's expense and with the effect of extending the period of his contractual
liability.
Ch thch (1): Nu vic lp t cho thy l khng c chp nhn, l trnh ni trn li c
lp li bng chi ph ca Nh thu v phi ko di thi hn trch nhim theo hp ng ca Nh
thu.
Note (2): When all defects and outstanding works are completed to the satisfaction of the Clients
representative, the Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects and subsequently the Final
Certificate will be issued.
Ch thch (2):
Khi tt c cc khuyt tt v cc cng vic tn ng c hon thnh tha
mn yu cu ca i din ch u t, Chng ch Hon thnh vic Sa cha Sai st v tip theo
l Chng ch Cui cng s c cp.
During the defects liability period, the Contractor shall supply and install, without additional charge
to the Employer, replacements for all and any equipment or parts thereof or liquids or gases,
which may, in the opinion of the Clients representative, become unserviceable, where such
unserviceability is due to faulty materials, workmanship or inadequate performance.
Trong Thi k Sa cha Sai st, Nh thu s cung cp v lp t, m khng c tnh tin thm
vi Ch u t, thay th ton b hoc bt k thit b, my mc hoc cc cht lng hoc kh ga m
theo kin ca i din ch u t, chng tr thnh khng s dng c, khi m kh nng
khng s dng c l do li v vt liu, tay ngh hoc vic thi cng khng ng cch.
For all Contract works under defects liability period, the Contractor shall have his maintenance
staff issue a record log after each visit. The record log will be issued to the Employer and copied
to the Clients representative and shall give a full report of the work undertaken during the
attendance.
i vi cc cng vic theo Hp ng trong Thi k Sa cha Sai st, Nh thu s c b phn bo
dng ca mnh lun ghi chp li trong nht k kim tra v tnh trng thit b, my mc sau mi
ln kim tra. Nht k kim tra c np cho Ch u t v copy cho i din ch u t v lp
thnh bo co y .
No replacements of plant or parts of plant shall be carried out at any time unless the Clients
representative has previously been notified and has given his agreement in writing.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
53
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Khng c thay th thit b, my mc hoc cc b phn ca chng ti bt k thi im no tr

phi i din ch u t c thng bo trc v ng bng vn bn.
1.12
Training of the Employers Operators

o to nhn vin vn hnh ca Ch u t
Training for the operation and maintenance of plant shall be required.
Cn phi o to nhn vin vn hnh v bo dng thit b, my mc.
The exact requirements for training shall be as follows:
Yu cu c th cho vic o to nh sau:
1.12.1 General Requirement

Yu cu chung
The Contractor shall provide facilities and training programs to ensure that the Employer's
operation and maintenance staff acquire full knowledge and appreciation of all aspects of
the day to day operation, breakdown and routine maintenance and fault diagnosis and
hence operate and maintain reasonably effectively and efficiently the system/ equipment
offered.
Nh thu s cung cp cc c s v chng trnh o to m bo rng nhn vin vn
hnh v bo dng ca Ch u t c kin thc v am hiu ton b cc kha cnh ca
vic vn hnh hng ngy, bo dng trong khi vn hnh v bo dng khi ngng hot
ng, v chn on li v do vn hnh v duy tr h thng k thut lm vic c hiu qu,
hp l.
Where possible, the training course should be held during the commissioning period.
Nu c th, cc kha o to c t chc trong giai on chy th.
Two months before commencement of commissioning, the Contractor shall submit, through
the Main Contractor, full details of the training syllabus to the Clients representative for
agreement with the Employer.
Hai thng trc khi chy th, Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu chnh np chi tit y
ca chng trnh hc cho i din ch u t tha thun vi Ch u t.
To reach the required depth of appreciation, both lecturing of the principles and theory and
practical "hands-on" demonstrations are required.
t c mc am hiu su theo yu cu, c hai loi bi ging l thuyt v thc hnh
u phi c.
1.12.2 Particular Requirement

Yu cu ring
a.
Operational Training
o to vn hnh
The Course shall contain, but not be limited to, the following:
Kha o to s bao gm nhng khng ch gii hn cc mc sau y:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
General description of the system and its associated equipment as a whole.

M t chung v h thng k thut v cc thit b kt hp vi chng thnh tng
th.
Start-up and shut-down procedures.

Trnh t m my v tt my
54
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
Safety precautions during start-up and shut-down.

Cc ch an ton khi m my v tt my
A detailed description of the functions of all switches and indicators on the control
console.
M t chi tit chc nng ca cc cng tc v ng h bng iu khin.
Any other items as found necessary.

Cc phn khc c cho l cn thit
Trouble shooting procedures.

Trnh t x l s c
Identification of all the operating parameters which affect the performance of the
plant.
Xc nh cc tham s vn hnh nh hng n hot ng ca thit b
Adjustment of the operating parameters to achieve optimum operating conditions.

iu chnh cc tham s vn hnh t iu kin vn hnh ti u.
Maintenance Training
o to bo dng
The Course shall contain, but not be limited to the following:
Kha o to s bao gm nhng khng ch gii hn cc mc sau y:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
General description of the system and its associated equipment as a whole.

M t chung v h thng k thut v cc thit b kt hp vi chng thnh tng
th.
Check-list of all the periodic inspection and servicing of the plant.

Bng theo di kim tra nh k v tnh trng hot ng ca thit b, my mc.
Illustration of the construction of major components of the plant by sectional views.

Minh ha cu to ca cc cc b phn chnh ca thit b, my mc theo mt ct.
Disassembly and reassembly procedures during a major overhaul.

Trnh t tho ra v lp li trong khi i tu thit b, my mc.
Critical dimensions such as bearing clearance, wearing ring clearance, thrust

clearance and torque table for bolts and nuts.
Kch thc ti hn nh khe trc, khe vng mi mn, bng mmen xon cho bu
lng v cu.
The use of special tools.

Cch dng dng c chuyn dng
Any other items as found necessary.

Cc phn khc c cho l cn thit
55
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 2 HV CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD

PHN 2 T NG CT TRUNG TH
2.1
22kv SF6 Insulated Ring Main Unit

T ng ct mch vng 24kv cch in kh SF6
2.1.1
General
Tng quan
This specification describes the requirements which shall be met in order to supply the 24 kV SF6
insulated ring main unit. The equipment shall be connected to 22 kV, 3-phase, 3-wire, 50 Hz
underground distribution feeders.
Phn tiu ch k thut ny m t cc yu cu phi p ng cung cp t ng ct mch vng
22kv cc in kh. Thit b phi kt ni vi cp ngm 22kv, 3 pha, 3 dy, 50Hz
The manufacturer shall have at least 3 years of supply experience on the same type of the unit.
The supply record shall be attached for consideration.
Nh sn xut phi c t nht 3 nm kinh nghim cung cp cng loi thit b ny. Vn bn ghi nhn
vic cung cp ny phi c nh km xem xt
2.1.2
Referance Standards
Tiu chun tham chiu
Except otherwise specified elsewhere in the specification, the equipment shall be manufactured
and tested in conformity with the relevant latest revision of International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC).
Ngoi tr qui nh khc trong tiu ch k thut ny, thit b phi c sn xut v kim nh ph
hp vi yu cu lin quan mi nht ca y ban k thut in quc t (IEC)
The equipment conforming to other national standards having similar characteristics and providing
equal performance and/or quality to that specified may be proposed. In this case the complete
English language copies of the standards shall be submitted with the quotation.
Thit b ph hp vi cc tiu chun quc gia khc c c tnh tng t v cung cp hiu qu
tng ng v/hoc bng vi cc yu cu c ch nh c th c xut. trong trng hp
ny, bn sao ting Anh ca tiu chun trch on phi c trnh.
2.1.3
2.1.4
Test
Kim nh
a.
The proposed ring main unit shall have successfully passed all the type tests as specified in
the relevant reference standards.
T ng ct mch vng c xut phi qua c tt c cc kim nh c ch nh
trong cc tiu chun tham chiu tng ng
b.
Routine test as stated in the relevant reference standards shall be performed for each
individual equipment.
Kim nh nh k nh c yu cu trong cc tiu chun tham chiu phi c thc hin
cho mi thit b ring bit
c.
All test report shall be submitted for approval.

Tt c cc bo co kim nh phi c trnh duyt
Site and Service Condition

iu kin hot ng v mi trng lm vic
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
56
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The service conditions are as follows:iu kin hot ng nh sau :Installation site : indoor, dusty room and high humidity.
Mi trng lp t : trong nh, phng c bi v m cao
Altitude and Temperature & relative humidity (see Climatic Conditions and Geographic Conditions)
Cao cng trnh v nhit & m tng i (xem phn iu kin thi tit v a l)
Equipment shall be suitable for use in tropical climatic area, and shall be capable of operating at
its full ratings in the service conditions mentioned above.
Thit b phi thch hp dng cc vng iu kin nhit i v c kh nng hot ng ti nh
mc trong iu kin hot ng ni trn
2.1.5
Rating and Features

nh mc v c tnh
a.
The ring main unit shall have the following ratings:T ng ct mch vng phi c cc nh mc nh sau :- Rated voltage
in p nh mc
- Rated impulse with-stand voltage
in p chi ng xung nh mc
- Rated power frequency withstand voltage
in p chi ng tn s cng nghip nh
mc
b.
125 kV
50 kV
:
:
:
As indicated on the drawings

Nh th hin trn bn v
8 kA when supplying at 22 kV
8kA ti in p 22kv
20 kA peak when supplying at 22 kV
Dng nh 20kA ti in p 22kv
For Transformer Feeder Using

i vi t cp ra my bin th
- Rated normal current
Dng in danh nh nh mc
- Rated breaking capacity
Kh nng ngt mch nh mc
2.1.6
22 kV
For cable feeder and transformer feeder using switch

i vi cc t cp v t cp ra my bin th s dng dao ct
- Rated normal current
Dng in danh nh nh mc
- Rated short time current (1 s.)
Dng in chi ng ngn hn (1s)
- Rated short circuit making current
Dng ng ngn mch nh mc
c.
:
:
As indicated on the drawings

Nh th hin trn bn v
8 kA when supplying at 22 kV
8kA ti in p 22kv
Design and Construction of Ring Main Unit

Thit k v cu trc t ng ct mch vng
a.
The ring main unit shall be self-supported, floor mounted type which consists of two cable
feeders and one or two transformer feeder(s).
T ng ct mch vng phi l loi t ng, kiu ng trn sn bao gm hai l cp vo v
mt hoc hai l cp ra my bin th.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
57
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
The ring main unit shall be metal-enclosed type hermetically sealed in SF6-filled container
and completely independence from atmospheric influence. All high voltage live parts except
fuse compartment shall be enclosed to meet IP 65 protection class. The earthing bar shall
be in cover for personal safety.
T ng ct mch vng phi l loi v km loi na kn trong ngn cha c in y kh
SF6 v hon ton khng ph thuc vo iu kin p sut kh quyn bn ngoi. Tt c cc
phn kim loi mang in p cao th ngoi tr ngn cha cu chy phi c bc kn ph
hp cp bo v IP65. Thanh ni t phi trong v an ton cho ngi.
c.
All metal surfaces shall be treated to protect against corrosion and finished with final coat of
top quality paint in light grey or factory standard colour.
Tt c b mt kim loi phi c x l bo v chng an mn v hon thin cui cng vi
lp sn ph cht lng cao mu xm nht hoc mu chun ca nh sn xut
d.
The switch container shall be gastight and shall be strong enough to withstand internal
pressure for operation and for interruption and mechanical loads even in extreme condition
such as rough transport and handling.
B cha dao ct phi l loi kn khi v phi chc chn chi c p sut bn trong lc
vn hnh v lc ngt v cc ti c hc ngay c trong iu kin khc nghit nh lc vn
chuyn v nng chuyn th s
e.
The switch for cable feeder and transformer feeder using switch shall be on load type. The
mechanism shall be spring-charge manual-operated with mechanical switch position
indicator. The switch for cable feeder shall have provisions for remote on-off operation in the
future. The method of remote on-off operation shall be attached for consideration. The
earthing switch shall have mechanical position indicator and shall have rated short circuit
making current of not less than 40 kA peak.
Dao ct cho mch cp vo v cp ra my bin th s dng dao ct phi l loi dao ct ti.
B phn truyn ng phi l loi l xo vi b ch th v tr ngt mch bng c. Dao ct mch
cp vo phi cung cp cc h tr ng m t xa trong tng lai. Phng thc ng m t
xa phi c nh km xem xt. Dao ni t phi c b ch th v tr bng c v phi c
kh nng ng dng ngn mch nh nh mc khng nh hn 40kA
f.
The transformer feeder using circuit breaker or switch with fuses shall be suitable for short
circuit protection of the three phases transformer 22 kV delta to 416Y/240V. All of the
following features are required for fuse protection:
Cp ra my bin th dung ngt mch hay dao ct ti kt hp cu ch bo v phi c bo v
ngn mch ph hp cho my bin th t 22kV xung 412V/240V sao/tam gic. Tt c cc
c tnh sau c yu cu cho bo v bng cu ch.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
The mechanism shall have stored energy to open the switch when any of the fuses
blow. The mechanism shall be used in order that the opening operation is always
prepared for fuse tripping when the switch is closing in. The mechanism shall be of
the type which requires no lubrication.
B truyn ng phi tch tr nng lng m dao ct khi c bt k cu ch no
chy. b truyn ng phi c dung vic vn hnh m lun lun c chun b
cho cu ch chy khi dao ct ng. B truyn ng phi l kiu khng cn bi trn.
The fuse compartment shall be enclosed to meet at least IP 40 protection class and
suitable for both 22 kV fuses.
Khoang cha cu ch phi c bc kn c cp bo v t nht IP40 v thch hp
cho c hai cu ch 22kv
Fuse shall be HRC fuse under DIN standard equipped with striker pin for three
phases tripping. The dimensions of fuses shall comply with standard DIN 43.625
having the length of:
Cu ch phi l loi HRC theo tiu chun DIN. Kch c cu ch phi theo tiu chun
DIN 43.625 c chiu di :
58
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
g.
h.
Using 22 kV fuse
Dung cu ch 22kV
442 mm
The fuse compartment cover shall be interlocked in such a way that it can not be
opened unless the transformer feeder switch has already been opened and the
associated earthing switch closed.
Khoang cha cu ch phi kha lien ng n khng th m tr khi cp ra my
bin th m v dao ni t lin quan ng.
On-load switch with fuses shall meet the requirements in test duty no. 4 of IEC 420.
Dao ct ti c cu ch bo v phi theo yu cu v vic kim nh s 4 ca IEC 420
On-load switch shall meet the requirements in test duty no. 4 of IEC 265-1.
Dao ct ti phi theo yu cu v vic kim nh s 4 ca IEC 265-1
The following interlocks and padlocks are required.

Cc kha lin ng v tm kha sau phi c yu cu
The cable feeder switches and associated earthing switches, the transformer feeder
switch and associated earthing switch shall have mechanical interlock so that the
operator cannot close and earth at the same time.
Dao ct cp l vo v dao tip t lien quan, dao ct cp l ra my bin th v dao
tip t lien quan phi c b lien ng c ngi vn hnh khng th ng mch
v tip t cng lc.
Padlock for each load break switch and earthing switch to enable locking in either
"Open" or "Closed" position.
Tm kha cho mi dao ct ti v dao tip t cho php kha v tr m hoc
ng
Necessary interlocks and padlocks for personnel safety and prevent misoperation.
Kha lien ng v tm kha cn thit bo v an ton cho ngi v trnh vn
hnh sai.
i.
All parts required for connecting cable feeder shall be furnished. Cable connections of the
ring main unit shall meet the following requirements:
Tt c cc phn c yu cu cho kt ni cp l vo phi c cung cp y . Cc b
kt ni cp ca t ng ct mch vng phi ph hp cc yu cu sau:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Having cable compartment for personal safety and being free from vermins. If cable
connection is untouchable type, the cable compartment cover must be interlocked in
such a way that it can not be opened unless the associated feeder switch has
already been opened and the associated earthing switch closed.
C khoang cp bo v an ton cho ngi v ngn cn trng vo. Nu b kt ni
cp l loi khng th chm n c, v khoang cp phi c kha lin ng
n khng th c m tr khi dao ct cp l vo m hon ton v dao tip t
lin quan ng.
Be disconnected and then reconnected without damaging any part of the connection
systems, usually bolt-on elbow connectors preferred.
c ngt v ri kt ni li m khng gy h hi cho bt k phn no ca h thng
kt ni, thng s dng b kt ni dng co 90 hn
Being suitable for cable feeders of 22 kV single core copper cable, cross linked
polyethylene insulated, copper wire screen and PE jacketed.
Thch hp cho cp ng l vo n li 22kV, cch in XLPE, c mn chn ng v
v PE
59
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
2.1.7
j.
Each phase of cable feeder shall be provided with voltage indicating lamps to indicate
whether it is live or dead.
Mi pha ca cp l vo phi c n bo in p bo n c in hay khng
k.
The ring main unit shall be furnished as follows:T ng ct mch vng phi c trang b y nh sau :
Fault indicator(s) with automatic indication resetting on each phase of the incoming
feeders. The recommended trip current is 800 A and shall prevent false tripping due
to inrush conditions caused by operation of substation breakers. The position of the
indicator(s) shall be shown at the front of the unit.
B ch th s c vi nt ci t li b ch th t ng trn mi pha ca cp l vo.
Dng ngt ku cu l 800A v phi trnh c ngt sai do dng in tng cao t
ngt gy ra bi s vn hnh ca my ct ca trm. V tr ca b ch th phi mt
trc t
Facilities to test the cable feeders.

C phng tin kim tra cp l vo
Facilities to check whether the gas container is suitable for operation and
interruption or not.
C phng tin kim tra xem b cha kh c thch hp vn hnh v ngt mch
hay khng.
l.
The minimum of two earthing points shall be provided for each ring main unit. All parts shall
be earthed to these points including outer earthing connections. The earthing points shall be
made of non-corrosive material throughout, such as copper alloy.
Ti thiu hai im ni t phi c cung cp cho mi t ng ct mch vng. Tt c cc
phn c ni t n im ny c lm hon ton t vt liu khng an mn nh l hp
kim ng
m.
The ring main unit shall be provided with suitable lifting facilities.
T ng ct mch vng phi c cc phng tin nng thch hp
General Requirements
Yu cu chung
Sufficient SF6 gas, all cable sealing end materials and other materials required for installation and
initial operation of the ring main unit shall be furnished and delivered at the same time as the ring
main unit.
Np kh SF6, tt c cc vt liu bt kn u cp v cc vt liu khc c yu cu cho vic lp
t v vn hnh ln u ca t dng ct mch vng phi c trang b v phn phi cng lc vi
t ng ct mch vng.
All special tools and accessories required for the installation, normal operation, maintenance and if
necessary, functional testing of equipment shall be furnished.
Tt c cc cng c v ph kin c bit yu cu cho vic lp t v vn hnh bnh thng, bo tri
v nu cn thit, vic kim nh chc nng ca thit b phi c cung cp.
2.2
22kv Instrument Transformer

My bin i o lng 22kv
2.2.1
General
Tng quan
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
60
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
This specification describes the requirements which shall be met in order to supply the instrument
transformers.
Phn tiu ch k thut ny m t cc yu cu phi p ng cung cp my bin i o lng
2.2.2
Reference Standards
Tiu chun tham chiu
a.
b.
2.2.3
Except otherwise specified elsewhere in the specification, the equipment shall be

manufactured and tested in conformity with the latest revision of the standard listed below:
Ngoi tr qui nh khc trong tiu ch k thut ny, thit b phi c sn xut v kim nh
ph hp vi yu cu lin quan mi nht ca cc tiu chun c lit k bn di :
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) or

y ban k thut in quc t (IEC) hay
American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI)

Vin tiu chun quc gia M (ANSI)
The instrument transformers conforming to other national standards having similar

characteristics and providing equal performance and/or quality to that specified may be
proposed. In this case the complete English language copies of the standards shall be
submitted with the quotation.
My bin i o lng ph hp vi cc tiu chun quc gia khc c c tnh tng t v
cung cp hiu qu tng ng v/hoc bng vi cc yu cu c ch nh c th c
xut. trong trng hp ny, bn sao ting Anh ca tiu chun trch on phi c trnh.
Test and Tests Report

Kim nh v bo co kim nh
a.
The proposed instrument transformers shall have successfully passed all the type tests or
design tests in accordance with the applicable standards.
Cc my bin i o lng c xut phi qua c cc kim nh in hnh hoc kim
nh thit k theo cc tiu chun thch hp.
b.
Standard factory tests shall be made in accordance with routine tests stated in the reference
standard and they shall be performed in accordance with the procedure specified.
Cc kim nh tiu chun ti xng phi c thc hin theo cc kim nh nh k c
yu cu trong cc tiu chun tham chiu v chng phi c thc hin theo qui trnh c
ch nh
c.
The instrument transformers shall be tested consisting of at least the following:Cc my bin i o lng phi c kim nh bao gm t nh nhng th sau :-
d.
Applied potential dielectric tests between windings and between windings and
ground.
Kim nh in mi vi in p gia cc cun dy v gia cc cun dy vi t
Induced potential tests.

Kim nh in p cm ng
Accuracy tests.
Kim nh chnh xc
Polarity check.
Kim nh cc tnh
All test reporting shall be submitted for approval

Tt c cc bo co kim nh phi c trnh duyt
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
61
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
2.2.4
Rating and features

nh mc v c tnh
a.
The instrument transformers shall have the following ratings characteristics.

Cc my bin i o lng phi c cc c tnh nh mc nh sau
b.
22 kV current transformer
My bin dng 22kV
c.
- Full wave impulse level

Mc in p xung ton sng
- Continuous
thermal
current
rating-factor not less than
H s dng nhit lien lc khng
nh hn
- Operating frequency
Tn s lm vic
- Secondary thermal burden
Kh nng chi nhit bn th cp
125 kV
1.5 (based on 30 degrees C

ambient temperature).
1.5 (da trn nhit mi trng
30 C)
50 Hz
- Secondary ampere rating

Dng th cp nh mc
- Ratio
T s bin i
:
:
15 VA minimum at any tap

connection.
Ti thiu 15VA bt k u
phn p no
5A
As indicated on the drawing
Nh th hin trn bn v
22 kV potential transformer (for revenue metering purpose) shall be either single-pole or

double-pole as follows:My bin p 22kV o lng ( tnh tin in) phi hoc l mt cc hoc hai cc nh sau :
Single-Pole Type
Kiu mt cc
- Primary voltage
in p s cp
- Secondary voltage
in p th cp
125 kV
22,000/3V
Tn s lm vic
- Accuracy class at 50 Hz
Cp chnh xc 50 Hz
120/240 V for 22 kV Power

supply
120/240V i vi li 22KV
50 Hz

0.5 IEC or 0.6 ANSI standard

0.5 theo chun IEC hay 0.6 theo
chun ANSI
connection
Ti thiu 30VA bt k u
phn p no
125 kV
Double-Pole Type
Kiu hai cc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
62
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
2.2.5
- Primary voltage
in p s cp
- Secondary voltage
in p th cp
22,000 V
Tn s lm vic
- Accuracy class at 50 Hz
Cp chnh xc 50 Hz
120/240 V for 22 kV Power

supply.
120/240V i vi li 22KV
50 Hz

0.5 IEC or 0.6 ANSI standard.

0.5 theo chun IEC hay 0.6 theo
chun ANSI
connection
Ti thiu 30VA bt k u
phn p no
General Requirement
Yu cu chung
a.
b.
22 kV current transformer
My bin dng 22kV
The current transformer shall be used in the system voltage of 22 kV, 3-phase, 50
Hz grounded neutral system.
My bin dng phi c dung trn h thng in p 22kV, 3 pha, 50Hz , trung tnh
ni t
The instrument transformer shall be indoor type suitable to install in the cubicle.
My bin dng o lng phi l loi dung trong nh thch hp cho vic lp t trong
t.
Secondary terminals shall be in the compartment at the bottom level of the

transformer; the cover of the compartments shall be drilled to accommodate the seal
wire. The compartment shall have two opening for 1-inch (25.4 mm) conduit
connection.
Cc u th cp phi trong ngn cha di y my bin i o lng; v ca
cc khoang cha phi c khoan cung cp cc u dy. Khoang cha phi c
hai l ni vi ng kch thc 1-inch (25.4mm)
A secondary short circuit link or switch shall be located between the secondary
terminal studs.
Cng tc hay mi ni ngn mch th cp phi c nh v gia cc u cc th
cp
22 kV potential transformer (for revenue metering purpose)

My bin p 22kV o lng ( tnh tin in)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
The potential transformer shall be used in the system of 22 kV, 3-phase, 50 Hz

grounded neutral system.
My bin ap o lng phi c dung trn h thng in p 22kV, 3 pha, 50Hz ,
trung tnh ni t
The instrument transformer shall be indoor type suitable to install in the cubicle.
My bin p o lng phi l loi dung trong nh thch hp cho vic lp t trong t.
63
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
c.
Secondary terminals shall be in the compartment at the bottom level of the

transformer; the cover of the compartment shall be drilled to accommodate the seal
wire. The compartment shall have two opening for 1-inch (25.4 mm) conduit
connection.
Cc u th cp phi trong ngn cha di y my bin i o lng; v ca
cc khoang cha phi c khoan cung cp cc u dy. Khoang cha phi c
hai l ni vi ng kch thc 1-inch (25.4mm)
Indicator shall be equipped to show that fuse for potential transformer is blown.
B ch th phi c cung cp bo cu ch ca my bin p b chy
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
64
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS

(CAST RESIN TYPE)
PHN 3 MY BIN TH PHN PHI IN (LOI NHA C)
3.1
Scope
Phm vi cng vic
Transformers shall be 3 phase of cast resin type, class F insulation system with natural (AN)
cooling for indoor installation, for use in three phase HV/LV distribution systems.
My bin th 3 pha l loi nha c, vt liu cch ly loi F c lm mt t nhin lp trong nh,
dng cho h thng phn phi in HV/LV 3 pha.
The transformers shall have provision for future fittings of cooling fans.
My bin th s c cc chi tit ni qut lm mt sau ny.
3.2
Standards
Cc tiu chun
The transformers shall be in compliance with the following standards:
My bin th s tun theo cc Tiu chun sau:
-
IEC 76-1 to 76-5

IEC 76-1 den 76-5
IEC 726
IEC 726
CENELEC Harmonisation Documents:

Ti liu v song hi CENELEC:
HD 464 S1: 1988 + / A2: 1991+ / A3: 1992 for dry-type power transformers.
HD 464 S1: 1988 + / A2: 1991+ / A3: 1992 cho my bin th in loi kh.
HD 538-1 S1: 1992 for three-phase dry-type distribution transformers 50Hz, from 100 to
2500 kVA with highest voltage for equipment not exceeding 24kV.
HD 538-1 S1: 1992 cho my bin th phn phi loi kh 50Hz, t 100 ti 2500 kVA vi
in p cao nht cho thit b khng vt qu 24kV.
IEC 905: 1987 Load guide for dry-type power transformers.

IEC 905: 1987 Hng dn a phng cho my bin th in loi kh.
These transformers shall be manufactured in accordance with a quality system in conformity with
ISO 9001.
Nhng my bin th ny s c ch to theo h thng qun l cht lng ISO 9001.
3.3

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
65
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.4
Characteristics According to IEC 76 and IEC 726 Standards

Cc c trng theo tiu chun IEC 76 v IEC 726
Rated power
Cng sut danh nh
KVA
As shown in drawing
Theo bn v
Installation
Lp t
Indoor
Trong nh
Type (Step-up: SU / Step-down: SD)

Loi (Tng: SU / gim: SD)
SD
Rated frequency
Tn s danh nh
Hz
50
%
%
2.5 5
2.5 5
Rated primary voltage

in p s cp danh nh
22000
Rated primary insulation level

Mc cch ly s cp danh nh
KV
22
Rated secondary voltage at no load

in p th cp danh nh khi khng ti
415
Rated secondary insulation level

Mc cch ly th cp danh nh
KV
1,1
Applied voltage (rms) 50Hz in 1mn

in p hiu dng 50Hz trong 1 pht
KV
50
B.I.L. 1,2/50us
B.I.L. 1,2/50us
KV
125
Off circuit tappings on HV side

S mch v pha HV
Vector Group
Nhm vect
Dyn 11
Rated impedance voltage at 120C

in p ngn mch danh nh 120 C
Noise level at 1 meter : 60dB or less
n tai 1m : 60dB hay t hn
IP23
HV/LV windings : copper
Cun dy cao th/h th : ng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
66
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.5
Description
M t
Magnetic Core
Li t
The core shall be made of high quality, non-aging, grain-oriented, low loss and high permeability
silicon steel strips which have smooth surfaces at the edges and are properly annealed after
cutting. Each sheet of the core shall be insulated on both sides with a durable, heat-resistant
material.
Li s lm t nhng tm thp silicon cht lng cao, nh hng t cao, tn tht thp v t thm
cao c b mt trn ti cc bin v c ti luyn chnh xc sau khi ct. mi tm thp ca li phi
c cch in c hai mt bng vt liu chi nhit v bn.
The core shall be rigidly clamped with positive locking devices and an adequate number of core
bandages shall be applied to ensure uniform compression of the limbs. The design shall have
ample mechanical strength to prevent shifting of steel laminations during transport and to reduce
the vibration to a minimum during operation.
Li phi c p chc bng cc thit b kha v s lng bng qun thch hp m bo chng
c p ng nht vi nhau. Li phi c thit k c bn c hc cao cc tm thp
khng b dch chuyn trong lc vn chuyn v gim cc rung ng n mc ti thiu trong lc vn
hnh.
The outside surface of the core shall be treated to prevent rust and corrosion. The method applied
shall be detailed in the offer.
B mt ngoi ca li phi c x l bo v chng r v n mn. Phng php s dng phi
c xut chi tit trong h s cho hng
LV Windings
Cun dy LV
These shall be made from aluminium or copper foil with class F interlayer insulation by
encapsulation (impregnation) with synthetic alkyd resin or equivalent.
Chng c lm bng cc l nhm hoc l ng c lp cch ly loi F theo phng php bt kn
(phng php tm) bng nha alkyl tng hp hoc loi tng ng.
At least the upper part of the LV coils shall be covered with a coat of epoxy resin or equivalent and
the foil shall be protected everywhere with an insulation material.
Ti thiu phn trn ca cun LV s c ph lp keo poxy hoc loi tng ng v cc l s
c bo v ton b bng vt liu cch ly.
HV Windings
Cun dy HV
These shall be independent of the LV windings and shall be made of aluminium or copper wire or
foil with class F insulation.
Cun dy HV s c lp vi cun dy LV v c lm bng dy hay bang nhm hoc ng c lp
cch in cp F.
The HV windings shall be vacuum cast in a class F fireproof epoxy resin casting system.
The casting system shall be of class F
Cun dy HV c c chn khng trong vt liu keo poxy chu la loi F. Vt liu c l loi F.
HV Connections
u dy HV
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
67
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The HV connections shall be made from above on the top of the connection bars. Each bar shall
be drilled with a 13mm hole ready for connection of cable lugs on terminal plates.
u dy HV c thc hin pha trn nh ca cc thanh ni. Mi thanh ni c khoan l c
ng knh 13mm sn sng ni u cp tm bn u cc.
The HV connection bars shall be rigid copper bars protected by heat shrinkable tubing.
The HV connections shall be in copper.
Cc thanh kt ni HV l cc thanh ng cng c bo v bng ng c th co ngt nhit. u
dy HV bng ng.
LV Connections
u dy LV
The LV connections shall be made from above onto bars located at the top of the coils on the
opposite side to the HV connections.
u dy LV c thc hin pha trn cc thanh c t trn nh ca cun dy v pha i din
vi u dy HV.
Connection of the LV neutral shall be directly made to the LV terminals between the LV
phase
bars.
u dy ca dy trung ha ca LV c lm trc tip vi cc u cc LV gia cc thanh pha ca
LV.
The LV connection bars shall be in copper
u dy LV bng ng.
HV Tapping
im ni dy HV
The tapping, which shall act on the highest voltage adapting the transformers to the real supply
voltage value, shall be off-circuit bolted links.
Vic ni dy chu in p cao nht chy qua bin th n tr s in p cp thc s bng lin
kt bu lng ngt mch.
Tapping with connection cables shall not be permitted.
Vic ni dy bng cc ng cp lin kt s khng c php.
The bolted links shall be attached to the HV coils.
Lin kt bu lng c gn vi cc cun HV.
3.6
Accessories and Standard Equipment

Cc ph kin v thit b tiu chun
These transformers shall be equipped with:
Cc my bin th s c km theo cc chi tit sau:
-
lifting lugs
Cc vu cu nhc
haulage holes on the underbase

Cc l ko b my
2 earthing terminals
2 u cc ni t
1 rating plate
1 tm ghi cng sut danh nh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
68
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.7
1 Danger Electricity warning label (T 10 warning)

1 bin cnh bo C in nguy him (mc cnh bo T10)
1 routine tests certificate

1 chng ch th nghim nh k
1 instruction manual for installation, commissioning and maintenance in English

1 s tay hng dn lp t, chy th v bo dng bng ting Anh.
Thermal Protection
Bo v nhit
The transformers shall be equipped with a thermal protection device, which shall comprise:
2 sets of 3 PTC sensors, one for Alarm 1, one for Alarm 2 per phase, installed in the coils of the
transformer. They shall be placed in a tube to enable them to be replaced if ever necessary.
My bin th s c trang b thit b bo v nhit, chng bao gm: 2 b cm bin PTC, mt
Bo ng 1, mt Bo ng 2 cho pha c lp vo cc cun dy ca my bin th. Thit b
bo v nhit c t trong ng c th thay th chng nu thy cn thit.
An electronic converter with two independent monitoring circuits equipped with a changeover
switch, one for Alarm 1 the other for Alarm 2. The position of the relays shall be indicated by
different coloured indicator lights. A third indicator light will indicate the presence of voltage.
Mt b chuyn i in c 2 mch iu khin c lp c km theo cng tc chuyn mch, mt
Bo ng 1, mt Bo ng 2. V tr ca cc Rle c nhn thy bng n ch bo c mu
sc khc nhau. n ch bo th ba s th hin tnh trng in p.
The three indicator lights shall be on the front of the converter. The electronic converter shall be
installed away from the transformer.
Ba n ch bo t mt trc b chuyn i. B chuyn i in c lp tch khi my bin
th.
A plug-in terminal block for connection of the PTC sensors to the electronic converter.
Khi u cc kiu nt kt ni cc cm bin PTC vi b chuyn i in.
The PTC sensors shall be supplied assembled and wired to the terminal block fixed on the
transformer.
Cc cm bin PTC s c cp nguyn dng v c ni dy vi khi u cc c nh my
bin th.
The converter shall be supplied loose with the transformer, packaged complete with its wiring
diagram.
B chuyn i c cp dng tch khi my bin th, c hon thnh nguyn chic vi s
ni dy ca n.
3.8
Metal Enclosure
V kim loi
These transformers shall be equipped with a metal enclosure for indoor installation comprising an
integral IP 31 metal enclosure with:
Cc my bin th c v kim loi lp t trong nh, bao gm loi IP 31 vi:
an anti-corrosion protection in the manufacturers standard colour

Bo v chng r theo mu sc tiu chun ca Nh sn xut
lifting lugs enabling the transformer and enclosure assembly to be handled.

Cc vu cu nhc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
69
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.9
a bolted access panel on the enclosure front to allow access to the HV connections and to
the tapping. This will be fitted with handles, it shall have one Danger Electricity warning
label (T 10 warning), a rating plate and a visible braid for earthing.
Mt tm y c bt bu lng mt trc ca v c th ni dy HV. Tm y c tay
cm, c bin cnh bo C in nguy him (mc cnh bo T10), tm ghi cng sut
danh nh, v dy bn c th nhn thy ni t.
Key locks on the bolted access panel to enable it to be locked.

Cc mc kha tm y c bt bu lng mt trc ca v c th kha.
2 undrilled gland plates on the roof: one on the HV side, one on the LV side.
2 tm m khng c l khoan trn mi: mt pha HV, mt pha LV.
Electrical Tests
Th nghim in
Routine tests shall be carried out on all transformers after the manufacturing, enabling and official
test certificate to be produced for each one:
Th nghim theo th tc s c tin hnh cho tt c cc my bin th sau khi sn xut, to
iu kin cp chng ch th nghim chnh thc c lm cho mi my:
measurement of windings resistance

o in tr cun dy
measurement of the transformation ratio and vector group

o nhm vect v t l chuyn i
measurement of impedance voltage and load loss

o in p ngn mch v tn tht ph ti
measurement of no load loss and no load current

o khng c tn tht ph ti v khng c dng ph ti
applied voltage dielectric test

th nghim in mi in p c p dng
induced voltage dielectric test

th nghim in mi in p c cm ng
measurement of partial discharges

o phng in cc b
(All these tests are defined in the Harmonisation Document HD 464 S1: 1988, the IEC 726 and
IEC 76-1 to 76-5 standards)
(Ton b cc th nghim ny c xc nh trong ti liu Harmonisation Document HD 464 S1:
1988, cc tiu chun IEC 726 v IEC 76-1 to 76-5)
Type tests to IEC 726 shall be carried out on a transformer of the same design, as the transformer
detailed in the tender. Test certificates shall be supplied.
Th nghim v loi theo IEC 726 s c tin hnh cho my bin th c cng thit k, khi th
hin chi tit trong h s thu. Chng ch th nghim s c np.
temperature rise test carried out in accordance with the simulated loading method as
defined by the IEC 726 standard.
th nghim nng nhit s c tin hnh theo phng php ph ti m phng nh
c quy nh tiu chun IEC 726.
lightning impulse test

th nghim chng st
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
70
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
short circuit test

th nghim ngn mch
(All these tests are defined in the HD 464 S1 Harmonisation Document: 1988, the IEC 726 and
IEC 76-1 to 76-5 standards)
(Ton b cc th nghim ny c xc nh trong ti liu Harmonisation Document HD 464 S1:
1988, cc tiu chun IEC 726 v IEC 76-1 to 76)
3.10
Climatic and Environmental Classifications

Phn loi v mi trng v kh hu
These transformers shall of climatic class C2 and of environmental class E2 as defined in
appendix B of HD 464 S1: 1988 / A2: 1991, C2 and E2 classes shall be indicated on the rating
plate.
Cc my bin th c phn loi C2 v kh hu v E2 v mi trng nh c quy nh Ph
lc B ca HD 464 S1: 1988 / A2: 1991, cc phn loi C2 v E2 s c th hin bng ghi cng
sut danh nh.
The manufacturer must produce a test report from an official laboratory for a transformer of the
same design as those produced.
Nh sn xut cn lp bo co th nghim t phng th nghim chnh thc cho my bin th c
cng thit k khi pht hnh cc bo co
The tests must have been performed in accordance with appendix ZA and ZB of CENELEC HD
464 S1: 1988 / A3: 1992
Th nghim cn c tin hnh theo ph lc ZA v ZB ca CENELEC HD 464 S1: 1988 / A3:
1992.
3.11
Fire Behavior Classification

Phn loi v mc chu la
These transformers shall be of class F1 as defined in article B3 of CENELEC HD 464 S1: 1988
/A2: 1991,
Cc my bin th c phn loi F1 v chu la nh c quy nh mc B3 ca CENELEC HD
464 S1: 1988 /A2: 1991,
F1 class will be indicated on the rating plate.
Loi chu la F1 s c th hin bng ghi cng sut danh nh.
The manufacturer shall produce a test from an official laboratory on a transformer of the same
design as those produced and on the same transformer which have initially passed the here
above Climatic and Environmental tests.
Nh sn xut cn lp bo co th nghim t phng th nghim chnh thc cho my bin th c
cng thit k khi pht hnh cc bo co cho cng my bin th, chng t yu cu th
nghim v kh hu v mi trng
This test must have been performed in accordance with appendix ZC of CENELEC HD 464 S1:
1988 / A3: 1992
Th nghim cn c tin hnh theo ph lc ZC ca CENELEC HD 464 S1: 1988 / A3: 1992
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
71
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 4 EMERGENCY GENERATOR

PHN 4 MY PHT IN KHN CP
4.1
Description
M t
4.1.1
The emergency generator shall include, but not be limited to, the followings:My pht in khn cp s bao gm, nhng khng gii hn, nhng yu cu sau:
1.
Complete diesel engine/generator set including radiator, anti-vibration mountings, holding

down bolts, etc.
Mt b hon chnh ng c diesel / my pht bao gm b tn nhit, b chng rung, b
bu-lng gi, v.v...
2.
Complete exhaust system including all silencers, catalytic converter Filter / diesel soot
Filter, suspension and thermal insulation.
H thng thi khi hon chnh s bao gm b gim m, B lc tiu m / B lc mui than
du diesel.
3.
Complete fuel delivery system including a daily fuel tank, all pipes, valves and vent pipe,
where required.
H thng cp du hon chnh bao gm bn du hng ngy, tt c cc ng, van v ng
thng gi, nhng ni yu cu.
4.
Control panel complete with all accessories and control to provide a complete and
operable system.
Bng iu khin hon chnh vi tt c cc thit b v iu khin cung cp h thng
hon chnh v hot ng c.
5.
DC electric starting system.

H thng khi ng in bng in 1 chiu.
4.1.2
The generator set shall have provision for both manual and fully automatic starting facilities and be
capable of transferring the designed connected load in the event of a complete mains failure or a
deviation outside the acceptable limits and to do so in not more than 15 seconds.
B my pht in c c 2 ch khi ng hon ton t ng v bng tay v c kh nng chu
ti in kt ni theo thit k trong trng hp mng in cp chnh b s c hon ton hoc
lch in ngoi gii hn cho php v phi cp in khng qu hn 15 giy.
4.1.3
The generator set shall be suitable for cold starting and adequately sized to meet the load
requirements under the worst-case considerations. Details of the sizing shall be submitted for
approval. The sizing of the generator set shall take into account of, but not be limited to, the
following factors:B my pht phi ph hp vi vic khi ng ngui v c kch thc ph hp vi yu cu p
ng ti khi c tnh hung t nht. Chi tit kch thc my pht s c trnh ph chun.
Kch thc ca my pht s c tnh n, nhng khng gii hn, nhng h s yu cu sau:
1.
Derating factors (altitude, ambient temperature, power factor, etc.)

H s gim ti (cao , nhit xung quanh, h s cng sut, v.v...)
2.
Impact load.
Ti xung kch.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
72
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.1.4
3.
Transient voltage dip

dc in p chuyn tip.
4.
Momentary overload
Qu ti tc thi.
5.
Regenerative power
Cng sut hi nhit
6.
Rectifier loads
Ti chnh lu
7.
Phase loads unbalance

Ti pha khng cn bng
8.
Instability due to interaction between voltage regulation system.

S khng n nh do tng tc gia h thng iu chnh in p.
9.
A 10% overload capacity in excess of the nameplate continuous rating for one hour in any
12 consecutive hours of full load operation.
Kh nng qu ti 10% so vi cng sut hot ng di hn ghi trn bin tn cho 1 gi trong
12 gi lin tc chy y ti.
The electrical essential loads include FH/HR Pumps, Sprinkler Pumps, Fireman Lifts, Passenger
Lifts Homing, Emergency Lighting, Fire Shutters and Fire control panel. All items above shall be
maintained for continuous operation for six hours in case of mains supply failure.
Cc ti khn cp bao gm bm nc cha chy / bm vi phun, bm phun dp la, thang my
cha chy, Thang my ch khch tm hng, Chiu sang khn cp, Mng ngn la v t iu
khin chy. Tt c cc thit b trn s c duy tr kh nng hot ng tip tc trong 6 gi trong
trng hp mng cp in chnh b s c.
4.2
Particular Requirements on Quality Assurance

Cc yu cu ring cho vic bo m cht lng
4.2.1
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall ensure the compatibility of various components and
accessories.
Nh thu in cn bo m tnh tng thch ca cc b phn v thit b khc nhau.
4.2.2
Notwithstanding any description or detail (implied or otherwise) included hereafter, the generator
set shall comply with all the necessary requirements of the FSD, EPD and any other relevant
regulations to enable the generator set to be operative.
Ngoi bt k m t hay chi tit (ni bao hm hoc ni cch khc) c cp di y, b my
pht s tun theo tt c cc yu cu cn thit ca FSD, EPD v bt k nhng quy nh lin quan
no nhm tng kh nng hot ng ca my pht.
4.2.3
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall design, supply and install acoustic lining on walls and ceiling
for each emergency generator rooms to achieve noise level less than 75 dB(A) at any
measurement point 1m from the generator room.
Nh thu in s thit k, cung cp v lp t bc cch m trn tng v trn cho mi phng my
pht khn cp n khng cao hn 75 dB (A) bt k im o no cch 1 mt k t phng
my pht.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
73
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.3

4.4
Submittals
H s trnh
4.4.1
As a minimum, submit the following for approval at the appropriate stages of the works:Cn trnh ti thiu cc yu cu sau ph chun cc giai on thi cng:
1.
Detailed schedule of equipment and components.

Bn lit k chi tit cc thit b v b phn.
2.
Detailed and coordinated shop drawings on Generator Room equipment layout, with
requirements on engine exhaust system, fuel supply system, cooling system, including
calculations, pipe sizes, construction details, installation details, etc.
Bn v thi cng chi tit v c kt hp v mt bng thit b trong phng my pht, vi cc
yu cu v h thng thi khi ng c, h thng cp du, h thng lm mt, bao bm
bng tnh ton, kch thc ng, chi tit thi cng, chi tit lp t, v.v...
3.
Electrical control wiring diagrams showing details of all wirings internal and external to the
generator control panel, together with terminal numbers for cable terminations to external
equipment.
S nguyn l i dy iu khin in th hin chi tit ca tt c vic i dy bn trong v
bn ngoi t iu khin my pht, cng vi s lng u ni ca u u ni cp n thit
b bn ngoi.
4.
Detailed calculation on generators sizing.

Tnh ton chi tit kch thc my pht.
5.
Detailed calculation on battery sizing.

Tnh ton chi tit kch thc cquy.
6.
Detailed calculation on flue pipes sizing.

Tnh ton chi tit kch c ng cp du.
7.
Equipment static and dynamic weights.

Trng lng tnh v ng ca thit b.
8.
Detailed calculation on anti-vibration mounting requirements.

Tnh ton chi tit yu cu b chng rung.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
74
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
9.
Builder's works requirement.

Yu cu cng vic ca thu xy dng.
10.
Proposal on testing procedures (including dummy load test) and report format for testing of
the generator set at the manufacturer's works and on site.
xut quy trnh kim tra (bao gm kim tra th ti) v bn bo co kim tra v b my
pht nh my sn xut v ti cng trng.
11.
Proposal on predetermined sequence of starting methods to achieve sequence starting of

essential equipment.
xut phng php nh trc th t khi cng t c th t khi cng ca cc
thit b.
4.5
Design and Construction of Generator Set

Thit k v thi cng b my pht
4.5.1
General
Tng qut
4.5.2
1.
The generator set shall comprise a diesel engine directly coupled to an alternator and
mounted in line on a common base-frame.
B my pht bao gm ng c diesel c gn trc tip vi b xoay chiu v gn song
song trn 1 khung chnh chung.
2.
Equip the generator set fully for radio interference suppression to BS800.
Trang b cho b my pht b chng nhiu sng v tuyn theo tiu chun BS800.
3.
Enclose or guard totally all exposed moving parts, except manually operated controls, to
prevent accidental contact by personnel. All guards shall be detachable.
Gn kn hoc bo v hon ton tt c cc b phn di ng ni, tr phn iu khin hot
ng bng tay, nhm ngn ng tai nn tip xc in cho con ngi. Tt c phn bo v c
th tho ri c.
4.
Treat all exposed ferrous metal surface of the generator set, underframe and ancillary
equipment with rust-proofing primer paint undercoat and finishing coat. Hot face part shall
be coated with heat resisting paintwork which can tolerate high temperature up to 650C
without deterioration.
X l tt c cc phn ni kim loi ca b my pht, khung gm v thit b ph tr bng
sn lp sn lt chng n mn v lp sn hon thin. B phn c b mt nng s c
sn ph lp sn chng nhit cho php chu nhit ln n 650C m vn khng b h
hi.
Engine
ng c
1.
The engine shall be suitable for use with light diesel fuel oil to BS2869 Class A1 or A2
diesel fuel commonly available at the place of installation, water cooled, four stroke, direct
injection, naturally aspirated or pressure charged and complying with BS5514.
ng c s cn ph hp dng vi loi du diesel nh theo tiu chun BS2869 Loi A1
hoc A2 loi du diesel thng dng ni lp t, lm mt bng nc, 4 th, phun nhin
liu trc tip, ht gi t nhin hoc tng p v tun theo tiu chun BS5514.
2.
The engine shall be rated for continuous duty to BS5514 and sized to match the
continuous rating of the alternator, with overload capacity as specified hereafter.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
75
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
ng c c cng sut nh mc vn hnh lu di theo tiu chun BS5514 b pht xoay

chiu cng tng thch vi cng sut vn hnh lu di, vi kh nng chu qu ti nh
c ch inh di y.
4.5.3
3.
Engine crankshaft speed shall not exceed 1500 rpm. The normal direction of rotation shall
be anti-clockwise.
Tc trc khuu ca cng c khng vt qu 1500 vng/pht. Hng quay bnh thng
l ngc chiu kim ng h.
4.
A mechanical over-speed tripping mechanism shall be provided to shut off the fuel supply
in the event of 15% over-speed.
Cung cp b ct qu tc c kh tt ngun cp du trong trng hp b qu tc 15%.
Alternator
B pht xoay chiu
1.
Design and construct the alternator to meet the appropriate sections of BS4999 and
BS5000.
Thit k v thi cng b iu khin my pht theo on quy nh tng ng trong tiu chun
BS4999 v tiu chun BS5000.
2.
The alternator shall be of brushless type, with the rotating field excited from an a.c. exciter
and rotating rectifier unit, and with the exciter controlled by solid-state automatic voltage
regulator as specified hereafter.
B pht xoay chiu dng loi khng dng chi than, vi t trng quay c kch t b
chnh lu quay v kch t xoay chiu, v b kch t c iu khin t b iu chnh in p
t ng bn dn nh c ch nh di y.
3.
The alternator shall be rated to suit local conditions and specially impregnated for tropical
duty.
B pht xoay chiu c tnh ton cho ph hp vi iu kin a phng v c nhng
tm c bit cho mi trng nhit i.
4.
The rotor and stator of the alternator shall have Class F insulation.
Phn quay v phn c nh ca b pht xoay chiu c cch in loi F.
5.
The alternator characteristics must be matched to the torque characteristics of the engine, in
such a manner that with full load connected to the alternator, the alternator can utilize all the
available engine power without exceeding it.
c tnh ca b xoay cn t n c tnh mmen xon ca ng c, nh l khi ph ti y
ni vi b pht xoay chiu, b pht xoay chiu c th dng tt c cng sut ca ng c m
khng vt qua n.
6.
The alternator must be capable of withstanding an over-speed of 20% above synchronous

value.
B pht xoay chiu phi c kh nng chu ng c vic qu tc 20% trn gi tr tc
ng b.
7.
The alternator must be capable of withstanding an unbalance load with the current in one
phase more than the other phases by 60%.
B pht xoay chiu phi c kh nng chu ng c ti cn bng vi dng in trong 1
pha ln hn cc pha khc 60%.
8.
The alternator shall be drip proof to IP23 of BSEN 60529.

B pht xoay chiu l loi chng nc nh git IP32 theo tiu chun BSEN 60529.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
76
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.5.4
4.5.5
9.
The alternator shall be built in with thermostatically controlled heater and with manual
isolating switch at the control panel. The heater shall be cut off when the alternator is in
operation.
B pht xoay chiu c lp vi b gia nhit iu chnh n nhit v vi cng tc cch ly
bng tay t bng iu khin. B gia nhit s c ct khi b pht xoay chiu vn hnh.
10.
The alternator shall be capable of withstanding the short circuit current with the output
terminals short circuited for 3 seconds without any damage to the generator.
B pht xoay chiu c kh nng chu ng dng ngn mch vi ngn mch u ra trong 3
giy m khng c bt k h hng no vi my pht.
Radiator
B tn nhit
1.
The engine shall be water cooled by means of a matching heavy duty radiator complete with
belt-driven fan, coolant pump, thermostat temperature control liquid-cooled exhaust
manifolds, intercooler, coolant corrosion resistant filters suitably designed to suit the site
conditions.
ng c c lm mt bng nc bng cch hon ton dng b tn nhit chu ti nng vi
qut dng ai truyn ng, bm cht lm mt, b phn phi cht lm mt c b iu khin
iu chnh nhit, bnh lm mt trung gian, b lc cht ti lnh chng r c thit k ph hp
vi iu kin cng trng.
2.
The radiator shall be mounted on the same base frame supporting the generator set where a
set mounted radiator is required.
B tn nhit c gn trn cng khung chnh b my pht in ni yu cu gn b tn
nhit.
3.
The radiator shall be fitted with duct adapter flange to enable the ventilating ductwork to be
attached to the radiator. A section of ductwork complete with flexible connector shall be
installed between the radiator and the metal louvers provided. Ductwork shall be constructed
of galvanized steel sheets in accordance with Heating and Ventilating Contractor's
Association (HVCA) DW 144.
B tn nhit c gn vi cnh phn phi ng nhm tng ng thng gi c gn trn b
tn nhit. B ng dn hon chnh vi mc ni mm gia b tn nhit v ca sp kim loi s
c cung cp. ng ni c lm t tm thp m km tun theo Hip hi nh thu thng
gi v cp nhit (HVCA) DW 144.
4.
The fan rating shall be adequate to allow for the additional resistance to airflow of the
ductwork, silencer, and louvers, if fitted.
Cng sut danh ngha ca qut s ph hp b sung lc cn n dng khng kh ca ng
dn, b gim m v ca sp, nu thch hp.
5.
Corrosion inhibitor shall be added to the cooling system.

Cht chng n mn cn c b sung cho h thng lm mt.
Coupling Arrangement and Anti-Vibration Mountings

B tr khp ni v gi chng rung
1.
The diesel engine shall be directly coupled to the generator, which shall be of the single
bearing type.
ng c diesel c gn trc tip n my pht, loi dng bc n n.
2.
Anti-vibration units of the spring type shall be mounted below the base plate so that the
complete installation can be located on a solid concrete plinth without transmitting vibration
to adjacent apparatus or any part of the building.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
77
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.
B chng rung dng li loi l xo s c gn bn di tm hon tt vic lp t b

b tng c m khng c s truyn rung ng n my bn cnh hoc bt k phn no ca
ta nh.
Springs shall be specific design for these generators and at least 98% isolation efficiency
and minimum static deflection of 50mm.
L xo chng rung phi l loi thit k chuyn dng cho cc my pht ny v phi hp th ti
hiu qu cch ly cao ti thiu 98% v bin dng tnh ti thiu l 50mm
4.6
Design and Construction of Ancillary Equipment

Thit k v thi cng thit b ph tr
4.6.1
Exhaust Silencers and Flue

B thi khi gim m v ng dn khi
1.
The flue exhaust system shall comprise exhaust silencer, expansion bellow, hangers, piping,
clams, flange couplings, heat resisting jointing, and items shown on Drawings.
H thng ng thi khi s bao gm b thi khi gim m, b ng gin n, b treo, ng, bulng sit, khp ni bn cnh, hn chng nhit, v cc phn khc th hin trong bn v.
2.
Telescope type exhaust flue pipes shall be used for this project. and operation of the
telescope type flue pipes shall comply with all relevant statutory requirements.
Cc ng dn khi loi lng vo nhau c dng cho d n ny, v vic vn hnh ca cc
ng khi loi lng vo nhau s tun th theo tt ccc yu cu theo lut nh lin quan.
3.
Flange couplings with heat resisting jointing shall be usetod for all connections in the flue
exhaust system.
B khp ni bn cnh vi mi hn chng nhit s c dng cho tt c cc mi ni trong h
thng ng dn khi thi.
4.
A residential type silencer shall be used. The silencer shall be of chambered construction,
complete with moisture trap, exhaust drain, adequately sized to assure proper operation
without excessive backpressure when installed. The silencer shall be designed to reduce the
emitted noise to a level to cope with any special acoustic requirements as stipulated by
Environment Protection Department.
Dng b gim m loi dn dng. B gim m s c cu to rng, lp hon chnh vi b ht
m, ng thi kh, c kch thc ph hp bo m vic vn hnh ng m p lc ngc
khng qu mc cho php khi lp t. B gim m c thit k gim n pht ra
t n mc p ng c bt k yu cu c bit no v m thanh nh quy nh ca B
bo v mi trng.
5.
Stainless steel expansion bellows, sized to match the engine and exhaust silencer shall be
provided for installation between the diesel engine and the associated silencer.
Cung cp b ng gin n bng thp khng r, c kch thc ph hp vi ng c v b gim
m thi kh lp t gia ng c diesel v b gim m tng ng.
6.
A flue pipe complete with stainless steel expansion bellows, all adequately sized, shall be
connected beyond the silencer to discharge the flue outside the generator room. The flue
pipe shall be constructed of black steel pipe to BS1387 Class 'B'.
Mt ng thi khi hon chnh vi b ng gin n bng thp khng r, vi tt c kch thc
ph hp, s c ni pha sau b gim m nhm dn khi ra ngoi phng my pht. ng
khi s c thi cng dng loi ng thp en theo tiu chun BS1387 Loi B.
7.
Bends in flue pipe shall have a minimum radius of three times the diameter of the pipe.
Cc on un cong ca ng thi khi s c bn knh thp nht gp ba ln ng knh ng
thi khi.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
78
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
8.
The entire system from the exhaust manifold to the end of exhaust pipe, except the stainless
steel expansion bellows, shall be provided with at least two coats of heat resisting paintwork.
Ton b h thng t ng ng thi khi v u cui ca ng thi khi, tr b ng gin n
bng thp khng r, s c sn t nht hai lp sn chng nhit.
9.
The entire system shall be insulated with non-combustible insulating material complying with
BS476 wrapped on galvanized metal mesh and supported on 25mm hot dip galvanized mild
steel air spacing stool strips such that a 25mm air gap is maintained around the flue.
Ton b h thng c cch l bng vt liu cch ly chng chy tun theo tiu chun
BS476, c bc trong li thp m km v bng bng khong khng bng thp c
m km nng 25mm sao cho khe h khng kh 25mm c thng thong quanh ng thi
khi.
10.
The finish of all flue pipework and silencers shall be stainless steel cladding of not less than
2mm thickness.
Bc hon thin bng 1 lp thp chng r cho tt c cc ng dn khi v b gim m vi b
dy khng thp hn 2mm.
11.
Spring type hangers with an approved design shall support the entire system.
B treo l xo vi thit k c chp thun dng ton b h thng.
12.
Installation of two silencers in series (a critical rated reactive type and a standard
absorptive type) to each generator is required to meet the noise design goals.
Lp t hai b gim m ni tip (mt b tiu m cao v mt kiu tiu m tiu chun) cho
mi my pht c li t mc n cho php nh thit k :
A minimum 1675mm long ECI fully lined super critical 150NB silencer with
fully lined internal tubes installed in series with:
B tiu m cao ca ECI 150BN di ti thiu 1675mm c ng bn trong c
lt hon ton c lp ni tip vi
A minimum 1,730mm long ECI 150NB absorptive

B tiu m tiu chunca ECI 150NB di ti thiu 1730mm c ng bn trong
c lt hon ton.
The exhaust silencers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations and as close to the engine as possible in a section of pipework isolated
from the main engine. The static pressure associated with the silencers should be checked
by the contractor / supplier to ensure that the silencer installation does not impede effective
operation of the exhaust system.
Tt c cc b tiu m kh thy phi c lp t theo yu cu ca nh sn xut v gn my
pht nht t on ng cch ly vi ng c chnh. Nh thu/nh cung cp phi kim tra p
sut tnh lin quan n b tiu m m bo b tiu m lp t khng cn tr s hot
ng ca h thng kh thy
13.
4.6.2
Fuel System
H thng cp du
1.
A complete fuel storage and distribution system shall be provided as specified herein and as
shown on the Drawings.
Cung cp h thng d tr v phn phi du hon chnh nh c ch nh sau y v
c th hin trong bn v.
2.
A fuel tank of not less than 500L capacity shall be provided. The fuel tank shall be fitted with
low level fuel switches set to provide 2-stage alarm at 20% and 5% level.
Cung cp bn du c dung tch khng nh hn 500L. Bn du s c gn b cng tc bo
du mc thp vi 2 trng thi bo ng mc du cn 20% v 5%.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
79
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.6.3
3.
The fuel tank shall be manufactured in accordance with BS 799 : Part 5 and shall be
fabricated form high quality mild steel plate of 5mm thick, end dished and flanged,
electrically welded throughout and spatter removed.
Bn du c sn xut theo tiu chun BS799: Phn 5 v c ch to t tm thp c
cht lng cao c b dy 5mm, end dished and flanged, c hn in t u n cui v
loi b lp vy sn.
4.
The fuel tank shall be complete with an inspection cover, fail-safe sight gauge, protected
seal fill cap, flame arrestor, vent cap, sludge drain, level switches, overspill, main fuel inlet,
content gauge, etc. The content gauge shall be of the dial type, with adequate size scale
clearly marked in proportional parts of the contents, i.e. empty, quarter, half, three-quarter
and full. Calibration of the gauge shall be demonstrated on site.
Hon chnh bn du vi b np kim tra, b quan trc an ton, c bo v bng np dy
dn kn, b dp la, np c l thng, ng x du cn, cng tc mc du, b ngn du tha,
ng tip du chnh, b o dung tch, v.v... . B o dung tch dng loi da s, vi t l kch
thc tng ng c nh du tng phn theo t l ca dung tch, v d nh cn du, cn
1/4, 1/2, 3/4 v y du. Vic kim nghim ca b o c tin hnh trn cng trnh.
D.C. Electric Starting System

H thng khi ng in 1 chiu
1.
The generating set shall be equipped with an engine starter motor which shall be suitable for
24V DC operation, complete with manual and automatic starting and starter cut-out switch
as described herein.
B my pht c gn b khi ng ng c my pht hot ng in p 24V 1 chiu,
gn hon chnh vi ch khi ng t ng v bng tay v cng tc ngt b khi ng
nh c m t y.
2.
The engine starting control equipment shall be arranged to disconnect the mains operated
battery charger to prevent its being overloaded during starting.
Thit b iu khin khi ng ng c c sp xp ngt kt ni vi b sc cquy chnh
nhm ngn nga b sc b qu ti trong khi khi ng.
3.
The starter motor shall be of adequate power for its duty and of "non-hold-on" type in which
the pinion is moved axially to engage with a gear-ring on the engine flywheel before the
starter motor is fully energized. The pinion shall positively disengage when the engine starts
or when the motor is de-energized.
B khi ng c cng sut tng ng vi nhim v ca n v dng loi khng tm dng
vi bnh rng quay hng trc n khp vi bnh rng vng gn trn bnh ng c trc
khi b khi ng cp in y . Bnh rng s nh ra khi ng c khi ng hoc khi b
khi ng b ngt in.
4.
The starting equipment shall incorporate a fail-to-start device for automatically disconnecting
the starter motor if the engine fails to start within a pre-determined time, say 15 seconds, so
as to avoid undue discharge of the batteries.
Thit b khi ng s kt hp vi b ngt khi ng t ng ct b khi ng nu ng
c khng khi ng c trong khong thi gian c xc nh trc, khong 15 giy,
trnh phng in bt thng ca cquy.
5.
A total of three consecutive starts, say with 15s duration, and at 5s intervals, shall be made
to start the engine, after which disconnection of the starter by the fail-to-start device shall
operate the visual and audible alarm as specified hereafter. No further attempts shall be
made to start the engine by the automatic starting system until the fail-to-start mechanism
has been reset manually.
C tng cng 3 ln khi ng lin tip, trong khong thi gian 15 giy v mi khong 5
giy, s khi ng ng c, sau khi vic ngt kt ni b khi ng bng b ngt khi ng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
80
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
s lm b bo n v m thanh hot ng nh c ch nh di y. Vic c gng khi

ng li ng c s khng thc hin c bang h thng khi ng t ng cho n khi b
ngt khi ng c kh c ci li bng tay.
4.6.4
4.6.5
Starting Battery and Charger

cquy khi ng v b sc
1.
A 24V d.c. engine starting battery set of nickel-cadmium type of adequate ampere hour
capacity and discharge rate shall be mounted adjacent to the engine underbase. The battery
shall comply with IEC 623 and be capable of providing six consecutive starts of 15 seconds
duration, and at 5 seconds intervals, without being discharged to a level where damage may
be caused to the battery as advised by the manufacturer. The battery shall be housed in
corrosion resisting container of an approved type.
cquy khi ng ng c 24V 1 chiu dng loi niken-caimi vi dung lng ampe/gi v
tc x in tng ng s c gn k bn khung chnh di ca ng c. cquy cn
tun theo tiu chun IEC623 v c kh nng cung cp vic khi ng 6 ln lin tip chu
trnh khi ng 15 giy, v mi khong 5 giy, m khng gy ra vic x in n mc
gy h hng cquy nh c khuyn co t nh sn xut. B cquy c cha trong b
chng g c chp thun.
2.
The battery charger shall be constant potential type, complete with d.c. voltmeter and
ammeter, surge suppressor, controls, float and boost charging selection, battery discharging
indication, protection against over-charging and indication, charger failure alarm. All controls
and sensors shall be wired to the set mounted control panel.
B sc cquy s bao gm b in th, hon chnh vi ng h o 1 chiu v am pe k, b
chng tng p, b iu khin v b chn sc nhang, b hin th cquy, b bo v v hin th
chng sc qu mc, b bo b s c sc. Tt c cc phn iu khin v cm ng s c
u dy t trong bng iu khin trn tng.
Engine Heater
B si ng c
The heaters shall be thermostatically controlled and be disconnected whenever the engine is put
into operation.
B si ng c c iu khin tcmostat v ngt kt ni bt k khi no ng c a vo hot
ng.
4.6.6
Miscellaneous
Cc h thng ph
1.
Fuel Injection System

H thng phun nhin liu trc tip
The fuel injection system shall be complete with primary and secondary fuel filters with
replaceable elements, and an engine driven, mechanical, positive displacement fuel pumps,
all mounted on the engine.
H thng phun nhin liu trc tip lp t hon chnh vi b lc th cp v b lc s cp vi
cc phn t thay th c, v b truyn ng ng c, bm nhin liu c kh kiu dung
tch, tt c c gn trn ng c.
2.
Lubricating System
H thng bi trn
Enclosed forced feed lubricating system shall be complete with positive displacement,
mechanical lubrication oil pump, lubricating oil cooler, filters and dipsticks oil level indicator.
H thng bi trn cng bc kn lp hon chnh vi bm du bi trn c kh kiu dung tch,
b lm mt du bi trn, b lc v b que thm nht mc du.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
81
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3.
Air Cleaner
B lc gi
Replaceable dry element air cleaner shall include an automatic device to give an alarm
when the filter becomes clogged.
B lc gi phn t kh thay th c s bao gm 1 thit b t ng nhm bo ng khi b
lc gi b tc.
4.7
Control and Protection of the Generator Set and Associated Equipment

Phn iu khin v bo v ca b my pht v cc thit b lin quan
4.7.1
Positions of Control and Adjustment Device

V tr ca thit b iu khin v iu chnh
4.7.2
1.
All operational controls shall be arranged such that they are grouped together in a readily
accessible and logical position.
Tt c phn iu khin hot ng s c sp xp thnh 1 nhm v tr d tip cn v hp
l.
2.
Setting up devices shall be separately located to prevent unauthorized adjustment.

Lp t cc thit b cc v tr ring bit nhm ngn nga vic iu chnh khng c php.
Engine Status Indication

Hin th trnh trng ng c
The engine shall be provided with the following status indication as a minimum:
ng co c cung cp b hin th tnh trng ti thiu nh sau:
4.7.3
oil temperature and pressure

Nhit du v p sut.
jacket coolant inlet/outlet temperature and pressure

Lp v lm mt nhit u vo / u ra v p sut.
engine temperatures(at connection points of exhaust flue and inlet/outlet of turbo charge
and at each cylinder)
Nhit ng c ( v tr kt ni ca ng x khi v tua bin ht gi u vo / u ra v
ti mi xilanh)
service hours
S gi hot ng
tachometer
ng h tc
battery charger ammeter

ng h o ampe sc cquy.
Engine Protection
B bo v ng c
1.
The engine shall be provided with the following protective devices and control as a minimum
to effect early warning and/or shut down in the event of:ng c s c cung cp cc b bo v v iu khin ti thiu nh sau nhm a ra cnh
bo sm hiu qu v / hoc tt my trong trng hp:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
82
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
2.
3.
4.
4.7.4
low lubricating oil pressure

p lc du bi trn thp
high engine coolant temperature

Nhit lm mt ca ng c cao
engine overspeed
ng c qu tc
The above protection shall be in two stages; it shall give visual and audible warnings at an
initial stage and shall shut down the engine when a pre-determined danger level is reached.
B bo v trn c chia lm 2 giai on; s a ra cnh bo bng m thanh hnh nh
giai on u v s tt ng c khi t n mc nguy him c gii hn trc.
All visual alarms, audible alarms and the associated muting switches shall be wired to the
control panel.
Tt c cc b bo ng bng m thanh hnh nh v cng tc lm cm lin quan s c ni
dy n bng iu khin.
The generator set shall be provided with a key operated protection over-ride switch. The
generator set shall be kept running as long as possible irrespective of faults occurring upon
actuation of the key-switch. The key holder will be a highly responsible engineer.
B my pht s c cung cp 1 cng tc cha kha hy b vic bo v hot ng. B my
pht s vn chy cng lu cng c th khng k ang xy ra s c do cng tc cha kha
can thip. Ngi gi cha kha phi l 1 k s c trch nhim cao.
Engine Governing and Speed Adjustment

B iu chnh tc v iu khin ng c
1.
2.
4.7.5
Governing
Vic iu khin
-
An electronic speed-sensing governor shall be provided.

Cung cp b iu khin in t nhy vi tc .
Governor shall sense the actual engine rotation.

B iu khn s kim tra tc quay thc t ca ng c.
Speed governing shall be to BS5514: Part 4, Type 1, Class A1.

Vic iu khin tc tun theo tiu chun BS5514: phn 4, kiu 1, loi 1.
Speed Adjustment
Vic iu chnh tc
-
The speed shall normally be preset to ensure rated frequency at full load.
Tc bnh thng s c ci trc nhm m bo tn s nh mc iu kin
y ti.
Provision shall be made for the manual adjustment of speed within the range of
5% under all load conditions.
Lp bng cung cp thit b cho b iu chnh tc bng tay trong tm 5% trong
tt c cc iu kin ti.
Voltage Regulation and Adjustment

Vic iu chnh v n nh in p
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
83
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.
2.
Voltage Regulation
n nh in p
-
Provide an automatic voltage regulation system to maintain the output voltage at

the generator's terminal within 2.5% of its rated value from no load to full load
under steady state condition.
Cung cp h thng n nh in p t ng nhm duy tr in p u ra u my
pht nm trong khong 2.5% gi tr in p nh mc ca my pht di iu
kin n nh t khng ti n y ti.
The performance of the voltage regulation system of the generator shall be of

Grade VR2.23 as specified in BS 4999 : Part 140.
Hot ng ca h thng n nh in p ca my pht dng loi VR2.23 nh c
ch nh trong tiu chun BS4999: Phn 140.
Voltage Adjustment
Vic iu chnh in p
Provide a means of adjusting the output voltage to facilitate adjustment of the machine
output voltage at any level within its design parameters.
Cung cp b iu chnh in p ng ra cho vic iu chnh in p ng ra ca my pht
bt k mc no trong thng s thit k ca my.
4.7.6
Control Panel
Bng iu khin
1.
Provide a wall or floor mounted generator set control panel with suitably designed and
approved supporting framework. Otherwise, it shall be mounted on top of the generator
depends on the actual plant room spaces.
Cung cp 1 b bng iu khin my pht gn tng hoc t trn sn ph hp vi b
khung c chp thun v thit k. Cn ngc li, n c gn bn trn my pht
ty thuc vo khng gian thc t ca phng my pht.
2.
Construct the control panel with materials capable of withstanding the mechanical, vibration,
electrical and thermal stresses, and the effects of humidity, which are likely to be
encountered in normal service.
Thi cng bng iu khin vi vt liu c kh nng chu c lc c hc, s rung lc v
cng ko v nhit v in, v nh hng v m, vn s bt gp trong tnh trng hot
ng bnh thng.
3.
Provide protective devices to give protection against the consequences of short circuits in
the control circuitry.
Cung cp cc thit b bo v ngn thit hi ca vic ngn mch trong mch iu khin.
4.
Where electrical apparatus is attached to lids or doors, means shall be taken to ensure
continuity of the protective circuit in the form of an earth continuity conductor of an
appropriate size.
nhng ni cc thit b in c gn vo np hoc ca, cn c bin php nhm m bo
vic lin tc ca mch bo v bng dy dn ni t lin tc vi c dy ph hp.
5.
Install wiring to apparatus and measuring instruments in covers or doors so that no

mechanical damage can occur as a result of movement of the door or cover.
Lp t i dy n cc dng c v thit b o lng trong v bo v hoc ca khng b
tc ng c hc lm h hi c th xy ra do s chuyn ng ca ca hoc v bo v.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
84
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.
Locate adjustment devices not required on a regular daily basis within the control panel to
permit safe operation.
t thit b iu chnh khng yu cu tiu chun n nh hng ngy trong bng iu khin
nhm cho php vic hot ng an ton.
7.
The control panel shall contain, but not be limited to, the following:Bng iu khin s bao gm, nhng khng gii hn, nhng yu cu sau:
a)
Four poles ACB or MCCB with adjustable trips for generator overcurrent, earth
fault and reverse power relays, controls and indications as specified. The current
rating and breaking capacity of the MCCB shall be compatible with the generator
provided.
C ACB hoc MCCB vi dng ct iu chnh c cho qu dng ca my pht,
s c chm t v r le cng sut ngc, b hin th v iu khiern nh c
ch nh. Dng in nh mc v kh nng ct ca MCBb s ph hp vi MCCB
ca my pht.
b)
Meters:ng h o
c)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
kW meter.
ng h o kW.
frequency meter (range : 45 to 55 Hz).

ng h o tn s (bin : 45 to 55 Hz).
power factor mete.r

ng h o h s cng sut.
Hours run meter (range : 9999 hours).

ng h o thi gian (bin : 9999 gi).
AC voltmeter with phase selector switch, to monitor generator output voltage.

ng h o in p xoay chiu vi cng tc chn pha, nhm gim st in
p u ra ca my pht.
AC ammeter with phase selector switch and current transformers, to monitor

generator output current.
ng h o ampe xoay chiu vi cng tc chn pha v b bin dng, nhm
gim st dng in u ra ca my pht.
DC voltmeter to monitor battery voltage.

ng h o in p 1 chiu nhm gim st in p cquy.
DC ammeter to monitor charging current.

ng h o dng in 1 chiu nhm gim st dng in sc cquy.
non-resettable counter to monitor number of start.

B m khng ci li c nhm gim st s ln khi ng.
non-resettable counter to monitor number of fail-to-start.

B m khng ci li c nhm gim st s ln khi ng b li.
Push buttons:Nt nhn

engine start push button
Nt nhn khi ng ng c.
85
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
d)
e)
engine stop push button

Nt nhn dng ng c.
system reset push button

Nt nhn khi ng li h thng.
push button to simulate mains failure

Nt nhn m phng s c h thng in chnh.
Red indicating lights with audible alarm :

n hin th mu c b bo ng bng m thanh cho:
-
MCCB tripped on fault

MCCB b ct do s c.
engine overcrank lockout

Trc khuu ng c b kha.
engine overspeed shutdown (2 stages)

Tt ng c do qu tc (2 bc).
engine fail-to-start
ng c b li khi ng.
low fuel level (2 stages)

Mc du thp (2 bc).
low lubricating oil pressure (2 stages)

p lc du bi trn thp (2 bc).
high coolant temperature (2 stages)

Nhit nc lm mt cao (2 bc).
battery system fail

H thng cquy b li.
Indicating lights without audible alarm:n hin th khng c b bo ng bng m thanh cho:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Red lights
n
Green lights
n xanh
MCCB closed
MCCB ng
engine control in auto mode

iu khin ng c ch t ng
battery discharging
cquy ang x in.
MCCB open
MCCB m.
engine control in manual mode

iu khin ng c ch bng tay.
generator on load
My pht ang cp in cho ph ti.
86
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
f)
Amber lights
n vng
main supply available

H thng cp in chnh ang vn hnh.
MCCB trip circuit healthy

MCCB ct mch khng b s c.
Other control devices:Cc thit b iu khin khc

-
lamp test button

Nt nhn kim tra n.
frequency preset device

Thit b iu chnh trc tn s.
voltage preset device

Thit b iu chnh trc in p.
engine starting control

B iu khin khi ng ng c.
battery charger and associated equipment

B sc cquy v cc thit b lin quan.
engine heater control

B iu khin lm nng ng c.
electronic isochronous governor

B iu chnh ng thi in t.
solid state automatic voltage regulator

B n nh in p t ng bn dn.
"manual - auto" rotary control switch

Cng tc xoay iu khin bng tay t ng
audible alarm and mutinq switch

Cng tc lm cm v bo ng m thanh.
thermostatically controlled anti-condensation panel heater with manual

isolating switch.
Bng lm nng chng ngng t c iu chnh theo s n nhit vi cng
tc cch ly bng tay.
all necessary relays and dry contacts to provide for remote indications,
engine starting and engine shutdown, generator protection override, etc. as
specified hereafter.
Tt c cc r le v tip im kh cn thit nhm cng cp vic hin th t xa,
khi ng ng c v tc ng c t xa, b khng ch bo v my pht t
xa, v.v... nh c ch nh di y.
4.8
System Operation and Performance

c tnh v vn hnh h thng
4.8.1
Automatic Operation
Vn hnh t ng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
87
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
1.
On operation of the voltage relay with adjustable time delay between 0 to 5 seconds at the
upstream of the "Normal' breaker of the ATS in the designated L.V. switchboard during
failure of the mains supply, a signal shall initiate the start-up system of the engine.
Da trn hot ng ca r le in p c thi gian tr iu chnh c t 0 n 5 giy ca
CB gn u mch ngun in thng ca ATS trong t in h th c ch nh trong
sut thi gian mng in cp chnh b s c, tn hiu s kch hot h thng khi ng ng
c my pht.
2.
On receipt the start signal, the prime mover start sequence shall begin.
Da trn tn hiu khi ng, ng c pht lc khi ng tun t s bt u chy.
3.
The generator set shall establish its rated speed and ready for load transfer within a
maximum period of 15 seconds from the time when the start signal is issued.
B my pht s t tc nh mc v sn sng chuyn ti trong khong thi gian ti a
15 giy k t khi tn hiu khi ng c a vo.
4.
During this period of time, the designated outgoing circuits connected to the essential
section of the L.V. switchboard shall have been tripped by their under-voltage relays.
Trong sut qu trnh ny, cc mch in u ra c ch nh s ni vi ngn ph ti khn
cp ca t in h th s b ct bi r le thp p.
5.
When the generator set reaches its rated frequency and voltage, a signal shall be initiated to
open the 'Normal' circuit breaker and close the 'Standby' circuit breaker. Designated
outgoing circuits, which have become open due to the under-voltage condition, previously,
shall close automatically in a pre-determined sequence when the essential section of the
L.V. switchboard is energized in order not to overload the generator.
Khi b my pht t n tn s v in p nh mc, tn hiu s kch hot m CB
mch ngun in thng v ng CB ngun in d phng. Cc mch in u ra c
ch nh vn b m do iu kin thp p trc , v t ng ng theo th t nh trc khi
ngn ph ti khn cp ca t in h th c cp in nhm khng gy qu ti cho my
pht.
6.
Should the prime mover fail to start after a period of 15 seconds, the sequence shall be
interrupted for a period of 5 seconds and a further two attempts to start of 5 seconds
duration shall then be made. If it again fails to start, the starting sequence shall be locked
out, an audible and visual alarm given and it shall remain in this locked out condition until
manually reset.
Khi ng c pht lc b li khi ng sau khong thi gian 15 giy, vic khi ng tun t
s gin on trong khong 5 giy v s c 2 ln th khi ng na vi mi khong thi gian
5 giy. Nu ng c pht lc li b li khi ng na, vic khi ng tun t s b kha li,
b bo ng m thanh v nh sang s kch hot v n s vn gi trng thi kha cho n
khi c ci t li bng tay.
Restoration of the mains supply during the starting period shall not interrupt the starting
sequence but shall prevent operation of the load transfer. Subsequent failure of the mains
supply while the generator set is running shall, after expiration of the 0.5 to 1.0 seconds time
delay, cause the load transfer to take place.
Vic khi phc mng cp in chnh trong sut qu trnh khi ng s khng lm gin on
trnh t khi ng nh s ngn cn vic vn hnh chuyn ti. S c lin tip ca mng cp
in chnh trong khi b my pht ang chy, s lm cho vic chuyn ti c tin hnh sau
khi ht khong thi gian tr 0.5 n 1 giy.
7.
8.
On full restoration of normal supply, load transfer and shutting down of the generator set
shall be either by manual or automatic operation selectable by a selector switch on the
control panel. Upon activation of this command, load transfer shall take place immediately.
The generator sets shall run unloaded for a short cool-down period of 0 to 15 minutes
adjustable and then shut down.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
88
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Da trn s khi phc hon ton ca ngun in thng, vic chuyn ti v tt b my pht
s c thc hin bng tay hoc hot ng t ng t cng tc la chn trn bng iu
khin. Mt khi kch hot lnh ny, vic chuyn ti s c tin hnh ngay lp tc. B
my pht s chy khng ti trong 1 khong thi gian lm mt ngn c th iu chnh c
t 0 n 15 pht v sau tt my.
9.
4.8.2
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall provide all equipment, control equipment, control wirings
and accessories to achieve sequence starting of the essential equipment connected to the
essential section of the L.V. switchboard.
Nh thu in s cung cp tt c cc thit b, thit b iu khin, i dy iu khin, v cc
ph tng thi cng xong tun t khi ng ca cc cc thit b khn cp c ni vo
ngn ti khn cp ca t in h th.
Manual Operation
Vn hnh bng tay
1.
The control panel shall be equipped with an Auto/Manual rotary control switch. The system
shall operate as described above in Auto selection and shall hold the existing status of the
system until manual controls are effective.
Bng iu khin s c cp cng tc xoay iu khin bng ch T ng / bng
tay. H hng s hot ng c m t nh trn ch la chn T ng v h
thng s tm ngng trng thi hin hu cho n khi c tc ng t iu khin bng tay.
2.
When in Manual selection, a signal should be sent to the Building Management System
(BMS) to draw the operators attention.
Khi chn ch Bng tay, mt tn hiu s c gi n H thng qun l ta nh (BMS)
cho ngi vn hnh ch .
3.
The generator set shall be able to start manually, by control switches located on the control
panel. Once started and running normally, the generator can be manually connected to the
desired essential load.
B my pht c th c khi ng bng tay, bng cc cng tc iu khin t trong bng
iu khin. Mt khi c khi ng v hot ng bnh thng, my pht c th c ni
bng tay n ci ti khn cp mong mun.
4.
During the whole of the manual starting sequence, all the loads shall not be transferred to
the generator as long as the mains power remains available. However, upon actuation of a
Manual Load Transfer push button, a signal shall be initiated to open the Normal circuit
breaker and close the Standby circuit breaker to enable load transfer as per in the
automatic operation. By re-setting the Manual Load Transfer push button, the load shall be
transferred back to the mains supply.
Trong sut tun t khi ng bng tay, tt c cc ti khng c chuyn ti qua my pht
vi iu kin ngun in cp chnh vn cn. Tuy nhin, vi vic iu khin bng nt nhn
Chuyn ti bng tay, mt tn hiu s kch hot lm m CB ngun in thng v ng
CB ngun in d phng lm kch hot vic chuyn ti nh khi hot ng t ng. Bng
cch ci t li nt nhn Chuyn ti bng tay, ti s c chuyn ti li sang mng in
cp chnh.
4.9
Earthing
Ni t
4.9.1
Provide an earthing terminal in the Generator Room for the earthing of the generator set.
Cung cp im ni t trong phng my pht cho vic tip t ca b my pht.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
89
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.9.2
The generator frame, generator neutral, L.V. switchboard, cable trays/ladders, etc. shall be
individually connected to the earth terminal in the Generator Room. The size of the protective
conductors shall not be less than 6mm by 25mm.
Khung my pht, trung tnh my pht, t in h th, mng cp / thang cp, v.v... s c ni
ring r vi im ni t trong Phng my pht. Kch c ca dy bo v s khng nh hn 6mm
n 25mm.
4.10
Warning Sign
Bin cnh bo
A warning sign stating "ATTENTION ENGINE STARTS AUTOMATICALLY WITHOUT
WARNING. DO NOT COME CLOSE" in lettering not less than 50mm high with Vietnamese
translation shall be provided and fixed at a prominent position in the Generator Room.
Mt bin cnh bo bt u t CH NG C KHI NG T NG M KHNG BO
TRC, KHNG C N GN vi c ch khng thp hn 50mm vi chuyn ng sang
Ting Vit c cung cp v gn v tr d thy trong Phng my pht.
4.11
Schematic and Control Wiring Diagram

S nguyn l v i dy iu khin
4.11.1 The electrical schematic diagrams for the essential power supply distribution shall be fixed in
wooden frame with transparent panel of suitable size at a prominent position in the Generator
Room.
S nguyn l in cho phn phi ti khn cp s c gn trong khung g vi tm xuyn sang
c kch thc ph hp t v tr d thy trong Phng my pht.
4.11.2 One complete set of control wiring diagram shall be provided inside the control panel.
Mt b s i dy iu khin hon chnh s c cung cp t trong bng iu khin.
4.12
Installation
Vic lp t
4.12.1 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall provide the acoustic treatment such that the sound pressure
level both inside the lot and adjacent to the site boundary, due to the operation of generator set
shall not exceed the permissible noise level as required by the Environmental Protection
Department (EPD) and acoustic specification.
Nh thu in s cung cp bin php gim m mc p lc m thanh c trong phng v bn
cnh ng bin cng trng, do vic vn hnh ca b my pht s khng vt qu n cho
php nh yu cu t B bo v mi trng (EPD) v theo thuyt minh v gim m.
4.12.2 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Dangerous Goods License from
the Fire Services Department and installation approval from the Environmental Protection
Department.
Nh thu in s c trch nhim t c Giy chng nhn hng nguy him t c quan phng
chy v cha chy v chp thun cho lp t t B bo v mi trng.
4.12.3 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit the anti-vibration spring loading calculations at earliest
stage for Architect approval.
Nh thu in s trnh bng tnh ton chu ti ca l xo chng rung giai on sm nht cho
Bn kin trc chp thun.
4.13
Engine Cooling
Vic lm mt ng c
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
90
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.13.1 The hot air from the radiator shall be directed out of the radiator through a louver panel. The
necessary ductwork complete with anti-vibration flexible joint and silencer shall be provided by the
Electrical Sub-Contractor. The method of fixing the duct shall be proposed by the Electrical SubContractor and approved by the Architect.
Dng kh nng t b tn nhit s c trc tip thi ra ngoi b tn nhit bng bng thng hi. B
ng dn hon chnh cn thit vi mi ni mm chng rung v b gim m s c Nh thu in
cung cp. Cch thc gn ng dn s c Nh thu in xut v Bn kin trc s chp
thun.
4.13.2 All ductworks and materials shall be provided, including linings, adhesives, flexible ducts, flexible
connections, gaskets, sealants, etc. The complete installation shall comply fully with all the
requirements of the Fire Services Department and shall satisfy BS 5588 : Part 9 and BS 8313 in
respect of resistance to the penetration of fire and spread of flame and smoke.
Tt c cc ng dn v vt liu s c cung cp, bao gm lp bc, keo dn, ng mm, mi ni
mm, m lt, keo gn kn,v.v... . Vic hon tt lp t s tun th y tt c yu cu ca B
cha chy v s tha mn tiu chun BS 5588: Phn 9 v BS8313 v cn la xuyn qua v s
lan ca m chy v khi.
4.13.3 All metal ducting shall be constructed to the recommendation of the Heating and Ventilating
Contractor's Association (HVCA), U.K. Ductwork Group in their Publication DW144 or the latest
edition.
Tt c cc ng dn kim loi s c thi cng theo yu cu ca Hip hi nh thu thng gi v cp
nhit (HVCA), Nhm ng dn U.K trong xut bn DW144 ca h hoc ln xut bn mi nht.
4.13.4 The cooling system shall be fitted with the manufacturer's recommended anti-corrosion solution.
H thng lm mt s c gn vi gii php chng n mn theo ngh ca nh sn xut.
4.13.5 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall ensure that the pressure drop across the attenuator is
compatible with the available static pressure of the radiator fan.
Nh thu in s bm m p sut ri xuyn qua b tim m l tng ng vi p sut tnh ca
qut tn nhit.
4.14
Installation of Exhaust System

Lp t h thng thi khi
4.14.1 Exhaust manifolds shall be provided on the engine terminating at the outlet(s) from the turbo
charger.
ng ng thi khi s c cung cp trn u cui thi khi ca ng c t b ht gi bng
tuabin.
4.14.2 The exhaust system shall comprise flexible exhaust pipe for connection to the engine outlet, high
attenuation mild steel pipe, residential primary and secondary exhaust type silencers and flue. The
primary silencer shall be located in a position as close to the engine as possible and the
secondary silencer shall be located in the exhaust pipe run close to the primary silencer. The
distance between two silencers shall give the best possible exhaust silencing results, as
recommended by the manufacturer.
H thng thi khi s bao gm ng thi khi mm dng ni n u thi khi ca ng c, ng
gim m cao bng thp c, b gim m khi thi chnh v ph loi cho nh v ng khi thi.
B gim m chnh s c t v tr cng gn ng c cng tt v b gim m ph s c t
trong ng thi khi gn vi b gim m chnh. Khong cch gia 2 b gim m sao cho t kt
qu gim m tt nht, nh theo ngh ca nh sn xut.
4.14.3 The exhaust pipe shall complete with mating flanges, nuts, bolts and flexible bellows and shall be
insulated with heavy-duty stainless steel cladding on the outside. Brackets and supports of
adequate strength shall be provided to support the exhaust pipe, silencer and all other fittings.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
91
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
ng thi khi hon chnh vi mt bch i tip, ai ng, bu-lng v b ng mm v c cch ly

vi lp bc bng thp chng r chu ti nng bn ngoi. B v b c chiu di thch hp s
c cung cp ng thi khi, b gim m v cc khp ni khc.
4.14.4 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall ensure that the exhaust system is designed to suit its
particular application. Full details shall be submitted in respect of construction, cladding and
temperature calculations at the exhaust outlets, fully documented and certified. The exhaust shall
be protected against the ingress of rain and water.
Nh thu in s m bo h thng thi khi c thit kt ph hp vi thc t s dng. trnh
chi tit y v vic thi cng, bng tnh ton lp bc v nhit ca u x khi ra, h s v
giy chng nhn y . H thng thi khi s c bo v khi s thm nhp ca nc ma v
nc.
4.14.5 The insulation shall ensure that the temperature on surface of the cladding is safe to touch.
Otherwise the Electrical Sub-Contractor shall provide the necessary additional protection.
B cch nhit phi bo m rng nhit b mt ca lp bc an ton khi tip xc. Cn ngc li,
Nh thu in s cung cp bin php bo v b sung khi cn thit.
4.15
Cable Termination
u ni cp
Termination identification shall comply with the requirements of BS 822: Part 6. Terminals shall be
fitted with compression type cable sockets and shall be housed in a suitably earthed metal
enclosure, having provision for external flexible cable connections. Locking washers shall be
provided on the terminals to ensure that connections will not loosen under normal working
conditions.
nh du nhn bit cc u ni cn tun theo yu cu ca tiu chun BS 822: Phn 6. Cc u
ni s c gn vi cm loi p cht cp v c t trong hp kn kim loi c ni t ph hp,
c cung cp cho u ni cp mm bn ngoi. Cp loong n gi cht cho cc u ni nhm m
bo im ni khng b lng di iu kin lm vic bnh thng.
4.16
Installation of Fuel System

Vic lp t h thng cp du
4.16.1 Notwithstanding any description or detail (implied or otherwise) specified herein, the Electrical
Sub-Contractor shall ensure that the fuel system installation complies with all necessary
requirements of Fire Services Department (Dangerous Goods Section) and any other relevant
regulations.
Bt k bt k m t hay chi tit (bao hm hoc ngc li) ch nh sau y, Nh thu in s m
bo vic lp t h thng cp du tun theo tt c cc yu cu cn thit ca B cha chy (on
cc thit b nguy him) v bt k cc quy nh c lin quan khc.
4.16.2 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall obtain written approval from Fire Services Department before
any site work is commenced by preparation of details for submission made through the Architect.
Nh thu in s phi nhn c Giy bo chp thun t B cha chy trc khi c bt k hot
ng ngoi cng trng no c khi cng bng vic chun b chi tit h s trnh duyt c
lm qua Bn kin trc.
4.16.3 Before fuel tank is installed, all rust and scale shall be removed from the external surface
immediately before applying one coat of red lead to BS 2523 Type B followed by two coats of
bituminous paint. Where damage is sustained to the protective coating due to handling, etc., such
coating shall be made good by the Electrical Sub-Contractor.
Trc khi bn du c lp t, tt c han g v g st c lm sch khi b mt ngay tc th
truc khi trt 1 lp bt ch theo tiu chun BS2523 Loi B, tip theo l 2 lp sn c cha
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
92
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
nha. nhng v tr h hi n lp ph bo v do vn chuyn,v.v...s c Nh thu in ph li

hon thnh nhanh chng.
4.16.4 All pipework shall be free from burrs, rust and scale and shall be thoroughly cleaned before
installation. The open ends shall be plugged with purpose made metal or plastic caps during the
installation period. The use of wooden plugs, paper, cotton waste, etc. for this purpose is
forbidden. All pipes shall be rigidly fixed with suitable brackets at 1m intervals.
Tt c cc ng dn phi khng c vn, han g v g st v c lm sch k cng trc khi lp
t. Cc u m s c bt li bng u bt kim loi hoc bng nha trong thi gian lp t.
Khng c dng u bt bng g, giy, giy rc cotton,v.v... cho vic ny. Tt c cc ng gn
cht vi b ph hp vi khong cch 1m.
4.16.5 All pipes shall be properly painted with two coats of primer and two coats of final finish with colour
to be approved.
Tt c cc ng c sn thc s vi 2 lp sn lt v 2 lp sn hon thin vi mu sn c
chp thun.
4.16.6 All pipework underfloors and any other pipework likely to be in direct contact with concrete, shall
be coated with a bitumen compound and wrapped in polythene before being concealed.
Tt c cc ng di sn v bt k ng dn khc tng t tip xc trc tip vi b tng s c
sn vi hn hp nha ng v c bc nha politen trc khi giu.
4.16.7 The vent pipe shall discharge upwards in the open air at a location acceptable to the Architect.
The upper end of the vent pipe shall be terminated with a flame trap of adequate construction to
preclude the entry of birds, insects, leaves, etc.
ng thng gi x thng ln vi khng kh ngoi tri v tr c Bn kin trc chp thun. u
cui pha trn ca ng thng gi c gn ca sp phng chy thch hp ngn nga chim, cn
trng, l cy,v.v...
4.16.8 The Electrical Sub-contractor shall supply and install rotary fuel transfer pumps complete with all
necessary accessories including strainers, check valves, gate valves, etc. which comply with the
following requirements:Nh thu in s cung cp v lp t bm ly tm tip du hon chnh vi tt c cc ph tng cn
thit bao gm b lc, van kim tra, van cng, v.v... theo cc yu cu sau:
1.
The pumps shall be positive displacement type, with high quality cast iron body, high tensile
steel shafts and built in internal relief valve.
Cc bm dng loi c th di di c, vi khung bng gang cht lng cao, trc ng c
lm bng thp bn cao v gn sn van an ton.
2.
Each pump shall be capable of delivering 'light' diesel fuel oil at 300 kPa 950 rpm maximum.
For each pair of pumps a manual switch shall be provided to select the pump running mode
as duty or standby respectively.
Mi bm c kh nng bm du diesel nh mc ti a 300kPa 950 vng/pht. Vi mi cp
my bm, lp 1 cng tc bng tay chn tng ng bm no chy ch lm vic v
bm no ch d phng.
3.
The coupling motor shall be flame proof 3 phase, 50 Hz, 400V with no volt release and
overload protection. It shall have a manual/auto/off switch with connections for remote
start/stop operation by the level switch at the daily service tank. The duty pump shall be
actuated when the fuel level in the daily service tank fall below 30% of the tank capacity, cut
off automatically when the tank is 90% full. The pumps shall also be inoperative when the
fuel level in the underground storage tank falls below a pre-set level.
B ghp ng c l loi chng chy 3 pha, 50 Hz, 400V vi b bo v qu ti v b ct
khng p. Dng loi cng tc t ch Bng tay / T ng / Tt vi ng ni cho vic
iu khin hot ng khi ng/ dng t xa bng cng tc mc t bn du hng ngy.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
93
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Bm ch lm vic s c khi ng khi mc du trong bn du hng ngy xung

di 30% dung tch ca bn, t ng dng khi bn y 90%. Cc bm cng s khng lm
vic khi mc du trong bn du d tr t di t xung di mc nh trc.
4.
5.
4.17
Audible alarm shall be given off under the following conditions:B bo ng m thanh s bo ng di nhng iu kin sau y:
-
underground storage tank fuel level low, 7.5-hour and 6-hour remaining fuel levels;
bn du d tr t di t c mc du thp, mc du ch cn dng c 7.5 gi
v 6 gi.
pump fail to start

Bm du khng khi ng c.
The Electrical Sub-contractor shall supply and install a composite pump control cubicle in
the pump room incorporating the starters, safety and protection devices, all necessary wiring
work, relays, fuel level control and alarm, push button and indication lights. The cubicle shall
be of wall-mounted type, type of protection EEx d flameproof enclosures for operation in
Zone 1 hazardous area as classified IPMCSP and IP 65 enclosure to BS EN 60529. The
Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit drawings and the official certificate issued by
BASEEFA of the cubicle for the Architect's approval before manufacture commence.
Nh thu in s cung cp v lp t t iu khin bm bng nha tng hp trong phng
bm c lp kt hp b khi ng, thit b bo v an ton, tt c cc cng vic i dy cn
thit, r le, iu khin mc du v bo ng, nt nhn v n hin th. Dng loi t gn
tng, loi kn EEx chng la khi hot ng trong Vng 1 khu vc nguy him c phn
cp theo IPMCSP v loi IP65 theo tiu chun BS EN60529. Nh thu in s trnh bn
v v giy chng nhn chnh thc c pht hnh bi BASEEFA v t iu khin cho Bn
kin trc chp thun trc khi bt u sn xut.
Power Cables and Associated Cabling Facilities

Cp in v phng tin i cp lin quan
4.17.1 General
Tng qut
Power cables are mainly for electricity supply and distribution. They shall be manufactured under
BASEC license or equivalent quality surveillance scheme (e.g. CENELEC Harmonization Scheme) and
bear BASEC marking or the appropriate marking of the equivalent quality surveillance scheme (e.g.
CENELEC HAR).
Cp in l phn chnh ca vic cp v phn phi in. Cp c sn xut di giy php

BASEC hoc h thng gim st cht lng tng ng (nh H thng iu ha CENELEC) v
c ng du BASEC hoc cc du tng t c h thng gim st cht lng tng ng
(nh CENELEC HAR)
Cabling f acilities will include cable ducts, cable trays and cable ladder.
Phng tin i cp bao gm ng i cp, mng cp v thang cp.
Each type of cables specified shall have been certified by an internationally recognized testing
laboratory that it has been designed and manufactured to the appropriate BS publication.
Mi loi cp ch nh phi c chng nhn bi phng th nghim th c cng nhn quc t l
cp c thit k v sn xut theo tiu chun BS c xut bn.
When applicable, the current carrying capacities and voltage drop of cables shall be equal to or
better than those tabulated in the IEE Wiring Regulations, with ratings adjusted to suit local
conditions, viz. grouping, maximum ambient temperature, etc.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
94
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Khi s dng, kh nng mang dng in v in p ri ca cp s phi bng hoc tt hn bng

tnh trong Quy tc i dy ca IEE, vi ch s nh mc c hiu chnh cho ph hp vi iu kin
a phng, tc l theo nhm, nhit xung quanh ti a, v.v...
As a minimum, submit the following for approval at the appropriate stages of the Works: trnh nhng yu cu ti thiu sau c chp nhn giai on tng ng ca cng trnh:
1.
Detailed schedule of equipment and components and manufacturer's data, including

manufacturer's type test certificates and testing documents.
Danh mc chi tit thit b v ph tng v thng tin ca nh sn xut, bao gm cc ti liu
chng nhn v kim nghim loi cp ca nh sn xut.
2.
Cable routing drawings showing the coordinated routing of cables, the disposition of the
cables on cable trays/ladders or trunkings, methods of fixing of cable trays/ladder, trunking
and cables, etc.
S tuyn i cp th hin kt hp tuyn cp, b tr cp trn mng cp / thang cp hoc
hp cp, phng php c nh mng cp / thang cp, hp cp v cp, v.v...
3.
Cable straight joints and tee joints installation methods.

Phng php lp t hp ni cp thng v hp ni cp phn nhnh.
4.
Builder's works requirements.

Yu cu cng vic ca thu xy dng.
4.17.2 Types of Power Cables

Cc loi cp in
Power cables for supply and distribution shall be one or a combination of the following as specified
in the Specification or on the Drawings:Cp in dng cung cp v phn phi s l mt hoc kt hp cc th sau nh ch nh
trong Bn thuyt minh hoc trong bn v:
1.
BS 5467, IEC 502, IEC 811 single-core, two-core, three-core or four-core, 600/1000V, crosslinked thermosetting (XLPE) insulated, PVC sheathed, armoured cables, with conductor
operating temperature not exceeding 90C;
Tiu chun BS 5467, IEC 502, IEC 811 v cp 1 li, 2 li, 3 li hoc 4 li, 600/1000V, cch
in lin kt cho nhit rn (XLPE), lp bo v PVC, cp bc kim loi, vi nhit hot
ng ca cp dn khng qu 90C;
2.
BS 6724 (table 11 to 18) single-core, two-core, three-core or four-core, 600/1000V, low

smoke, halogen free (or low smoke zero halogen), cross-linked thermosetting (XLPE)
insulated, armoured cables, with conductor operating temperature not exceeding 90C;
Tiu chun BS6724 (bng 11 n 18) v cp 1 li, 2 li, 3 li hoc 4 li, 600/1000V, t khi,
khng c kh halogen (hoc t khi v khng kh halogen), cch in lin kt cho nhit rn
(XLPE), cp bc kim loi, vi nhit hot ng ca cp dn khng qu 90C;
3.
BS 6724 (table 11 to 18) single-core, two-core, three-core or four-core, 600/1000V, fire

resistant, low smoke, halogen free (or low smoke zero halogen), cross-linked thermosetting
(XLPE) insulated, armoured cables which shall in addition meet category CWZ of BS 6387
or equivalent international standards for enhanced circuit integrity under fire conditions;
Tiu chun BS6724 (bng 11 n 18) v cp 1 li, 2 li, 3 li hoc 4 li, 600/1000V, chng
chy, t khi, khng c kh halogen (hoc t khi v khng kh halogen), cch in lin kt
cho nhit rn (XLPE), cp bc kim loi vn c b sung trong loi cp CWZ ca tiu
chun BS6387 hoc cc tiu chun quc t tng ng nhm tng kh nng gi nguyn
trng mch in di iu kin c chy.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
95
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
4.
BS EN 60702-1, IEC 702-1, IEC 702-2 two-core, three-core or four-core 500V, mineral
insulated cables (light duty grade), with sheath operating temperature not exceeding 70C;
Tiu chun BS EN 60702-1, IEC 702-1, IEC 702-2 v cp 2 li, 3 li, hoc 4 li 500V, cc
cp cch in bng cht khong (cp chu ti nh), vi nhit hot ng khng qu 70C;
5.
BS EN 60702-1, IEC 702-1, IEC 702-2 single-core, two-core, three-core or four-core, 75V,
mineral insulated cables (heavy duty grade) with sheath operating temperature not
exceeding 70C;
Tiu chun BS EN 60702-1, IEC 702-1, IEC 702-2 v cp 1 li, 2 li, 3 li, hoc 4 li 75V,
cc cch in bng cht khong (cp chu ti nng), vi nhit hot ng khng qu 70C;
6.
BS 6346, IEC 189, IEC 227 single-core, two-core, three-core or four-core, 600/1000V, PVC
insulated, PVC sheathed, armoured cables, with sheath operating temperature not
exceeding 70; and
Tiu chun BS 6346, IEC 189, IEC 227 v cp 1 li, 2 li, 3 li hoc 4 li, 600/1000V, cch
in PVC, lp bp v PVC, cp bc kim loi, vi nhit hot ng khng qu 70C;
[Note: All above maximum operating temperatures were derived at an ambient temperature of
30C.]
[Ghi ch: Tt c cc nhit hot ng ti a trn c suy ra nhit xung quanh 30C.]
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
96
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 5 L.V. CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD

PHN 5 T IN H TH
5.1
General
Tng qut
5.1.1
The L.V. cubicle switchboard shall be of the self-contained floor standing extensible multi-cubicle
type, built up from compartments housing the circuit breakers, fused switchgear, relays, busbars,
controls, etc. as shown on the schematic wiring diagram contained in the Drawings and as
specified hereinafter. The L.V. switchboard shall be suitable for the service conditions specified in
this Specification.
T in h th l loi ng, nhiu ngn m rng c, c lp rp t cc khi CB, b ng ct
bng cu ch, r le, thanh ci, iu khin, v.v... nh th hin trn bn s nguyn l i dy trong
b bn v v c ch nh sau trong bn thuyt minh ny. T in h th c lp t ph hp
vi cc iu kin phc v nh c nu trong Bn thuyt minh ny.
5.1.2
Particular Requirements on Quality Assurance

Cc yu cu ring v bo m cht lng
a.
The L.V. switchboard shall be type-tested assembly (TTA) as defined in BS EN614391&2:2009, manufactured, factory assembled and tested by a specialist switchboard
manufacturer.
T in h th l loi lp rp c kim tra (TTA) nh nh ngha trong tiu chun BS
EN61439-1&2:2009, vic ch to, lp rp trong nh my v kim tra do nh sn xut v t
in m nhim.
b.
The L.V. switchboard and associated equipment, including switchgear, control gear and
busbar assemblies shall be certified for the category of duty specified, and shall be identical
in mechanical construction to the L.V. switchboard which had been type-tested by a
competent and approved testing laboratory to the fault conditions and temperature rise
limits. Relevant technical information and literature in English and copies of type-test
certificates, drawings and tests reports shall be made available for examination during
factory tests to verify that the above requirement has been met.
T in h th v cc thit b lin quan bao gm thit b ng c, b iu khin v lp t
thanh ci phi c chng nhn l loi dng cho ti ch nh, v t in h th phi ng
nht v cu to c kh v c kim tra t phng th nghim kim tra chng nhn c
thm quyn v cc iu kin s c v mc gii hn tng nhit . Cc thng tin k thut c
lin quan v din gii bng Ting Anh v cc bn sao chp v giy chng nhn kim tra,
bn v v bo co kim tra s c lm cho vic kim nghim trong sut qu trnh kim tra
ti nh my nhm xc nhn li vic t c cc yu cu trn.
c.
Schedule of Standards
Danh mc tiu chun
The whole of the L.V. switchboard shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
latest revision of the following standards:Ton b t in h th s c thit k v ch tp tun theo cc tiu chun phin bn mi
nht sau:
BS 88, EN 60269
Cartridge fuses
Hp cu ch
BS 89, EN 60051
Electrical indicating instruments

Cc thit b hin th in
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
97
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.1.3
BS 142
Electrical relays
Cc R le in
Copper for electrical purpose
Cp ng dng cho in
BS 1433
BS 2757
Classification of electrical insulation

Phn loi cht cch ly v in
BS 3871
Miniature air-break circuit-breakers

(for over-current protection)
CB khng kh nh
(dng bo v qu dng)
BS 5685
Electricity meters
ng h o in
BS 6004
PVC insulated cables, nonarmoured, for

power and lighting
Cp cch in PVC, khng bo v
cho in v chiu sng
BS 6231
PVC insulated cables for switchgear

and
control gear wiring
Cp cch in PVC cho thit b ng
ct v i dy n thit b iu khin
BS EN 60622, BS 6260
Sealed nickel-cadmium prismatic

rechargeable single cells
Bnh in n hnh tr kn nikencaimi loi sc li c
BS 7430
Earthing
Ni t
BS 7671
Wiring regulations for electrical

installations for buildings
Cc quy tc i dy u ni cho lp
t in cho cng trnh
BS 7626
Current transformer
My bin dng in
BS EN 55014
Radio interference limits

Gii hn nhiu sng radio.
BS EN 61439
Type-tested and partially type-tested

Assemblies
H thng kim tra theo loi v kim
tra 1 phn theo loi.
BS EN 60947
Low-voltage switchgear and control

gear
Thit b ng ct h th v thit b
iu khin
Submittals
Cng tc trnh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
98
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
As a minimum, submit the following for approval at the appropriate stages of the works:Ti thiu phi trnh cc giai on cng vic tng ng trnh duyt nh sau:
5.2
a.
Details of equipment and components and manufacturer's data, including time-current

curves for each type and rating of circuit breakers and fuses proposed, magnetizing curves
of current transformers proposed, etc.
Chi tit cc thit b v ph tng v thng tin ch to, bao gm ng cong thi gian-dng
in ca mi loi v nh mc ca CB v cu ch ngh, ng cong t ha ca my bin
dng in ngh, v.v...
b.
Detailed L.V. switchboard construction drawings to show the busbar arrangement, panel
layout, etc.
Bn v chi tit ch to t in h th th hin sp xp thanh ci, mt bng t in, v.v...
c.
Electrical control wiring diagrams showing details of all wiring internal and external to the
L.V. switchboard, together with terminal numbers for cable terminations.
S nguyn l in i dy iu khin th hin chi tit tt c cc dy in bn trong v bn
ngoi n t in h th, vi s lng u cui dy cp.
d.
Setting levels of all adjustable tripping devices.

Ci t cp bo v ca tt c cc thit b ct c th iu chnh c.
e.
Calculation on battery sizing.

Tnh ton kch thc ca bnh c quy.
f.
Equipment weight.
Trng lng ca thit b.
g.
Builder's work requirements.

Yu cu cng vic ca Thu xy dng.
h.
Maximum heat dissipation from the L.V. switchboard.

S tiu tn nhit ti a t t in h th.
i.
Schedule of labels, inscriptions and colours.

Danh mc v nhn, ghi ch v mu sc.
j.
Surface treatment of the L.V. switchboard.

X l b mt ca t in.
k.
Proposed on the testing procedures and report format for testing of the L.V. switchboard at
the manufacturer's works and on site.
Yu cu qui trnh kim tra v mu bo co ca vic kim tra t in h th t nh sn xut
v trn cng trng.

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
99
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.3
Construction
Thi cng
5.3.1
As far as practicable, the use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact shall be avoided. If this is
not possible, the contact surfaces of one or both of the metals shall be electroplated or the two
metals shall be insulated from each other.
Vic dng in cn trnh tip xc vi cc vt kim loi cng xa cng tt. Nu iu ny khng th
trnh khi, b mt tip xc ca 1 hay c 2 mt ca kim loi cn c m in hoc c hai vt kim
loi s c cch ly vi nhau.
5.3.2
All similar items of the L.V. switchboard and their component parts shall be completely
interchangeable.
Tt c cc b phn trong t in h th v cc phn ph kin ca chng s c hon ton thay
th c.
5.3.3
All parts which are subject to wear or damage by dust shall be totally enclosed in dust-proof
housings.
Nhng b phn c th dnh bi hoc c th h hng do bi s c gn kn hon ton trong hp
chng bi.
5.3.4
Adhesives shall not be used in the L.V. switchboard unless otherwise specified.
Keo dn khng c dng trong t in h th tr phi c ch nh khc.
5.3.5
All bolts, studs, nuts and washers shall be the same as those used in type testing. When tolerance
limitations preclude plating, corrosion-resistant steel shall be used.
Tt c cc bu-lng, inh tn, ai c v long n s dng loi ng nh khi kim tra. Dng lp m
thp chng n mn khi c yu cu vic gii hn sai s.
5.3.6
Washers shall be provided under all nuts and bolt heads. Bolts and studs shall protrude by at least
one thread pitch but not more than five thread pitches beyond the outside face of nuts.
Long n s c cp cho ton b ai c v u bu-lng. Cc bu-lng v inh tc s cho php li
ra bn ngoi ai c t nht 1 bc ren nhng khng c qu 5 bc ren.
5.3.7
The L.V. switchboard shall be designed to conform to the best engineering practice. Arrange all
instruments, relays, switchgears, indicating lamps, control switches, push buttons and the like in a
neat, functional and logical manner.
T in h th s c thit k cho ph hp nht vi thc t k thut. Sp xp tt c cc dng c
o, r le, thit b ng ct, n ch th, cng tc iu khin, nt nht v cc th tng t cho tht
gn gang, theo chc nng v logic.
5.3.8
The L.V. switchboard shall be designed for simplicity of operation and maintenance to give reliable
service and minimum maintenance.
T in c thit k n gin khi vn hnh v bo tr nhm lm cho vic phc v ng tin cy v
gim thiu vic bo tr.
5.3.9
The L.V. switchboard shall be self supporting, with modular top, side and back panels and doors of
not less than 2.0mm thick electro-galvanized sheet steel built up on substantial framing to provide
a rigid construction and clear accessibility to all internal components within the L.V. switchboard.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
100
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
T in h th phi c kh nng t chu ti, vi mun trn, bn cnh, v pha sau v b dy ca

khng nh hn 2.0mm c lm t tm thp m km c thnh khung sn c kt cu chc
chn v c th thao tc vi tng b phn bn trong t in h th.
5.3.10 The degree of protection of enclosures shall be to IP 31 for indoor use and IP 54 for outdoor use
to BS EN 60529.
Cp bo v ca v t in l IP31 khi dng trong nh v IP54 khi dng ngoi nh, da vo tiu
chun BS EN 60529.
5.3.11 The complete L.V. switchboard shall comply with Form 3b for the non-essential section and Form
4 for the essential section. For Form 4 segregation, the busbars, risers and droppers, and cable
terminations including cable lugs, bolts and nuts shall be fully insulated. This shall be achieved by
applying heat shrinkable materials to the busbars and shrouds at the busbar joints and cable
terminations.
T in h th khi hon thnh cn tun theo Mu 3b cho phn ti bnh thng v mu 4 cho phn
ti khn cp. Vi phn on Mu 4, thanh ci, trc thng tng ln v thng tng xung, v u
cui dy cp bao gm vng mc cp, bu-lng v ai c cn c cch in hon ton. Vic ny
c thc hin bng cch ng dng cc vt liu co rt c v nhit cho thanh ci v lp bc ti
mi ghp thanh ci v u cui dy cp.
5.3.12 Provide detachable panels at the back of the L.V. switchboard with a pair of handles for every
panel for easy fixing/removal of the panels. Gasket all detachable panels and swing panels.
Cung cp cc khung tho ri c pha sau t in h th vi cn i cho mi khung nhm d
dng c nh / loi b cc khung. Dng roong m cho tt c cc khung tho ri c v khung
m.
5.3.13 The L.V. switchboard shall be of uniform height, and uniform depth front-to-back, throughout its
length and shall present a neat and tidy appearance. Arrange all control and indication
components mounted on or within the L.V. switchboard between 500mm and 1800mm above the
finished floor level.
T in h th dng loi c cng chiu cao, v cng chiu su t trc ra sau sut chiu di ca
t v cn trnh by hnh thc gn gang v trt t. Sp xp tt c cc b phn iu khin v hin
th gn trn hoc trong t in h th cao gia 500mm v 1800mm trn sn hon thin.
5.3.14 All doors shall have concealed hinges and shall be interlocked with the switch mechanism.
Provide all doors with dust-excluding gasket of neoprene or other equivalent and approved
material.
Tt c cc ca c bn l m v kha lin ng vi cng tc c kh. Cung cp cc ca c roong
cao su chng bi hoc vt liu tng ng v c chp thun.
5.3.15 Provide non-magnetic removable gland plates of not less than 3.2mm thick at the top and bottom
of the switchboard with suitable cut-outs for cables and/or busway terminations.
Cung cp ming m khng t tnh tho ri c c b dy khng qu 3.2mm pha trn v pha
di t vi b ngt thch hp cho u cui cp v/hoc thanh ci.
5.3.16 Adequate arrangement for air circulation shall be made within each compartment of the L.V.
switchboard and equipment shall be adequately sized to ensure that the internal temperature of
the L.V. switchboard will be well within the operating ranges of all electrical and electronic
components including switchgear, control gear, busbars, relays and timers inside the L.V.
switchboard. Provide ventilating louvers where required.
Sp xp thch hp cho vic lu thng khng kh trong mi bung ca t in h th v thit b cn
c kch thc hp l m bo nhit trong t in h th vn tt trong gii hn hot ng ca
tt c cc b phn in v in t bao gm thit b chuyn mch, thit b iu khin, thanh ci, r
le v ng h nh gi bn trong t in h th. Lp t ca chp thng gi nhng ni yu cu.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
101
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.3.17 All insulators shall be non-hygroscopic and non-deteriorating.

Tt c cc cht cch in phi l loi khng ht m v khng b xung cp.
5.3.18 Provide a base frame made up of steel channel with a minimum height of 100mm of substantial
strength at the bottom of the L.V. switchboard.
Cung cp khung chnh c lm t thp ng vi chiu cao ti thiu 100mm ca phn di chu
lc ca t in h th.
5.4
Finishes
Hon thin
5.4.1
All steelworks shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale, rust and other
contaminants by approved methods, such as chemical pickling, and shall be epoxy powder coated
immediately at the manufacturer's works. The epoxy powder coating shall be not less than 50
microns thick.
Tt c kt cu bng thp cn c lm sch hon ton bi, du, m, t, cn, g st v cc tp
cht khc bng cc phng php c chp thun, nh ty sch bng ha cht, v ph 1 lp bt
epoxy ngay lp tc cng on gia cng ca nh sn xut. B dy ph lp bt epoxy khng
c nh hn 50 micron.
5.4.2
The final colours for the equipment shall be the manufacturer's standard colours.
Mu cui cng ca thit b theo tiu chun mu ca nh sn xut.
5.5
Busbars
Thanh ci
5.5.1
Busbars shall be made of hard drawn, electro-tinned high conductivity, bare rectangular solid
copper bars. Full size phase and neutral bars shall be provided.
Thanh ci c lm t thanh ng trn c hnh ch nht, m thic in dn sut cao, ko cng.
Cung cp c y cho thanh trung tnh v thanh pha.
5.5.2
Brace and support all busbars rigidly. The complete assembly shall be capable of withstanding the
maximum mechanical stresses to which it may be subjected under fault conditions.
B chng v b gn c nh tt c thanh ci. Khi hon chnh c kh nng chu c ng sut
c hc ln nht phi chu khi c s c xy ra.
5.5.3
Busbars, busbar connections and bare conductors forming part of the equipment of the L.V.
switchboard shall as regards current-carrying capacity and limits of temperature rise with the
requirements of BS EN61439.
Thanh ci, chi tit ni thanh ci v cc b phn nh hnh dy dn in khng bc ca thit b ca
t in h th c dng lm vt dn in v gii hn vic tng nhit theo yu cu ca tiu
chun BS EN61439.
5.5.4
Whenever a vertical section of the L.V. switchboard contains more than one outgoing circuit,
provide busbar risers or droppers to which the outgoing circuits are connected. Busbar risers and
droppers shall be as short and as straight as possible and shall be so arranged that all conductors
of the outgoing circuits can be brought onto the bars without undue bending.
Bt k khi no cc mt ct thng ng ca t in h th gm nhiu hn 1 mch ra, dng thanh
ci i ln hoc i xung ni cc mch ra. Cc thanh ci i ln hoc i xung cn cng ngn v
thng cng tt v c sp xp sao cho tt c cc cp dn in ca cc mch ra c th gn trn
thanh ci m khng b cong bin dng.
5.5.5
All conductors between the main busbars, busbar risers and droppers and the outgoing switchgear
shall be of high conductivity copper bars as specified, having a current rating not less than that of
the outgoing switchgear to which they are connected. Label all busbars with colour code for phase
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
102
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
identification.
Tt c cc cp in gia thanh ci chnh, thanh ci i ln v i xung v thit b ng ct u ra l
loi thanh ng c tnh dn in cao nh c ch nh, c dng in inh mc khng thp
hn dng in nh mc ca thit b ng ct u ra u ni vo thanh ci. Dng nhn tt c cc
thanh ci bng mu nhm phn bit pha.
5.5.6
The configuration of the busbar assembly contained in the L.V. switchboard shall be the same as
that shown on the type test drawings. The main busbars, busbar droppers and risers shall be typetested to BS EN 61439. Any change in the configuration will require separate type test certificates.
For conductors between busbars and the outgoing protective devices not short-circuit type-tested
to a fault current of 40kA for 1 second at 0.25 lagging power factor, insulate by approved means to
ensure that an internal short-circuit is only a remote possibility.
Cu hnh ca b thanh ci dng trong t in h th ging nh loi c th hin trong bn v
mu th. Cc thanh ci chnh, thanh ci i ln v i xung l loi mu th da theo tiu chun BS
EN 61439. Bt k s thay i v cu hnh no s cn c chng nhn mu th ring.
5.5.7
Jointing of busbars shall be by mechanical means, silver plated or tin-plated at joints. Provide
washers and locknuts to all bolts. The length of overlap at joints shall not be less than the width of
busbar risers and droppers by self-adhesive colour labels.
Mi ni ca thanh ci c ni bng cc bin phc c kh, m bc hoc m thic im ni.
Dng long n v ai c sit cho tt c bu-lng. Chiu di ca mi ni chng s khng nhi hn
b dy ca thanh ci i ln v i xung c dn nhn mu t dnh.
5.5.8
Identify the nominal rating of the busbars, busbar risers and droppers by self-adhesive colour
labels.
Nhn dng dng nh mc danh nh ca thanh ci, thanh ci ln v xung bng cch dng nhn
mu t dnh.
5.5.9
Insulators for busbar supports shall be non-hygroscopic and non-tracking moulding.

Lp cch in cho b thanh ci dng loi khng ht m v c khng rnh.
5.5.10 Segregate busbar as specified.

Thanh ci phn on nh c ch nh.
5.5.11 The busbar system shall have an insulation voltage of 1000V a.c.
H thng thanh ci c mc cch in xoay chiu 1000V.
5.5.12 Removable short links shall be provided for mounting all the current transformers to facilitate easy
replacement/maintenance in future.
Dng cp dn ngn tho lp c gn b bin dng d dng thay th / bo tr sau ny.
5.6
Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

My ngt in kiu khng kh (ACB)
5.6.1
All ACBs shall be of the horizontal with-drawable pattern and shall comply with and be fully typetested to BS EN 60947-2, and shall meet the following requirements:Tt c cc ACB u l dng rt ra c theo chiu ngang v tun th y mu th theo tiu
chun BS EN 60947-2, v theo cc yu cu sau:
Number of poles
S lng cc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
4 (for incomers and bus-sections)

4 (cho tuyn u vo v phn thanh ci)
3, with bolted-type neutral link (for
outgoing breakers)
3, vi ng ni trung tnh bng bu-lng
(cho CB tuyn ra)
103
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Rated insulation voltage

Mc cch in p
1000V a.c.
in p xoay chiu 1000V.
Rated frequency
Tn s nh mc
50Hz
50Hz
Rated uninterrupted current

Dng in nh mc
as shown on drawings
Nh trn bn v
Rated working temperature

Nhit lm vic nh mc
40C
40C
Rated short-circuit making capacity

:
Kh nng ct dng ngn mch nh
mc
80kA at 0.25 lagging power factor

80kA h s cng sut tr 0.25
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking :

capacity (Icu)
Dng ct s c nh mc c bn (Icu)
65kA, 1 second
65kA, 1 giy
Utilization category
Loi s dng
B
B
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) :

Kh nng chu dng ngn mch nh
mc (Icw)
55kA
55kA
Rated service short-circuit breaking :

capacity (Ics)
Dng ct s c nh mc theo yu cu
ring (Ics)
100% of Icu
100% ca Icu
Closing mechanism
C cu ng
Hand charged and motor charged spring

closing mechanism using a.c. system
voltage power source
Dng bng tay v ng c c l xo ng
c kh dng ngun in xoay chiu.
Tripping mechanism
C cu ct
Shunt trip-using d.c. power source as

specified hereafter
Bng cun ct dng in xoay chiu nh
ch nh sau.
All ACBs shall be certified by a recognized national testing authority to show in compliance with
the short circuit duty as specified above.
Tt c cc ACB phi c chng nhn t c quan kim tra c thm quyn th hin vic tun
th cho nhim v ct dng ngn mch nh ch nh trn.
5.6.2
The ACB shall also meet the following requirements:ACB cn theo nhng yu cu sau:
a.
Electrical connection between the ACB and the busbar system of the L.V. switchboard shall
be of plug and socket type with automatic screening shutters to shield the fixed terminals in
the L.V. switchboard when the ACB is withdrawn. The shutters shall be properly labeled to
indicate whether they are for incoming or outgoing terminals and provided with padlock
facilities.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
104
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
im ni in gia ACB v h thng thanh ci ca t in h th dng loi cm v phch

cm c mn trp t ng bo v im ni c nh trong t in h th khi ACB c ko
ra. Mn trp cn dn nhn ch th cho tuyn u vo v u ra v dng b kha bm.
b.
The ACB cannot be inserted or withdrawn when in the closed position. Attempted withdrawal
shall not trip a closed ACB.
ACB khng c ng vo hoc ko ra khi ang trng thi ng. Vic c gng ko ra s
khng ct ACB ang ng.
c.
Live parts of the ACB shall not be accessible from the front of the L.V. switchboard unless
the ACB is drawn out.
Nhng phn c in ca ACB khng c thm nhp t pha trc ca t in h th tr
phi ACB c ko ra ngoi.
d.
Means shall be provided to padlock the ACB in its CONNECTED, TEST and ISOLATED
positions.
Dng cc cng c mc kha ACB vo v tr ni, kim tra v cch ly.
5.6.3
Notwithstanding the above, each ACB shall be equipped with, but not be limited to, the following:Tuy nhin ngoi yu cu nh trn, mi ACB cng cn trang b thm, nhng khng gii hn, nhng
yu cu sau:
a.
A mechanically operated indicating device to indicate breaker positions.
b.
B hin th hot ng bng c nhm ch v tr ct ca b ngt.

Key operated interlocks between breakers where indicated on the Drawings.
Kha vn hnh lin ng gia b ngt nhng v tr c th hin trong bn v.
c.
One ammeter complete with selector switch and matching current transformers to measure
all line currents.
Mt b ampe k hon chnh vi cng tc la chn v tng thch vi bin dng nhm o tt
c cc tuyn dng in.
d.
One voltmeter complete with selector switch for line and phase voltage reading ( for
incoming breakers only).
Mt b vn k hon chnh vi cng tc la chn dng c ch s in p dy v in p
pha (ch cho CB tuyn u vo).
e.
One three-phase power factor meter (for incoming breakers only).

Mt b o h s cng sut 3 pha (ch cho CB tuyn u vo).
f.
One kWh meter with matching current transformers where indicated on the Drawings.
Mt b kWh k tng thch vi my bin dng v tr c th hin trn bn v.
g.
Over-current protection relay where indicated on the Drawings shall be triple pole nondirectional IDMT relay with adjustable current settings and time settings. The time-current
characteristics of the relay shall be selected to ensure full coordination and discrimination
with the maximum allowable time-current characteristics of the upstream distribution
transformer and H.V. switchgear, and to the approval of the power company.
R le bo v qu dng v tr c th hin trn bn v dng loi r le IDMT 3 cc khng
hng c chc nng iu chnh dng v thi gian. ng c tnh thi gian dng in ca
r le c chnh sao cho m bo vic kt hp v chn lc vi ng c tnh thi gian
dng in ti a cho php ca my bin p phn phi u h thng v b ng ct cao
th, v c s ng ca cng ty in lc.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
105
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
h.
Earth fault protection relay where indicated on the Drawings shall be single pole nondirection IDMT relay with adjustable current settings and time settings. The time-current
characteristics of the relay shall be selected to ensure full coordination and discrimination
with the maximum allowable time-current characteristics of the upstream distribution
transformer and H.V. switchgear, and to the approval of the power company.
R le bo v chm t v tr c th hin trn bn v dng loi r le IDMT n cc
khng hng c chc nng iu chnh dng v thi gian. ng c tnh thi gian dng
in ca r le c chnh sao cho m bo vic kt hp v chn lc vi ng c tnh thi
gian dng in ti a cho php ca my bin p phn phi u h thng v b ng ct
cao th, v c s ng ca cng ty in lc.
i.
Where indicated on the Drawings, provide under-voltage trip relay capable of holding the
circuit closed for a period of 0 to 5 seconds adjustable at the commencement of complete
mains failure. The under-voltage relay shall be of the self-resetting type.
nhng v tr c ch th trong bn v, cung cp r le ct in p thp c kh nng gi
mch in ng trong khong thi gian c th iu chnh t 0 n 5 giy khi h thng in
bt u c s c hon ton. Dng loi r le ct in p thp t t li.
j.
Breaker OPEN/CLOSED/TRIPPED-ON-FAULT indicating lamps.

n hin th M / NG / CT KHI S C cho CB.
k.
Breaker OPEN/CLOSED push buttons.

Nt nhn M / NG cho CB.
l.
Phase indicating lamps (for incoming breakers and bus-sections only).

n hin th pha (ch cho tuyn CB u vo v phn thanh ci).
m.
Control circuits, with anti-pumping relays, to ensure positive operation of the ACB requiring
automatic closing.
Mch iu khin, vi r le chng nhy cn gt, m bo v tr hot ng ca ACB yu
cu lun t ng ng.
n.
Auxiliary contacts for local status indications, controls and 20% spares.
B tip im ph cho vic ch th trng thi cc b, iu khin v d phng 20%.
o.
Lamp test push button.

Nt nht kim tra n.
p.
Auxiliary contacts for remote status indications, controls and 20% spares.
B tip im ph cho vic ch th trng thi t xa, iu khin v d phng 20%.
5.7
Fused Switchgear
C cu ct bng cu ch
5.7.1
All fused switchgear shall comply with BS EN 60947-3 and shall be rated for uninterrupted duty,
utilization category AC-23A for motor control circuit and AC-22A for non-motor circuit, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings and shall have rated fuse short-circuit current of 40kA
minimum. All live parts shall be fully screened from the front.
Ton b c cu ct bng cu ch s tun theo tiu chun BS EN 60947-3 v c dng cho ch
khng c ct ti, dng loi AC-23A cho mch iu khin ng c v AC-22A cho mch
khng phi l ng c, tr phi c ch th khc trong bn v v dng cu ch chu c dng ngn
mch nh mc ti thiu l 40kA. Tt c cc phn mang in cn c che hon ton t pha
trc.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
106
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.7.2
Fused switchgear shall have mechanical interlocks between the panel door and the switch
operating mechanism and shall be so arranged that the panel door cannot be opened with the
switch in the ON position. Similarly, it shall not be possible to close the switch with cubicle door
open, except that provision shall be made within the cubicle for an authorized person to defeat the
mechanical interlock and close the switch with the door in the open position for test purposes.
C cu ct bng cu ch s c kha lin ng gia ca t v cng tc c kh hot ng v
c lp t sao cho ca t khng th m khi cng tc v tr M. Cng tng t nh vy,
khng th ng cng tt khi ca t m, tr phi tr sn thit b trong t cho ngi c thm quyn
nhm nh kha c kh lin ng ra v ng cng tc trong khi ca vn m nhm mc ch kim
tra.
5.7.3
All switchgear shall be flush mounting and be fitted with mechanical ON/OFF indicators with
operating handles of the semi-flush or telescopic pattern, and with suitable means for padlocking
in either the ON or OFF position.
Tt c c cu ng ct cn gn chm ngang bng vi b hin th TT / M c kh c cn gt iu
khin bng tay gn na chm hoc dng ng, v vi nhng dng c thch hp kha c v tr
M hoc TT.
5.7.4
Fused switchgear shall be provided with adequate accelerating springs and toggle action to
ensure positive quick-make and quick-break action independent of the speed of operation of the
handle and shall be capable of closing onto and remaining closed on a fault, and able to operate
even if the mechanism spring is broken. All contacts shall be silver plated for service reliability.
C cu ct bng cu ch s c gn b l xo gia tc cn thit v c cu hot ng bp bnh
nhm m bo thao tc o chiu ng nhanh v ct nhanh c lp vi tc vn hnh bng tay
v c kh nng ng v gi trng thi ng khi c s c, v c kh nng hot ng ngay c khi l
xo c b gy. Tt c cc tip im u phi c m bc nhm tng tin cy hot ng.
5.7.5
Fused switchgear shall be triple pole with bolted neutral link, triple pole with switched neutral,
double pole or single pole with bolted neutral link, as specified. The neutral link shall be accessible
and detachable from the front of the fused switchgear panel.
C cu ct bng cu ch c 3 cc vi im ni trung tnh ni bng bu-lng, 3 cc vi cng tc
trung tnh, 2 cc hoc n cc vi im ni trung tnh ni bng bu-lng, nh c ch nh.
im ni trung tnh c th c tip cn v tho ri c t pha trc t ng ct bng cu ch.
5.7.6
Fuses shall be of HRC type to BS 88: Part 2, Class Q1 fusing factor.

Dng cu ch loi HRC theo tiu chun BS 88: phn 2, nhm Q1 h s chy t.
5.8
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Ngt in loi c (MCCB)
5.8.1
MCCBs shall comply with and be fully type-tested to BS EN 60947-2, and shall meet the following
requirements:MCCB cn tun theo mu th y ca tiu chun BS EN 60947-2, v theo nhng yu cu sau:
Number of poles
S lng cc
4 or 3 as specified on the Drawings

4 hoc 3 nh ch nh trong bn v
Rated insulation voltage

Mc cch in p
1000V a.c.
in p xoay chiu 1000V.
Rated frequency
Tn s nh mc
50Hz
50Hz
Rated uninterrupted current (derated to :

suit site conditions)
Dng in nh mc (c th gim cho
ph hp vi iu kin cng trnh)
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
As shown on Drawings
Nh trn bn v
107
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Rated working temperature

Nhit lm vic nh mc
40C
40C
Rated short-circuit making capacity

:
Kh nng ct dng ngn mch nh
mc
80kA at 0.25 lagging power factor

80kA h s cng sut tr 0.25
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking :

capacity (Icu)
Dng ct s c nh mc c bn (Icu)
50kA
50kA
Utilization category
Loi s dng
B
B
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) :

Kh nng chu dng ngn mch nh
mc (Icw)
40kA
40kA
Rated service short-circuit breaking :

capacity (Ics)
Dng ct s c nh mc theo yu cu
ring (Ics)
100% of Icu
100% ca Icu
All MCCBs shall be certified by a recognized national testing authority to show in compliance with
the short circuit duty as specified above.
Tt c cc MCCB phi c chng nhn t c quan kim tra c thm quyn th hin vic tun
th cho nhim v ct dng ngn mch nh ch nh trn.
5.8.2
MCCBs shall have all mechanical and live metallic components completely enclosed within an all
insulated moulded case.
Tt cc cc b phn c kh v kim loi c dn in u c t kn hon ton trong v hp cch
in.
5.8.3
The operating mechanism shall be independent of operating speed and the over-centre toggle
action shall provide a quick-made and quick-break switching. Handles shall be trip free. Contacts
shall be non-welding.
C cu c kh hot ng c lp vi tc vn hnh v c cu hot ng bp bnh gip chuyn
mch ng nhanh v ct nhanh. iu khin bng tay c ct t do. Cc tip im dng loi
khng hn.
5.8.4
MCCBs shall have over-current tripping mechanism of the thermal magnetic, temperature
compensated type to give time delay overload circuit protection and instantaneous short-circuit
interruption. The operating characteristic shall be such that the time delay on overload tripping is
inversely proportional to the over-current up to a threshold value of approximately seven times the
rated current at 40C.
MCCB dng b ct qu dng bng t nhit, loi b nhit bo v qu ti c thi gian tr v ct
ngt mch tc thi. c tnh hot ng nh ct qu ti c thi gian tr t l nghch vi qu dng
c ngng gi tr xp x gp 7 ln gi tr dng in nh mc 40C.
5.8.5
Provide handle lock attachments complete with padlock and two keys, capable of locking the
MCCB eith er in the open or closed position.
Cung cp b ph kin kha bng tay hon chnh vi kha v 2 cha kha, c kh nng kha
MCCB c v tr m hoc ng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
108
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.8.6
Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, provide MCCB with a shunt trip unit, which shall trip
the MCCB during an earth fault condition. The shunt trip unit shall controlled by an earth fault
current sensing device and static electronic circuitry providing an adjustable earth leakage tripping
range between 1 to 5A and an adjustable tripping time of 0 to 5 seconds. The shunt trip coil shall
operate on the d.c. supply as specified hereinafter. Provide an indicating lamp with lamp test and
reset buttons to indicate MCCB tripped status on earth fault.
Tr phi c nhng ch th khc trong bn v, cung cp MCCB c cun ct ct MCCB khi c s
c chm t. Cun ct c iu khin t thit b cm bin dng chm t v mch in t tnh
gi mc ct chm t iu chnh trong bin 1 n 5A v thi gian ct iu chnh 0 n 5 giy.
Li cun ct hot ng nh cp ngun in 1 chiu nh c ch nh sau. Cung cp n tn hiu
vi b kim tra n v nt ci t li hin th trng thi ct MCCB khi c s c chm t.
5.9
Protective Relays
R le bo v
5.9.1
Protective relays shall comply with the relevant requirements of BS 142.

R le bo v cn tun th theo nhng yu cu lin quan trong tiu chun BS 142.
5.9.2
Where plug selection is specified, the design shall be such that the plug setting can be changed
on load without open circuiting the current transformers, and the highest current tapping point will
automatically be selected when the plug is removed.
nhng v tr chn phch cm, thit k thit lp phch cm sao cho c th thay i ti m khng
cn m mch my bin dng, v im phn nhnh c dng in cao nht s t ng c chn
khi phch cm c rt ra.
5.9.3
Relays shall be of draw-out pattern, suitable for flush mounting to the doors of dedicated and
segregated relays compartments within the L.V. switchboard. A contact shall be fitted which shall
short-circuit the associated current transformers on withdrawal of the relay.
Dng r le loi ko ra, ph hp vi vic gn bng phng trn ca ca khoang r-le chuyn bit v
ring r trong t in. B tip im gn va vn v s ngn mch my bin dng lin quan khi rle c ly ra.
5.9.4
A mechanical flag indicator shall be fitted to indicate the relay operation. A hand-operated reset
device shall be mounted in the relay cover to reset the indicator and the auxiliary tripping relay, if
any.
B ch bo bng c cn gn thm nhm hin th hot ng ca r le. Thit b ci t hot ng li
bng tay c gn trong v r le ci t li ch th v r le ct ph, nu c.
5.9.5
Provide a sealing device permitting the use of sealing wire to prevent unauthorized opening of the
relay cover.
Cung cp b dng c cp ch c dng dy cp nhm phng nhng ngi khng c php
m np r le.
5.9.6
A filter shall be fitted to the relays to equalize the pressure inside and outside the case without
admitting dust.
1 b lc gn va vi r le cn bng p lc t bn trong v bn ngoi v hp chng bi
5.9.7
The relay contacts shall be capable of making and breaking the maximum current which may
occur under fault conditions in the circuit in which they are connected.
Cc tip im r le c kh nng ng v ct dng in ti a khi c s c, tnh trng s c trong
mch m c kt ni.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
109
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.9.8
All d.c. relays shall operate satisfactorily when the d.c. supply voltage varies between 80% and
120% of its rated value, unless stated otherwise.
Cc r le in 1 chiu cn hot ng tt khi ngun cp 1 chiu c gi tr gia 80% v 120% gi tr
nh mc ca n tr phi c iu kin khc.
5.10
Control and Auxiliary Relays

R le iu khin v b sung
5.10.1 Provide control and auxiliary relays where necessary to ensure a sound and effective operations
of the ACBs, MCCBs and contactors.
Cp r le iu khin v b sung nhng ni cn thit bo m ting hot ng v hiu sut
hot ng ca ACB, MCCB v cng tc t.
5.10.2 Relays shall be plug-in type, rack mounted, provided with cable connection sockets and anchored
by quick fastening vibration-proof devices.
R le dng loi phch cm m, gn trn b, cung cp vi cm ni cp v c gi bng b bt
cht nhanh chng rung.
5.10.3 All contacts shall be double breaking type. Relay coils shall be suitable for a.c. or d.c. operation as
required.
Tt c cc tip im l loi ngt i. Cun dy in r le tng thch hot ng vi ngun in
xoay chiu v 1 chiu nh yu cu.
5.11
Volt-free Contacts (Dry Contacts)

Tip im khng p (Tip im kh)
Provide volt-free contacts where required. They shall comprise a pair of contacts operated directly
by the equipment but electrically separated such that no electrical potential derived from the
equipment appears at the contacts. Use volt-free contacts to complete external control, alarm or
indication circuits. The volt-free contacts shall be rated at 1A / 250V or better.
Cung cp tip im khng p nhng ni yu cu. N bao gm 1 cp tip im hot ng trc
tip t thit b nhng tch bit v in nh khng c in th t thit b n cng tc. Dng cng
tc khng p hon ton iu khin bn ngoi, mch bo ng hay iu khin. Cng tc khng
p c thng s nh mc 1A / 250V hay cao hn.
5.12
Current Transformers (CTs)

My bin dng (CT)
5.12.1 All CTs shall be rated for Class B temperature rise.

Tt c cc CT c thng s nh mc gia tng nhit Lp B.
5.12.2 CTs shall be of epoxy resin encapsulated type and shall be capable of providing the necessary
output to operate the connected protective device or instruments.
Dng loi CT c lp epoxy ng kn v c kh nng cung cp tn hiu ra cn thit kch hot
thit b bo v c kt ni hoc o lng.
5.12.3 Earth one secondary terminal of each set of CT through a removable link.
Ni t 1 cc th cp ca mi b CT bng ng lin kt tho lp c.
5.12.4 Protection CTs shall suitably rated and of Class 5P accuracy or better. The product of rated
accuracy limit factor and rated output of the protection CT shall not be less than 10 times the rated
burden of the trip circuit including the relays, connected leads and over-current release where
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
110
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
applicable.
Thit b CT bo v c thng s nh mc tng ng v c cp chnh xc 5P hoc tt hn. Tch s
ca h s gii hn chnh xc nh mc v tn hiu ra nh mc ca thit b CT bo v khng
c thp hn 10 ln kh nng chu ti nh mc ca mch ct bao gm r le, dy ni v b ct
qu dng nhng ni p dng c.
5.12.5 Measurement CTs shall be suitably rated and of Class 1 accuracy or better.
Thit b CT o lng c thng s nh mc tng ng v thuc ng Lp 1 hoc tt hn.
5.13
Power Factor Correction Equipment

Thit b iu chnh h s cng sut
5.13.1 Power factor correction equipment comprising of capacitors, cables, cable gland, control relays
and contactors, etc. with rating as shown on the Drawings shall be provided and connected to the
designated switchgear in the L.V. switchboard.
Thit b iu chnh h s cng sut bao gm cc t b, cp, m cp, r le iu khin v
contactor, v.v..., vi gi tr nh mc c th hin trong bn v, c cung cp v ni n c cu
ng ct c ch nh trong t in h th.
5.13.2 The capacitor bank shall be of independent and separated from the L.V. switchboard, floor type
built up from static primary capacitor units. The primary capacitor unit shall be of the dry type
without impregnation liquid, self-heating and with losses not greater than 0.5W/kvar. The primary
capacitor unit shall comply with the requirement of BS 1650. Each capacitor bank shall be fitted
with a discharge assembly which shall discharge the entire capacitor from the peak alternating
voltage to a voltage not exceeding 50V measured at the capacitor bank terminals one minute after
disconnection from the supply.
Dy t b l loi tch ri c lp vi t in h th, ng trn sn c lp t cc b t b nn
chnh. B t b chnh dng loi kh khng c dung dch tm, t nng v tiu hao khng ln hn
0.5W/kvar. B t b chnh tun th theo yu cu ca tiu chun BS 1650. Mi dy t b c gn
cht vi b x in s x in ton b t b t in p xoay chiu nh v in p khng qu 50V
o c ti u dy t b 1 pht sau khi ct khi ngun.
5.13.3 The capacitor shall be controlled by an automatic multi-step capacitor control relay switching the
appropriate bank of capacitors in 6 stages minimum to achieve the best average power factor. A
no-volt and single phasing resetting feature interruption, all capacitor involved are disconnected
instantaneously, and reconnected step by step at intervals after the supply is restored.
T b c iu khin bng cng tc r le iu khin t b nhiu cp t ng vi ti thiu 6 cp
iu chnh cho dy t b nhm t c h s cng sut trung bnh tt nht. Khi c gin on v
t tnh ci t li v b pha n v khng p, tt c cc t b b ct tc thi, v tng bc kt ni
li theo tng khong thi gian sau khi vic cp in c khi phc.
5.13.4 The power factor correction equipment shall be a self-contained integral unit. The control relays,
fuses and contactors, etc. shall house in a cubicle complete with an isolation switch interlocking
with cubicle door, manual/off/auto selector switch visual indication of energized capacitor with red
lamps, etc.
Thit b iu chnh h s cng sut dng loi tch hp trn b. R le iu khin, cu ch v
contactor, v.v... c cha trong 1 t hon chnh vi kha lin ng cch in vi ca t, cng tc
la chn ch bng tay / tt / t ng c n hin th cp in cho t b vi cc n mu ,
v.v...
5.13.5 Ventilation fans of appropriate size shall be provided in each compartment.
Cp qut thng gi c kch c ph hp cho khoang.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
111
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.14
Indicating Instruments
B hin th o lng
5.14.1 All indicating instruments shall be of the flush-mounted, back-connected, dustproof, heavy duty,
switchboard type with matt black bezels. Scale plate shall be white with black pointer and
markings not subject to fading.
Tt c cc b hin th o lng u gn bng, u ni ng sau, chng bi, chu ti nng, loi
dng cho t in vi g lp mt knh en m. Mt bn t l l mu trng trng vi kim mu en v
vch du cho khng phi i tng lm m dn.
5.14.2 All indicating instruments shall have a frame size of approximately 100mm by 100mm with a scale
arc of approximately 240 degrees and with mechanical zero adjustment accessible from the front
without dismantling the instruments. The range selected shall be suitable for the voltage and the
current levels to be indicated with the normal maximum reading at approximately 60% of full scale.
Tt c cc b hin th o lng c kch c khung xp x 100mm x 100mm vi bn o ng cong
t l xp x 240 v c th iu chnh bng tay im gc t pha trc m khng phi m thit b
o. Gii hn o c la chn cho ph hp vi mc in p v dng in c hin th vi mc
c ti a thng thng xp x 60% so vi bn t l.
5.14.3 All indicating instruments shall be of the moving iron spring controlled type. The accuracy class
shall be 1.5 for indicating instruments and 1.0 for integrating meters. All indicating instruments
shall not be damaged by occurrence of a short-circuit or over-voltage which can be withstood by
the switchgear.
Tt c cc b hin th o lng dng loi c iu khin bng l xo kim loi di ng. Cp chnh
xc s l 1.5 vi thit b o lng hin th v 1.0 vi thit b o tch hp. Tt c cc b hin th o
lng s khng b h hng do s c qu dng hay qu p v c bo v t c cu ng ct.
5.14.4 Indicating instruments shall comply with the requirements of relevant parts of EN 60051.
Integrating meters shall comply with the relevant requirements of BS 5685.
B hin th o lng cn tun theo nhng phn yu cu lin quan ca tiu chun EN 60051. ng
h o tch hp cn tun theo nhng phn yu cu lin quan ca tiu chun BS 5685.
5.14.5 Combination digital instrumentation in lieu of one or more of the above mentioned analog
indicating instruments is acceptable provided that its performance is equal to or better than the
analog indicating instruments specified.
Dng thit b o lng tng hp bng k thut s thay cho 1 hay nhiu thit b hin th o bng
k thut tng t c cp trn l c chp nhn do cht lng l nh nhau hoc tt hn
cc thit b hin th o lng bng k thut tng t nh ch nh.
5.15
Indicating Lamps, Push buttons, Selector and Control switches

n hin th, nt nhn, cng tc la chn v iu khin
5.15.1 All indicating lamps, luminous push buttons, selector and control switches shall be of the heavyduty switchboard type, suitably insulated and rated for the voltage level and current rating
intended.
Tt c cc n hin th, nt nhn pht quang, cng tc la chn v iu khin dng loi cho t
in chu ti nng, cch in thch hp v cho mc ch nh mc cp in p v cp dng in.
5.15.2 The lamp bulb rated voltage shall be at least 20% higher than the nominal working voltage to
enhance a lamp life of not less than 4,000 hours. The indicating lamps shall be designed to permit
removal of lamps lenses and bulb from the front of the units without the need any special tools and
opening of the panel doors.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
112
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Bng n cho in p nh mc s cao hn ti thiu 20% in p ti thng thng nhm tng tui
th bng n khng nh hn 4000 gi. Cc n hin th c thit k cho php thay ng n v
bng n t pha trc t m khng cn cc dng c c bit v khng cn phi m ca t.
5.15.3 Selector switches for ammeters shall be of the rotary type with make-before-break contacts for
selection to read the three phase currents, with the necessary engrave plates with L1, L2 and L3
clearly indicated. Selector switches for voltmeters shall be of rotary type with break-before make
contacts for selection to read the line and phase voltages, with the necessary engraved plates with
phase voltages L1N, L2N, L3N and line voltages L1L2, L2L3 and L3L1 clearly indicated.
Cng tc la chn cho ampe k l loi xoay vi tip im ng trc chn la c dng in
3 pha, vi bn khc c hin th r pha L1, L2 , L3. Cng tc la chn cho vn k l loi xoay vi
tip im ng trc chn la c ip p dy v pha, vi bn khc c hin th r in p
pha L1N, L2N , L3N v in p dy L1L2, L2L3 v L3L1.
5.15.4 Switches for circuit breaker control shall be of the pistol grip type, with spring return to the neutral
position, and with an interlock to prevent repetitive closing without moving first to the trip position.
Cng tc iu khin CB l loi cn gt, vi long xo tr v v tr trung tm, v vi b kha lin ng
nhm phng ng lp m khng chy trc tin n v tr ct.
5.15.5 Switches for other control selection and other purposes shall have spade type handles.
Cng tc cho la chn iu khin thit b khc v cho cc mc ch khc dng loi bng tay ko
dng xng.
5.15.6 Control switches shall be fitted with facilities for locking to prevent unauthorized operations.
Cng tc iu khin cn thch hp vi c cu kha nhm phng ngi khng phn s thao tc.
5.16
Terminal Blocks
Bng u dy
5.16.1 Terminal blocks for control wiring shall comprise banks of rail-mounted, screw-clamp, springloaded insertion, solder-lug or stud type terminals as appropriate to the design and duty of the
cables to be terminated. Single terminals shall be replaceable without dismounting adjacent
terminals.
Bng u dy dng cho vic i dy iu khin bao gm ng gn thanh trt, kp tay, l xo ti,
cht hn hoc loi bu-lng c u theo nh bn v v chu ti ca cp c chm dt. B kp
n c th c tho ra thay m khng cn phi g b kp bn cnh.
5.16.2 Terminal blocks shall be designed to securely clamp the wire between two plates secured by a
captive screw. Pinch screw type terminal blocks where the screw is in direct contact with the
conductor will not be accepted.
Bng u dy n c thit k theo kiu dy dn c kp cht gia 2 bn vn c gn
cht bng vt lin kt. Dng bng u dy kiu vt cp cho nhng ni khng chp nhn vt c tip
xc trc tip vi dy dn.
5.17
Fuses and Links

Cu ch v dy ni
5.17.1 Fuse carriers and solid link carriers and bases shall be made of moulded insulating materials.
B gn cu ch v b gn dy ni c v phn c lm t vt liu c cch in.
5.17.2 The contacts of the fixed portion of the fuse or link carrier shall be shrouded so that accidental
contact with live parts cannot be made when the cartridge is removed. It shall be possible to
change fuses with the circuit alive without danger of contact with live parts.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
113
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
im tip xc ca on gn c nh ca b gn cu ch hoc b gn dy ni cn c che li

khng xy ra tai nn khi c tip xc vi nhng phn c in khi hp c tho ra. iu s cho
php thay cu ch vi mch c in m khng gy ra nguy him khi tip xc vi nhng phn c
in.
5.17.3 Fuses shall be to BS 88: Part 2, Class Q1 fusing factor, designed to handle the anticipated short
circuit current, and of the cartridge type.
Cu ch cn tun theo tiu chun BS 88: phn 2, lp 1 H s cu ch, thit k dng ct trc
dng ngn mch, v ca loi cu ch ng.
5.18
Battery / Charger System

Bnh cquy / H thng sc
5.18.1 Provide one set of storage battery bank/charger inside each L.V. switchboard to provide
independent source for the control of the L.V. switchgear and control gear.
Cp 1 b dy c quy d tr / c b sc trong mi t in h th nhm cp ngun c lp cho vic
iu khin c cu ng ct h th v b iu khin.
5.18.2 The battery charger shall be dual rectifier charger of constant potential type, complete with the
following as a minimum. All alarms and protection modules shall be in printed circuit card with
solid-state chassis, easily dismounted and replaced.
B sc cquy dng loi chnh lu i vi in p khng i, ti thiu phi theo nhng yu cu sau
y. Tt c cc khi bo v v bo ng t trong bng mch in vi khung rn, d dng tho ra
v thay th.
1.
D.C voltmeter and ammeter.

Vn k 1 chiu v ampe k.
2.
Surge suppressor.
B chng tng p
3.
Float, auto and manual boost charging selection and function.

La chn ch sc nhanh t ng v bng tay gn ni.
4.
Battery discharging indication.

B hin th khng sc cquy.
5.
Protection against over-charging and indication.

B bo v v hin th chng sc qu mc.
6.
Charger failure alarm.

B bo s c sc.
7.
Battery low voltage indication and alarm.

B bo v hin th cquy sp ht in.
8.
Protective devices on the input and output circuits.

Thit b bo v mch u vo v u ra.
When under the boost charge selection, the battery shall be fully charge from the fully discharged
condition within 8 hours.
Khi chn ch sc nhanh, cquy t lc ht in n khi y in l trong vng 8 gi.
5.18.3 The storage battery bank shall be of heavy-duty industrial type design for the purpose intended.
Battery cells shall be free maintenance, rechargeable, high performance nickel cadmium alkaline
type having a proven service life of at least 10 years.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
114
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
B dy cquy dng loi c thit k cho ti nng cng nghip cho mc ch d kin. cquy l
loi khng cn bo tr, sc c, loi Niken-Caimi-Kim c tui th sdng c th nghim
t nht 10 nm.
5.18.4 Under fully charged condition, the battery shall be capable of tripping the associated ACBs,
MCCBs and control gear consecutively for at least 20 times without being discharged to a level
where damage may be caused to the battery. The battery shall be sized to operate under the
specified range of ambient temperatures.
Khi c np y, cquy c th cp in cho cun ct ca ACB, MCCB v c cu iu khin 20
ln ct lin tc m khng b cn in n mc c th lm cquy h. cquy cn c kch c ph
hp hot ng trong gii hn ch nh nhit xung quanh.
5.18.5 The output voltage of the battery bank shall be monitored by a control circuit, which shall raise a
local and remote alarm when the battery/charger fails.
in p u ra ca dy cquy c gim st t mch iu khin c th bo ng ti ch v t xa
khi cquy / b sc b s c.
5.18.6 The battery circuit shall be adequately suppressed against radio interference to limits laid down in
BS EN 55014.
Mch cquy cn loi b nhiu v tuyn hn ch h hng theo tiu chun BS EN 55014.
5.19
Earthing
Ni t
5.19.1 Provide a tinned copper earth bar of dimensions not less than 50mm by 6mm along the whole
length of the switchboard bonding the framework of all modular sections, complete with terminals
for connections to the armouring or metal sheath of all incoming and outgoing circuits, the integral
earth busbars of busducts, and to the electrical earth.
Cung cp 1 thanh ng ni t nh c kch thc khng nh hn 50mm x 6mm chy dc theo
chiu di t in ni vi khung ca tt c khoang mun, u ni hon ton vi cc im u cui
nhm to mi lin kt vi phn bo v bng kim loi ca tt c cc mch u vo v u ra, phn
ni t tch hp ca busduct v vi phn ni t cho in.
5.19.2 Provide an external earth terminal on the outside of both ends of the L.V. switchboard for earthing
connection to the electrical earth.
Cung cp 1 cc ni t ngoi bn ngoi c hai mt ca t in h th cho vic ni t n
phn ni t cho in.
5.20
Labels and Drawings

Nhn ghi v Bn v
5.20.1 Labels shall not be less than 75mm high. Lettering shall be of not less than 50mm high.
Chiu cao nhn khng c thp hn 75mm. Chiu cao kiu ch khng c thp hn 50mm
5.20.2 All labels shall be manufactured from laminated traffolyte or similar plastic materials, engraved and
fixed by chrome-plated screws.
Tt c cc nhn u c sn xut t nha traffolyte cn mng hoc t vt liu nha tng t,
vic gn v c nh dng vt m crm.
5.20.3 All labels shall be in English and Vietnamese.
Tt c cc nhn u ghi bng Ting Anh v Vit Nam.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
115
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.20.4 On the removable cover of the incoming conductor and connection compartment, it shall bear a
warning label coloured in red with white lettering in both English and Vietnamese denoting
'INCOMING CONNECTION DANGER XXX/XXX VOLTS SWITCH OFF FROM SUPPLY
COMPANY'S SIDE BEFORE REMOVING COVER'.
Trn ming che tho lp c ca dy dn u vo v bung kt ni, c gn nhn ch trng
ghi bng c Ting Anh v Ting Vit Nam ch IM NI U VO NGUY HIM IN P
XXX/XXX CN CT NGUN T BN CNG TY IN LC TRC KHI THO NP CHE.
5.20.5 On other circuits of the switchboard where the incoming circuit breakers are switched off but it is
still alive, such as the essential busbars, the cover of those compartments shall bear a similar
label as above except deleting the words 'incoming connection'.
mch khc ca t in ni CB tuyn u vo ct nhng vn cn phn c in, nh thanh ci
ngun khn, np che ca nhng bung cng cn gn nhn tng t nh ghi ch trn ngoi
tr cu im ni u vo c xa i.
5.20.6 A neat drawing showing the single line circuiting arrangement shall be supplied by the Electrical
Sub-Contractor and framed and displayed in the Main Switch Room and another mounted in a
suitable plastic holder to the inside of the switchboard.
Trong bn v th hin vic sp xp mch n tuyn s do Nh thu in lm, v khung v b
hin th trong Phng t in chnh v nhng phn khc c gn vi b bng nha tng ng
trong t in.
5.21
Control Wiring
i dy iu khin
5.21.1 All internal and control wiring shall be 1000V grade PVC insulated copper cable to BS 6231.
Tt c cc dy bn trong v dy iu khin dng cp ng cch in PVC chu mc in p
1000V theo tiu chun BS 6231.
5.21.2 All cables shall be adequately rated single core multi-strand conductors of not less than 1.5mm 2,
run on PVC cleats or trunkings.
Tt c cc cp u dng loi cp 1 li a si c tit din khng nh hn 1.5mm2, i trong thanh
cp bng nha hoc b cp.
5.21.3 Each wire shall be fitted at both ends with a white ferrule with a black engraved inscription to
correspond with the diagram of connections.
Mi dy u c gn c nh c 2 u cui vi vng m c ming km en nhm ghi m t
tng ng vi s u ni.
5.21.4 Different insulant colours shall be provided to distinguish the various circuits.
Cung cp cc mu phn bit khc nhau phn bit cc mch khc nhau.
5.22
Installation
Vic lp t
5.22.1 Segregation
Vic ngn cch
Where equipment carrying currents of different types or at different voltages is grouped in a
common assembly, all equipments using any one type of current or any one voltage shall be
effectively segregated from equipment of any other type, to avoid mutual detrimental influence.
nhng ni cc thit b cp t nhiu mch in khc loi hoc cp in p khc nhau c
nhm thnh 1 b chung, tt c cc thit b dng chung 1 mch in hoc dng chung cp in p
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
116
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
cn c cch ly vi cc thit b dng mch in hoc in p khc, nhm trnh nhng nh

hng c hi.
5.22.2 Polarity
Chiu phn cc
Arrange polarity of all apparatus as follows when viewed facing the front of the L.V. switchboard: Sp xp chiu phn cc ca tt c thit b o lng khi quan st pha trc mt t in h th
nh sau:
a.
For two pole apparatus: phase and neutral when reading from top to bottom or left to right.
Vi thit b o lng 2 cc: sp xp th t pha v trung tnh khi c t trn xung di hoc
t tri sang phi.
b.
For three or four pole apparatus: L1, L2 and L3 phases and neutral when reading from top to
bottom, or left to right.
Vi thit b o lng 3 hoc 4 cc: sp xp th t pha L1, L2, L3 v trung tnh khi c t
trn xung di hoc t tri sang phi.
5.22.3 Cable Arrangement

Sp xp cp
a.
Provide all the necessary cable lugs etc., and fix in positions on mounting plates and straps,
to suit the types and directions of entry of the cables as shown on the Drawings or as
specified.
Cung cp tt c cc phch cm cp, v.v... cn thit, v c nh cc v tr bng ming gn v
dy ai, cho thch hp vi loi v hng vo ca cp nh c th hin trong bn v hoc
c ch nh.
b.
Arrange cable conductors for all circuits within the L.V. switchboard in a tidy manner and
secure all conductors mechanically at regular intervals to restrain any movement of the
conductors, either under operation conditions (e.g. thermal expansion, vibration, etc.) or due
to short circuit in any one of the circuits, that may cause any damage or short circuit to any
healthy bare live parts in the L.V. switchboard.
Sp xp cp in ca tt c cc mch trong t in h th theo hng gn gang v an ton
v mt c hc vi khong cch u nhm hn ch bt k s di chuyn ca cc cp dn
in, c di iu kin vn hnh (nh gin n nhit, rung ng, v.v...) hoc dn n ngn
mch ca bt k 1 trong cc mch, bt k s h hng hoc ngn mch s dn n tui th
ca cc phn mang in trn trong t in h th.
5.22.4 Cable Terminations

u u dy cp
a.
Do not rest-insulated conductors against bare live parts or sharp edges.

Khng dng cp cch in cc phn mang in trn hoc c gc cnh.
b.
Shroud all L.V. terminals and any other terminals which may remain live with the mains
isolated by heat shrinkable insulation. Label adequately with cautionary sign.
Che kn tt c cc im u ni trong t h th v bt k im u ni khc c mang in
c b cch in chnh bng vt liu cch in co rt c do nhit.
5.22.5 Control and Internal Wiring

u dy bn trong v iu khin
a.
Neatly bunch all wiring by nylon type cable ties and install in PVC trunkings or flexible PVC
tubing. Use colour-coded cable for identification.
B cht tt c cc cp in bng dy sit cp bng nha v t trong mng cp bng PVC
hoc ng PVC mm.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
117
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
Enclose wiring across door hinges by a flexible PVC tubing and loop wiring to permit the
opening of doors and removal of components for inspection with disconnecting and overflexing of the cables.
i dy kn i xuyn qua bn l ca bng ng PVC mm v qun vng dy c th m ca
v tho ri cc b phn kim tra m khng gy t hay cng dy cp qu mc.
c.
Provide removable links/fuses for all control circuits to facilitate isolation, checking and
maintenance.
Cung cp dy ni / cu ch cho tt c cc mch iu khin d dng cch ly, kim tra v
bo tr.
5.22.6 Wiring Terminations

u u ni i dy
a.
Terminate cables having the same number at adjacent terminals and interconnect by means
of cable jumpers at the terminal block.
u u dy cp c cng s lng vi u u ni bn cnh v ni lin bng cc cp ni
bng u dy.
b.
Shield and label terminals which may remain live when the equipment is isolated from the
mains supply adequately from accidental contact.
Che kn v dn nhn nhng u u ni c mang in khi thit b c cch ly khi mng
in chnh hon ton khi c tai nn chm in.
c.
Provide white ferrules on each terminal for circuit identification, numbered according to the
wiring diagrams.
Cung cp vng bc trng mi u u ni nh du nhn bit mch, vic nh s tun
theo s u u ni.
5.22.7 Fuses and Links

Cu ch v dy ni
a.
Provide fuses and links to enable any circuit to be isolated as necessary for maintenance
and test purposes without isolating the whole of the control circuit.
Cung cp cu ch v dy ni nhm bo m bt k mch no cng c cch ly khi cn
thit bo tr v cho mc ch kim tra m khng c phi cch ly ton b mch iu khin.
b.
Mount fuses and links in a readily accessible position within the L.V. switchboard. Group
fuses and links which are functionally associated with the same circuit.
Gn cu ch v dy ni v tr d dng tip cn c trong t in h th. Nhm cc cu
ch v dy ni c ghp li theo chc nng vi mch tng ng.
c.
Provide at least 10% spare fuses and links for each rating of fuses and links provided for the
L.V. switchboard. Fit spare fuses and links in clips within a dedicated compartment of the
L.V. switchboard.
Cung cp d phng 10% cu ch v dy ni cho mi t in h th ngoi s cu ch v dy
ni nh mc. Gn s cu ch v dy ni d phng trong cc kp ni t trong ngn dnh
ring ca t in h th.
5.22.8 Terminal Blocks

Bng u ni
a.
House terminal blocks for interfacing with other trades in dedicated and segregated
compartments at either or both ends of the L.V. switchboard.
Bung bng u ni cho giao tip vi cc h khc c t trong ngn dnh ring v cch
ly c 1 hoc 2 bn u ca t in.
b.
Group terminal blocks according to the function and voltage of the control circuit. Segregate
each group from the other group.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
118
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Nhm cc bng u ni li theo chc nng v in p ca mch iu khin. Ngn cch gia
nhm ny vi nhm khc.
c.
Connect no more than two wires to one terminal.

u khng qu 2 dy mi u ni.
d.
Provide at 10% spare terminals for each terminal block provided.

Cung cp d phng 10% u ni cho bng u ni c cung cp.
5.22.9 Earthing
Ni t
Provide circuit protective conductor to all doors; cover plates, etc., to ensure earth continuity. Size
the circuit protective conductor according to the maximum cross-section of supply lead to the
equipment attached to the doors, cover plates, etc., and in any case not less than 2.5mm 2.
Cung cp mch dy bo v cho tt c cc ca, tm che bo v, v.v... m bo vic lin tc ni
t. C dy ca mch bo v ty thuc vo tit din ct ln nht ca cp cp in n thit b gn
vi ca, tm che bo v, v.v... v trong bt k trng hp khng c nh hn 2.5mm2.
5.22.10 Nameplate and Label
Bin tn v nhn
a.
Provide labels for every panel to describe the duty of every instrument, relays and items of
control equipment mounted externally and internally. The designation on these labels shall
be clear and concise, and shall, where applicable, incorporate the device number.
Cung cp cc nhn cho mi t m t nhim v ca mi thit b o, r le v cc phn ca
thit b iu khin gn bn ngoi v bn trong t. Thit k ca nhng nhn ny cn phi
sch s v sc tch, v nhng ni c th, ghi lin kt vi s ca thit b.
b.
Provide labels to all fuses and links to identify the current rating.
Cung cp cc nhn cho tt c cc cu ch v dy ni xc nh dng in nh mc.
c.
Provide warning labels on the rear panels with white lettering on a red background in both
English and Vietnamese characters denoting "Danger - 380V". Provide similar warning
labels for all live parts, including test terminal blocks.
Cung cp nhn cnh bo mt trc cc t vi ch trng trn nn c ch Ting Anh
v Ting Vit Nam vi dng ghi ch Nguy him 380V. Cung cp nhn cnh bo tng t
cho cc b phn mang in. Bao gm cc bng u ni kim tra.
d.
Provide warning labels at the front and in the cabling compartment for each
automatic/remote closing or changeover switch denoting "BEWARE - AUTOMATIC
CLOSING".
Cung cp nhn cnh bo pha trc v bn trong ngn i cp cho mi cng tc ng
hoc chuyn mch t ng / t xa vi dng ghi ch CN THN NG T NG
e.
Provide warning labels for the terminals of the d.c. supply control circuit which may remain
live when the main equipment is isolated from the mains supply to reduce the risk of
accidental contact.
Cung cp nhn cnh bo cho cc u u ni ca mch cp in iu khin 1 chiu vn c
in khi thit b chnh b cch ly khi ngun cp in chnh nhm gim nguy c tai nn do
tip xc in.
f.
Provide in a conspicuous position a nameplate to the switchboard. The nameplate shall be

metallic and engraved or stamped with the manufacturer's name, serial number and date of
manufacture.
t bin tin v tr d thy trn t in. Bin tn c th bng kim loi v c khc hoc
ng vi tn nh sn xut, s hiu v ngy sn xut.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
119
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
5.22.11 Finishes
Hon thnh
Make good any damage to the finished coating of the L.V. switchboard and hand paint to its
original finish colour on completion of the installation.
X l tt bt k trc trc n vic hon thnh m t in h th v sn tay t c mu nh mu
gc hon tt vic lp t.
5.22.12 Wiring Diagrams
S i dy
Provide in every compartment of the L.V. switchboard with a wiring diagram as if viewed from the
point of access to the enclosure. The wiring diagram shall be suitably treated to prevent
deterioration from dirt and age, and shall be securely fastened to the inside of the access door of
that compartment.
Cung cp mi ngn ca t in h th c s u dy nhn t im u vo n ngn
kn. S u dy s c x l chng bi v s dng lu di v s c trao bn trong
cnh ca t ca mi ngn
5.23
5.23.1
Discrimination
Vic ct c chn lc
Ensure full discrimination within and between the switchboard ACBs and other switchgear so that
short circuits or overloads on Electrical-Circuits will not trip the switchboard circuit breakers but
will effectively isolate the faulty circuit, leaving the healthy circuits unaffected.
m bo vic ct c chn lc hon ton trong v gia t ACB v cc c cu ng ct khc
vic ngn mch hoc qu tri trn cc mch in s khng ct CB ca t nhng s cch ly hiu
qu mch b s c, cc mch khc khng b nh hng.
5.23.2
Where earth fault detection is provided, discrimination shall be ensured as for overloads above.
Sufficient adjustment shall be provided so that spurious tripping due to the inherent earth leakage
of long cable runs and other equipment will not occur without comprising the requirements of full
discrimination.
nhng ni c thit b pht hin s c chm t, vic ct chn lc s c m bo nh vic
qu mch nh trn. Cn iu chnh n nh s ct in sai do dng t r vo t ca vic i
cp di v cc thit b khc s khng xy ra c trong cc yu cu ct chn lc hon ton.
5.23.3
Where circuit protection devices are not provided with earth leakage detection, arrange to trip on
earth leakage by means of the over-current protection by ensuring a low earth loop impedance in
accordance with the Code of Practice for the Electricity (Wiring) Regulations and BS 7671.
nhng ni c thit b bo v mch v khng lp thit b pht hin s c chm t, lp 1 b bo
v qua dng ct dng chm t vi m bo in tr vng ni t thp tun theo Quy tc ng
dng cho quy nh i dy h thng in v tiu chun BS 7671.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
120
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 6 MAIN & SUBMAIN DISTRIBUTION

PHN 6 H THNG IN PHN PHI CHNH V PH
6.1
General
Quy nh chung
6.1.1
The Contractor shall design, supply, install delivery to site and connect the main and submain
distribution systems comprising switches, Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs), cable
feeders, conduits, trunkings and cable trays, busbar chambers, distribution boards, final circuits
and accessories, as shown on the Drawings or specified in the Specification.
Nh thu s thit k, cung cp, vn chuyn v lp t ti cng trng v kt ni h thng phn
phi chnh v ph gm cc cng tc, cu dao MCCB, ng cp, ng dn, hp i dy v mng
cp, cc ngn thanh ci, bng phn phi, mch v ph kin, theo ch dn bn v hoc c quy
nh Quy cch k thut.
6.1.2
All materials, equipment, installation workmanship, testing and commissioning shall comply with
the Specification.
Ton b vt liu, thit b, tay ngh lp t, th nghim v chy th s tun theo Quy cch k thut
ny.
6.1.3
The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to indicate the routing of the main and sub-main
distribution system. Detail arrangements of the busducts and cables installed in critical areas shall
be properly arranged, co-ordinated with other services and submitted for approval prior to
commencement of works. Structural openings for the main and sub-main distribution system, and
installation of the PVC sleeves will be provided by others, the size and location of these provisions
shall be in accordance with the Contractor's Shop Drawings approved by the Clients
representative. No claims for extension of time or additional cost will be considered as a result of
the Contractor's failure to follow the above procedure, submission and coordination before
installation.
Nh thu s np bn v thi cng ch ng chy ca h thng phn phi chnh v ph. Cc b
tr chi tit ca thanh ci v ng cp c lp cc khu vc ch yu s c b tr ng cch,
c kt hp vi cc h thng k thut khc, v c np thng qua trc khi tin hnh cng
vic. Cc l trng kt cu cho h thng phn phi chnh v ph, v vic lp t cc ng lng PVC
s do Nh thu khc thc hin, kch thc v v tr ca cc l ny s theo bn v thi cng ca
Nh thu c Kin trc s thng qua. Khng c yu cu v ko di thi gian hoc chi ph b
sung do hu qu ca Nh thu khng tun theo cc trnh t, vic np h s v s phi hp ni
trn.
6.1.4
Where separate switchgear units are looped together and the size of cable is such that two cores
cannot be accommodated in each terminal, suitable double-entry cable sockets shall be provided.
Only when this is not possible, adaptable boxes shall be provided.
Khi cc t ng ct h th ring c kt ni vng vi nhau, v do kch thc ca ng cp nn
khng th b tr 2 li trong mi u cc, s cung cp u ni cp ng vo kp thch hp. Ch
khi khng th thc hin c iu ny, s c hp nn in.
6.1.5
The Contractor shall supply, install and connect all outgoing main and submain distribution cables
and accessories from the LV switchboards to the various load points as shown on the Drawings or
specified in the Specification.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t v kt ni ton b cc thanh ci phn phi chnh v ph ca cc
ng cp v ph kin t bng in h th ti cc im ph ti khc nhau c th hin bn
v hoc c quy nh Quy cch k thut.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
121
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.1.6
Where all outgoing cables from the LV switchboard laid inside the cable trench, the cables shall be
proper arranged and supported by cable hangers and supporting frameworks by the Contractor.
Khi tt c cc ng cp mch ra t bng in h th c t bn trong rnh cp, cc ng
cp s c b tr ng cch v c bi cc thanh v cc khung cp do Nh thu thc
hin.
6.1.7
The sizes and types of cables as specified on the Drawings indicates only the minimum sizes and
the Contractor shall check the cables against the actual site conditions to suit all relevant clauses
of the Specification.
Kch thc v loi cp c quy nh bn v ch l cc kch thc ti thiu, Nh thu s
kim tra ng cp theo iu kin thc t ti cng trng cho ph hp vi cc iu c lin quan
ca Quy cch k thut.
6.1.8
Arrangement of the cables feeders and risers, switchgears and accessories shall be carefully
designed by the Contractor with consideration for maximum space for maintenance and
inspection.
Vic b tr cc ng cp, hp k thut, c cu chuyn mch v ph kin s c thit k cn
thn bi Nh thu, c xt n khong khng ln nht bo dng v kimtra.
6.1.9
All cables shall be of copper conductor in compliance with relevant British Standard of reputable
manufacturer. The installation shall be in strict accordance with relevant clauses of the
Specification. Cables shall be carefully laid in trunking or on cable tray or with other approved
methods and secured by proper supports, brackets, saddles or cable cleats. Cable cheats for
armoured cable shall be in form of die-cast aluminium cable clamp assembly.
Ton b ng cp l dy dn ng ph hp vi BS c lin quan. Vic lp t s tun theo trit
cc mc c lin quan ca Quy cch k thut. Cc ng cp c lp cn thn trong cc hp
i dy hoc mng cp hoc theo phng php khc c thng qua v c c nh
bng cc gi , gi treo, m hoc thanh cp. Cc thanh cp dng cho cp c gia cng
thp l loi c kp cp bng nhm c.
6.1.10 Cable terminations shall be of manufacturer's standard type or approved alternative, properly
prepared and carefully installed by competent electricians. Terminations which are considered not
satisfactory by the Clients representative shall be replaced and rectified before connecting to the
switchgears or equipment.
Cc u ni cp l loi tiu chun ca Nh sn xut hoc loi khc c thng qua, c
chun b ng cch v c lp t cn thn bi cc th in lnh ngh. Cc u ni khng p
ng yu cu ca Kin trc s s c thay th v sa cha trc khi ni vi c cu chuyn mch
hoc thit b.
6.1.11 Main and sub-main distribution cable routings as shown on the Drawings are indicative only, exact
routing shall be designed by the Contractor to suit the actual site condition and co-ordination with
other services.
ng cp phn phi chnh v ph c th hin bn v ch l tng i, ng cp chy
chnh xc s c Nh thu thit k cho ph hp vi iu kin thc t ti cng trng v phi
hp vi cc h thng k thut khc.
6.2

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
122
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.3
Busbar Chamber
Ngn cha thanh ci
6.3.1
Busbar Chambers shall be provided as specified or indicated on the Drawings.

Ngn cha thanh ci c b tr theo quy nh hoc c ch nh bn v.
6.3.2
Busbar Chambers shall comply with, and be tested to, BS 5486 : Part 1 and 2. Busbar and busbar
connections shall comply with BS159.
Ngn cha thanh ci c th nghim v tun theo BS 5486: Phn 1 v 2. Thanh ci v cc lin
kt ca thanh ci s theo BS 159.
6.3.3
Busbar Chambers with rated operational currents above 400A shall be type tested to a short time
current capacity at least equivalent to that of the incoming switchgear and type tested to the rated
operational current.
Ngn cha thanh ci c dng hot ng danh nh hn 400A s c th nghim v loi theo
cng sut dng ngn hn ti thiu tng ng vi cng sut dng ca c cu chuyn mch
ngun n v c th nghim theo loi vi dng vn hnh danh nh.
6.3.4
Busbar Chambers shall contain 4 sets of fully sized, hard drawn copper busbars electro-tinned
and supported on epoxy resin or other approved insulators that shall be totally enclosed and
manufactured from sheet steel suitably rust-proofed and painted to BS 4800 or hot dip galvanised.
The front cover and end plates shall be removable and normally held in position by non-ferrous
metal screws.
Ngn cha thanh ci gm 4 thanh ci bng ng c ko ngui c kch thc y , c m
thic, c b cch ly keo poxy hoc b cch ly in loi c thng qua, chng c
lm kn hon ton v c sn xut t thp tm c lp chng r v c sn theo BS 4800 hoc
bng thp trng km nhng nng. Np pha trc v tm pha sau c th tho ra v thng thng
c gi ti v tr bng cc vt kim loi khng c cht st.
6.3.5
Each busbar shall be coloured to indicate the phase to which it is connected. Colouring shall
comprise a band of paint in one position on the busbar, but not be painted throughout its length.
Mi thanh ci c mu sc ring ch cc pha m n c ni vo. Mu gm mt bng sn
mt v tr trn thanh ci, khng cn sn cho ton b chiu di ca thanh ci.
6.3.6
Items of switchgear or associated equipment shall be connected or jointed to the busbar chamber
by means of properly designed connection flanges having similar material and finish of the busbar
chamber, or by means of conduit couplers and bushes.
Cc hng mc ca c cu chuyn mch hoc thit b km theo c kt ni hoc c lin kt
vi ngn cha thanh ci bng cc mt bch c thit k ng cch, c cng loi vt liu v c
hon thin ging nh ngn cha thanh ci, hoc bng cc khp ni ng dn v vng m.
6.3.7
Interconnecting cables between the busbar chamber and other items of switchgear or associated
equipment shall be copper conductors and shall be sized in accordance with BS 5486 : Part 1 and
2 or the IEE Wiring Regulations.
Cc ng cp lin kt gia ngn cha thanh ci v cc hng mc khc ca c cu chuyn mch
hoc thit b km theo s l dy dn ng v c kch thc theo BS 5486: Phn 1 v 2 hoc quy
phm ni dy IEE.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
123
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.3.8
Where mounted externally or specified, weather-proof enclosure of at least IP54 shall be provided
with hot dipped galvanized finish.
Khi c lp bn ngoi hoc c quy nh bn v, v l loi chu c thi tit, ti thiu l IP
54, s c hon thin trng km nhng nng.
6.4
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and MCCB Distribution Board

Cu dao MCCB v bng phn phi cu dao MCCB
6.4.1
The MCCBs and MCCB Distribution Boards shall be manufactured and tested in compliance with
BS4752 and BS5486 respectively, suitable for use on 220V (single phase) or 380V (three phase),
50Hz supply.
Cu dao MCCB v bng phn phi cu dao MCCB c ch to v c th nghim theo BS
4752 v BS 5486, ph hp cho vic s dng ngun 220V (mt pha) hoc 380V (ba pha), 50Hz.
6.4.2
MCCB distribution boards shall be provided as specified and from sheet steel having a thickness
of not less than 1.5mm. Both the MCCB boards and the MCCBs shall be of the same
manufacturer with matching features.
Bng phn phi cu dao MCCB c b tr theo quy nh v lm bng thp tm c chiu dy
khng t hn 1.5mm. C bng phn phi cu dao MCCB v cu dao MCCB u c chung Nh
sn xut vi cc chi tit ph hp vi nhau.
6.4.3
MCCB distribution boards shall be provided with vertical triple-pole and neutral copper busbars of
rating not less than that of the supply side protective device subject to a minimum of 250A. The
configuration of the busbars, busbar supports and busbar mounting arrangement shall be type
tested to a short-time withstanding current of not less than 22kA for 0.2 second at a voltage of not
less than 380 volts.
Bng phn phi cu dao MCCB c b tr vi cc thanh ci bng ng trung tnh v ba cc
thng ng c cng sut danh nh khng t hn cng sut ca thit b bo v pha ngun cp vi
ti thiu bng 250A. Cu hnh ca thanh ci, cc chi tit thanh ci v cch b tr gn kt thanh
ci s c th nghim v loi theo dng chu ngn hn khng t hn 22kA cho 0.2 giy in p
khng nh hn 380V.
6.4.4
6.4.5
Outgoing MCCBs shall be mounted horizontally on both sides of the vertical busbars. The
connection between the MCCBs and the phase busbars shall be by means of copper tapes and
bolted joints. Plug-in type of current carrying contacts shall not be accepted.
Cu dao MCCB ngun ra c gn ngang c hai pha ca thanh ci thng ng. Lin kt gia
cu dao MCCB v cc thanh ci pha c thc hin bng mi ni bt bulng v taro bng ng.
Loi nt cm ca tip im dn dng s khng c chp nhn.
All MCCB distribution boards shall each be provided with a moulded-case isolating switch having a
current rating not less than that of the supply side protective device.
Ton b bng phn phi cu dao MCCB mi ci s c cng tc cch in v c vi cng sut
danh nh dng khng t hn cng sut ca thit b bo v pha ngun n.
6.4.6
Blanking-off plate shall be supplied for space circuits of each MCCB distribution boards.
Tm kha s c cp cho cc mch vng ca mi bng phn phi cu dao MCCB.
6.4.7
All current carrying parts of the MCCB distribution boards such as busbar, neutral and earthing
terminal, incoming cable terminal, etc. shall be of copper and shall be electro-tinned.
Ton b phn dn dng ca bng phn phi cu dao MCCB nh thanh ci, u cc trung tnh v
u cc tip t, u cp n v..v.. s lm bng ng v c m thic.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
124
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.4.8
All conductive parts shall be properly shrouded against accident contract by means of rigid
barriers, partitions of insulating materials such that accidental contact can be prevented during
operation of component replacement or cable connection.
Ton b phn dy dn u c v bc ng cch ngn tip xc mt cch t ngt bng cc tm
chn cng, cc tm ngn ca vt liu cch in, cc tip xc mt cch t ngt c th c
ngn khi thay th cc b phn hoc ni cp.
6.4.9
Circuit schedule shall be provided and installed behind a perspex sheet inside the MCCB
distribution board, giving in English and Vietnamese the following information:Thng k mch s c t ng sau tm knh nha trong sut bng ting anh v ting Vit
Nam bn trong bng phn phi cu dao MCCB vi cc thng tin sau:
-
Distribution board designation

Thit k bng phn phi
Rating of all circuit breakers

Cng sut danh nh ca tt c cc cu dao
Size of all cables

Kch thc ca ton b ng cp
Type and location of circuit load

Loi v v tr ca ph ti mch
6.4.10 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) shall be provided as specified on Drawings. MCCBs
shall comply with and be type tested to BS EN 60947-2.
Cu dao MCCB c b tr theo quy nh bn v. Cu dao MCCB s tun theo v c th
nghim v loi theo BS EN 60947-2.
6.4.11 MCCBs shall be four-pole, triple-pole or double-pole as specified. They shall be totally enclosed in
a moulded casing.
Cu dao MCCB l loi 4 cc, 3 cc hoc 2 cc theo quy nh. Chng c t hon ton trong v
c.
6.4.12 MCCBs shall have thermal-magnetic tripping mechanism giving a fixed, stable, inverse timecurrent characteristic which cannot be adjustable on site. The operating characteristic shall be
such that:
Cu dao MCCB c c cu ngt nhit - t, c c trng dng thi gian o ngc, n nh, c
c nh, chng khng th iu chnh ti cng trng. c trng hot ng nh sau:
a.
the time delay on overload tripping shall be inversely proportional to the overcurrents up to a
threshold value of approximately 7 times the rated current;
ko di thi gian c cu ngt qu ti s t l ngc vi qu dng ti tr s ngng bng
xp x 7 ln dng danh nh
b.
there shall be no intentional time-delay on overcurrent tripping due to short-circuit or heavy

overcurrents exceeding the threshold value.
khng c ko di thi gian c cu ngt qu dng do ngn mch hoc mc qu dng ln
vt qu tr s ngng.
The operating characteristics shall be calibrated at 40 degree C.

c trng hot ng c hiu chnh 40 0C.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
125
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
6.4.13 MCCBs with frame size above 400A shall have a short-circuit breaking capacity of 40kA. For
frame size of 400A or below, the short-circuit breaking capacity shall be 25kA minimum. The short
circuit performance category shall be P-1.
Cu dao MCCB vi loi hn 400A s c kh nng ngt ngn mch 40kA. i vi loi bng 400A
hoc thp hn, kh nng ngt ngn mch s l ti thiu bng 25kA. Loi ngn mch l P-1.
6.4.14 Where shunt release is specified and shall operate correctly at all values of supply voltage
between 70% and 120% of the nominal supply voltage under all operating conditions of the
MCCBs up to the rated short-circuit breaking capacity of this circuit breaker. MCCBs incorporating
shunt release shall be provided with block terminals and shunt release lead cables.
Khi b nh mch r (mch sun) c quy nh v hot ng chnh xc tt c cc tr s ca in
p ngun cp gia 70% v 120% ca in p danh nh ngun cp di iu kin vn hnh ton
b ca cu dao MCCB ti kh nng ngt ngn mch ca cu dao ny. Thit b nh mch r c
trong cu dao MCCB s c cc u cc v ng cp dn ti b nh mch r.
6.5
MCB Distribution Board, MCB & RCD

Bng phn phi MCB, MCB v RCD
6.5.1
MCB Distribution Board

Bng phn phi MCB
6.5.2
The enclosures of an MCB distribution boards shall be constructed from sheet steel having a
thickness of not less than 1.0mm. MCB distribution boards shall be type tested to BS5486 : Part
12 and Part 13 wherever appropriate.
V ca bng phn phi MCB c ch to bng thp tm c chiu dy khng t hn 1.0 mm. Cc
bng phn phi MCB l loi c th nghim theo BS 5486: Phn 12 v phn 13, ty theo iu
kin thch hp.
6.5.3
Busbars for single-pole and neutral MCB boards and triple-pole and neutral MCB boards shall be
rated at minimum 100A and 200A respectively. The configuration of the busbars, busbar supports
and busbar mounting arrangements shall be type tested and certified to a short-time withstanding
current of not less than 4.5kA for 0.2 second at a voltage of not less than 380V.
Cc thanh ci cho bng MCB trung tnh v cc n c cng sut danh nh ti thiu 100A, v cc
bng MCB trung tnh v ba cc s c cng sut danh nh ti thiu 200A. Cu hnh ca thanh ci,
chi tit thanh ci v cch b tr gn kt thanh ci c th nghim v loi v c chng thc
v dng chu c ngn hn khng t hn 4.5kA cho 0.2 giy in p khng nh hn 380V.
a.
b.
c.
Outgoing MCBs shall be connected to busbars by means of bolted joints. Plug-in type of
current carrying contacts shall not be accepted.
MCB ng ra s c kt ni vi thanh ci bng cc mi ni bulng. Loi nt cm ca cc
tip im dn dng s khng c chp nhn.
Incoming switches of single phase distribution boards shall be all insulated double pole
switch.
Cc cng tc ngun n ca bng phn phi pha n s c cch ly in bng cng tc
cc i.
The distribution boards shall be earthed via the armours of the supply cables and copper
earth tapes.
Bng phn phi s c tip t bng chi tit thp ca ng cp cp v cc di tip t
bng ng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
126
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
d.
All wirings, busbars, etc., within the distribution boards shall be screened behind a 2.5mm
thick flame retardant insulating shield. Only the circuit breaker and insulated body shall
project through the shield.
Ton b dy, thanh ci v..v.. bn trong bng phn phi s c mn chn pha sau tm chn
chy chm c chiu dy 2.5mm. Ch c cu dao in v phn c cch in s nh qua
tm chn.
e.
Neutral bars shall be of adequate cross sectional area, mounted on insulators and drilled to
receive circuit wiring. Two clamping screws shall be provided per neutral way.
Cc thanh trung tnh c din tch tit din ngang, c gn ln vt cch in v c
khoan ni dy. Hai vt kp c b tr cho dy trung tnh.
f.
All MCB distribution boards shall be clearly labelled and marked with phase identification.
Ton b cc bng phn phi MCB s c dn nhn v nh du r rng v k hiu cc
pha.
g.
Inside each distribution board door, a circuit record card in a perspex envelope shall be
provided and fixed to give the total number of points served by each circuit breaker, total
load per way and the area served.
Bn trong ca ca mi bng phn phi, mt th ghi mch t bn trong tm nha trong sut
s c c nh cho bit tng s cc im c phc v bi mi cu dao, tng ph ti
cho mt mch v din tch c phc v.
h.
Blanking-off plate shall be supplied for space circuits of each MCB distribution board.
Tm kha c cp cho cc mch ca mi bng phn phi MCB.
i.
All current carrying parts of MCB distribution boards such as busbar, neutral and earthing
terminal, incoming cable terminal etc. shall be of copper and shall be electro-tinned.
Ton b cc phn dn dng ca bng phn phi MCB nh thanh ci u cc trung tnh v
u cc ni t, u cp n v..v.. lm bng ng v c m thic.
j.
All MCB distribution boards shall be provided with line, neutral and earthing terminals.
There shall be one neutral and one earthing terminal for each outgoing MCB way.
Ton b cc bng phn phi MCB s c cc u cc trung tnh v u cc tip t. S c
mt u cc trung tnh v mt u cc tip t cho mi ng ra ca MCB.
6.5.4
k.
The back plate assembly shall be of sheet steel of substantial thickness and attached to the
back of the MCB distribution board enclosure for mounting of MCB, double pole switch and
MCB unit with integral RCCB.
Tm pha sau bng thp tm c chiu dy v c ghp vi pha sau ca bng phn
phi MCB dng gn MCB, cng tc cc i v cc b phn MCB vi b nguyn RCCB.
l.
The metal front plate assembly shall be made of sheet steel and shall be finished to the
same colour as the MCB distribution board enclosure. The front plate shall be screwed on
the enclosure making the assembly suitable for both surface and flush mounting.
Tm kim loi pha trc cng lm bng thp tm v c hon thin c cng mu vi v
ca bng phn phi MCB. Tm pha trc c bt vt v ton b thit b thch hp
cho c hai loi gn kt phng hoc gn kt trn b mt.
Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)

Ngt mch (MCB)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
127
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
a.
Unless otherwise specified, MCBs shall be used for control and protection on all lighting and
small power circuits and shall be of the current limiting type.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, MCB s c s dng iu khin v bo v cc mch chiu
sng v cc mch c cng sut s dng nh v l loi gii hn dng.
b.
The body and base of MCBs shall be moulded plastic with units sealed after assembly.
Thn v ca MCB bng nha c c cc b phn c bt kn sau khi lp rp.
c.
The load handling contacts shall be silver/tungsten and the contacts and operating
mechanism so designed as to give a wiping action both at make and break. Contacts of the
MCBs shall be of non-weld type.
Cc tip im vn hnh ti lm bng bc / vnphram, cc tip im v c cu vn hnh
c thit k c th di chuyn ngang c khi ng mch v khi ngt mch. Cc tip im
ca MCB l loi khng dng hn.
d.
The breaker operating mechanism shall be of the trip-free type so designed as to prevent
the load handling contacts from closing on a fault.
C cu vn hnh cu dao l loi ngt t do c thit k ngn tip im truyn ti khng
ng khi c s c.
e.
Circuit protection against overload and fault conditions shall be provided by means of a
thermal magnetic device designed to give thermal operation on overload and magnetic
operation under fault conditions. The operating characteristics of the MCBs shall be in
accordance with Table 5 of BS3871 : Part 1. The calibration temperature shall be 40C.
Type 2 MCB shall be used for general purpose and type 3 MCB shall be used for motor
circuits.
Thit b bo v mch chng li qu ph ti v s c s c b tr bng cc thit b nhit t,
c thit k c th vn hnh nhit khi qu ph ti v vn hnh t, khi c s c. Cc c
trng vn hnh ca MCB s theo bng 5 ca BS 3871: Phn 1. Nhit hiu chnh l
400C. MCB loi 2 c s dng cho mc ch chung v MCB loi 3 c dng cho mch
ca ng c.
f.
MCBs shall comply with BS3871 : Part 1 and shall have at least M6 category of duty.
MCB s theo BS 3871: Phn 1 v c ti thiu loi M6 v ch lm vic.
g.
All cable and busbar terminations shall be sweated and tinned prior to connection to MCB
terminals. The current carrying contacts of plug-in type shall not be accepted.
Ton b u ni cp v thanh ci s c m thic trc khi ni vi cc u cc ca MCB.
Cc tip im dn dng loi nt cm khng c chp nhn.
h.
6.5.5
Cable terminals of the MCBs shall be at top and botton of the unit with access from the front,
and suitable for terminating the size of solid or strand conductor in accordance with Table 6
of BS3871 : Part 1.
Cc u cc cp ca MCB s b tr pha trn v pha di ca thit b vi li tip cn t
pha trc, v ph hp ni cc dy dn cng hoc dy dn dnh cp theo bng 6 ca
BS 3871: Phn 1.
Residual Current Device (RCD or RCCB)

Thit b dng in d (RCD hoc RCCB)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
128
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
a.
Residual Current Devices (RCDs or RCCBs) shall be generally of 30mA sensitivity unless
otherwise specified and the rated short circuit breaking capacity shall be minimum 4.5kA.
They shall comply with and be type-tested to BS4293. They shall be double-pole or four
pole and shall be fitted with overload device unless rated equal to the busbar serving the
RCDs.
Thit b dng in d (RCD hoc RCCB) l loi c nhy 30mA, tr phi c quy nh
khc v kh nng ngt ngn mch s ti thiu l 4.5kA. Chng tun theo v c th
nghim v loi theo BS 4293. Chng l loi cc i hoc 4 cc v c lp thit b qu ph
ti tr phi cng sut danh nh bng vi thanh ci phc v cho RCD.
b.
MCBs with integral residual current devices shall be provided for protecting final circuits to
socket outlets where specified. These composite MCB and RCD units shall fit in the
ordinary MCB's way of MCB distribution boards.
MCB c thit b dng din d s c b tr bo v mch cui cng cm khi c
quy nh. Cc thit b cu dao mini v dng in d c lp ng MCB ca bng phn
phi MCB.
c.
An integral test device shall be provided on the front of RCCB to enable testing operation of
the RCCB. Operation of this test device shall create an out-of-balance condition simulating
an earth fault.
Thit b th nghim tch hp s c b tr pha trc ca RCCB phc v cho vic th
nghim ca RCCB. Hot ng ca thit b th nghim ny s to ra iu kin mt cn bng
m phng theo s c tip t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
129
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 7 CABLE INSTALLATION

PHN 7 LP T CP
7.1
General
Quy nh chung
7.1.1
The Contractor shall include for the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of all cables,
cable trays, conduit/trunking system and accessories as specified herein.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, th nghim v chy th ton b ng cp, mng cp, h
thng hp i dy / ng i dy v cc ph kin c quy nh di y.
7.1.2
All cables of the same type shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity or
standards and composition.
Ton b ng cp cng loi s c cp bi ch mt Nh sn xut m bo tnh ng nht
hoc cc tiu chun.
7.1.3
All cables delivered to site shall be new and shall be clearly marked to identify different types and
sizes.
Ton b cp c a ti cng trng phi mi v c nh du r rng nhn bit v loi v
kch thc khc nhau.
7.1.4
All cables shall be colour coded to British Standard.

Ton b cp c m mu theo BS.
7.1.5
All the cable shall be suitable for use in temperature and ambient conditions that will exist in
various parts of the building, it is assumed that the ambient air temperatures will rise to 40C with
100% relative humidity.
Ton b cp s thch hp dng theo iu kin nhit v khng kh bn ngoi, n tn ti
cc phn khc nhau ca cng trnh, n c gi nh rng khng kh bn ngoi s tng ti 40C
vi m tng i 100%.
7.1.6
All cables shall be manufactured to the appropriate British Standards Specification and provided
with BASEC licence and bear BASEC marking.
Ton b cp c ch to theo quy cch k thut BS thch hp.
7.1.7
The minimum current carrying capacity of cables and the specified voltage drop shall be in
accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations with rating adjusted to suit local conditions.
Kh nng dn dng ti thiu ca cp v tn tht in p c quy nh s theo cc quy phm v
dy IEE c cng sut danh nh c iu chnh cho ph hp iu kin a phng.
Minimum size of cables shall be as follows : Kch thc ti thiu ca cp nh sau:
Lighting
Chiu sng
Small power & other power
Ngun in nh v ngun khc
Control
Thit b iu khin
Earthing
Tip t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
130
2.5mm
2.5 mm2
2.5mm
2.5 mm2
1.5mm
1.5 mm2
2.5mm
2.5mm2
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.1.8
All cables without armour shall be protected by conduits or trunkings throughout the cable length.
The conduits shall be concealed in slab, wall or column.
Ton b cp khng c thp s c bo v bng ng i dy hoc hp i dy cho sut chiu di
cp. ng i dy c giu kn trong bn, tng hoc ct.
7.1.9
The separated distance between adjacent cables on cable tray or mounted vertically shall not be
less than one overall diameter separation.
Khong cch cch ly gia cc ng cp k lin mng cp hoc c lp thng ng s khng
t hn 1 ln ng knh chung.
7.1.10 GI pipe sleeves shall be provided when cables pass through walls or floors. Space in sleeves
shall be refilled.
Cc ng lng bng thp trng km c b tr khi cp chy xuyn qua cc tng hoc sn.
Khong khng trong cc ng lng s c lp y.
7.1.11 The oversheath of the armoured cables shall have an extruded layer of black PVC complying with
the requirements of BS 6746 type TM1 compound and shall comply with the requirement of BS
4066 for flame retardence.
V ca cp c st c lp bng nha PVC en c nh ra theo yu cu ca BS 6746 loi hp
cht TM1 v theo yu cu ca BS 4066 v kh nng chm chy.
7.1.12 All cables shall normally be installed in one continuous length between the terminal points;
intermediate joint shall not be allowed. If by reasons of the length of nature of the route of the
cable, straight joint one deemed to be necessary, the intended method of cable joints shall be
submitted for approval prior to execution.
Tt c cc cp s c lp t theo mt chiu di lin tc gia cc im u cc; khng c c
cc mi ni gia. Nu v cc l do v chiu di ca loi ng chy ca cp, cn phi c mt
mi ni thng, phng php d kin ni cp phi c np thng qua trc khi thc hin.
7.1.13 Cable name plates shall be provided at the two ends of the installed main and sub-main cables.
Th c tn cp c gn 2 u ca ng cp chnh v ph c lp t.
7.1.14 Ferrules, compression connectors and bare portions of cable core resulting from a jointing or
terminating process shall be insulated with an approved type insulating tape or heat shrinkable
tubing after completion of process. Such insulating tape or heat shrinkable tubing shall have
equal or better electrical and mechanical properties as those of the original insulation removed,
and shall be adhered to the cores etc. securely and permanently. The final thickness shall be in
smooth contour throughout the whole length.
Cc ng cch in, cc mi ni chu nn v cc phn trn ca li cp do vic ni hoc trong
qu trnh thi cng u cc s c bc cch ly bng bng dnh loi c thng qua hoc bng
ng co ngt nhit sau khi hon thnh vic thi cng. Cc bng dnh hoc ng co ngt nhit c
cc tnh cht c v in phi bng hoc tt hn so vi lp cch nhit ban u c tho ra, v
phi c dnh kt chc chn v lu di vi li. Phi m bo chiu dy cui cng ca ton b
ng cp c ng u.
7.2
Armoured PVC Insulated Cables

Cp bc st c lp PVC
7.2.1
PVC insulated armoured cables shall comply with BS 6346 : 1987 with shaped cores with the
neutral core of the same cross section as the phase cores unless otherwise specified. Conductors
shall be copper stranded and PVC insulated with overall 600/1000 volt grade.
Cp bc st c lp PVC s theo BS 6346: 1987 vi cc li c li trung tnh cng tit din ngang
nh cc li pha, tr phi c quy nh khc. Dy dn l cp bn bng ng, c lp bc PVC vi in
p 600/1000V.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
131
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.2.2
Unless otherwise specified, cables run in air, including in electrical service ducts, shall be properly
supported on perforated cable tray and cleated at intervals of not exceeding 2m directly to the
tray. The correct size of cleat fixing stud shall be provided to suit the cable size to ensure that the
stud does not extend appreciably beyond the tightened nut. Excess pressure of cleats on PVC
insulated cables shall be avoided to prevent deformation of the plastic sheathing. Suitable
supporting steelwork and/or galvanised cable tray or cable racks shall be provided where cables
cross open spaces. Such steelwork shall be protected by a rust inhibiting paint.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc ng cp chy trong khng kh, k c cc ng dn h thng
k thut in s c gi chc chn trn cc mng c l cp v c thanh cc khong
cch khng ln hn 2m trc tip cho mng. Kch thc chnh xc ca cht c nh thanh phi
ph hp vi kch thc ca cp m bo rng cht khng ko di qu ai c c sit
cht. ng sut vt qu ca thanh cho cc ng cp c lp PVC s c loi b ngn
bin dng ca lp v nha. Cc mng cp v / hoc cc khung thp lm gi hoc cc b
cp s c b tr khi cp chy qua cc khong trng. Cc chi tit thp s c bo v
bng sn chng r.
7.2.3
Horizontal and vertical spacing between adjacent multi-core power cables, i.e. cables other than
control cables, the minimum distance between cable surfaces shall be not less than one cable
diameter. The horizontal distance between the vertical surface of any wall or cable tray and any
power cable shall be not less than 25mm.
Khong cch ngang v thng ng gia ng cp dn in nhiu li t cnh nhau, tc l cc
ng cp khc vi loi cp iu khin, khong cch ti thiu gia cc b mt cp khng nh
hn 1 ln ng knh cp. Khong cch ngang gia cc b mt thng ng ca tng hoc
mng cp v ng cp dn in s khng nh hn 25mm.
7.2.4
Cables in cable trenches under switchboards may be laid on the floor of the trench provided that
the horizontal spacing is not less than one cable diameter between cables. Where the trench
width is insufficient to accommodate all cables in this manner, then steelwork supports shall be
provided to support the additional cables at the minimum vertical distance above.
Cc ng cp trong rnh cp di bng in c th c t sn, min l khong cch ngang
khng nh hn 1 ln ng knh cp gia cc ng cp. Khi chiu rng rnh khng cha
ton b ng cp theo cng cch ny, th cc gi thp s c s dng cc ng cp
b sung khong cch thng ng ti thiu ni trn.
7.2.5
Unless otherwise specified, cables shall not be bent during installation to a radius smaller than 8 x
overall diameter of cable.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc ng cp s khng c un trong khi thi cng vi ng
knh nh hn 8 ln ng knh ngoi cng ca cp.
7.2.6
Cable shall be terminated in a gland fitted with an armour clamp. The gland body shall be
provided with an internal conical sealing to receive the armour clamping cone and a clamping nut
which shall secure the armoured clamping wires tightly between the armour cone and conical
armour seating. The spigot on the gland body shall be threaded to suit standard conduit
accessories. A PVC shroud shall be fitted to cover the entire gland body and the exposed armour
wires. Each cable gland shall be complete with a copper earth connection tag which shall be
bolted to the metal surface where it terminated.
Cp s c u ni ming m c kp st. Thn ming m c hnh cn bn trong c bt
kn n khp vi hnh cn ca kp st v ai c kp, chng s lin kt cht cc dy ca ai c
kp gia cc hnh cn. Cht ni ca thn ming m s c kha ren cho ph hp vi ph kin
ca ng bc tiu chun. V bng PVC s bc ton b thn ming m v cc u dy c l ra.
Mi ming m cp s c u tip t bng ng, chng c bt bulng vi b mt kim loi khi
c u ni.
7.2.7
For the termination of steel wire armoured cable to BS 6346 : 1989 or BS5467 : 1989.
i vi u cc ca cp c st kiu dy thp s theo BS 6346: 1989 hoc BS 5467: 1989.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
132
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.3
PVC Insulated Copper Cored PVC Sheathed Cables

Cp c v PVC v cp li ng bc PVC
7.3.1
PVC Insulated Copper Cored PVC Sheathed Cable (PVC & PVC) shall be 600V/1000V grade
complying to BS 6346 : 1987 multi-core with each conductor of the same cross sectional area, for
conductor size larger than 35mm. Cables shall be 450/750V grade complying to BS 6004 : 1984
for conductor size below 35mm inclusive. The cores of these cables shall be high annealed
copper conductors complying with BS 6360 : 1991.
Cp c v PVC v cp li ng bc PVC l loi 600V/1000V theo BS 6346: 1987, nhiu li c mi
dy dn u c cng din tch tit din ngang, i vi dy dn c kch thc ln hn 35mm2. Cc
ng cp l loi 450V/750V theo BS 6004: 1984 i vi dy dn c kch thc nh hn 35mm2.
Cc li ca cc ng cp ny lm bng ng c theo BS 6360: 1991.
The PVC insulated cores shall be colour coded and shall be sheathed with PVC complying with
the requirements for type TIl compound as specified in BS 6746.
Cc li c bc PVC c m s mu v c v PVC theo cc yu cu ca hp cht loi 2 nh
c quy nh BS 6746.
7.3.2
All PVC shall be flame retardant where installed directly in the ground or underground ducts or as
specified.
Ton b lp PVC l loi chy chm khi c lp trc tip ng dn mt t hoc ngm di t
hoc nh c quy nh.
7.3.3
Cables shall be terminated in a gland fitted with a PVC clamp. The gland body shall be provided
with an internal conical seal to receive the PVC sheath and a clamping nut which shall secure the
clamping cone firmly to the PVC sheath. The spigot on the gland body shall be threaded to suit
standard conduit accessories. A PVC shroud shall be fitted to cover the entire gland body.
Cc ng cp s c ni vi ming m c kp PVC. Thn ming m c hnh cn bn trong
c bt kn n khp vi v PVC v ai c kp, chng s lin kt cht cn kp vi v PVC.
Cht ni ca thn ming m s c kha ren cho ph hp vi ph kin ca ng bc tiu chun.
V PVC s bc ton b thn ming m.
7.3.4
The minimum bending radius shall be not less than eight times the overall cable diameter.
Bn knh un ti thiu khng nh hn 8 ln ng knh ngoi cng ca cp.
7.3.5
Where cables are run horizontally, they shall be properly supported on perforated cable trays and
cleated at intervals of not exceeding 2m directly to the tray. Where cables are run in protected
areas, they shall be protected with metal trunking. The cable tray and metal trunking shall be
supported with rigid metal brackets.
Khi ng cp chy ngang, chng c bng cc mng cp c l v cc thanh cc
khong khng ln hn 2m trc tip vi mng. Khi cc ng cp chy trong cc khu vc
c bo v, chng s c bo v bng cc hp i dy kim loi. Cc mng cp v cc hp
i dy kim loi s c bng cc gi treo kim loi cng.
7.4
PVC Insulated Copper Cables

Cc ng cp ng c lp bc PVC
7.4.1
The cables shall consist of copper conductors insulated with PVC graded 450/750V complying to
BS 6004 : 1984 for 3 phases or single phase circuits. The type of PVC insulation shall comply
with requirements for type TIl compound as specified in BS 6746.
Cc ng cp gm dy dn ng c bc PVC loi 450/750V theo BS 6004: 1984 cho mch 3
pha hoc mch n. Loi vt liu cch in PVC s theo yu cu v hp cht loi TII nh
c quy nh BS 6746.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
133
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.4.2
All cables shall be carried out on the loop-in system and the cables shall be enclosed in conduits
or in metal trunking. Joints or connectors shall not be allowed in any such cable length, except
that connectors may be used in accessible positions within fittings.
Ton b ng cp s c thc hin trong h thng ni vng, cc ng cp c t trong
cc ng i dy hoc hp i dy bng kim loi. Cc mi ni hoc cc lin kt s khng c php
thc hin bt k chiu di no ca cp, ngoi tr trng hp cc lin kt c th c dng v
tr kt ni vi cc chi tit khc.
7.4.3
The maximum number of cables accommodated in a given size of conduit is not allowed to
exceed the number given in the Guidance Notes of BS 7671.
S lng ti a ca cp c b tr trong mt ng dn c kch thc khng vt qu s
c ghi hng dn ca BS 7671
7.4.4
Exposed ends of conductors of size 6mm and above, where not provided with cable sockets,
shall have their individual strains sweated solid before connection to apparatus terminals.
Cc u l ra ca dy dn c kch thc 6mm2 v ln hn, khi khng c cc ng ni cp, s
c m thic cng trc khi ni vi cc u cc ca thit b.
7.5
XLPE Insulated Armoured PVC Sheathed Cables

Cp c v PVC c bc st v lp cch in XLPE
7.5.1
XLPE insulated copper cored PVC sheathed cable (PVC/SWA/XLPE) shall be 600V/1000V grade
complying to BS 6360 : 1991 multi-core with each conductor of the same cross sectional area.
The XLPE insulated cores shall be colour coded.
Cp c v PVC c bc st v lp cch in XLPE l loi 600V/1000V theo BS 6360: 1991, nhiu
li vi mi dy dn c cng din tch tit din ngang. Cc li c bc XLPE c m s mu.
7.5.2
Unless otherwise specified, cables run in air, including in electrical service ducts, shall be properly
supported on perforated cable tray and cleated at intervals of not exceeding 2m directly to the
tray. The correct size of cleat fixing stud shall be provided to suit the cable size to ensure that the
stud does not extend appreciably beyond the tightened nut. Excess pressure of cleats on PVC
insulated cables shall be avoided to prevent deformation of the plastic sheathing.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc ng cp chy trn khng, k c cc ng dn h thng in,
s c y bi cc mng cp c l v bng cc thanh cc khong cch khng ln
hn 2m trc tip ti mng. Kch thc chnh xc ca cht ni c nh thanh s ph hp vi
kch thc ca cp m bo rng cht ni khng ko di qu ai c c sit cht. p sut
vt qu ca thanh ng cp c bc PVC s c ngn chn trnh bin dng lp v
nha.
7.5.3
Suitable supporting steelwork and/or galvanised cable tray or cable racks shall be provided where
cables cross open spaces. Such steelwork shall be protected by a rust inhibiting paint.
Cc mng cp v / hoc cc khung thp lm gi hoc cc b cp s c b tr khi cp
chy qua cc khong trng. Cc chi tit thp s c bo v bng sn chng r.
7.5.4
Horizontal and vertical spacing between adjacent multi-core power cables, ie cables other than
control cables, the minimum distance between cable surfaces shall be not less than one cable
diameter. The horizontal distance between the vertical surface of any wall or cable tray and any
power cable shall be not less than 25mm.
Khong cch ngang v thng ng gia ng cp dn in nhiu li t cnh nhau, tc l cc
ng cp khc vi loi cp iu khin, khong cch ti thiu gia cc b mt cp khng nh
hn 1 ln ng knh cp. Khong cch ngang gia cc b mt thng ng ca tng hoc
mng cp v ng cp dn in s khng nh hn 25mm.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
134
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.5.5
Cables in cable trenches under switchboards may be laid on the floor of the trench provided that
the horizontal spacing is not less than one cable diameter between cables. Where the trench
width is insufficient to accommodate all cables in this manner, then steelwork supports shall be
provided to support the additional cables at the minimum vertical distance above.
Cc ng cp trong rnh cp di bng in c th c t sn min l khong cch ngang
khng nh hn 1 ln ng knh cp gia cc ng cp. Khi chiu rng rnh khng cha
ton b ng cp theo cng cch ny, th cc gi thp s c s dng cc ng cp
b sung khong cch thng ng ti thiu ni trn.
7.5.6
Unless otherwise specified, cable shall not be bent to a radius less than 8 x overall diameter of the
cable in the installation.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc ng cp s khng c un trong khi thi cng vi ng
knh nh hn 8 ln ng knh chung ca cp.
7.5.7
Cable shall be terminated in a gland fitted with an armour clamp. The gland body shall be
provided with an internal conical sealing to receive the armour clamping cone and a clamping nut
which shall secure the armoured clamping wires tightly between the armour cone and conical
armour seating. The spigot on the gland body shall be threaded to suit standard conduit
accessories. A PVC shroud shall be fitted to cover the entire gland body and the exposed armour
wires. Each cable gland shall be complete with a copper earth connection tag which shall be
bolted to the metal surface where it terminated.
Cp s c u ni ming m c kp st. Thn ming m c hnh cn bn trong c bt
kn n khp vi hnh cn ca kp st v ai c kp, chng s lin kt cht cc dy ca ai c
kp gia cc hnh cn. Cht ni ca thn ming m s c kha ren cho ph hp vi ph kin
ca ng bc tiu chun. V bng PVC s bc ton b thn ming m v cc u dy c l ra.
Mi ming m cp s c u tip t bng ng, chng c bt bulng vi b mt kim loi khi
c u ni.
For the termination of steel wire armoured cable to BS 6346 : 1989 or BS 5467 : 1989.
i vi u cc ca cp c st kiu dy thp s theo BS 6346: 1989 hoc BS 5467: 1989.
7.6
Fire Resistant Cables

Cp chu la
7.6.1
Unless otherwise specified or approved, the fire resistant cables shall comply with the latest LPC
requirements, IEC 60331 and BS 6387 : 1994, and shall have high annealed copper conductors,
mica tape fire barrier, insulation of XLPE, EPR or other special fire resistant compound with
continuous temperature rating of minimum 85C and an extruded oversheath of fire retardant low
smoke PVC or polyethylene.
Tr phi c quy nh khc hoc c thng qua, cc ng cp chu la s theo cc yu
cu mi nht ca LPC,IEC 60331 v BS 6387: 1994 v c cc dy dn ng c ti luyn cao,
cc tm chn la bng bng mika, lp cch in XLPE, EPR hoc hp cht chu la c bit
khc c nhit ti thiu 85C v lp v ngoi chm chy t to khi bng PVC hoc polythylene.
7.6.2
Cables shall be 0.6/1kV grade.

Cp l loi 0.6/1kV.
7.6.3
Cables having a conductor size of less than 1.5mm section shall not be used unless specifically
mentioned in the schedules or shown on the Drawings.
Cp c kch thc dy dn nh hn 1.5mm2 s khng c s dng tr phi c cp n
c bit bng thng k hoc c th hin bn v.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
135
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.6.4
All fire resistance cables for Firemans lift shall comply to BS 6387 category CWZ and for FS
equipment shall be comply to BS 6387 category AWX or SWX.
Ton b ng cp chu la cho thang my ca lnh cu ha s theo BS 6387 loi CWZ v cc
thit b chng chy s theo BS 6387 loi AWX hoc SWX.
All cables for emergency lighting shall be comply to BS 6387 category B.
Tt c cc ng cp cho h thng chiu sng s c s theo BS 6387 loi B.
7.6.5
Cable tray shall be used to support cables where multiple runs occur in plant rooms, roof and floor
spaces, ducts and crawlways. Cable tray shall be of the hot dip galvanised or PVC coated type.
Bitumastic based paints shall not be used where cables are of the served type. Galvanised cable
tray shall not be used for cables having bare copper sheaths.
Mng cp c dng cp khi c nhiu ng cp chy trong cc bung k thut, mi
v cc sn. Mng cp bng thp trng km nhng nng hoc loi c bc PVC. Sn c gc
bitum s khng c dng khi cc ng cp l loi c phc v. Mng cp trng km
khng c dng cho cc ng cp c v ng trn.
7.6.6
Cables installed in ceiling or floor spaces shall be run parallel to, or at right angles to, supporting
beams or joists.
Cc ng cp c lp trn hoc sn s chy song song, hoc vung gc vi cc dm .
7.6.7
Spacing of supports shall be provided.

Khong cch ca cc gi phi c cung cp.
7.6.8
7.6.9
Cables buried in plaster shall be run only in vertical and horizontal directions.
Cc ng cp c chn trong lp va s ch chy theo cc hng thng ng v nm ngang.
Where cables pass through floors or walls, they shall be protected by PVC or metal sleeves.
Khi cc ng cp chy xuyn qua tng hoc sn, chng c bo v bng cc ng lng PVC
hoc ng lng kim loi.
7.6.10 Cables emerging from the ground or from the floor shall be adequately guarded from mechanical
damage up to a height of 2m by heavy gauge galvanised conduit or channel. The conduit or
channel shall project into the floor or duct space and be suitably bushed at each end. The
sheaths of unserved cables shall be bonded to the guard.
Cc ng cp nm trong mt t hoc trong sn s c bo v khng b ph hoi do va chm
ti chiu cao 2m bng cc ng dn cp trng km chu c ti nng hoc cc mng cp. ng
dn cp hoc mng cp s nh ln trn mt sn hoc khu vc t ng dn gi v c bc ng
lt thch hp mi u. V ca cc ng cp khng phc v s c kt dnh vi b phn bo
v.
7.6.11 Where cables are installed in narrow ducts, the cables may be laid on the bottom of the duct.
When the duct width exceeds 300mm, cables shall be firmly fixed direct to the duct walls or to tray
plate.
Khi cc ng cp c lp trong cc ng dn gi hp, cc ng cp c th c t y
ca ng dn gi. Khi chiu rng ng dn gi ln hn 300mm, cc ng cp c th c c nh
chc chn trc tip vi thnh ca ng dn gi hoc vi tm mng.
7.6.12 At building expansion joints a cable loop shall be provided.
cc khe gin n ca cng trnh s c vng cp.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
136
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.6.13 Where cables serve motors and other plant where vibration or movement is likely to occur, the
cables shall terminate in a separate fixed junction box with XLPE insulated cables in flexible
conduit to the equipment. Connections in the junction boxes shall be with insulated brass screw
connections for circuits up to 6 amp rating and with fixed terminal blocks for circuits above this
rating. The terminals shall be adequate for the circuit rating and cable size. Electrical continuity
shall be maintained by running a separate earth wire of minimum size 4 sq mm with green and
yellow XLPE sheath suitably terminated at each end.
Khi cc ng cp phc v cho cc ng c v cc thit b khc c th xy ra chn ng hoc di
chuyn, cc ng cp s c u ni hp ni c c nh ring c cc ng cp c
bc PVC trong cc ng dn cp mm dn ti thit b. Cc lin kt hp ni s l cc lin kt
bng vt ng c cch in cho cc dng c cng sut danh nh ti 6A v vi cc khi u
cc cho cc dng c cng sut ln hn. Cc u cc phi ph hp vi cng sut dng danh nh
v kch thc cp. Tnh dn in lin tc s c duy tr bi dy tip t ring c kch thc ti
thiu 4mm2 vi v PVC mu xanh hoc mu vng.
7.6.14 Cable terminations shall generally comply with BS 6018 : 1978.
Cc u ni cp s theo BS 6018: 1978
The cable to be terminated shall be cut, screwed, sealed with cold compound and fitted with
terminating glands, nuts, compression ring, gland body, sealing pot, disc and sleeves. The
conductors shall be carried unbroken through the sealing pot to the terminal sockets or clamping
screws.
ng cp c ni s c ct, bt vt, bt kn bng cc hp cht ngui v c cc ming m
u cc, ai c, vng nn, thn ming m, im bt kn, a v ng lng. Dy dn s khng b
gy qua im bt kn ti cc u ni hoc vt kp.
The sealing shall be properly carried out to protect the cable ends from moisture and the insulation
shall be thoroughly dry before the sealing is applied. The sealing material and any material used
to insulated the conductors when they emerge from the insulation shall have adequate insulating
and moisture-proofing properties and shall retain these properties throughout the range of
temperature they may be subjected to in service.
Vic bt kn s c thc hin bo v cc u cp khng b m v lp cch in s hon ton
kh trc khi thc hin vic bt trm. Vt liu bt trm v bt k vt liu no c dng bc ng
dn khi n nm trong lp cch in s c cc tnh cht chng m v cch in v c th gi
cc tnh cht ny trong cc khong nhit m chng gp phi khi s dng.
7.7
Belden type Control cable and coaxial cable

Cp iu khin v cp ng trc loi Belden
Belden type cables are to be used on the B.M.S, control of plant systems, Extra Low voltage (
ELV) system such as Fire alarm, Paging system, CATV/MATV, security (CCTV if analogue,
access control, Video phone/door phone, emergency call/panic system, intercom etc.), lift control
cabling, speed lane control cabling and should be of the type indicated on the drawings. All
cables on this system to be a minimum of 20 A.W.G. size and the exact specification to be
confirmed by the Controls Specialist before installation.
Cp loi Belden phi c dung cho h thng BMS,iu khin thit b, h thng in nh nh bo
chy, m thanh cng cng, CATV/MATV (h thng truyn hnh), an ninh ( camera tng t, iu
khin ra vo, h thng mn hnh chung ca, h thng gi khn cp, h thng lin lc ni b v.v),
h thng cp iu khin thang my, cng an ninh v.v.. v l loi nh th hin trn bng v. Tt c
cp tr h thng ny phi c kch c ti thiu 20 AWG v c c tnh k thut chnh xc c xc
nhn bi chuyn gia h thng iu khin trc khi lp t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
137
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.8
High Voltage Power Cables

Cp in cao th
The cables shall be of the single-core, with XLPE insulation of copper wire screen and extruded
outer conductive layer. The construction and test shall be in accordance with ICEA and the
electricity authority regulation while the current carrying capacity shall comply with E.I.T.
Standard 2001-45, Table 5-14 and Table 5-15. The permissible operating temperature and short
circuit temperatures are 90 C and 250 C, respectively.
Cp s l loi n li, cch in XLPE c mng chn dng dy ng v lp dn ngoi cng nh
ra ngoi. Cu trc cp v vic kim nh cp phi theo ICEA v qui nh ca in lc a phng
trong khi vn m bo dng in nh mc theo tiu chun ca E.I.T 2001-45, bng 5-14 v
bng 5-15. Nhit hot ng cho php v nhin khi c dng ngn mch phi l 90 C v
250 C tng ng.
7.9
Jointing, Terminating and Accessories

Mi ni, u ni v ph kin
7.9.1
Cable glands shall be supplied for connection to all apparatus required to be connected whether
or not the apparatus was supplied by others.
Cc ming m cp c b tr ni vi ton b cc thit b c yu cu kt ni cho d hoc
khng c thit b no c cp bi Nh thu ph khc.
Cable glands shall be mechanical cable glands in compliance with BS 6121 : 1987.
Ming m cp l loi theo BS 6121: 1987.
For the termination of steel wire armoured cable to BS 6346 : 1989 or BS 5467 : 1989.
ni vi cp c bc dy thp theo BS 6346: 1989 hoc BS 5467: 1989.
7.9.2
Terminations shall be made using cold screw-on pot seals, unless otherwise specified, the tails
being insulated with neoprene of PVC coloured sleeves identified in accordance with the IEE
Wiring Regulations. Before filling the pot seal, care shall be taken to ensure that it is dry and free
from all traces of metal filings. Lug type cone grip sockets or approved crimp lugs shall be used
for cables larger than 2.5 sq mm which are connected to studs or pillar terminals. Conductors 16
sq mm and above shall be terminated with lug type cone grip sockets.
Cc u cc s dng cc im bt vt, tr phi c quy nh khc, cc ui u cc c bc
cch in bng ng lng cao su tng hp c xc nh theo quy phm i dy IEE. Trc khi lp
kn im bt vt cn phi ch n phi kh v khng ln vi cht chn. Cc ng ni hnh cn
hoc cc cht ni c thng qua s c s dng cho cc ng cp ln hn 2.5mm2 khi
chng c ni vi cht ni hoc u ni. Cc dy dn 16mm2 v ln hn s c ni vi ng
ni hnh cn.
7.9.3
Ring-type universal glands shall be employed to house the seals and shall be of approved design
and of the correct size to suit the cable. Any serving removed for the purpose of making off the
gland shall be replaced with PVC tape and the whole gland assembly protected with a PVC
shroud.
Cc ming m vn nng kiu vng c dng cha vnh m v c kch thc ph hp vi
ng cp. Bt k chi tit no c tho d ming m s c thay th bng bng PVC v
ton b ming m s c bc bng PVC.
7.9.4
Connecting boxes shall be accessible and of adequate capacity to prevent congestion. The
terminals shall be in insulating connecting blocks with brass connections of adequate size and
current rating for the cable size specified. Terminal blocks shall be fixed to the base of the box.
Cc hp lin kt s c th tip cn v c ch ngn hin tng chng ln nhau. Cc u ni
s trong khi ni cch in c cc mi ni bng ng c kch thc v cng sut danh
nh dng cho loi cp c quy nh. Cc khi u ni s c c nh vi ca hp.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
138
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.9.5
Straight-through joints shall be made using only the cable manufacturer's accessories and
connections may be either soldered or crimped. Crimping shall be performed with a tool which
prevents inadequate crimping. Buried joints or joints in corrosive situations shall be protected with
layers of self-amalgamating PVC tape, or in epoxy resin cases.
Cc mi ni chy thng s ch c thc hin khi dng ph kin v chi tit ni ca Nh sn xut
cp, cc mi ni c th c hn hoc ni gp np. Cc np gp s c to bng dng c
ngn nga vic thi cng khng ng cch. Cc mi ni c chn hoc cc mi ni trong mi
trng n mn s c bo v bng bng PVC hoc trong v keo epxy.
7.9.6
Where cables are to be concealed in plastered walls terminations shall be made using cold seals
having earth leads incorporated. The earth lead shall be insulated by neoprene or PVC sleeving
and shall terminate in the junction box at a 5mm tapped screw inside the box.
Khi cc ng cp c giu trong cc tng c lp trt, cc u cc s c vng m c ni
t. Cc u ni t c bc bng cao su tng hp hoc bng ng lng PVC v c ni cc
hp ni c cc vt 5mm bn trong hp.
7.9.7
Any tools used for installing aluminium cables shall be cleaned prior to using, especially if they
have been used on copper cables.
Bt k dng c no c dng lp cp nhm s c lm sch trc khi dng, c bit nu
chng c dng i vi cp ng.
7.9.8
The entire gland body shall be insulated by plastic material, earth continuity being maintained by
an earth tail in electrical contact with the cable sheath via the cable seal.
Phn thn ca ming m c bc nha, c vu tip t m bo tip t lin tc cc tip
im in c v cp qua vng m cp.
7.10
Underground Installation Direct Buried

Lp t cp ngm di t Chn trc tip
7.10.1 Cables laid direct in the ground shall be laid at a depth of 900mm and blinded with a radial
thickness of at least 100mm of sand. The presence of underground cables shall be indicated by
marked tapes and covered concrete cable tile laid directly above the cables after the trench has
been backfilled, the tapes being approximately 300mm below the surface level. The tapes shall
be manufactured from high grade polythene 150mm wide by 0.1mm gauge, coloured yellow with
the words "Electrical Cable Below" printed along its length.
Cc ng cp c ri trc tip trn t su 900mm v c ph bng lp ct dy ti thiu
100mm. nh du ng cp ngm bng cc bng nh du v cc vin btng nh du cp
t trc tip trn cc ng cp sau khi rnh t cp c lp kn, bng nh du cao
xp x 300mm bn di cao mt t. Cc bng s c sn xut bng polythene mc cao,
rng 150mm dy 0.1mm, c mu vng vi dng ch Cp in bn di c in dc theo chiu
di ca n.
7.10.2 Cables which follow the same route and are laid direct in the ground shall be in horizontal
formation with spacing between cables where possible of not less than 150mm with the exception
of single-core cables which shall be run in formation and touching along their entire length. Each
group of cables shall be indicated by separate marked tapes.
Cc ng cp c cng ng chy v c ri trc tip ln t s c lp nn nm ngang, vi
khong cch gia cc ng cp khng t hn 150mm khi c th, ngoi tr trng hp cp n,
chng chy trn nn v tip xc theo ton b chiu di ca cp. Mi nhm cp c nhn bit
bng bng nh du ring bit.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
139
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.10.3 Adequate cable markers of approved design shall be used to indicate the route of buried cables at
intervals of not more than 5 metres and at points where change of direction occurs.
Cc chi tit nh du cp c thng qua v thit k s c dng ch bo ng chy
ca cp chn ngm, cc khong khng ln hn 5 m, v cc im thay i hng xy ra.
7.10.4 The cable shall be marked at each end and at access points at an interval of 3 meter apart by a
label indicating the cable size and circuit.
ng cp c nh du mi u v cc im tip cn theo cc khong 3m, bng nhn ch
bo kch thc cp v tn mch ng cp.
7.10.5 Cables under roads crossings shall be run in duct of either internally glazed vitrified clay having a
plastic sleeve to form a push fit joint or plastic. The duct shall have a minimum diameter of
100mm, have bends to suit the cables and extend 1m on either side of the road crossing.
Cc ng cp chy qua ng s chy trong ng dn bng st nung trng men bn trong, c
ng lng nha to im ni phng. ng dn c ng knh ti thiu 100mm, c un ph
hp vi ng cp v c ko di 1m cho c hai pha ng chy qua.
7.11
Underground Installation Cable ducts and draw pits

Lp t cp ngm di t - Cc ng cp v h ko dy
7.11.1 All cable ducts shall be formed from 100 or 150 diameter uPVC piping, unless details
otherwise. Ducts shall be laid in continuous lengths with integral joints and shall form a watertight
system to prevent the entry of ground water into the duct system
Tt c cc ng cp phi l dng ng uPVC c ng knh t 100 hay 150, ngoi tr th hin chi
tit khc. cc ng phi t lin tc theo chiu di vi cc u ni tch hp v phi hnh thnh h
thng kn nc bo v nc ngm thm nhp vo h thng ng
7.11.2 Ducts shall be uPVC to BS EN 1401, complete with vehicle loads, encasement, concrete and
draw pits, draw rope, fittings, etc to make a composite system. All duct routes shall be shown on
the installers drawings and agreed on site with the Clients representative prior to installation.
Cc ng phi l ng uPVC theo chun BS EN 1401, cung cp y cc ph kin lp t, cc h
ko dy, dy ko cp, b-tn, h thng bao che chi c ti trng ca ng giao thng. Tt c
cc tuyn ng phi th hin trn bn v lp t v c k s i din ch u t duyt trc khi
lp t
7.11.3 Cable ducts shall only each contain one distribution cable (with any associated pilot or control
cables), but for systems such as street lighting etc, multiple cables may be drawn into a duct, so
long as the cables do not take up more than 30% of the duct section, the cables can easily be
withdrawn and the effect of grouping is allowed for in the current rating of the cables.
Cc ng cp s ch cha mt cp phn phi ngun (vi bt k cp iu khin hay gim st lin
quan), nhng vi cc h thng nh chiu sng ng v.v, cp nhiu li c th c ko trong
mt ng cho n khi cp cha khng qu 30% tit din ng, cc cp c th c ko ra mt cch
d dng v phi tnh n nh hng ca nhm cp n dng nh mc cho php ca cp.
7.11.4 All duct and tape colours and identification shall comply with the proposals set out by the National
Joint Utilities Group (NJUG). Table 1 in NJUG publication Guidelines on the positioning and
colour coding of underground utilities apparatus details the specific requirements. Local code or
regulation for this purpose shall be also applied.
Tt c mu bng v ng v h thng nhn dng phi ph hp vi mc ch s dng c thit
lp bi tp on cc dch v quc gia (NJUG). Bng 1 trong sch hng dn nh v v m ha
bng mu cho cc lp t ngm lit k chi tit cc yu cu c th. Tiu chun hay qui nh a
phng cho mc ch cng phi c p dng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
140
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.11.5 Cables installed on private property may not follow the guidelines in this document. The owner
concerned should be contacted for information on the colour code applying in these cases.
Cp lp t trong khu t thuc quyn s dng t nhn c th khng cn theo yu cu ca sch
hng dn ny. Nh thu s hi kin ngi ch quyn s dng khu t lin quan v h thng
m mu p dng trong trng hp ny
7.11.6 Abandoned ducts are sometimes used for other purposes. Ensure systems are fully identified and
traced out before any work is carried out.
Cc ng cp cn d sau khi lp t c th s dng cho mc ch khc. Nh thu phi chc chn
h thng phi c nhn din v vch tuyn r rang trc khi bt k cng vic no c thc
hin
7.11.7 Ducts shall be laid to be self-draining to the cable pits and a drainage connection shall be made to
the surface water drainage system.
ng phi c t t t chy v pha h cp v phi kt ni h thng thot nc ca h thng
ng vo h thng thot nc mt.
7.11.8 Ducts shall be kept clear of gas and water pipes, drains, sewers and electrical plant. In order to
allow the use of tapping machines on gas and water mains that may be adjacent wherever
possible at least 150mm clearance shall be given to these and any other services. No clearance
shall be less than 25mm where services cross, the minimum clearance shall be 50mm.
ng phi c cch xa h thng ng gas v ng nc, ng thot nc, thot phn v trm in.
cho php dung thit b tch nhnh t ng gas v ng nc chnh gn t nht 150mm ti h
thng ng ny v bt c dch v no khc. Khng gn bt c ng dch v no bng ngang t
hn 25mm, khong cch ti thiu l 50mm
7.11.9 Ducts shall be laid to provide the minimum cover and spacing specified.
ng phi c t cung cp h thng bao che v t c khong cch ti thiu nh qui nh
7.11.10 Where it is necessary to deflect from a straight line or to vary the depth, as in passing from
footway to carriageway or in entering an underground chamber, a lateral set not exceeding 25mm
in a length of 750mm or a vertical set not exceeding 25mm in a length of 1.5 metres shall be given
to the joints.
Khi cn phi t lch t ng thng hay thay i su, nh xuyn qua t va h n ng
t hay nh trong vic i vo h ngm, vic t lch khng vt qu 25mmtrong chiu di
750mm hay t thng ng khng vt qu 25mm trong chiu di 1.5m tnh t cc mi ni
7.11.11 Ducts shall be plugged or capped before and after each test. uPVC plugs or caps shall be
inserted at the ends of each section of duct to prevent entry of soil or stones.
ng phi c bt hay chp u trc v sau khi kim tra. Cc u bt hay chp phi c t vo
cc u mi on ng trnh t hay lt vo
7.11.12 Ducts shall be cleared in the presence of the clients representative with a mandrel not smaller
than the internal diameter of the duct minus 12.5mm followed by a circular wire brush 12.5mm
greater in diameter than the duct just before any cables are drawn in.
ng phi c thng vi s chng kin ca i din ch u t bng ng thng c ng knh
khng nh hn ng knh trong ca ng tr i 12.5mm c theo bi chi dy trn c ng
knh ln hn ng knh ng 12.5mm trc khi bt k cp no c ko.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
141
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.11.13 The duct trench should be cleared of debris and compacted to a relative density of not less than
0.98. Ducts shall be embedded and backfilled with sand and compacted to a relative density of
not less than 0.98. Thickness of bedding shall be at least 100 mm, but under no circumstance
should each soil layer exceed 300mm without futher compaction.
Mng ng nn c lm sch ht cc mnh vn v c m cht n mt tng i khng
t hn 0.98. ng phi c ph v lp li v c m cht bng ct n mt tng i khng
t hn 0.98. dy ca lp lt khng t hn 100mm nhng mi lp t khng nn qu 300mm m
khng c m cht.
7.12
Conduit System
H thng ng i dy
7.12.1 Conduit and Accessories

ng i dy v ph kin
a.
Unless otherwise specified, all exposed conduits shall be heavy gauge hot-dipped
galvanized longitudinally welded complying with BS 4568 : 1970, Class 4.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, ton b ng i dy c l ra l loi hn dc, trng km
nhng nng chu ti nng theo BS 4568: 1970, Loi 4.
b.
The whole of the conduit system shall be mechanically and electrically continuous.
Ton b h thng ng i dy s c tnh lin tc v c v in.
c.
No conduit of less than 20mm diameter shall be used.

Khng c dng ng i dy c ng knh nh hn 20mm.
d.
Flexible conduit with PVC shall only be used inside false ceiling void to connect the items of
equipment which are withdrawable or subject to vibration on adjustment and shall be in
accordance with BS 731 Part I 1952. The steel strip shall be made of mild steel and electrogalvanised 2.5 microns per side, with sheared edges, to BS 1449 Part I 1991 CS2. The
PVC sheath shall be oil resistant and fire resistant to BS 4066 Part I 1980. The working
temperatures for the flexible conduit shall be in the range of -20C to +70C. Electrical
continuity shall be maintained by running a separate earth wire of minimum size 2.5 sq mm
with green and yellow PVC sheath suitably terminated at each end.
ng i dy mm bng PVC s ch c dng bn trong khong trng trn kt ni cc
hng mc ca thit b, chng c th c tho ra, hoc b rung khi iu chnh, v theo BS
731 Phn I 1952. Bng thp c lm bng thp mm, c trng km 2.5 micron cho mt
mt, c cc mp c ct, v theo BS 1449 Phn I 1991 CS2. V bc PVC l loi chu du
v chu la theo BS 4066 Phn I 1980. Nhit lm vic cho ng i dy mm s trong
khong 20C n + 70C. Tnh dn in lin tc s c duy tr bng cch chy mt
ng dy ni t ring bit, c kch thc 2.5 mm2 vi v bc mu vng hoc xanh, c
ni t thch hp mi u.
e.
Boxes shall complete of the small circular type with steel covers and comply with BS 4568,
Part 2 : 1988, Part 2, protected to match conduit system.
Cc hp l loi trn nh, c np thp v theo BS 4568, Phn 2: 1988, c bo v hp
vi h thng ng i dy.
f.
Adaptable boxes or junction boxes shall be steel with overlapping lid to BS 4568, Part 2 :
1988, protected to match the conduit system. Box covers shall be fixed by brass roundhead
or cheesehead screws.
Cc hp ni lm bng thp c np ph chng ln, theo BS 4568, Phn 2: 1988, c bo
v hp vi h thng ng i dy. Cc np hp c c nh bng inh vt ng u trn
hoc u ng phi.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
142
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
g.
All bends shall be made on site to suit the condition and shall have a radius not less than
that given in BS 4568, Part 1 : 1970.
Ton b cc ch un c lm ti cng trng ph hp vi iu kin thc t, v c bn
knh khng nh hn cc tr s c nu BS 4568, Phn 1: 1970.
h.
Joints shall be screwed up tightly with as little thread showing as possible. Exposed threads
shall be cleaned and painted immediately after erection to prevent rusting. Galvanised
conduits shall be painted with cold galvanising paint.
Cc mi ni c bt vt kn kht, ch cho thy nh si ch nh khi c th. Cc mi ni c
lm sch v c sn ngay sau khi thi cng ngn r. Cc ng i dy trng km c sn
bng sn pha km ngui.
Running couplings shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are used they shall be fitted
with milled circular locknuts at each end of the coupling, firmly tightened when erecting the
conduit. On vertical conduit run the running thread shall be above the coupling.
Cc khp ni s c gim ti ti thiu, nhng khi c dng, chng s c ni vi ai c
trn c tn mi u ca khp ni, c sit cht khi thi cng ng i dy. i vi cc
ng i dy thng ng, cc ng ren chy s pha trn khp ni.
i.
Electrically continuity shall be obtained by the use of spouted boxes or by means of a

smooth bore male brass bush and earthing coupling with compression washer between the
couplings and the box. Screwing conduit into unspotted boxes will not be accepted.
Tnh dn in lin tc s t c bng cch dng cc hp c ming rt hoc bng ng lt
ng khoan trong nhn v c khp ni tip t, vi cc vng m chu nn gia khp ni
v hp. ng i dy bt vt vo cc hp khng c ming rt s khng c chp nhn.
7.12.2 Installation
Lp t ng i dy
a.
General
Quy nh chung
Conduit installations shall be installed in accordance with the Guidance Notes for BS 7671.
Lp t ng i dy s theo hng dn ca BS 7671.
Prior to erection all burrs and sharp edges shall be removed from the conduit together with
any dirt, oil or paint which may be present.
Trc khi thi cng, ton b cc mp sc hoc mp xm, cng nh cc cht bn, du hoc
sn s c loi b.
Corners shall be turned by means of hand made bends or, where this is impracticable, by
means of conduit boxes. Factory made bends, tees and elbows and inspection tees and
elbows shall not be used without approval. No more than two right-angled bends will be
permitted between draw-in boxes.
Cc gc s c un bng tay hoc, khi iu ny l khng thc t, phi c cc hp ca ng
i dy. Cc ch un ti nh my, cc ng ch T v ng khuu, cc ng ch T v ng khuu
kim tra s khng c dng khi cha c thng qua. Khng c php c nhiu hn 2
ch un vung gc gia cc hp ko dy.
All conduits, boxes, and accessories comprising a circuit shall be erected before any wires in
that circuit are drawn in. Ends of conduits left open during building operations shall be
effectively plugged and the thread of metal conduit coated with petroleum jelly. Any
blockages occurring in conduits shall be cleared. Conduits shall be swabbed through before
commencing wiring.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
143
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Ton b cc ng i dy, cc hp, cc ph kin c trong mch s c thi cng trc khi
ko bt k ng dy no trong mch . Cc u ca ng i dy cn h trong khi thi
cng cng trnh s c bt nt kn, cc ng ren ca ng i dy kim loi c bc bng
vazlin. Ton b cc vt cn trong ng i dy c loi b. Cc ng i dy c lm sch
hon ton bng bn chi c, trc khi bt u i dy.
Saddles and distance pieces shall have the same finish as the conduit for which they are to
be used, be single way or multi-way as required and be fixed by means of screws in metal or
other approved plugs. Wood or fibre plugs shall not be used.
Saddles shall be fixed on either side of all bends, draw in boxes or sets.
Cc ai v cc ming gi khong cch c cng loi hon thin nh ng i dy m chng
c s dng, l loi ng n hoc nhiu ng, v c c nh bng cc inh vt hoc
bng cc nt khc c thng qua. Cc nt bc hoc nt g khng c s dng. Cc
ai c b tr c hai pha ca cc ch un, cc hp ko dy.
In conduit runs containing cables of size up to and including 4 sq mm a standard draw-in box
or junction box shall be included in every three lengths of conduit which shall not contain
more than two right angle bends.
Hp ko dy hoc hp ni s c b tr trong mi ba on ca ng i dy, chng khng c
nhiu hn hai ch un vung gc trn cc ng i dy c cha ng cp c kch thc ti
4mm2
Conduits shall be so arranged that it is impossible for water from condensation or other
sources to lodge at any point. When this is not practicable drain holes 3 mm diameter shall
be drilled at the lowest points in the conduit runs or boxes or at any other points required by
the Engineer.
Cc ng i dy c b tr sao cho chng khng th b ngng t nc hoc cc ngun khc
c th ng li bt c im no. Khi khng th thc hin c iu ny, cc l thot nc
c ng knh 3mm s c khoan cc im thp nht ca ng i dy hoc cc hp,
hoc bt k im no khc c K s yu cu.
Conduits shall be supported at regular intervals not exceeding 1.2 m and the distance from
either side of any box or bend to the nearest saddle shall not be more than 150 mm.
Cc ng i dy c cc khong u n khng vt qu 1.2m v khong cch t c
hai pha ca bt k hp hoc ch un no ti ai gn nht s khng ln hn 150mm.
Conduit boxes to which lighting fittings are to be attached shall be fixed by substantial
screws so that the weight of lighting fittings will not be carried by the conduit.
Cc hp ng i dy c lp n s c c nh bng cc inh vt, sao cho ng i dy khng
mang trng lng ca n.
Any rusting of steel conduits occurring during building construction shall be removed with
abrasive paper and the conduit repainted.
Bt k ch r no xut hin ng i dy kim loi trong khi thi cng cng trnh s c loi
b bng giy rp, v ng i dy c sn li
b.
Surface Conduit
ng i dy lp b mt
Surface conduits shall be class 3 and be made of harmonise as far as practicable with the
architectural features of the building. They shall be run only in vertical and horizontal
directions except where it is desirable to follow the line of a constructional feature, in which
case, approval shall be obtained. Wherever possible, they shall be installed in plant rooms
but not in the main areas.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
144
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
ng i dy lp b mt l loi 3 v c lm hi ha cng nhiu cng tt vi cc chi tit

kin trc ca cng trnh. ng i dy lp b mt ch chy theo phng ng v phng
ngang, ngoi tr trng hp chng chy theo cc ng nt ca cng trnh, trong trng
hp cn phi c thng qua. Khi c th, ng i dy lp b mt c lp cc bung
k thut nhng khng phi cc khu vc chnh.
Surface conduits shall be securely fixed to the building fabric by means of distance saddle to
BS 4568, Part 2 : 1988, to give not less than 6 mm clearance between the conduit and the
walls. In ceiling spaces where conduits are fixed to wood, the distance pieces may be
omitted.
ng i dy lp b mt c c nh chc chn vi kt cu ca cng trnh bng cc ai
theo BS 4568, Phn 2: 1988, to khong cch khng t hn 6mm gia ng i dy v
tng. cc khng gian trn, ti ng i dy c lin kt vi g, cc ming gi khong
cch c th c b qua.
In multiple runs, crossing of conduits will not be permitted. Where a surface conduit turns
through a wall, a back outlet box shall be provided.
ni c nhiu ng dy, vic chy ngang qua ng i dy l khng c php. Khi ng i
dy lp b mt chy xuyn qua tng s c hp u ra pha sau.
Where distribution boards are connected to trunking by conduits, the capacity of the conduits
shall be sufficient to carry as many sub-circuit cables as there are ways in the distribution
board. The supply cables shall be run in a separate conduit.
Khi cc bng phn phi in c ni vi hp i dy bng ng i dy, kch thc ca ng i
dy s chy nhiu ng cp mch ph theo s lng c bng phn phi in. Cc
ng cp cp in s chy trong cc ng i dy ring bit.
c.
Concealed Conduit
ng i dy chn ngm
Concealed conduit wiring system shall be class 4 and be generally adopted throughout the
installation except the following areas:
ng i dy chn ngm l loi 4, ni chung s c p dng khi thi cng, ngoi tr cc khu
vc sau:
Transformer room
Bung bin th in
Switch room and generator room

Bung bng in v bung my pht in
Water pump room and ventilation plant room

Bung my bm nc v bung thit b thng gi
Lift machine room and lift shaf

Bung my thang my v bung thang my
All areas where there are false ceiling (surface conduit above false ceiling)
Ton b cc khu vc, ti c trn (ng i dy lp b mt chy pha trn trn).
Conduits shall be installed in wall chases and ceiling voids in such a manner that inspection
and draw boxes are at accessible positions. Draw-in boxes shall not be fixed in plastered
walls unless specified.
ng i dy c lp trong cc hm ca tng v cc khong trng pha trn trn theo cch
c th kim tra v b tr cc hp ko dy. Cc hp ko dy khng c c nh trong cc
tng c trt tr phi c quy nh khc.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
145
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Before any conduits are concealed, earth continuity tests shall be carried out.
Trc khi t cc ng i dy trong cc v tr che khut phi tin hnh th nghim vic ni
t.
Conduit buried in plaster shall be fixed by crampers and installed so as to allow a minimum
depth of plaster of 5 mm over its entire length.
Cc ng i dy c chn trong lp va s c c nh bng vng kp v c lp t
c ti thiu 5mm lp va trt cho sut ton b chiu di ca n.
Extension rings shall be fitted to sunk conduit boxes to which lighting fittings or pull switches
are to be attached if the distance between the conduit box and the finished ceiling or wall
surface exceeds 10 mm.
Cc vng ging c lp t chm cc hp ca ng i dy c lp n hoc cng tc ko,
nu khong cch gia hp ca ng i dy v trn c hon thin hoc cc b mt
tng vt qu 10mm.
Boxes shall be erected so as to be recessed approximately 2 mm below the finished wall or
ceiling surface and in order that this requirement is met, the finished thickness of all walls
and ceilings shall be verified on site.
Cc hp ni dy c lp sao cho c chn xp x 2mm bn di b mt tng v trn
c hon thin v p ng yu cu ny, phi kim tra chiu dy c hon thin
ca tng v trn ti cng trng.
Conduit buried in the ground shall be wrapped with PVC self-adhesive tape half lapped. The
taping shall extend for a distance of 150 mm beyond the point where the conduit emerges
from the ground.
Cc ng i dy c chn trong t s c cun bng bng PVC t dnh c cc on
chng ln nhau. Bng dnh c ko di mt on 150mm qua im ti ng i dy c
chn vo t
d.
In Suspended Ceilings
ng i dy trn treo
Conduits runs in suspended ceilings shall be class 3 and be fixed to the building structure
and not to the ceiling. The conduits shall be securely fixed by means of distance saddles in
accordance with BS 4568, Part 2 : 1988.
ng i dy chy trn treo l loi 3 v c lin kt vo kt cu ca cng trnh ch khng
lin kt vi trn. Cc ng i dy c lin kt chc chn bng cc ai theo BS 4568,
Phn 2: 1988.
Where the ceilings are fixed and the ceiling void is inaccessible after completion, the outlet
boxes on the ceiling shall be supported from the structure and positioned in a ready
accessible position.
Khi trn c lp v khong trng pha trn trn khng th tip cn sau khi hon thnh, cc
hp bn ngoi trn s c bng kt cu ca cng trnh.
The outlet box for the lighting fitting shall be fixed to the structure with cable connection from
the outlet box to the light fitting via a flexible conduit. In case the length of flexible conduit
exceed 1m, a rigid steel conduit system with guide brackets shall be provided from the outlet
box at the ceiling slab soffit. A separate earthing cable shall be provided within the flexible
conduit to maintain the earth continuity of the entire system.
Hp cm cho n s c lin kt vi kt cu bng cp ni t hp cm ti n bng
ng i dy mm. Trong trng hp chiu di ca ng i dy mm vt qu 1m, s c ng i
dy cng bng thp c kp dn hng chy t hp cm y ca mt trn. ng cp
tip t ring bit s c b tr bn trong ng i dy mm m bo tip t lin tc cho
ton h thng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
146
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
All boxes for other apparatus, such as sockets and ceiling switches, shall be supported as
specified for a fixed ceiling.
Ton b cc hp cho cc dng c khc, nh cm v cng tc trn, s c theo quy
nh i vi trn c lp.
e.
Cast in Concrete
ng i dy chn trong btng
Conduit laid in concrete poured 'in situ' shall be class 4 and be fastened to the reinforcement
before concreting. All conduit boxes shall be securely fixed to shuttering to prevent
displacement. Before any conduits are concreted, earth continuity tests shall be carried out.
ng i dy chn trong b tng c ti ch s l loi 4 v c c nh vi ct thp
trc khi btng. Ton b cc hp ng i dy s c lin kt cht vi vn ct ngn
dch chuyn.Trc khi btng ln cc ng i dy, phi tin hnh th nghim tip t.
Attendance during pouring shall be provided to ensure that conduits and accessories are not
displaced.
Phi m bo rng cc ng i dy v ph kin khng b di chuyn trong khi btng.
f.
In Floor Screeds
ng i dy t trong lp va lng sn
Conduits installed in floor screeds shall be class 4 and be allowed only when it is particularly
specified. The Contractor shall ensure that the conduit runs do not foul.
ng i dy t trong lp va lng sn l loi 4 v ch c t trong lp va lng sn khi
c quy nh c th. Nh thu phi m bo cc ng i dy chy khng b li.
Before any screed is laid, the conduit shall be checked for rigidity and mechanical damage
and earth continuity.
Trc khi ri lp va lng sn ln ng i dy cn phi kim tra v cng v cc ch h
hng v phi thc hin th nghim tip t.
7.13
Cable Trunking
Lp t cc hp i dy cp
7.13.1 General
Quy nh chung
a.
The trunking shall be supplied in standard lengths, each length including a coupling sleeve,
and be free from all sharp edges and projections.
Hp i dy c cp theo chiu di tiu chun, mi on gm ng lng khp ni, khng c
cc mp sc v cc phn li ra.
b.
The lids of all trunking shall be drip proof and a tight fit securely fixed to the trunking by an
approved means that will avoid damage to the cables. Self tapping screws or fixed bridge
pieces shall not be used to hold the cover in position.
Np ca hp i dy l loi chu c nc nh git v c lp cht kn kht vi hp i dy
bng cc cch c thng qua trnh lm hng cp. inh vt t vt hoc cc ming
cu c c nh s khng c dng gi np. Cc np l loi lp nhanh c vt tm
hoc loi l xo.
Flush type covers shall be fitted when trunking is installed flush with the building fabric. The
finished edge of the trunking shall finish flush with the finished surface.
Cc np phng c lp khi hp i dy c lp phng vi ktcu ca cng trnh. Mp
c hon thin ca hp i dy phi phng vi b mt c hon thin.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
147
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
c.
Vertical trunking shall be fixed to the building structure at intervals not exceeding 1.2 m
unless otherwise specified in the Particular Specification or Drawings.
Cc hp i dy thng ng c lin kt vi kt cu ca cng trnh cc khong khng
vt qu 1.2m tr phi c quy nh khc trong Quy cch k thut ring hoc cc bn v.
Horizontal trunking shall be either suspended by hanger fittings or angle iron brackets.
Suspensions and supports which will be visible shall be painted to match the trunking.
Cc hp i dy ngang cng s c treo bng cc thanh treo hoc c bng cc gi
treo bng thp gc. Cc im treo v cc gi c th nhn thy s c sn cho ph hp vi
mu ca hp i dy.
d.
Where trunking passes through walls and partitions the cover shall terminate at either side of
the wall at a point 80 mm from the wall. Between the removable covers a fixed section of
cover shall be installed through the wall.
Khi hp i dy chy xuyn qua tng v cc vch ngn, np s kt ni c 2 pha ca
tng ti im cch tng 80mm. Gia cc np c th tho ra, mt phn c c nh ca
np s c thi cng chy qua tng.
e.
Manufacturer's standard fittings shall be used. Only in special local situations, fabricated
fittings will be accepted. Where special fittings or sections of trunking are fabricated, they
shall be prepared and finished to the same standard as manufactured standard items.
Cc b phn tiu chun ca Nh sn xut s c dng. Ch trong cc tnh hung iu kin
c bit ti ch th phi dng cc chi tit c ch to sn ti nh my. Khi cc chi tit hoc
cc b phn c bit ca hp i dy c ch to sn ti nh my, chng s c gia cng
v c hon thin theo cng tiu chun nh cc hng mc tiu chun c ch to.
f.
All trunking shall be provided with internal fire barriers in accordance with the IEE Wiring
Regulations. Internal fire barriers shall be made by binding the cables and filling the spaces
with suitable fire resistant material.
Ton b cc hp i dy u c tm chn la bn trong theo quy phm IEE 527. Cc tm
chn la bn trong s c ni vi ng cp v c chn bng cc vt liu chu la
thch hp vo khong trng.
g.
Trunking shall be run only in vertical and horizontal directions except where it is desirable to
follow the line of a constructional feature in which case approval shall be obtained.
Cc hp i dy s ch chy theo phng thng ng hoc phng ngang, tr khi n cn
phi chy theo cc chi tit kin trc ca cng trnh, trong trng hp cn phi thng qua
trc khi tin hnh
In vertical runs, cable support pins shall be fitted at intervals not exceeding 2 m.
cc ng cp chy theo phng thng ng, cc mu s c b tr cc khong
cch nhau khng qu 2m.
In horizontal runs, cable retaining straps or holders shall be provided at intervals of not more
than 1 m where the lid is on the underside of the trunking.
cc ng cp chy theo phng ngang, cc chi tit gi hoc vng kp c b tr cc
khong cch khng ln hn 1m khi np bn trong ca hp i dy.
h.
Trunking shall terminate with end flanges which shall be bolted direct to fuseboards or
apparatus.
Hp i dy s c cc u mt bch u cui, chng c bt bulng trc tip vi cu ch
hoc thit b
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
148
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
i.
At constructional expansion joints the trunking shall be provided with a sliding coupling
complete with flexible earth continuity tape.
cc khe gin n thi cng, hp i dy s c khp ni trt kt hp vi dy tip t mm
j.
Where conduits are connected to multi-compartment trunking, the trunking shall be drilled to
allow the conduits to pass right through to the appropriate section.
Khi ng i dy c ni vi hp i dy nhiu khoang, hp i dy s c khoan ng dn
c th xuyn qua ti cc v tr thch hp
k.
Underfloor trunking shall be compatible to the requirements laid down in BS 4675 : Part 2 :
1973 and shall be fabricated with minimum 1.20mm hot dipped galvanized sheet steel.
Hp i dy lp trn b mt sn s ph hp vi cc yu cu c nu ra trong BS 4675:
Phn 2: 1973 v c ch to bng thp tm dy ti thiu 1.20mm, c trng km nhng
nng
l.
Where partitions or dividers are provided for the segregation of circuits, they shall be rigidly
fixed to the main body of the trunking.
Khi c vch ngn hoc cc tm phn cch chia cc mch, cc tm s c lin kt cng
vi phn thn chnh ca hp i dy.
m.
Screws used for securing the cover or connector and for the fixing of the trunking shall have
ISO metric threads. They shall be of brass or steel and if of steel they shall be protected
against corrosion by a finish at least equal to the zinc coating specified in BS 3382 : part 2 :
1961. Electro-brass plated screws or self-tapping screws shall not be acceptable.
Cc inh vt dng lin kt np hoc c nh hp i dy s c u ren ISO. Cc inh vt
lm bng ng hoc thp, nu lm bng thp th inh vt phi c bo v chng r ti thiu
bng mt lp km c quy nh theo BS 3382: Phn 2: 1961. Cc inh vt c m ng
in cc hoc inh vt t ren s khng c chp nhn
7.13.2 Steel Trunking

Cc hp i dy bng thp
a.
Trunking and connectors shall comply with BS 4678, Part 1 : 1971, Class 2 finish, unless
otherwise specified.
Hp i dy v chi tit ni s theo BS 4678: Phn 1, hon thin loi 2, tr phi c quy nh
khc.
b.
Cable trunking shall be manufactured in minimum lengths of 1.8m from a minimum of

1.50mm hot dipped galvanized sheet steel.
Hp i dy dng cho ng cp c ch to theo chiu di ti thiu 1.8m bng thp tm
dy ti thiu 1.50mm, c trng km nhng nng.
c.
A copper earth bonding link shall be fitted between adjacent lengths of trunking, tee or angle
pieces which shall be electrically and mechanically continuous.
Dy dn tip t bng ng c lp gia cc on lin k nhau ca hp i dy, cc on
ch T v ming thp gc, chng s c tnh dn in v c lin tc.
d.
Where two or more circuit categories are installed in a common trunking they shall be
effectively segregated by earthed steel partitions as required by the IEE Wiring Regulations.
Khi c 2 hoc nhiu hn loi mch c lp t trong 1 hp i dy chung, chng s c
phn chia r rng bng cc vch ngn thp c tip t khi c yu cu bi quy phm
v lp t dy ca IEE.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
149
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
e.
7.14
Trunking shall not be used on an outdoor installation unless the trunking and accessories
have a hot dipped galvanised finish. In such an installation the trunking must not be
installed in a position liable for ingress of driving rain.
Hp i dy khng c dng ngoi nh tr khi hp i dy v ph kin c lp hon thin
trng km nhng nng. Trong trng hp lp t nh vy, hp i dy khng c lp cc
v tr c th c nc ma lt vo.
Cables in Conduit and Trunking

Cc ng cp trong ng i dy v hp i dy
7.14.1 Cables to be drawn into conduits or trunking shall be selected in relation to their working
temperature in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations.
Cc ng cp c ko trong ng i dy hoc hp i dy s c la chn theo mi trng v
nhit lm vic ca chng theo quy phm ng dy IEE.
7.14.2 The number of cables drawn into any conduit or trunking shall not exceed those calculated in
accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations and space factor of maximum 40% whichever is the
greater.
S lng ca ng cp c ko trong ng i dy hoc hp i dy s khng vt qu s lng
c tnh ton theo quy phm ng dy IEE v h s lp y ti a l 40%, chn s nh nht
trong hai yu cu ny.
7.14.3 Circuit cables shall not be drawn in until the conduit or trunking of that circuit is completed.
Conduits shall not be dismantled for wiring operations.
Cc ng cp ca mch in s khng c ko cho n khi cc ng i dy hoc hp i dy
ca mch c hon thnh. Cc ng i dy khng c tho thc hin vic i dy.
7.14.4 During installation, cables shall be combed to facilitate drawing-in and possible replacements.
Trong qu trnh lp t, cc ng cp s c g theo ng v tr d ko v c th thay th.
7.14.5 Cable joints shall not be used unless specified or on written approval.
Cc mi ni cp khng c dng, tr phi c quy nh hoc c vn bn thng qua.
7.14.6 Cables of different circuit categories are not permitted to installed in the same conduit or trunking.
Cc ng cp ca cc loi mch khc nhau khng c php lp trong cng mt ng i dy
hoc hp i dy.
7.14.7 Cables of AC circuits installed in steel conduit or trunking shall always be so bunched that the
cables of all phases and the neutral, if any, are contained in the same conduit or trunking.
Cc ng cp ca mch xoay chiu s c lp trong cc ng i dy hoc hp i dy bng
thp s lun lun c b li cc ng cp ca cc pha v cc ng cp trung tnh cho cc
mch c th s c b tr trong cng mt ng i dy hoc hp i dy.
Except for lighting installations which include emergency circuits, cables from separate distribution
boards shall be run in separate conduits.
Ngoi tr lp cho thit b chiu sng, cc ng cp bao gm loi mch s c, cc ng cp
t cc bng phn phi in ring bit s c chy trong cc ng i dy tch bit.
Where cables of several circuits occupy the same trunking the cables of each circuit shall be
bound together by clips or other approved means. Circuits shall be further grouped and bound to
provide easy means of identification.
Khi cc ng cp ca mt vi mch chy trong cng mt hp i dy, cc ng cp ca mi
mch s c b li bng ai kp hoc bng cch khc c thng qua. Hn na, cc mch
cn c nhm li v c b li d nhn bit.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
150
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.14.8 Cables penetrating through trunking shall be protected by conduits except for PVC insulated and
sheated cables if such cables form part of a surface wiring system. In such case, the holes in the
trunking, through which such cables penetrate, shall be fitted with suitable ruber grommets to BS
1767 or insulated bushes.\
Cc ng cp xuyn qua hp i dy s c bo v bng ng i dy, tr trng hp i vi cc
ng cp c v bc v c bc cch ly bng PVC, nu cc ng cp to thnh mt
phn ca h thng ng dy lp b mt. Trong cc trng hp , cc l cc hp i dy
cc ng cp xuyn qua s c cc giong cao su thch hp theo BS 1767 hoc cc vng m
cch ly
7.15
Metal Cable Tray

Cc mng kim loi cp
7.15.1 Where cable trays are employed to support cables running horizontally at high level, they shall be
perforated trays manufactured from not less than 1.5mm gauge mild steel which shall be hot
dipped galvanized to have corrosion protection not lower than Class 2 to BS 4678 : Part 1 : 1971,
i.e. medium protection. Before installation of the cables, cable tray supports shall be painted by
the Contractors to match the quality, finish and colour of the surrounding paintwork of the building.
Trays shall be supported from the ribs of structural slab, beams, etc., at intervals of not more than
1.2m and not more than 225mm from bends and intersections.
Khi cc mng cp c dng cc ng cp chy ngang trn cao, s l cc mng
c l c lm bng thp mm dy khng t hn 1.5mm, c trng km nhng nng chng
r khng t hn loi 2 theo BS 4678: Phn 1, tc l cp bo v trung bnh. Trc khi lp cc ng
cp, cc mng cp s c Nh thu sn ph hp vi cht lng, cch hon thin v mu
sc ca phn cng tc sn xung quanh ca cng trnh. Mng s c bng cc sn ca bn
sn, dm cc khong u n khng vt qu 1.2m v cch cc ch b v cc ch giao nhau
225mm.
7.15.2 Cable trays shall have the following dimensions :Mng cp s c cc kch thc sau y:
Nominal Width
Chiu rng
100mm
150mm
200mm
300mm
450mm
600mm
Minimum Height
of Upstand
Chiu cao ti
thiu ca thnh
ng
100mm
100mm
100mm
100mm
100mm
100mm
Nominal
Thickness of
Steel Sheet
Chiu dy ca
thp tm
1.2mm
1.2mm
1.5mm
1.5mm
2.0mm
2.0mm
7.15.3 Bend pieces shall be of the same material, thickness and finish as the main body of the cable tray
and shall have an inner radius of 50mm and a straight length of 100mm at each end.
Cc phn b ca mng cp s cng loi vt liu, chiu dy v cch hon thin nh ca phn
thn ca mng cp, v c bn knh trong 50mm v chiu di thng 100mm mi u.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
151
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.15.4 No perforation shall be made in the circular portion of all bend pieces having a nominal width of
150mm or 100mm. Perforation may be allowed in bend pieces having a nominal width of 225mm
or above provided that the perforation is made along a line passing through the centre of curvature
of the bend pieces and set at an angle to the normal of the axis of the cable tray. The values of
are tabulated below :Khng c l phn trn ca tt c cc ch un c chiu rng 150mm hoc 100mm. Cc l c
c th c php cc ch un c chiu rng 225mm tr ln, min l cc l c c lm dc
theo ng xuyn qua tm ca on cong ca ch un v to thnh gc vi trc ca mng
cp. Cc tr s ca nh sau:
Nominal Width of Cable Tray
Chiu rng ca mng cp
Value of
Tr s
225mm and 300mm

225mm v 300mm
450
450
450mm and 600mm

450mm v 600mm
300and 600
300and 600
7.15.5 Tee pieces shall be of the same material, thickness and finish as the main body of the cable tray.
the distance measured between the point of inter-section and the end of the tee piece shall not be
less than 100mm.
Cc chi tit ch T s lm bng cng loi vt liu, chiu dy v cch hon thin nh phn thn
chnh ca mng cp, khong cch c o gia im ct nhau v u ca chi tit ch T s
khng t hn 100mm.
The connection shall be mechanically strong so that no relative movement between the two
lengths can occur.
Lin kt bn c hc khng xy ra chuyn v tng i gia hai on mng cp.
7.15.6 Connections between adjacent lengths of tray, tee or bend pieces, shall be made of butt joints
and fixed by mushroom-head roofing bolts and nuts complying with BS 1491 : Part 1.
Lin kt gia cc on st nhau ca mng cp, chi tit ch T hoc ch un, s l lin kt i
u v c c nh bng bu lng v ai c u nm theo BS 1491: Phn 1.
7.15.7 Cable trays shall be cut along a line of plain metal only, i.e. they shall be not cut through the
perforation. All out edges of the galvanised cable tray shall be prepared and treated with a cold
galvanized paint.
Mng cp ch c ct dc theo phn kim loi ming lin, tc l khng ct qua ch c l ca
mng cp. Ton b cc mp ngoi ca mng cp trng km s c gia cng v c x
l bng sn trng km ngui.
7.15.8 Manufacturer's standard items of accessories shall be used. Site fabrication of accessories shall
only be allowed upon approval of the Supervising Officer and shall be kept to a minimum.
Cc hng mc ph kin tiu chun ca Nh sn xut s c dng. Vic gia cng cc ph kin
ti cng trng s rt hn ch v ch c php khi c cn b gim st thng qua.
Where special sections are required, the material, thickness and finish shall be specified for the
standard items.
Khi c yu cu v cc tit din c bit, loi vt liu, dy v cch hon thin s c quy nh
cho cc hng mc tiu chun.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
152
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.15.9 Holes cut in a cable tray for the passage of cable shall be provided with grommets complying with
BS 1767. Alternatively they shall be bushed or lined.
Cc l ct mng cp ng cp chy qua s c cc l cp theo BS 1767. Trng hp
khc, cc l ct mng cp c ng lt hoc lp lt.
7.15.10 A minimum clear space of 20mm shall be left behind all cable trays.
Khong thng thy ti thiu 20mm c li pha sau ton b mng cp.
7.15.11 Cables mounted on the trays shall be laid after installation of the tray and spaced in accordance
with the IEE Wiring Regulations so as not to incur group factor derating. Cables shall be grouped
in circuits and individually clipped, cleated at intervals of not less than 3m lengths on horizontal
runs and 1m lengths on vertical runs, using cable cleats. Single-core cables shall be secured to
the cable tray by clamps made of wood or other non-ferrous materials specially designed to suit
the dimension of the cables. The clamp shall be secured to the cable tray by means of bolts,
washers and nuts.
Cc ng cp c gn trn mng s c lp sau khi thi cng cc mng v c t theo cc
khong cch nhau theo quy phm ng dy IEE khng xy ra hin tng gim ti do yu t
nhm cp. Cc ng cp c nhm trong cc mch v c kp ring cc khong cch
nhau khng t hn 3m theo chiu di ngang v 1m theo chiu thng ng, dng cc thanh np
cp. Cc ng cp li n s c c nh vi mng cp bng kp g hoc bng vt liu
khng c cht st, c thit k c bit cho ph hp vi kch thc ca cc ng cp. Cc kp
c lin kt vi mng cp bng bu lng, vng m v ai c
7.15.12 Where trays are used in corrosive atmosphere or exposed to the weather, the tray shall be coated
with epoxy resin. PVC coating is not acceptable.
Khi mng cp c dng trong mi trng d b r hoc c l ra vi thi tit bn ngoi,
mng cp c bc bng keo poxy. Lp bc PVC khng c chp nhn.
7.15.13 Where cable trays are employed to support cables running horizontally at high level, they shall be
perforated trays manufactured from not less than 1.6mm gauge mild steel with return edge which
shall be hot dipped galvanized to BS 729 before installation of the cables.
Khi mng cp c dng cc ng cp chy ngang trn cao, s l cc mng c
l c lm bng thp mm dy khng t hn 1.6mm, c mp b ln, chng c trng km
nhng nng theo BS 729 trc khi lp cc ng cp.
7.15.14 The tray shall be of adequate size to support the cables without undue bunching and so
supported that it will carry the cable load without undue deflection of the tray. It shall be
perforated to facilitate the fixings of cables to the tray.
Mng c kch thc cp m khng cn phi b li v c cu to chu c ti ca
cp m khng gy ra vng qu mc ca mng. Mng c c l d lin kt cp vi mng.
7.15.15 Fixings to wall or steelwork shall be by zeradised nuts and bolts with a gap of at least 25 mm
between structure and tray. All supporting steelwork shall be galvanised. Fixings shall be at
regular intervals not exceeding 1.2m and at 225 mm from bends and intersections.
Mng c c nh vi tng hoc kt cu thp bng ai c v bu lng trng km c k h ti
thiu bng 25mm gia kt cu v mng. Ton b kt cu thp lm gi s c trng km. Cc
im lin kt s cc khong u n khng vt qu 1.2m v cch cc ch b v cc ch giao
nhau 225mm.
7.15.16 All joints in sections of cable tray and fixings of tray to support brackets shall be achieved by
means of round or mushroom headed bolts and nuts. The bolts and nuts shall be installed with the
bolts on the inside of the tray, clear of any cables.
Ton b cc mi ni cc on ca mng cp v cc im c nh ca mng vi gi s
t c bng cch dng cc bulng v ai c u trn hoc u hnh nm. Cc bulng v ai c
s c lp bng cc bulng v pha mng, khng c cp.
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
153
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.15.17 Cables shall be fixed on cable tray by proprietary saddles or clips. Where saddles exceed 150mm
in length, intermediate fixings shall be provided such that the maximum spacing between screws
shall not exceed 150mm.
Cc ng cp s c c nh mng cp bng cc ai hoc cc kp chuyn dng. Khi
cc ai c chiu di vt qu 150mm, s c chi tit ni trung gian sao cho khong cch ti
a gia cc inh vt khng vt qu 150mm.
7.15.18 Where uncrated tray carried cable having a PVC or other insulating oversheath, or where
insulating clips are used to fix metal sheathed and/or armoured cables to uncrated tray, a definite
earthing connection to the tray shall be made.
Khi mng khng c lp bc cc ng cp c lp bc PVC hoc cc lp v bc cch ly khc,
hoc khi cc kp c bc cch ly c s dng c nh cc chi tit kim loi c v bc v / hoc
cc ng cp c gia cng thp vi cc mng khng c bc, cn phi ni t cho mng
cp.
7.16
Plastic Conduit
ng i dy bng nha hoc hp i dy bng nha
7.16.1 Plastic conduit shall only be used where specified in the Particular Specification, and shall be rigid
type. Rigid PVC conduit shall comply with BS 6099 : 1988, heavy gauge, impact resistance, type
A. The conduit fitting and accessories shall comply with BS 4607 : 1988, impact resistance.
ng i dy bng nha hoc hp i dy bng nha s ch c s dng khi c quy nh Quy
cch k thut ring v l loi cng. ng i dy bng PVC cng s theo BS 6099: 1988, ch
lm vic nng, chu tc ng loi A. Chi tit ni v ph kin ca ng i dy s theo BS 4607:
1988, chu tc ng.
7.16.2 Adaptable boxes and boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories shall be made from
insulating materials and comply with BS 4607 : 1988. The dimensions of the plastic boxes shall
be such that they can be interchangeable with steel boxes and shall comply with BS 4568 : 1988.
Each PVC box shall be moulded in one piece.
Cc hp ni v cc hp lm v cho cc ph kin in s c lm bng vt liu cch ly v theo
BS 4607: 1988. Kch thc ca cc hp nha c th trao i ln nhau vi cc hp thp v theo
BS 4568: 1988. Mi hp PVC c c lin khi thnh mt ming.
7.16.3 A PVC insulated cable shall be drawn into the conduit or trunking system to serve as the circuit
protective conductor (CPC), the cross-sectional area of which shall comply with the IEE Wiring
Regulations for the size of the largest live conductors enclosed.
Cc ng cp c bc cch ly PVC c ko trong h thng ng i dy hoc hp i dy
lm dy dn bo v mch (CPC), din tch tit din ngang ca chng s theo quy phm ng
dy IEE i vi kch thc ca dy dn in ang hot ng ln nht c chy trong .
7.16.4 The relevant general clauses relating to steel conduit shall also apply to plastic conduit
installations.
Cc mc c lin quan ti ng i dy bng thp s c p dng cho vic lp t ng i dy bng
nha.
7.16.5 Jointing of plastic conduit installation and accessories shall be made using solvent welding
method, strictly in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
Lin kt ca ng i dy bng nha v ph kin c lm bng cch dng nha dn, phi tun
theo trit cc yu cu ca Nh sn xut.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
154
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
7.17
Sealing of duct entries to buildings (including service pipes)

Bt cc l ng vo nh (bao gm cc ng dch v)
7.17.1 After all cables have been installed, both duct ends shall be sealed using mastic or expanding
foam to form a vermin, gas, water and fire barrier. The fire rating of the seal shall be as necessary
to match the fire rating of the local building structure.
Sau khi cp c lp t, c hai u ng phi c bt kn bng bt mastic hay foam gin n
chn cn trng, gas, nc v la chy lan. Mc chng chy ca vt liu bt phi cn thit ph hp
vi mc chng chy ca kt cu cng trnh cc b.
7.17.2 Spare ducts shall be sealed with end caps and mastic to form a vermin, gas, water and fire barrier.
ng d phng phi c bt kn bng bt mastic hay foam gin n chn cn trng, gas, nc
v la chy lan
7.17.3 Cables shall be identified where they come into and out of ducts and all labels shall be legible and
visible after duct sealing is complete.
Cp phi c nhn dng ni no m n vo v ra khi ng v tt c cc nhn phi hp l v c
th thy sau khi hon tt vic bt kn ng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
155
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 8 LIGHTING INSTALLATION

PHN 8 LP T H THNG CHIU SNG
8.1
General
Yu cu chung
The Contractor shall provide a complete conduit/trunking system, wiring system, control
equipment and accessories for the lighting installation.
Nh thu s cung cp h thng hp i dy/ ng i dy hon chnh, mng dy, thit b iu khin
v cc ph kin lp t h thng chiu sng.
8.2

8.3
Wiring and Conduit

Dy v ng i dy
8.3.1
Separate conduits and trunking wireways shall be provided for lighting systems in accordance with
the following :Cc ng dy c hp i dy/ ng i dy ring bit c cp cho h thng chiu sng, theo cc
phn sau y:
8.3.2
Non essential lighting

H thng chiu sng khng thit yu;
Essential lighting and emergency lighting

H thng chiu sng thit yu v chiu sng s c.
Unless otherwise specified, all the wirings for lighting installation shall be protected by trunkings /
conduits, installed as detailed in the Particular Specification.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, ton b ng dy lp t h thng chiu sng s c bo
v bng hp i dy/ ng i dy, c lp theo chi tit ca Quy cch k thut ring.
8.3.3
For suspended luminaries, rigid conduit mounted on ceiling shall be provided for the lighting of the
luminaires. No flexible conduit is allowed and suspended conduit shall be electrically earthed.
i vi cc n treo, cc ng i dy cng c lp trn trn, ng i dy cng trn c b tr
cho cc n. Cc ng i dy mm khng c php s dng, cn cc ng i dy treo phi c
ni t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
156
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
For recessed mounted fittings on false ceilings having a ceiling void more than 2m depth, guide
brackets and rigid steel conduit system shall be provided up more than 1m below ceiling slab
soffit, thereafter flexible conduit shall be used to connect to the lighting fittings and the length of
the flexible cables shall not be more than 1m.
i vi cc chi tit c gn chm trn c khong trng trn ln hn 2 m, s c cc gi dn
hng v cc ng i dy cng bng thp c lp v tr ln hn 1 m bn di y bn sn, khi
ng i dy mm s c dng ni vi n v chiu di ca cp mm khng c ln hn
1m.
Where continuous lines of surface mounted luminaires are specified, through wiring will be
permitted provided that the proposed method of erection, lining up and connection of the
luminaires is acceptable. If this is not the case, then a separate loop-in conduit or MIMS system
shall be made to each luminaire. Continuous runs shall be mounted true and in a straight line with
no gap between adjacent luminaires. If through wiring is permitted, this shall be fixed clear of the
control gear of the luminaires and where this is not possible high temperature P.V.C. wiring shall
be used. All holes through luminaires for through wiring shall be bushed and an insulated 2.5
sq.mm earth wire shall be run between all the luminaires in the run.
Khi cc n c lp b mt c quy nh to thnh ng lin tc, xuyn qua ng dy s
c php, min l phng php d kin lp t, hon thin v lin kt cc n c chp
nhn. Nu cc n khng c , th cn c ng i dy mch vng hoc h thng MIMS cn c
lm cho mi n. ng i dy lin tc s c lp ng v trn mt ng thng, khng c khe
h gia cc n cnh nhau. Nu vic xuyn qua ng dy c php, n s c c nh
khng chm vo b phn iu khin n, v khi khng th thc hin iu , cn phi dng dy
PVC chu nhit cao. Tt c cc l xuyn qua n xuyn qua ng dy s c lp ng lt,
v mt ng dy tip t 2.5 mm2 c lp cch in s c lp gia cc n.
The minimum size of cable for lighting circuits shall be 2.5 sq.mm.
Tit din ti thiu ca ng cp dng cho h thng chiu sng l 2.5 mm2.
8.3.7
Circuit wiring shall terminate in PVC insulated connecting blocks with brass screw connections in
the luminaires. The connecting block shall be suitable for the temperature at which they will
operated.
ng dy c ni trong hp lin kt PVC c lp cch ly, dng vt ng lin kt vi cc n.
Hp lin kt PVC phi ph hp vi nhit ti ni n c s dng.
8.3.8
For luminaires operated at voltage other than 220V, the Contractor shall provide a voltage
transformer, which complied to British Standard, to each luminaire. The primary input of the
transformer shall be 220V and the secondary output of the transformer shall be suitable operation
of the luminaire.
i vi cc n hot ng vi in p khc loi 220V, Nh thu s cp bin th ph hp theo
Tiu chun Anh cho mi n. ng in s cp vo ca bin th l 220 V, cn in p th cp
ra ca bin th s ph hp vi in p hot ng ca n.
8.4
Lighting Circuit Control

iu khin mch chiu sng
8.4.1
Lighting circuits shall be controlled by lighting switches or PIR sensors etc., as shown on the
Drawings.
Cc mch chiu sng c iu khin bng cng tc n hoc cm bin PIR .v.v. nh c
th hin bn v.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
157
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
8.4.2
Unless otherwise specified, where the lighting circuits are not controlled by lighting switches shall
be controlled by timer switches. The circuits to be controlled by a timer shall be submitted for
Clients representative/Engineer approval.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, khi cc mch chiu sng khng c iu khin bng cng tc
n, th s c iu khin bng cng tc thi gian. Cc mch chiu sng c iu khin bng
cng tc thi gian cn phi c Kin trc s/ K s thng qua.
8.4.3
Unless otherwise specified, where the lighting switches, which control of the same phase, shall be
grouped into a single plateswitch, but maximum to 3 gangs.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, khi cc cng tc n c iu khin bng cng mt pha, s
c nhm li trong mt bng cng tc n, nhng ti a ch l 3 nhm.
8.4.4
Lighting switches, which control of different phase circuits or different circuit categories, shall not
allowed to grouped into a single plate switch.
Cc cng tc n c iu khin bng mch pha khc nhau hoc loi pha khc nhau , s khng
c php nhm li trong mt bng cng tc n.
8.4.5
All electrical accessories shall be provided with phase colour marker and marked with respective
circuit number.
Ton b cc ph kin in s c cp c nh du mu ch cc pha v tn ca mch.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
158
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 9 SMALL POWER SYSTEM

PHN 9 H THNG IN NGUN CHO MCH CNG SUT THP
9.1
General
Quy nh chung
9.1.1
Small power installation shall comprise essential and non-essential supplies to socket outlets,
fused spur units, connection units, double pole switch, cooker control units and similar domestic
appliances as shown on the Tender Drawings. All electrical accessories shall comply with the
relevant British Standards and Local Electricity Authority Requirements and shall be suitable either
for flush or surface mounting in BS 4662 : 1979 steel boxes. A complete trunking/conduit and
cables for the power supplies for small power system shall be provided by the Contractor even
though it is not completely shown on the Drawings.
Vic lp t h thng in nh gm ngun cp thit yu v khng thit yu ti cc cm, cc
thit b c cu ch, cc b phn lin kt, cng tc cc i, thit b iu khin v cc thit b s
dng trong nh tng t theo th hin cc bn v u thu. Ton b ph kin in tun theo
cc yu cu ca BS c lin quan v c quan chc nng in a phng c lin quan, v s ph
hp cc hp thp c lp phng hoc lp trn b mt theo BS 4662: 1979. Cc hp i dy /
ng i dy hon chnh v cc ng cp ca ngun cp cho h thng in nh s c Nh thu
b tr cho d n khng c th hin y cc bn v.
9.1.2
All electrical accessories shall be with respective phase colour markers and marked with circuit
numbers.
Tt c cc ph kin in s c nh du mu cc pha tng ng v nh du s mch dy.
9.2

9.3
Electrical Accessories & Installation

Cc ph kin in v cch lp t
9.3.1
Socket Outlets
Cc cm
a)
One phase socket outlets shall be 3 pin P/N/E, 16A, international type, shutter, switched,
indicator lamp and label as shown on the Drawing. All socket outlets shall be complying
with the relevant European or British Standard as appropriate.
Cc cm mt pha l loi 3 cc, 16A , loi quc t, c mn che, c cng tc, n hin th
trng thi v nhn nh c th hin bn v. Ton b cm s tun theo cc tiu
chun Anh v chu u c lin quan, khi c p dng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
159
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b)
Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, socket outlets shall have all insulated white
colour moulded front plates. Flush mounted type shall be fitted with adjustable grids and
surface pattern socket shall be supplied in cast iron boxes.
Tr phi c quy nh khc cc bn v, cc cm s c tm mt trc mu trng
c cch in. cm loi gn phng s c li c th iu chnh v cc cm c hoa
vn b mt s c t trong cc hp gang.
c)
Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all socket outlets shall be mounted at 300mm
above finished floor level except that at pump rooms. Socket outlets at pump rooms shall
be made of weatherproof type mounted at 1350mm above finished floor level.
Tr phi c quy nh khc cc bn v, ton b cc cm c gn cao
300mm pha trn cao sn c hon thin ngoi tr cc bung my bm. cm
bung my bm l loi chu c thi tit c gn cao 1350mm pha trn cao
sn c hon thin.
d)
In mechanical plant rooms, electrical rooms, car parks public corridors and lobby, socket
outlets shall be metal clad type or unbreakable type.
cc bung k thut, cc bung in, cc hnh lang v snh cng cng, khu xe, cc
cm l loi v kim loi hoc loi v khng b p v.
e)
All socket outlets mounted externally shall be weatherproof type and shall comply with BS
EN 6030 : 1992 (BS 4343).
Ton b cc cm c lp bn ngoi s l loi chu c thi tit v theo BS EN
60309: 1992 (BS 4343).
f)
Weatherproof type socket outlets shall comply with BS EN 60309 : 1992 (BS 4343),
provided with a push-on cap and cap retaining ring or a screw-on cap with rubber gasket.
The socket outlets shall have a degrees of protection of at least IP54 to BS EN6052 : 1992
(BS 5490).
cm loi chu c thi tit s theo BS EN60309: 1992 (BS 4343) c np v vng gi
np hoc np c bt vt vi cc vng m cao su. cm c mc bo v ti thiu IP54
theo BS EN 60529 : 1992 (BS 5490).
g)
Sparkproof socket outlets shall comply with BS EN60309: 1992 (BS 4343) and shall be
controlled by a sparkless switch. The socket outlet shall be interlocked with the plug so
that removal or insertion shall not be possible unless the controlling switch is in the OFF
position. The plug shall have shrouded pin and the design of the pin contacts shall be
such as to guard against development of hot sports or sparking.
Loi cm chng nh la s theo BS EN 60309 : 1992 (BS 4343) v s c iu khin
bng cng tc khng nh la. cm c iu khin tp trung cng vi phch cm c
th tho ra hoc lp vo, tr phi cng tc iu khin v tr NG. Phch cm c cht
c bc v thit k ca cc tip im cht s c bo v chng hin tng tng
nng ca im hoc nh la.
h)
Socket outlets with integral RCD shall comply with BS 7288 and suitable for mounting on a
2-gang BS 4662 : 1979 box. The automatic tripping operation shall not be dependent on
the supply voltage for successful operation of the RCD.
cm c RCD s theo BS 7288 v thch hp gn hp 2 nhm theo BS 4662 : 1979.
Vn hnh ngt t ng s khng ph thuc vo in p ngun cp hoc cc hot ng
tip theo ca RCD.
9.3.2
Spur Units/Fused Connection Units/Connection Unit

Cc b phn lin kt c cu ch / cc chi tit / cc chi tit lin kt
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
160
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Fused spur unit/fused connection unit with or without switch/pilot lamp shall with cord outlet and
contain fuse link to BS 1362: 1986 of appropriate current rating for the appliances. The unit shall
be of flush or surface pattern with all insulated white colour front plates with flexible cord outlet.
The unit shall comply with BS 5733: 1979. The plug shall only be removed by the use of a special
tool.
Cc b phn lin kt c cu ch / cc chi tit / cc chi tit lin kt c hoc khng c n ch bo
s c u ra v thanh cu ch theo BS 1362 : 1986 vi cng sut dng thch hp cho cc thit b.
Cc thit b ny c mt trc mu trng c cch in v c lp phng hoc c hoa vn b
mt cng vi cc u ra mm. Cc thit b s theo BS 5733 : 1979. Nt cm ch c tho ra
bng cch dng cc dng c c bit.
The spur unit / fused connection unit / connection unit inside toilet / bathroom / kitchen shall be
located out of reach level.
Cc b phn lin kt c cu ch / cc chi tit / cc chi tit lin kt bn trong khu v sinh / bung
tm / bp c t cc v tr c th vi ti.
9.3.3
D.P. Switch
Cng tc cc kp (D.P.)
All DP switch shall be completed with pilot light and comply with BS 3676 : 1986. Pilot light shall
be a neon lamp with red colour lens.
Ton b cng tc cc kp c n ch bo v theo BS 3676 : 1986. n ch bo l loi n neon
c nh sng mu .
9.3.4
Lighting Switches
Cc cng tc ca n chiu sng
a)
Switches for the control of lighting circuits shall be comply with BS 3676 : 1986 and be rated
at 10A, AC unless otherwise specified.
Cc cng tc iu khin mch chiu sng s theo BS 3676 : 1986, c cng sut danh
nh 10A, xoay chiu, tr phi c quy nh khc.
b)
Switches shall be flush mounted, all insulated, single pole and white in colour unless
otherwise specified. Rocker-operated architrave switches shall be provided where specified.
Cc cng tc c gn phng, c bc cch in ton b, c cc n v c mu trng,
tr phi c quy nh khc. Cc cng tc np c hot ng bng thanh trt s c
cung cp khi c quy nh.
c)
d)
e)
Multigang switch units shall not switch more than one phase and shall be built up on the grid
switch system, each switch being engraved to indicate the area controlled.
Cc cng tc nhiu nhm s khng chuyn mch nhiu hn 1 pha v c lp vo h
thng cng tc li, mi cng tc c s dng cho mt khu vc c iu khin.
Lighting switches shall be mounted at 1350mm above finished floor level unless otherwise
specified.
Cc cng tc chiu sng c lp 1350mm pha trn cao sn hon thin, tr phi c
quy nh khc.
Weatherproof lighting switches shall be rocker operated totally enclosed in have watertight
enclosures to BS 676 and IP54 and shall be mounted at 1350mm above finished floor level.
Cc cng tc chiu sng chu c thi tit s c t trong cc v kn nc theo BS 676
v IP 54 v c lp 1350mm pha trn cao sn hon thin.
9.3.5
Time Switch
Cng tc nh gi
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
161
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Time switches shall be of self-starting, self-winding driven by synchronous motor. They shall be of
the plug-in type, and shall be housed in a metal enclosure provided with a removal cover of clear
plastic material.
Cng tc nh gi l loi t khi ng, t truyn ng bng ng c ng b. Chng l loi nt v
c t trong v kim loi c np c th tho bng nha trong.
The time switches shall be suitable for operation at 220V, and the rated current shall be 20A
unless otherwise specified. Time switches shall incorporate the following features :
Cng tc nh gi thch hp cho vic vn hnh vi ngun 220V, dng danh nh l 20A, tr phi
c quy nh khc. Cng tc nh gi gm cc phn sau:
a)
A spring reserve of not less than 30 hours to drive the mechanism during electricity supply
interruptions;
L xo gi khng t hn 30 gi truyn ng c cu trong khi ngun in gin on;
b)
An easily replaceable cartridge fuse-link complying with BS 646 or BS 2950, inserted in the
motor circuit;
Mt ng truyn cu ch ng c th d dng thay th theo BS 646 hoc BS 2950, c
ghp vo mch ng c;
c)
A day-omitting device to render the switch inoperative;

Mt thit b b qua ngy p li khng hot ng ca cng tc.
d)
An ON-OFF manual switch to enable the circuit to be controlled without affecting normal dial
operation;
Cng tc M-TT iu khin bng tay iu khin dng m khng nh hng n vn
hnh thng thng;
e)
A 24-hour dial with ON and one OFF level and a single pole, single throw switch;
Mt bng chia 24 gi c mc M v mt mc NG cc n;
9.3.6
Battenholder
ui cht chn
Battenholder shall be complied to BS 5042 : 1987 T2 rated. Unless otherwise specified, it shall be
BC type, H/O shirt with loop-in and earth terminals mounted in the base.
9.3.7
ui cht chn theo BS 5042: 1987, loi T2. Tr phi c quy nh khc, ui cht chn l loi
BC, v H/O c u cc tip t v mch vng c gn .
Shaver Unit
B cm dng cho dao co ru
Shaver unit shall incorporate a double wound isolating transformer rated 20VA at 220V. It shall
meet IEC 742 or BS 3535 : 1990, marking safe uses in bathrooms and washrooms. The isolating
transformer shall be protected against overload by fuse or solid state overload device. The
earthing terminal of the shaver supply unit shall be connected to the protective conductor of the
final circuit from which the supply is obtained.
B cm dng cho dao co ru c bin th cch ly c qun i vi dng danh nh 20VA vi
ngun 220V. N s p ng quy nh IEC 742 hoc BS 3535 : 1990, dng an ton cc bung
tm. Bin th cch ly c bo v chng qu ti bng cch dng cu ch hoc thit b bo v qu
ti. Cc u cc ni t ca b cp ngun dao co ru c ni vi dy dn bo v ca mch
cui cng ti c c ngun cp.
9.3.8
Dimmer Switch
Cng tc iu tit nh sng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
162
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
It shall be complied to BS 5518: 1977 with minimum rating 400W at 220V, fuse protected.
Cng tc iu tit nh sng theo BS 5518: 1977 c cng sut danh nh ti thiu 400W vi ngun
220 V, c cu ch bo v.
9.3.9
Push Button Switches

Cc cng tc nt bm
It shall comply with BS 4794 with changeover contact and bell/press symbol. The switch for
outdoor use shall be weatherproof.
Cc cng tc nt bm theo BS 4794 c tip im chuyn mch v k hiu bm / nh. Cng tc
dng ngoi nh l loi chu c thi tit.
9.4
Final Circuit Installation

Lp t mch cui
9.4.1
Unless otherwise specified, all wiring accessories including conduit, junction boxes, etc. shall be
concealed in building structure with outlets and junction boxes flush with the building finish.
Suitable extension ring or collar shall be provided for mounting of front plate where the plaster
finish is more than 13mm thick. Only extension rings of the correct depth shall be used. Under no
circumstances, multiple extension rings shall be permitted. Surface mounted conduits shall be
permitted in plantrooms, lifts motor rooms and switch rooms.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, ton b ng dy k c ng i dy, hp ni dy v..v.. s c
giu kn trong kt cu cng trnh, c cc u ra v hp ni dy c lp phng vi b mt hon
thin ca cng trnh. Vng hoc vnh ai m rng loi thch hp s c b tr lp mt trc
khi chiu dy hon thin bng va trt ln hn 13mm. Ch c cc vng m rng c su mi
c dng. Di bt k trng hp no, cc vng m rng s c dng. Cc ng i dy c
lp trn b mt s c php thc hin cc bung k thut, bung t ng c ca thang my
v cc bung bng in.
9.4.2
Unless special permission from Clients reprentative/Engineer, no conduit shall be installed

longitudinally underneath cable trays, air ducts or along steel structures, etc.
Tr phi c s cho php c bit ca Kin trc s / K s, ng i dy khng c lp chy di
di mng cp, ng dn kh hoc dc theo cc kt cu thp v..v..
9.4.3
The earthing terminal of each electrical accessories shall be connected by a circuit protective
conductor to an earthing terminal incorporated in the conduit outlet box.
u cc ni t ca mi ph kin in s c ni bng dy dn bo v dng vi u cc ni t
c ghp vo hp u ra ca ng i dy.
9.4.4
Connections between fused connection units and the equipment shall be either by multicore
flexible cable/cord or by fixed wiring in conduit.
Lin kt gia cc thit b lin kt c cu ch v cc thit b khc s c thc hin bng cp mm
nhiu li hoc dy dn c chy trong ng i dy.
Every fused connection unit with fixed wiring final connection shall be provided with flush mounted
outlet box at the back of the equipment served.
Mi thit b lin kt c lp cu ch vi cc lin kt dy c lp hp u ra c gn phng
pha sau ca thit b m n phc v.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
163
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
9.4.5
Double pole switches serving the adjacent item of equipment shall be completed with flexible
outlet for cable connection except those for controlling a connection unit or power outlet. The front
plate of the double pole switches shall be engraved with the name in both English and Vietnamese
of the appliance served. Integral pilot light formed by a neon lamp with resistor and a red
coloured lens shall be provided.
Cc cng tc cc i dng cho cc hng mc lin k ca thit b s c u ra mm ni cp
ngoi tr cc u ra l iu khin thit b lin kt hoc u cp ngun. Tm mt trc ca
cng tc cc i s c khc ch ting anh v ting Vit Nam v loi thit b s c phc v. n
ch bo c n nng cng khng tr v nh sng mu s c b tr.
9.5
Testing
Th nghim
9.5.1
Verification of Polarity:
Kim tra tnh phn cc
To ensure that all fuses and single pole control devices are connected in the 'live' conductor only,
and that wiring has been correctly connected to the socket outlet terminals.
m bo rng ton b cu ch v thit b iu khin cc n ch c kt ni vi dy dn c
in, v dy dn c kt ni ng vi cc u cc ca cm.
9.5.2
Tests of Effectiveness of Earthing:

Th nghim v hiu qu ni t
To be proven with loop-impedance test in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th
Edition.
chng minh th nghim tr khng vng theo quy phm IEE, xut bn ln th 16.
9.5.3
Insulation Resistance Test:

Th nghim kh nng cch in
A dc test voltage shall be applied for the measurement of insulation resistance of all LV
equipment. Measured value shall be recorded as per the IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition
in p th nghim mt chiu s c dng o kh nng cch in ca tt c cc thit b h
th. Tr s c o s c ghi chp li theo quy phm IEE, xut bn ln th 16.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
164
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 10 LUMINAIRES
PHN 10 CC LOI N
10.1
General
Quy nh chung
10.1.1 The Contractor shall supply, install, testing, commissioning and set to work a complete luminaire
scheme in accordance with the lighting fitting/luminaire schedule, drawings, and this Specification.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, th nghim, chy th v hiu chnh cng vic lp t b n hon
chnh theo bng thng k n / thit b chiu sng, cc bn v v Quy cch k thut ny.
10.1.2 The Contractor shall include the purchase and delivery to site, storage, safe keeping, pending,
unpacking, complete assembly, erection, connection, testing and handing over in a clean working
condition at the end of the Contract Period of all the luminaires.
Nh thu s mua v a ti cng trng, bo qun, gi an ton, m bao b, lp rp hon chnh,
kt ni, th nghim v bn giao cc b n iu kin lm vic ti cui thi k Hp ng.
10.1.3 All components within the same luminaires shall preferably be of the same manufacturer to
ensure compatibility of the components.
Ton b cc b phn cng loi n s do cng mt Nh sn xut m bo kh nng tng
thch ca cc b phn.
10.1.4 Before award of the Contract and prior to ordering the luminaires, the Contractor shall furnish
manufacturers' data and samples (if requested) for Clients representative approval.
Trc khi nhn c Hp ng v trc khi mua n, Nh thu s cung cp cc s liu v mu
ca Nh sn xut (nu c yu cu) Kin trc s thng qua.
All luminaires and components shall be suitable for use in ambient temperature and ambient
conditions that will exist in various parts of the building complex. It is assumed that the air
temperatures will rise to 40C and the relative humidity will rise to 100%.
Ton b cc loi n v cc b phn s thch hp s dng nhit bn ngoi v cc iu
kin bn ngoi, chng hin c cc phn khc nhau ca cng trnh. N c gi nh rng nhit
khng kh c th tng ti 400C v m tng i ti 100%.
10.1.5 All luminaires shall be suitable for operated at 50Hz single phase, 220V A.C..
Tt c cc loi n u thch hp vi tn s 50Hz, pha n, ngun in xoay chiu 220V.
10.1.6 The luminaires shall be designed and constructed in accordance with BS 4533.
Cc loi n c thit k v ch to theo BS 4533.
10.1.7 Unless otherwise specified, the following components of the luminaires shall be manufactured in
accordance with the relevant British Standard Specifications.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc b phn sau y ca n c ch to theo quy cch k thut
BS c lin quan.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
165
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
i)
ii)
iii)
Ballast
- B.S. 2818 : 1981 or B.S. 4782
Cun cm tc te - BS 2818 : 1981 hoc BS 4782
Starter
- B.S. 3772 : 1975
B khi ng - BS 3772 : 1975
Capacitor - B.S. 4017 : 1979
T in
- BS 4017 : 1979
10.1.8 For outdoor luminaires, unless otherwise specified, the construction of luminaires shall comply to
B.S. 4533 and IP54 or above.
i vi n ngoi nh, tr phi c quy nh khc, cu to ca n theo BS 4533 v IP 54
hoc cao hn.
10.1.9 The following of luminaires details shall be submitted :Cc chi tit sau y ca n s c np:
a)
Catalogue and fully descriptive technical literature giving details of construction including
thicknesses of all sheet metal, weights, dimensions, method of installation, photometric
data including upward and downward light output ratios, luminous area, British Zonal
Classification for each luminaire and watts loss in the control gear.
Gii thiu v n v cc chi tit k thut ton b v cu to, k c chiu dy ca kim loi
tm, trng lng, kch thc, phng php lp t, cc s liu quang gm t l chiu
sng ln v xung, din tch c chiu sng, phn loi khu vc cho mi n v tn tht
ot b iu khin.
b)
Complete electrical characteristics of luminaires and tubes, namely, total circuit watts,
power factor, colour temperature, glare index, etc.
Cc c trng in hon chnh ca n, tn, s ot dng tng cng, h s ngun, nhit
mu, ch s sng v..v..
10.1.10 Luminaires of the same basic external shape but with different lengths, widths and number of
tubes shall be from the same manufacturer.
Cc n c cng hnh dng bn ngoi nhng chiu di, chiu rng v s bng khc nhau s c
cng Nh sn xut.
10.1.11 Basically, luminaires will be LED except indicated otherswise on drawings. The other luminaire
srather than LED will be refered to relevant requirement in this specification.
C bn, tt c b n s l cng ngh LED ngoi tr c ch nh khc trong bn v. Cc b
n khng phi LED s c tham chiu n yu cu tng ng cho loi n ny trong tiu ch
k thut ny.
10.2
Control Gear
B iu khin
10.2.1 All electrical control gear shall be totally built into the luminaires assembly, and shall provide for
switch operation. Quiet operating ballasts shall be designed to suit local supply of 220V 5%,
single phase at 50Hz 0.2Hz, and comply with BS 2818. Power factor correction capacitors shall
be provided to correct the power factor for each luminaires to not less than 0.95 lagging. The
capacitors shall be of metallized polypropylene strips wound onto cylindrical formers, rated to
operate at not less than 85C, mounted not less than 75mm from any ballasts, and connected in
parallel with ballasts.
Ton b c cu iu khin in s c ghp trong b n v c cng tc. Chn lu loi khng
gy n c thit k ph hp vi ngun 220V 5%, mt pha, tn s 50 Hz 0.2% v theo BS
2818. T in chnh h s ngun c lp chnh h s ngun cho mi n khng t hn 0.95
tr. T in lm bng bng polypropylene c kim loi c qun theo hnh tr, c cng sut danh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
166
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
nh hot ng khng t hn 85C, c gn cch t nht 75mm so vi bt k cun cm no v

c ni song song vi cun cm.
10.2.2 Control gear and wiring assemblies shall be sprayed with an approved non-hardening lacquer
coating to prevent the ingress of water moisture. All control gear, tube, fixtures and accessories
shall be of the same manufacture as the luminaires. Locally made components will not be
accepted.
B iu khin v b lp rp dy s c phun bng lp sn khng ng cng c thng qua
ngn m v nc. Ton b c cu iu khin, cc n v ph kin c cng Nh sn xut.
10.2.3 All starters complete with starter bases shall be bimetallic type comply with BS 3772 and suitable
for lamps to BS 1853.
Ton b b khi ng cng vi ca b khi ng s l loi kim loi lng tnh theo BS 3772 v
thch hp cho cc n theo BS 1853.
10.2.4 Lamp holders shall comply with B.S. 6702 (1986), inflammable and non-conductive when installed,
the lamp holders shall be adjustable to allow manufacturing tolerance (within the manufacturer's
specification) in the length of lamps.
gi n theo BS 6702 (1986), l loi khng b chy v khng dn in khi c lp t, gi
n c th iu chnh c dung sai ca chiu di n khi sn xut (trong phm vi quy cch
k thut ca Nh sn xut).
10.2.5 One set of ballast and capacitor shall be used for only one lamp
Mt b chn lu v t ch c dng cho mt n
10.2.6 Ballasts for high intensity discharge lamps shall be high power factor (at least 0.95 lag). The
ballasts shall be mounted in the fixtures or in weather proof steel box mounted to low level of steel
structural pole.
Chn lu cho n phng in cao p phi l loi h s cng sut cao (t nht 0.95 tr). Cc chn
lu phi c gn trong n hoc trong hp thp chi thi tit gn mc thp ca ct thp.
10.3
Fluorescent Luminaires
Cc loi n hunh quang
10.3.1 Modular luminaires, both recessed and surface mounted, shall comply with BS 4533 Part 2, Class
1, IP20. The luminaires shall be of good design and have pleasing appearance. Tubular
fluorescent lamps complying with BS 1853 : Part 1 or BS 1853 : Part 2 shall have bi-pin caps and
silicone coated glass envelopes, or shall be similarly treated so that a deposit of moisture on the
tube will not prevent the arc from striking under starting conditions.
Cc loi n c mun ha, c 2 loi lp chm hoc lp trn b mt, s theo BS 4533 Phn
2, loi 1, IP 20. Cc n c thit k tt v c hnh dng a nhn. Cc n hunh quang kiu ng
s theo BS 1853: Phn 1 hoc BS 1853 : Phn 2, s c cc u m lng cc v lp v nha
c sn silicon, hoc c x l tng t m c xut hin trn ng n cng khng ngn
cn chiu sng.
10.3.2 Recessed modular luminaires shall comprise a separate modular frame, reflector, control gear
assembly and diffuser. The modular frames shall be of lightweight high quality sheet steel
construction with a high reflectance white finish. The frame size shall be integrated into the
suspended ceiling.
Cc n c lp chm gm khung ring bit, chao n, b iu khin v b khuych tn. Cc
khung lm bng thp tm trng lng nh, cht lng cao c lp hon thin mu trng pht x
nh sng cao. Kch thc khung ph hp vi kch thc trn treo.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
167
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.3.3 Unless otherwise specified, recessed luminaires shall be provided with ceiling trim sections
suitable for the type of ceiling in which they will be installed.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc n lp chm s c chi tit hiu chnh trn ph hp vi loi
trn ti n c lp.
10.3.4 Surface mounted luminaires shall comprise a metal body. The metal body to house the control
gear and lamps shall be made of heavy gauge sheet steel, stove-enamelled white inside and
outside. The metal body shall be suitable for 20mm diameter conduit suspension and direct-onceiling mounting. Fixing centres shall be the same as for the recessed luminaire. One 20mm
diameter knockout shall also be provided at the centre for back cable entry.
Loi n c lp trn b mt gm thn bng kim loi. Thn bng kim loi c cha b iu khin,
v n c lm bng tm thp c kh nng chu ti cao, c trng men trng c bn trong ln
bn ngoi. Thn kim loi thch hp vi ng i dy ng knh 20mm c treo v c gn trc
tip ln trn. Cc im lin kt s ging nh n c lp chm. Mt c cu y c ng knh
20mm c b tr on gia ca ng cp ng sau.
10.3.5 Multilamp luminaires shall have lamps spaced symmetrically at the centre-line of the unit. After
the complete luminaires has been in operation for three hours in a draught-free room having an
ambient temperature of 25C, the surface temperature of all lamps, measured at the centre bottom
of the tube, shall not exceed 40C.
Cc n nhiu ampe s c cc bng n c t i xng theo trc gia ca n. Sau khi c
lp hon chnh, cc n s hot ng trong 3 gi cc bung c nhit ca khng kh bn
ngoi l 25C, nhit b mt ca n c o y gia ca bng n s khng vt qu
40C.
10.4
Weatherproof Luminaires
Cc n chu thi tit
10.4.1 The luminaires shall be classified, as a minimum requirement to BS 4544 and IP54 and suitable
for use in division 2 areas.
Cc n c phn loi theo yu cu ti thiu ca BS 4544 v IP 54 v thch hp cho vic s
dng cc khu vc 2.
10.4.2 The luminaires shall be supplied as a complete set comprising the main part, reflector/gear tray,
diffuser, ballast, starter and starter-holder, power factor correction capacitor, bi-pin lampholder,
integral earth terminal and internal wiring.
Cc n c cung cp nguyn b gm phn chnh, chp n, b khuych tn, cun cm ca tc
te, b khi ng v gi b khi ng, t in chnh h s ngun, gi n, u cc ni t
v cc dy bn trong.
10.4.3 The luminaire shall be manufactured from rust-proof sheet steel and finished in white stoved
enamel internally. The luminaire shall have a removable clear polycarbonate front cover or acrylic
diffuser which shall be clamped securely into a soft rubber gasket by means of quick release
fasteners. Fixing holes shall be provided in the front flange together with 20mm diameter
knockouts at each end. Stirrup mounting and similar parts shall be heavily galvanized and bolts
shall either be made of stainless steel. The adjustment nuts and bolts of the luminaires that will be
mounted high on buildings or columns shall be captive to prevent loss or accident during servicing.
Safety device shall be provided to prevent luminaire mounted on high positions dropping.
n c sn xut t thp tm khng r v c hon thin bng lp men nung mu trng. n
c np pha trc loi polycarbonate c th tho hoc b khuych tn acrylic, chng c kp
cht vo vng m cao su mm bng cc kp nh nhanh. Cc l lin kt c b tr tm pha
trc c c cu y ng knh 20mm mi u. Cc phn gn v tng t s c trng km
v c bulng bng thp khng r. Cc ai c v bulng iu chnh ca n s c gn phn
trn cao ca cng trnh hoc cc ct s c m ngn b ri ra trong khi s dng. Thit b an ton
c b tr ngn cho cc loi n c lp trn cao khng b ri xung.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
168
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.5
Dust Proof Luminaires

Cc n chng bi
Dust proof luminaires shall be suitable for chemically corrosive atmospheres and comply with BS
4533, IP54. The luminaire shall be of vandal resistant construction and shall be complete with
impact resistance clear prismatic flat diffusers.
Cc n chng bi thch hp vi cc khu vc c cht n mn ha hc v theo BS 4533, IP 54.
n c cu to chng ph hoi v s c b khuych tn phng.
10.6
Emergency Fluorescent Luminaires

Cc n hunh quang chiu sng khi c s c
10.6.1 Emergency fluorescent luminaires shall be of the self-contained maintained type in accordance
with BS 5266. Emergency luminaires shall be self-contained complete with batteries, battery
charger, inverters and all necessary changeover devices. Unless otherwise specified, the duration
of operation is two hours during mains failure.
Cc n hunh quang chiu sng khi c s c l loi duy tr c pin cc b theo BS 5266. Cc n
chiu sng s c c c quy, b np c quy, o mch v thit b chuyn mch cn thit. Tr phi
c quy nh khc, thi gian hot ng l 2 gi khi ngun in chnh mt.
10.6.2 The control unit shall be equipment with test button and indication light separately mounted,
ventilated, and shall contain all the necessary components and accessories required for the
specified duties above. Batteries shall be nickel-cadmium, totally sealed type. All elements of the
battery, including the plates, the seal and the separator shall be designed to withstand high cell
temperature up to 60C. The control circuits shall be suitable for use at 220V 5% and shall be
designed to enable the light fittings to operate in the same manner as normal conventional lighting
fittings.
Thit b iu khin c nt bm v n ch bo c gn ring, c thng gi v gm cc b
phn v ph kin cn thit c yu cu m bo ch lm vic c quy nh bn trn.
c quy l loi niken - cadimi, c bt kn hon ton. Cc b phn ca c quy k c tm bt kn v
cc ngn phn chia c thit k chu c nhit cao ti 60 C. Cc mch iu khin s
thch hp s dng vi ngun 220V 10% v c thit k chiu sng theo cng cch nh
cc n chiu sng thng thng
10.6.3 Irrespective of the status of the control switch when the supply fails, the lighting shall automatically
illuminate or remain illuminated.
Khng ph thuc vo tnh trng ca cng tc iu khin khi ngun cp gp s c, n chiu sng
s t ng bt sng hoc duy tr chiu sng.
10.6.4 Under normal supply condition, the circuit shall remain trickle charge and inactive. A circuit switch
shall be incorporated in the control circuit to enable testing of the circuit to be carried out. A red
neon light and lamp test button shall be provided for each battery lighting to shown "mains supply
healthy" and charge circuit complete".
iu kin ngun cp bnh thng, mch s gi b np. Cng tc mch s c ghp vo dng
iu khin thc hin th nghim mch. Nt bm th n v chiu sng nng mu s c
b tr cho mi c quy chiu sng ch dng chnh ang hot ng bnh thng v hon
thnh qu trnh np.
10.6.5 The control unit shall be submitted for acceptance prior to ordering.
Thit b iu khin c np thng qua trc khi t hng.
10.7
Fluorescent Tube
n ng hunh quang
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
169
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Tubular fluorescent lamps shall comply with B.S. 1853. White energy saving tubes T5 shall be
used throughout the whole Project, unless otherwise specified.
Cc n hunh quang kiu ng s theo BS 1853. Loi n ng mu trng tit kim nng lng
loi T5 s c dng cho ton b cng trnh, tr phi c quy nh khc.
10.8
Incandescent Lamps
Cc n sng nng
Incandescent lamps shall comply with the following British Standards where applicable.
Cc n sng nng s theo cc BS sau y khi c p dng.
10.9
B.S. 161
Tungsten Filament
General Services Electric Lamps
Electric Lamps
n vonphram
n in chiu sng chung
n in
B.S. 555
Tungsten Filament
Miscellaneous Electric Lamps
n vonphram
n in hn hp
B.S. 98
Dimensions of Screw Lamp

Caps and Lamp-holders
Kch thc ca n trc vt
Np chp v gi n
Outdoor HID lamp lighting fixture

Cc n phng in cao p ngoi tri
Outdoor HID lamp lighting fixture shall be mounted on top of steel structural pole as details shown
on the drawing and the lighting fixture shall be as follow or equal:Cc n phng in cao p ngoi tri phi c gn trn ct thp nh th hin trong bn v chi
tit in hnh v b n phi c t nht cc b phn sau :
10.9.1 High-pressure die-cast aluminium housing and rear cover.

V v chp ui phi l nhm c khun cao p
10.9.2 Castings of low copper-content
c vi hm lng ng thp
10.9.3 High-grade aluminium reflectors.
Cha nhm cp cao
10.9.4 Cast-on beam-aiming sight and protractor scale.
B cn chnh gc chiu c c sn
10.9.5 Silicone rubber gasket.
m cao su silicone
10.9.6 Minimum of 5 mm thick toughened front glass plate.
Tm kn cng lc dy ti thiu 5mm che mt trc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
170
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.9.7 Spring lock lamp holder with lamp support.

ui n c b l xo cht n vi b n
10.9.8 Removable rear cover for lamp replacement.
Np che ui n c th tho ra thay th n
The poles shall be suitable painted as directed by the Archiect.
Ct phi c sn thch hp nh kin trc ch dn
10.10 Wiring
Ni dy cho n
10.10.1 Intercomponent wiring shall be in 105C 450V flame retardant PVC and shall be neatly secured
within the luminaires to prevent undue looseness and contact with ballasts. Where wiring passes
through the edge of any metal section of the fitting, it shall be protected by an approved grommet,
and be doubly insulated. All wiring shall be concealed from view with the luminaires installed.
Earthing of each fitting shall be made via the 20mm conduit entry.
Cc b ni dy l loi chm chy, c bc PVC v hot ng 105C, 450V, c sp xp gn
gng bn trong cc n ngn nga tnh trng lng qu mc v tip xc vi cun cm ng tc
te. Khi dy chy qua mp ca bt k phn kim loi no n s c bo v bng vng m, loi
c thng qua v c bc cch ly gp i. Ton b ng dy s c giu kn. Dng ng i
dy ng knh 20mm ni t.
10.11 Delivery of Luminaires

Phn phi n n cng trng
10.11.1 In view of the limited area, the Contractor shall ensure that an area is available on site prior to
delivery and that they are delivered in a scheduled manner dictated by the construction
programme. The Contractor shall ensure that all luminaires to be delivered are well protected in
seal crates or other suitable packing. Before delivery to the Site, the Contractor shall inspect the
space nominated for his storage, and shall confirm to the Clients representative that the area is
sufficient and suitable for proper safe storage and such that no damage to the materials will
occur, whilst held in store before installation.
i vi cc khu vc hn ch, Nh thu m bo rng din tch lp n sn c cng trng
trc khi chuyn n n, cc n s c chuyn n theo cch thc c d tnh ph hp
vi tin thi cng. Nh thu m bo rng ton b n c a ti cng trng u c
bo v tt trong cc bao b kn v thch hp. Trc khi a ti cng trng, Nh thu phi kim
tra khu vc kho v khng nh vi Kin trc s rng din tch kho l v thch hp gi n
an ton, khng xy ra ph hng n.
10.11.2 The Contractor is responsible for the delivery of materials from the store area to the upper floors
as they are required.
Nh thu chu trch nhim v vic a n t khu vc kho ti cc tng trn khi chng c yu
cu.
The Contractor is also responsible for immediate removal from site of all packing debris, crates,
etc.. In no circumstances will they waste material of an inflammable nature be allowed to
accumulate in the building.
Nh thu cng chu trch nhim v vic a khi cng trng ngay lp tc cc ph thi, bao gi
v..v.. Trong mi trng hp cc loi vt liu ph thi c th chy khng c php gi li trong
cng trnh.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
171
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.12
Erection of Luminaires
Lp dng n
10.12.1 Decorative luminaires shall be suspended by the manufacturer's pendant sets which shall include
a separate suspension wire integral with the flexible conduit terminated at a junction box
complete with terminal strips. If manufacturer's pendant sets are not provided, the Contractor
shall provide all cost/labour/material with approved type support and suspension chain for those
decorative luminaire at no extra costs to the employer.
Cc n trang tr c treo bng b gi treo ca Nh sn xut, chng gm dy treo ring bit c
ng dn mm c u vi hp ni cng vi cc di u cc. Nu b gi treo ca Nh sn xut
khng c, Nh thu s cung cp ton b vt liu / nhn cng / chi ph lm gi v dy xch
treo loi c thng qua cho cc n trang tr m khng tnh tin thm vi Ch u t.
10.12.2 Luminaires shall be mounted at the heights given in the schedules or drawings.
otherwise stated, wall mounted fitting shall be at 2500mm above finished floor level.
Unless
Cc n c gn cc chiu cao c nu ra bng thng k n hoc cc bn v. Tr

phi c ch nh khc, cc chi tit c gn tng s cao 2500mm so vi mt sn
hon thin.
10.12.3 Fluorescent luminaires shall have fixing and cable entry arrangements on two centres to suit the
luminaires. The fixing arrangement shall be suitable for use with conduit boxes.
Cc n hunh quang c cc ng cp n v c nh 2 im ph hp vi loi n. Vic
b tr im lin kt s ph hp vi cch s dng hp ng dn.
10.12.4 For luminaires in suspended ceiling, the cabling or conduit system shall terminate in a
besa/adaptable box inside the ceiling slab. Wiring from the box to the luminaire, either the
following methods shall be used unless otherwise specified.
i vi cc n c lp trn treo, h thng cp hoc ng dn s ni cc hp bn trong tm
trn. Dy ni t hp ti n, s dng c 2 phng php sau y tr phi c quy nh khc.
a.
An internal threaded done cover with cable gland for flexible cord inside a PVC sheathed
flexible conduit shall be fixed to the box and a flexible cord shall be run from the dome
cover to the fitting.
Mt np chp c kha ren bn trong vi cc ming m cp cho ng dy mm bn
trong ng dn mm c bc PVC s c c nh vi hp v dy li mm s chy t np
chp ti n.
b.
A three terminal ceiling rose with socket and plug attachment shall be fitted to the box and
a fire resistant to 960C, flame retarded and low smoke flexible cord run to the luminaire.
Flexible cords shall be 3-core 1.0 sq mm in 5 amp circuits, 1.5 sq mm in 10 amp circuits,
and 2.5 sq mm circuits in 15 amp circuits. The third core of the flexible cord shall be used
for earth continuity and shall be securely fixed to the conduit box and luminaire.
Mt vnh hnh hoa hng trn c cm v nt km theo s c lp hp v c kh
nng chu la ti 960C, ng li mm chm chy ni vi n. Cc li mm l loi 3 li,
1.0mm2, dng dng 5A, 1.5mm2 dng dng 10A, 2.5mm2 dng cho dng 15A. ng li
mm th 3 s c dng ni t v c lin kt cht vi hp ng dn v n.
10.12.5 For surface mounted luminaires, the cabling or conduit system shall terminate in a BS box to
which the luminaire is fitted. Through conduit connection will not be accepted for surface
mounted luminaire.
i vi cc n c gn trn b mt, h thng cp v ng i dy s c u ni hp chun
BS m cc n c lp vo . Lin kt qua ng dn s khng c chp nhn cho n c
lp b mt.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
172
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.12.6 Suspended fluorescent and industrial-type luminaires shall be suspended by rigid conduit and
stainless steel chain from ball-and-socket dome covers and ceiling soffit respectively. Such
dome covers shall be fitted with flexible copper connectors between the ball and the socket.
Cc loi n hunh quang treo v n cng nghip c treo bng cc ng dn cng v dy
xch bng thp khng r t y trn tng ng. Cc np chp nh vy s c ni vi cc lin
kt mm bng ng gia cm.
10.12.7 Approved angle blocks shall be provided for luminaires suspended from mounted on sloping
surfaces.
Cc chi tit thp gc loi c thng qua s c lp cho cc n c treo v c gn
cc b mt c dc.
10.12.8 Break-joint rings of approved colour shall be provided wherever the diameter of the ceiling rose
or plate from which a luminaire is suspended, or the diameter of the gallery or the width of the
spine of a surface mounted luminaire does not exceed the diameter of the aperture in the ceiling
for the associated conduit box by at least 10mm. If this requirement causes a break-joint ring to
be provided for any luminaires, the break-joint rings shall be used for all other similar luminaires
in the same room or area.
Cc vng m - ngt mch c mu sc c thng qua s c b tr ng knh ca chi
tit hnh hoa hng lp trn hoc tm treo n, hoc ng knh ca rnh , hoc chiu rng
ca spine n c gn trn b mt khng vt qu ng knh ca thit b trn i vi hp
ng dn km theo ti thiu l 10mm. Nu yu cu ny cn c vng m ngt mch - i vi bt
k cc n, vng m - ngt mch s c dng cho tt c cc n tng t khc trong cng
phng hoc trong cng din tch.
10.12.9 Fluorescent luminaires which are to be mounted end-to-end in continuous rows shall be provided
with all necessary jointing pieces for the battens and diffusers or reflectors. The manufacturer
shall be informed of the precise quantities required at the time of ordering to avoid delay. Battens
for which special jointing pieces are not switches and controls for electrical plant on perimeter
walls shall be of the flush. Pattern fitted with brass plates of the finish specified in flush steel or
malleable cast iron boxes.
Cc n hunh quang c gn theo dy lin tc u ni vi u c cc chi tit lin kt cn thit
cho b khuych tn hoc b phn quang. Nh thu s c thng bo v s lng c yu
cu thi im t hng trnh trng hp chm tr. Cc thanh m cc ming lin kt c
bit c ni vo s c lp phng vi tng chu vi.
10.12.10 Luminaires in mechanical, electrical rooms and workshops shall be either wall mounted,
suspended or ceiling mounted and arranged to suit the layout of plant, machinery, equipment,
ductwork, pipes and cables.
Cc n cc bung in, bung k thut v xng c gn tng, c treo hoc c gn
trn trn v c b tr cho ph hp vi thit b, my mc, ng dn, ng ng v cp.
10.12.11 Unless otherwise specified, fluorescent luminaires, installed on the "grid" system, shall be
suspended from the ceiling by means of two chromium plated steel chains, with 20mm oval links.
The chains shall be fixed by a carrier ring stud which embedded into ceiling slab.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc n hunh quang, c lp theo h thng li, s c
treo vo trn bng 2 xch st m crm c cc thanh truyn hnh ovan 20mm. Cc xch st c
c nh bng vng m chng c t trong tm trn.
10.12.12 Tube pendants shall comprise a dome cover and a piece of screwed steel conduit of suitable
length to give the required mounting height of the luminaire. A lock nut shall be provided to bear
against the conduit entry of the luminaires.
Cc gi treo kiu ng gm np chp v ng i dy bng thp c bt vt c chiu di thch hp
to chiu cao treo n thch hp. ai c kha s c b tr chu ton b cc ng dn vi
n.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
173
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
10.12.13 The Contractor shall liaise with the Main Contractor for cut out on false ceiling for recessed
luminaires and the whole lighting system installation.
Nh thu s lin h vi Nh thu chnh ct tm trn khi lp loi n chm v lp t ton b
h thng n.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
174
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 11 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

PHN 11 H THNG CHNG ST
11.1
Lightning Protection System to BS 6651

H thng chng st theo BS 6651
11.1.1 General
Quy nh chung
The Contractor shall supply and install a complete lightning protection system as shown on the
Drawings.
Nh thu s cung cp v lp t h thng chng st hon chnh theo th hin cc bn v.
Unless otherwise specified, the system comprises of horizontal air termination network, down
conductors, earth electrodes, test joints and earth pits etc. It shall comply with BS 6651 : 1992,
BS 7430 : 1991.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, h thng bao gm mng cc thu li ngang, ng dn xung, cc
u cc ni t, cc mi ni th nghim v h ni t v..v.. N s theo BS 6651 : 1992,
BS
7430 : 1991.
The earth pits and 50mm PVC underground pipe shall be provided by the Main Contractor.
H ni t v ng ng di t PVC ng knh 50mm c Nh thu chnh cp.
The overall earth resistance of each separate lightning protection system shall be not exceeding
10 ohms without taking account of any bonding to other services.
in tr ni t tng th ca mi h thng chng st ring bit khng vt qu 10 , khng k
n bt k vic lin kt vi h thng k thut khc.
11.2

11.3
Air Termination on Roof

Cc thu li mi
The roof air termination conductor shall consist of vertical, horizontal or combination of both
interconnected tinned copper tapes of high conductivity copper conductor fully annealed in
accordance with BS 1432 having a minimum cross section of 25 x 3mm.
ng dn cc thu li trn mi gm thanh thng ng v thanh ngang hoc hn hp c 2, c kt
ni bng cc thanh ng m thic ca dy dn ng c kh nng dn cao c dt mng ton
phn theo BS 1432, c din tch tit din ngang ti thiu 25 x 3 mm.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
175
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The roof tapes shall be provided with non-ferrous fasteners of approved material spaced at
750mm intervals on horizontal runs. The fixing details of copper tapes on the outer perimeter wall
and flat roof shall be carried out in accordance with the Drawings or methods approved by
Architect.
Cc thanh di trn mi c mc ai bng vt liu khng c cht st c t cch nhau 750mm
theo phng ngang. Chi tit c nh ca cc di bng ng tng pha chu vi ngoi v mi
phng c thc hin theo bn v hoc phng php c Kin trc s thng qua.
An air termination along the outer perimeter of the roof is required and the distance from the tape
to the edge of roof shall not more than 0.1 meters. For large flat roofs, an air termination network
mesh of approximately 10m x 20m is required as specified BS 6551 : 1992.
Cc thu li dc theo chu vi bn ngoi ca mi c yu cu v khong cch t thanh di ti mp
ca mi khng ln hn 0.1m. i vi cc mi phng c din tch ln, li cc thu li xp x
10mx20m c yu cu theo quy nh ca BS 6551 : 1992.
All metallic parts on the roof of the building shall be bonded to the lightning protection system.
These metallic parts include but not limited to hand railing, vent pipes, antenna, metallic roof, etc.
Ton b phn kim loi trn mi ca cng trnh s c kt ni vi h thng chng st. Nhng
phn kim loi ny bao gm nhng khng hn ch nh tay vn, ng thng gi, dn ng ten, mi
kim loi v..v..
11.4
Down Conductor
Dy dn xung
a.
Copper Tape as Down Conductor

Dng bng ng lm dy dn xung
The Contractor shall provide continuous tinned 25 x 3mm copper down conductors enclosed
in concrete columns or in 50mm dia. PVC pipe. The tape shall be fixed at intervals not
exceeding 1m apart using spacer saddles, where fixed on external walls or cast in structural
walls and/or columns.
Nh thu s cung cp dy dn xung lin tc bng ng 25mm x 3mm c m thic, c
chn trong cc ct btng hoc t trong ng PVC ng knh 50mm. Di ng c c
nh cc khong khng vt qu 1m, khi c c nh tng ngoi hoc c chn
trong tng hoc ct.
Tape/rod connector clamp shall be provided for connection to earth electrodes. It shall be
used as the test point and shall be located 450mm above external ground level.
Vng kp ni di ng / thanh ng c b tr lin kt vi in cc ni t. N c
dng lm im th nghim v c t cch mt t bn ngoi 450mm.
Tap out points shall be provided at the connection to earth electrodes.
Nhng ch ni ra s c thc hin ti cc mi ni vi in cc ni t
b.
The down conductors to be installed shall be spaced at not more than 10m apart around the
perimeter for buildings over 20m high as recommended under BS 6651 : 1992.
Dy dn xung c lp t s cch nhau khng ln hn 10m theo ng chu vi ca cng
trnh cao hn 20m theo xut BS 6651: 1992.
Reinforcement steel bar as Down Conductor
Dng thanh thp lm dy dn st xung
If reinforcement steel bar is specified as lightning down conductor, a dedicated 16mm dia.
reinforcement steel bar in concrete structures of the buildings shall be used as down
conductors. The steel bar shall be provided by the Main Contractor at positions as shown
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
176
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
on the Drawings. The Contractor shall connect the air termination by means of copper alloy
reinforcement bonds as shown on the Drawings.
Nu cc thanh thp c quy nh lm dy dn st xung, s dng thanh thp c ng
knh 16mm trong kt cu btng ca cng trnh lm dy dn xung. Thanh thp s c
Nh thu chnh lp t v tr theo bn v. Nh thu s ni cc cc thu li bng cc thanh
kim loi ng theo ch dn bn v.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to monitor the progress of the installation of the
reinforcing steel in the structure to ensure that a continuous rod of steel is welded
satisfactory by the Main Contractor at regular horizontal and vertical intervals to the rest of
the structural steel to form a down conductors as required by BS 6651 : 1992. The
Contractor shall take earth readings after the column or structural steel is cast in order to
ensure that the overall system ground are capable of giving the design earth resistances.
Separate tests shall be carried out for each joint of dedicated reinforcing steel bar to ensure
that the required electrical continuity of each down conductor can be achieved.
Trch nhim ca Nh thu l phi kim sot tin trnh lp t ca thanh thp trong kt cu
btng bo m rng thanh thp lin tc c hn cc khong thng ng v nm
ngang u n vi phn cn li ca thp kt cu to thnh dy dn st xung nh
c yu cu BS 6651 : 1992. Nh thu s ni t sau khi ct hoc thp kt cu c
btng m bo rng ton b h thng c kh nng ni t nh thit k. Th nghim
ring bit s c thc hin cho mi im ni ca thanh thp, m bo rng kh nng
dn in lin tc c yu cu ca mi dy dn st xung t c .
11.5
Earth Electrodes and Earth pits

Cc in cc ni t v h tip t
a.
Each earth electrode shall provide a path of minimum impedance for a lightning discharge.
If the overall earthing resistance exceeds 10 ohms, additional earthing electrodes shall be
installed. The Contractor shall ensure that the installation is free from undue chemical and
electrolytic corrosion effects.
Mi in cc ni t c ng tr khng ti thiu phng st. Nu tr khng ni t tng
th vt qu 10, cn c cc in cc ni t b sung. Nh thu s m bo rng vic lp
t h thng chng st khng b tc ng r qu mc do cht ha hc v do in.
b.
Earth pits shall comprise earth electrodes forming direct continuations of the lightning
protection down conductors. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all
electrodes testing of the earth pits and earthing system. Earth pits at basement levels shall
be waterproof type. The Contractor shall provide a double flanged copper tube or less than
1.2m long at each waterproof earth pit between the concrete slab and the earth electrode.
Space between the copper tube and the earth electrode shall be sealed after installation.
Cc h ni t chng st gm cc in cc ni t, c to trc tip t dy dn st xung.
Nh thu s c trch nhim th nghim cc in cc ca h ni t v h thng ni t.
Cc h ni t tng hm l loi chu nc. Nh thu s cp ng ng c bt mt bch 2
u hoc ng ng ngn hn 1.2m mi h ni t chu nc gia bn btng v in cc
ni t. Khong khng gia ng ng v in cc ni t s c bt kn sau khi lp t.
c.
Each electrode shall have mild steel inner case with a bonded hard drawn copper sleeve.
Overall diameter shall be not less than 16mm and minimum length shall be 2.4m, driven into
the ground.
Mi in cc ni t c v bn trong bng thp mm, c ng lng bng ng c ko
ngui lin kt. ng knh tng th khng t hn 16mm v chiu di ti thiu l 2.4m,
c ng xung t.
d.
The lightning protection system shall have their own earth electrodes. If more than one
earth electrodes are installed, they shall be interconnected below ground level with each
other to form an unquie earthing system.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
177
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
H thng chng st s c cc in cc ni t ring ca n. Nu c nhiu hn 1 in cc

ni t, chng s c kt ni vi nhau bn di mt t to thnh h thng ni t c
nht.
e.
Interconnecting conductors shall be enclosed in 50 PVC pipes and buried to a depth of at

least 600mm. Connections between earthing leads and electrodes shall be by means of
solderless non-ferrous mechanical connectors.
Cc ng dn c kt ni vi nhau s c t trong ng PVC ng knh 50mm v c
chn su ti thiu 600mm. Lin kt gia cc u ra ni t v in cc ni t s bng
cc lin kt c hc ca vt liu khng c cht st, khng hn.
f.
The Contractor shall include for driving earth rods and connecting the dedicated building
structure reinforcement bars to the earth.
Nh thu s ng cc thanh ni t v ni cc thanh ct thp ca kt cu cng trnh vi t.
g.
11.6
The earthing pits for the lighting protection system shall be provided by the Main Contractor.
Details of the construction of the earth pits shall be in accordance with the Drawings. The
lightning protection earth electrodes shall be electrically separated from the "Noisy" and
"Silent' earth electrodes. All excavation, backfilling and reinstatement of trenches for the
installation of the each electrodes shall be carried out by the Main Contractor. Although
earthing pits shall be provided by the Main Contractor but the Contractor shall be
responsible for liaison with the Main Contractor during the construction of the earth pits.
H ni t ca h thng chng st s c Nh thu chnh cp. Chi tit thi cng ca h ni
t s theo bn v. Cc u cc ni t chng st c cch in vi cc u cc ni t.
Ton b cng tc o, lp ca cc rnh lp t mi u cc s do Nh thu chnh thc
hin. Mc du cc h ni t c Nh thu chnh cp, nhng Nh thu phi c trch
nhim lin h vi Nh thu chnh trong qu trnh thi cng h ni t.
Surge Protection Devices

Thit b bo v qu in p
11.6.1 All surge protection devices (SPD) shall be tested and conformed to IEC 61643-1:2002, BSEN
62305- 2:2006, BSEN 62305- 4:2006 and other equivalent international standards.
Tt c thit b bo v qu in p (SPD) s c kim nh v ph hp vi IEC 61643-1:2002,
BSEN 62305- 2:2006, BSEN 62305- 4:2006 v cc tiu chun quc t khc tng ng
11.6.2 All SPDs shall be the type designed for three phase supplies for installation at location category
LPZ 1 and LPZ 2 as defined by BSEN 62305-4:2006.
Tt c SPD s c thit k cho lp t 3 pha ti cc v tr loi LPZ1 v LPZ2 nh c xc nh
bi BSEN 62305-4:2006.
11.6.3 All SPDs shall be enclosed inside a robust steel housing which complies with UL1449.
Tt c SPD s c bc trong v thp chc chn ph hp vi UL1449
11.6.4 All SPDs shall provide full protection for each of the following mode: line to neutral, line to earth
and neutral to earth.
Tt c cc SPD s cung cp bo v y cho mi ch tip a: pha n trung tnh, pha n
t v trung tnh n t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
178
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
11.6.5 The protection element of the SPDs across all modes (i.e. between L-E, L-N and N-E) shall utilize
high surge current handling voltage limiting device such as Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) to safely
divert the surge energy to ground. Any protection design deploying a voltage switching device
such as a gas-discharge tube as a surge protection device across any mode (L-N or L-E or N-E)
shall not be considered.
Tt c cc phn t bo v ca SPD cc ch (gia L-E, L-N v N-E) s s dng thit b gii
hn in p bng dng xung cap nh Bin tr oxit metal (MOV) an ton trong vic tn nng
lng xung t.Trin khai bt k thit k thit b bo v p xuyn qua cc thit b bo v qu p
nh ng phng in khng kh tt c cc ch (L-E hoc L-N hoc N-E) s khng c xem
xt
11.6.6 All SPDs shall be suitable for both T-T, TN-C, TN-S and TN-C-S earthing arrangement.
Tt c cc SPD s ph hp vi s ni t T-T, TN-C, TN-S v TN-C-S
11.6.7 All SPDs shall have LED indication showing the status for full protection and no protection.
Tt c SPD s c n LED ch th trng thi bo v y v khng bo v
11.6.8 The surge current handling capacity of surge protection devices shall be at least 25 kA per phase
and 100 kA total to earth.
Kh nng chu dng xong ca tt c thit b bo v qu p t nht l 25kA trn pha v tng cng
100kA ti t
11.7
Testing and Commissioning

Kim tra v nghim thu
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall carry out complete performance test for all equipment and
systems to the satisfaction of the Engineer and provide a certificate of compliance endorsed by
the representative of manufacturer of the protection system to ensure that the whole protection
system satisfies the protection requirements of the building on completion of the installation.
Nh thu h thng in s tin hnh kim tra y tt c thit b v h thng nhm tha mn
yu cu k thut v cung cp chng ch xc nhn t i din nh nh xut ca h thng bo v
m bo rng ton b h thng bo v c lp t tha mn yu cu bo v ca cng trnh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
179
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 12 EARTHING SYSTEM

PHN 12 H THNG NI T
12.1
12.1.1
General
Quy nh chung
The Contractor shall supply and install a complete earthing system. The system comprise the
earthing networks of main electrical earth, generator earth, computer earth and telephone earth.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t h thng ni t hon chnh. H thng bao gm mng ni t ca
ng cp chnh, ni t ca my pht in, ni t ca my tnh v ni t ca my in thoi.
12.1.2
The earthing networks of each earth shall comprise of circuit protective conductors, equipotential
bonding conductors, supplementary bonding conductors, earthing conductors, earth electrodes,
test electrodes, test joints and any necessary accessories. The system shall comply with BS
7430 Code of Practice for Earthing, and BS 7671 The 16th Edition of IEE Wiring Regulations.
Mng ni t ca mi h thng ni t s gm dy dn bo v mch, dy dn ni ng th, dy
dn ni b sung, dy dn ni t, in cc ni t, in cc th nghim, cc ch ni th nghim
v bt k cc ph kin cn thit khc. H thng s tun theo Quy phm BS 7430 v BS 7671, v
Quy phm lp t in ca IEE xut bn ln th 16.
12.1.3
The earthing conductor connecting between earth electrodes and the main earthing terminals
shall be copper cable at least 70mm 2 in cross section or specified on the Drawings. Copper earth
strip not supported on cable trays shall be fixed to supporting surface at intervals of not greater
than 1.2m by means of bronze spacer clamp.
Dy dn ni t kt ni gia cc in cc ni t v cc u cc ni t ca ng in chnh
lm bng cp ng c tit din ti thiu 70mm2 hoc nh c ch nh trn bn v. Cc cp ni
t bng ng khng c cc mng cp s c c nh b mt gi cc
khong cch khng ln hn 1.2m bng cc kp ng.
12.1.4
The networks shall be formed from plain annealed copper cable complying with BS 1432 of cross
sectional area of not less than 25 x 3mm for copper tape or 70mm 2 for bare copper cable. The
copper tapes shall be tinned over its entire length.
Mng ni t s c to thnh t cc cp ng theo BS 1432, vi tit din ngang khng nh
hn 25x3mm i vi bng ng hoc 70mm2 i vi dy ng trn. Cc thanh ng bng s
c m thic cho ton b chiu di.
12.1.5
12.1.6
No drilling of the earth conductive shall be allowed except for jointing or terminating or approved
by the Clients representative. Contact faces of earth terminals shall be cleaned before
connections are made to the earthing system. The joint in the earth conductors shall have a
resistance not exceeding that of an equivalent length of conductor.
Khng c php khoan dy dn ni t, tr trng hp ni hoc lm u cc, hoc
c Kin trc s thng qua. Cc b mt tip xc s c lm sch trc khi thc hin vic lin
kt vi h thng ni t. Mi ni dy dn ni t s c in tr khng vt qu in tr ca
chiu di tng ng ca dy dn.
The Contractor shall provide main equipotential bonding for all main water pipes, gas pipes, air
ducts services risers, exposed metallic parts of the building structures and lightning protection
system in accordance with the I.E.E. Wiring Regulations and BS 7430. These metallic parts shall
be bonded at the entry point to the main earth terminal.
Nh thu s cung cp ni ng th chnh cho ton b ng ng nc chnh, cc ng cp
gas, cc hp k thut ca h thng ng dn kh, cc phn kim loi c l ra ca kt cu cng
trnh v h thng chng st theo Quy phm ng dy IEE v BS 7430. Cc phn kim loi ny
c ni cc im vo ca u cc ni t chnh.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
180
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
12.1.7
The Contractor shall provide all necessary supplementary equipotential bonding for all
simultaneously accessible exposed conductive parts and extraneous conductive parts such as
wash basins, showers, baths, etc. in accordance with the I.E.E. Wiring Regulations.
Nh thu s cung cp ton b ni ng th b sung cn thit cho tt c cc phn dn c l ra
c th tip cn ng thi v cc phn dn gin tip, nh chu ra, vi hoa sen, bn tm .v.v.
theo Quy phm ng dy IEE.
12.1.8
The Contractor shall provide a bonding conductor between the main earth terminal in the main
L.V. switch room and the bonding terminal of the electricity supplier at the point of supply, if any.
The bonding conductor shall not less than 38 x 6mm cross-section tinned copper tape.
Nh thu s cung cp dy dn ni gia u cc ni t chnh bung in h th chnh v u
cc ni ca ngun cp in ti im cp, nu c. Dy dn ni c tit din ngang khng t hn 38
x 6mm lm bng di ng c m thic.
12.1.9
The Contractor shall provide earth electrodes for electrical earth, computer earth, etc. even
though these electrodes are not shown on the Drawings. On completion of the electrical
installation the earthing resistance of the electrodes of these earths shall be tested and the result
shall be presented to the Clients representative for acceptance.
Nh thu s cung cp in cc ni t cho ni t ca ng cp chnh ni t ca my tnh
.v.v. cho d cc in cc khng c th hin cc bn v. Khi hon thnh vic lp t in,
tr khng ni t ca cc in cc s c th nghim, kt qu th nghim c np cho
Kin trc s thng qua.
12.1.10 Earth pits shall be provided for each electrode and the pits shall be provided by main Contractor.
Mi h tip t c b tr cho mi in cc v do Nh thu chnh thc hin.
12.1.11 Earth electrodes shall be copper clad steel, complete with all drive type heads and connectors,
and cable clamps. The number of installation shall be in such a way that earthing resistance
value is achieved as required elsewhere
Cc in cc ni t phi bng thp m ng, hon tt vi u v b kt ni kiu khoan , v kp
cp. S lng lp t phi m bo tr s in tr tip t t c nh yu cu.
12.1.12 Each earth rod shall be protected by a purpose made enclosure that is accessible for testing and
maintenance purposes.
Mi cc tip t phi c bo v trong hp chuyn dng m c th tip cn kim tra v bo
dng
12.1.13 Where the earth rod is internal to the building, the enclosure can be formed in the floor structure,
with heavy duty load bearing cover. It shall be of a proprietary manufactured sealed type, to
prevent water ingress. The rod shall pass through a 75mm diameter tube that has been cast into
the floor structure. The top of the 75mm diameter tube shall be sealed with a non-hardening
mastic compound and a sealing gland assembly to prevent the ingress of water into the earth pit.
Khi cc tip t t trong nh, hp bo v nm di sn kt cu v c np chi ti cng
cao. N phi l loi kn nc ph hp bo v khng b nc vo. Cc s xuyn qua ng
ng knh 75mm m c c trong sn kt cu. nh ng ng knh 75mm phi c bt kn
vi hp cht matic khng lm cng v b np m b kn bo v khng b nc vo h tip
t
12.2
Electrical Earth
Ni t cho ngun in
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
181
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
12.2.1
The earthing system shall consist both vertically and horizontally copper cable network as
indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall bond all the LV switchboard, motor control
panels, distribution boards, and associated metal work to the system.
H thng ni t bao gm c mng cpng ngang v ng nh c th hin cc bn v.
Nh thu s ni ton b cc bng in h th, cc bng iu khin ng c, cc bng phn phi
v cc phn cng tc kim loi km theo vi h thng ni t.
12.2.2
A tinned copper electrical earth terminal shall be provided in each plantroom, meter room,
electrical room or riser duct for circuit protective earthing of electrical equipment in the area. The
earth terminal shall consist of a tinned copper bar of not smaller than 50 x 6mm cross-section.
All the protective bonding conductors shall connect to the terminal in order to achieve
equipotential zone.
u cc ni t ca ngun in bng ng m thic c b tr cho mi bung k thut, bung
t ng h, cc hp k thut ni t bo v mch cho cc thit b in trong cc khu vc.
u cc ni t gm thanh bng ng m thic c tit din ngang khng nh hn 50mm x 6mm.
Ton b dy dn bo v c ni vi u cc c vng ng th.
12.2.3
All LV switchboards, motor control centres and main distribution cubicles shall be fitted with a
50mm x 6mm tinned copper earthing bar over their entire length to which the building LV earth
network shall be connected.
Ton b cc bng in h th, cc bng iu khin ng c v cc ngn phn phi chnh u c
thanh ni t bng ng m thic c tit din ngang 50mm x 6mm cho ton b chiu di ca
chng, ti mng ni t h th ca cng trnh c ni vo.
12.2.4
All armoured cables shall be terminated with cable gland and earthing lugs.
Ton b ng cp c thp s c kt ni vi cc vng m cp v cc vu ni t.
12.2.5
Busbar plug-in units shall be provided with earthing connection to earthing conductor of the
busbar riser which shall be engaged before the line contacts are made. All cable link boxes shall
be provided with earthing connection between the incoming and outgoing cable termination.
Cc b phn u cm ca thanh ci s c ni t vi dy dn ni t ca hp k thut thanh
ci, chng c kt ni trc khi thc hin cc tip im tuyn. Ton b cc hp ni ng cp
s c lin kt ni t gia cc u cp n v u cp i.
12.2.6
The number of earth pits shown on the Drawings are for indication only. The Contractor shall
provide sufficient number of earth electrodes to achieve sufficient low earth impedance for the LV
electrical system. The Contractor shall liaise with the power supply company for the exact value
of earth loop impedance in the power source in order to achieve the value of earth impedance
required at the main earth terminal and the earthing requirement stipulated in the Code of
Practice. Unless otherwise specified, the earth resistance of electrical system shall be not
exceeding 4 ohms without taking account of any combination to other electrical systems (e.g:
computer & extremely low voltage earthing system) and not exceeding 1 ohm for earthing
combination between Low Voltage power distribution system and extremely low voltage system.
S lng ca cc h ni t c th hin bn v ch c tnh chthin th. Nh thu phi b tr
s in cc ni t c tr khng ni t thp cho h thng in h th. Nh thu s lin h
vi cng ty cp in c tr s chnh xc ca tr khng vng ni t ca ngun in t
c tr s tr khng ni t c yu cu u cc ni t chnh v cc yu cu ni t
c quy nh Quy phm trang b in. Tr phi c ch nh khc, gi tr in tr ni t ca h
thng in khng c vt qu 4 khng k n vic kt hp vi cc h thng in khc
(chng hn: h thng ni t cho h my tnh & h thng in nh) v khng c vt qu 1
cho h thng ni t kt hp gia h thng in h th v h thng in nh.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
182
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
12.3
Computer Earth
Ni t cho my tnh
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide a clean and separated earthing network
system complete with earth electrode for computer equipment in the computer rooms. The
earthing conductor connecting between earth electrodes and the main earthing terminals for
computer system shall be a bare copper cable at least 70mm 2 in cross section or specified on the
Drawings. PVC sheathed copper cable shall be used for connecting to communications rooms
throughout the entire length. It shall be able to connect to the electrical earth terminal at main
switchroom.
Tr phi c ch nh khc, Nh thu s cung cp mng ni t ring bit cho my tnh, gm c cc
in cc ni t cho cc my tnh t trong phng my tnh. Dy dn ni t kt ni gia cc
in cc ni t v cc u cc ni t ca thanh ni t chnh cho h thng my tnh s c
lm bng cp ng trn c tit din ti thiu 70mm2 hoc nh c ch nh trn bn v. Cp
ng c bc PVC s c dng cho vic kt ni n phng my tnh xuyn sut ton b
chiu di. N s c th kt ni vi u cc ni t ca ngun in phng t in chnh.
12.4
Telephone Earth
Ni t cho my in thoi
The Contractor shall provide a earthing terminal for the telephone system at the MDF rooms.
The earthing method and the earthing resistance shall be accepted by Telephone Company and
the Clients representative.
Nh thu s cung cp cc u cc ni t cho h thng in thoi cc bung MDF. Phng
php ni t v in tr ni t s c chp thun bi cng ty in thoi v Kin trc s.
12.5
Protective Bonding
Lin kt bo v
12.5.1
The Contractor shall provide main equipotential bondings for all electrical equipments, metallic
main water pipes, gas pipes, air ducts, services risers and exposed metallic parts of the building
structures in accordance with 16th Edition of the IEE Wiring Regulations for Electrical
Installations.
Nh thu s cung cp cc lin kt ng th chnh cho ton b cc thit b in, cc ng ng
nc chnh bng kim loi, cc ng ng gas, cc ng dn kh, cc hp k thut v cc phn
kim loi c l ra ca kt cu cng trnh theo Quy phm ng dy IEE xut bn ln th 16 v
lp t in.
12.5.2
The Contractor shall also provide all necessary supplementary bonding for all simultaneously
accessible exposed conductive parts and extraneous conductive parts such as wash basin,
shower, bath, metal louvres, metal doors, false ceiling grid, metal window frames etc. all in
concealed manner and in accordance with the 16th Edition of the IEE Wiring Regulations for
Electrical Installations.
Nh thu cng s cung cp ton b cc lin kt b sung cn thit cho tt c cc phn dn in
c l ra c th tip cn ng thi, v cc phn dn in gin tip nh chu ra, vi hoa sen,
bn tm, cc chp kim loi, cc ca kim loi, cc li trn, cc khung ca s kim loi .v.v. theo
cch c che khut v theo Quy phm ng dy IEE xut bn ln th 16 v lp t in.
12.5.3
When PVC copper cables are used for the supplementary bonding conductors, they shall be kept
to a minimum length and connected to the adjacent concealed conduit or alike.
Khi cc ng cp ng PVC c dng lm dy dn lin kt b sung, chng s c chiu di ti
thiu, v c ni vi cc ng i dy ngm cnh hoc tng t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
183
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
12.5.4
The Contractor shall submit sample of the earthing clamp used for bonding water pipes to the
Clients representative/Engineer prior to manufacturing.
Nh thu s np mu ca kp ni t c dng lin kt ng ng nc cho Kin trc s/
K s trc khi ch to.
12.5.5
The Contractor shall submit photographs to the Clients representative for checking and record
purpose for the concealed bonding conductors to the metal pipes, metal window frames, etc.
upon completion of such connection.
Nh thu s np cc nh chp ca dy dn lin kt ngm ca cc ng ng kim loi, cc
khung ca s kim loi cho Kin trc s kim tra v lu h s, khi hon thnh cc lin kt .
12.6
12.6.1
Earthing Equipment and Arrangement

Thit b v cch b tr h thng ni t
Unless otherwise specified, the earthing equipment including earth electrodes, earthing
conductors, earthing terminals, protective conductors and necessary accessories shall be
complied with British Standard.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, h thng ni t gm cc in cc ni t, cc u cc ni t
chnh v dy dn bo v cng cc ph kin cn thit theo BS.
12.6.2
The earth electrodes shall be of rod electrodes mild steel inner core with a bonded hard drawn
copper sleeve of 15mm diameter and the thickness of the copper sleeve shall not less than
0.25mm. The length shall not be less than 1.2m long capable to withstand 6 kA for 1 second.
Cc in cc ni t l in cc thanh c li bn trong bng thp mm, vi ng lng bng ng
ko ngui ng knh 15mm, v chiu dy ca ng lng bng ng khng nh hn 0.25mm.
Chiu di khng t hn 1.2m, c kh nng chu 6kA cho 1 giy.
12.6.3
Any copper tape exposed externally of the building shall be protected against mechanical
damage and theft.
Bt k di ng no c l ra bn ngoi ca cng trnh s c bo v chng mt cp v
chng b ph hoi.
12.6.4
All the earthing electrodes forming a system shall be linked together by means of a tinned copper
tape of 25mm x 6mm in cross section installed in the 50mm PVC conduit.
Ton b cc in cc ni t to thnh h thng ni t s c kt ni vi nhau bng di ng
c tit din ngang khng nh hn 25mm x 6mm c t trong ng i dy PVC ng knh
50mm.
12.6.5
12.6.6
The Contractor is advised that some of the building structures might be sit on rocky foundations,
a special conducting material such as bentonite or a conductive cement made with graded
granular carbonaceous aggregate etc. may be required if a satisfactory earthing resistance
cannot be achieved. The diameter of the hole should not be less than 75mm. Coke breeze or fly
ash should not be used as backfilling material because of their corrosive nature.
Nh thu c khuyn co rng mt s b phn ca cng trnh c t trn mng , do vy
loi vt liu dn in c bit nh bentonite hoc xi mng c tnh dn in c lm bng ct
liu ht cha cacbon .v.v. c th c yu cu, nu khng t c in tr ni t tha ng.
ng knh ca l khng nh hn 75mm. Cc loi vt liu tro bi hoc than cc vn khng c
dng do tnh cht n mn ca chng.
At the earthing terminal or exposed connection points of earthing or bonding, a permanent label
marked with the words "SAFETY ELECTRICAL CONNECTION - DO NOT REMOVE" in English
and Vietnamse shall be permanently attached to the final earthing leads connection. Lettering
shall be 5mm high and fixing details shall be submitted to the Clients representative for approval.
cc u cc ni t hoc cc im lin kt c l ra ca h thng ni t s c nhn c nh
c nh du vi cc ch CH LIN KT NG IN KHNG THO B bng ting
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
184
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Anh v ting Vit, c gn vi lin kt u ra ni t cui cng. Ch c chiu cao 5mm, cc chi
tit c nh c np Kin trc s thng qua.
12.6.7
Earthing leads shall be clamped to the earth electrode by bolted clamps as supplied by the
earthing electrode manufacturer. The method shall allow the disconnection for testing and
remaking as many times as necessary.
Cc u ra ni t c kp vi cc in cc ni t bng bu lng kp do Nh sn xut in cc
ni t cung cp. Phng php thi cng cho php tho th nghim v nh du nhiu ln khi
cn thit.
12.6.8
For each earth electrode the clamping arrangements shall be contained within an earth pit with
an easily removable lid to enable inspection at will.
i vi mi in cc ni t, cch b tr kp c nm trong h ni t, c cc np c th tho
ri kim tra.
12.6.9
All earthing electrodes forming a system shall be linked together by means of a PVC insulated
tinned copper earthing tape.
Ton b in cc ni t to thnh h thng ni t s c kt ni vi nhau bng di ng m
thic c lp bc PVC.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
185
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 13 PROVISION FOR OTHER SERVICES

PHN 13 YU CU K THUT CUNG CP CHO CC DCH V KHC
13.1
General
Quy nh chung
13.1.1
The Contractor shall note that the Specification and Drawings call for cable, conduits, trunking,
power supplies etc. supplied and installed under this Contract for the use of other contractors as
described hereinafter.
Nh thu s lu rng Quy cch k thut v cc bn v cho ng cp, ng i dy, hp i dy,
ngun in .v.v. c cung cp v c lp t theo Hp ng ny cho cc Nh thu khc
s dng nh c m t di y.
13.1.2
The Contractor shall liaise with the Main Contractor and other contractors to ensure that their
requirements and interface points are provided in time in accordance with this Specification and
the Drawings.
Nh thu s lin h vi Nh thu chnh v cc Nh thu khc m bo rng cc yu cu v
cc im kt ni ca h c cp ng hn theo Quy cch k thut v cc bn v ny.
13.1.3
Should the Tenderer be unsure as to the exact extent of the work involved he shall contact the
Clients representative before submitting his tender.
Gi s h s thu khng chc chn v phm vi chnh xc ca cng vic c lin quan, Nh thu
s lin h vi Kin trc s trc khi np h s thu.
13.1.4
Where empty conduits are supplied and installed for other services, draw wires shall be provided.
Where a break line between contracts occurs along the conduit system, conduits shall be
terminated by means of coupler and brass bush, and shall be provided with draw wires.
Khi ng i dy rng c cp v c lp t cho cc h thng k thut khc, chi tit ko dy
cng s c cp. Khi c on ngt xy ra gia ng i dy, th ng i dy c khp ni v ming
m ng u, v chi tit ko dy cng s c cp.
13.2
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Services (HVAC)

H thng iu ha nhit , thng gi v si (HVAC)
13.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install power cables and / or busbars terminated at the main
switch of the motor control panels or motor starter panel that provided by other contractor.
Nh thu s cung cp v lp t ng cp ngun in v/ hoc thanh ci c kt ni bng
in chnh ca bng iu khin ng c hoc bng khi ng ng c do Nh thu khc cp.
13.2.2
The Contractor shall provide a 13A fused connection unit with DP switch and pilot light mounted
adjacent (not to exceed 300mm) to each fan coil unit / VAV boxes. Connection between the fan
coil units / VAV boxes and the 13A fused connection units will be carried out by other contractor.
Nh thu s cp thit b lin kt c cu ch 13A, cng tc DP v n ch bo c gn cnh
(khng qu 300mm) cho mi b gin qut lnh/ cc hp VAV. Lin kt gia b gin qut lnh/
cc hp VAV v thit b lin kt c cu ch 13A c thc hin bi Nh thu khc.
13.2.3
The Contractor shall reserve accessible space, within all the electrical riser duct/electric room for
the vertical and horizontal trunking of the control wiring. The control wiring trunking provided by
the Contractor will not be less than 100mm x 100mm.
Nh thu s ginh cc khng gian tip cn bn trong bung in/ ng dn in lp hp i
dy thng ng v nm ngang ca ng dy iu khin. Hp i dy ca ng dy iu khin
c Nh thu cp s khng nh hn 100mm x 100mm.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
186
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
13.3
Lift Services
Thang my
13.3.1
The Contractor shall supply and install litfs control panel located in the life machine room as
shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall liaise with the Lift Contractor.
Nh thu s cung cp v lp t t iu khin thang my lp bung t my thang my nh
c th hin cc bn v. Nh thu s lin h vi Nh thu thang my.
13.3.2
The Contractor shall supply and install a complete trunking / conduits system to link up the FS
control room and each lift machine room. The trunking shall be sized as shown on the Drawings
or 75mm x 75mm, if it is not indicated.
Nh thu s cung cp v lp t h thng ng i dy/ dy dn hon chnh ni phng kim
sot h thng cha chy v mi bung t my thang my. Hp i dy c kch thc c th
hin cc bn v hoc bng 75mm x 75mm, nu khng c ch nh.
13.3.3
In each lift machine room, the Contractor shall supply and install a MCB board for the lift car
lighting. The out-going circuits for the MCB boards will be carried out by the Lift Contractor.
mi bung t my thang my, Nh thu s cung cp v lp t mt bng cu dao MCB
chiu sng cabin thang my. Mch ra ca cc bng cu dao mini s do Nh thu thang my thc
hin.
13.3.4
The completion of the CCTV camera system and the PA / intercom system from the lift car to the
FS control room / security control room alike shall be provided under this Contract.
Vic thc hin h thng camera quan st v h thng truyn thanh cng cng/ truyn thanh ni
b t cabin thang my ti phng kim sot h thng cha chy/ phng kim sot an ninh s
c tin hnh theo Hp ng ny.
13.4
Kitchen Equipment
Thit b bp
13.4.1
The Contractor shall provide isolating switches, socket outlets or connection units for kitchen
equipment as indicated on the Drawings. The final connection to the kitchen equipment shall be
carried out by other contractor.
Nh thu s cung cp cu dao cch in, cc cm hoc dng c kt ni cho thit b bp khi
c th hin cc bn v. Nh thu khc s thc hin vic lin kt cui cng vi thit b bp.
13.4.2
For each piece of kitchen equipment where an isolator/switches is provided at 1500mm above
finished floor level, an junction box located at 300mm above finished floor shall be provided and
connected to the isolator/switches in a concealed manner via sufficient sizes of conduit/G.I. duct.
Final connection from the isolator to the equipment shall be carried out by other contractor.
i vi mi loi thit b bp, khi cu dao cch in c b tr cao 1500mm pha trn mt
sn hon thin, s c mt hp ni c lp kn c kch thc cho ng i dy/ ng dn bng
st trng km c t 300mm pha trn mt sn hon thin. Nh thu khc s thc hin vic
lin kt cui cng gia cu dao cch in vi thit b bp.
13.5
Telephone / PABX Services

H thng in thoi/ PABX
13.5.1
The Contractor shall provide an independent trunking /conduit system completed with draw wires
for the telephone cables by relevant telephone company as indicated on Drawings and specified
hereunder.
Nh thu s cung cp h thng ng i dy/ hp i dy c lp cng vi dy ko cho ng cp
in thoi bi Cng ty in thoi khi c th hin cc bn v v c quy nh di y.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
187
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
13.5.2
This provision mainly includes the trunking and conduit origination from the main distribution
frame (MDF) and up to each telephone outlet as noted on the Drawings.
Vic cung cp ny ch yu gm ng i dy/ hp i dy bt u t khung phn phi chnh (MDF)
v ti mi nt in thoi nh c th hin cc bn v.
13.5.3
20mm thick wooden batten shall be provided inside all vertical metal trunking. At the location of
telephone equipment, slot with rubber grommet shall be provided at the side of the metal
trunking.
Thanh p bng g dy 20mm c t pha trong ca tt c cc hp i dy thng ng. v tr
ca in thoi, khe c vng m cao su c b tr cnh ca hp i dy.
13.5.4
For each telephone outlet point conduit shall be terminated at a BS 4662 box covered with plastic
blank plate from the same manufacturer of switch and power plates.
i vi mi nt in thoi, ng i dy c kt thc bng hp theo BS 4662 c np nha ca
cng nh sn xut cu dao v bng in.
All empty conduits shall be provided with draw-wires.
Ton b cc ng i dy rng c u ko dy.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
188
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 14 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

PHN 14 H THNG BO CHY
14.1
General
Tng quan
14.1.1
This specification describes the requirement for providing, installing and testing a complete fire
alarm system. The fire alarm system might be the fully addressable system or the combination
system between addressable and conventional devices.
Phn tiu ch k thut ny m t cc yu cu cung cp, lp t v kim tra hon chnh h thng
bo chy. H thng bo chy c th l h bo chy a ch hon ton hoc l h a ch kt hp
vi h bo chy thng thng.
14.1.2
The system shall generally consist of, but not be limited to, existing Fire Alarm Control Panel
(FACP), manual call points, heat detectors, smoke detectors, alarm bells and visual alarm
devices, interface modules, etc., to form a complete working system to the approval of the
Clients representative. All the existing equipments and operation system shall be retained and
belong to Clients responsibility. And, they shall be also out scope of this contract.
H thng bao gm, nhng khng ch gii hn nh vy, cc phn sau y: t bo chy trung tm
hin hu, nt nhn khn, u d nhit, u d khi, chung bo chy v thit b bo chy bng
nh sng, m-un giao tip, v.v. to thnh h thng hon chnh c K s thng qua. Tt
c cc thit b v h thng vn hnh hin hu s c duy tr v thuc v trch nhim qun l
ca Ch u T. V, tt c chng s khng thuc phm vi ca hp ng ny.
14.2

14.3
Addressable Fire Alarm Control and Indicating Panel

T Hin Th v Bo Chy a Ch
14.3.1
Where specified, the addressable fire alarm control and indicating panel shall be analogue
addressable intelligent type with its own microprocessor and memory.
Ni no c ch nh, t hin th v bo chy a ch s l loi bo chy a ch thng minh c
b x l trung tm v b nh ring.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
189
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.3.2
In addition to the intelligent functions, LED indicating lights and LCD panel together with audible
alarm shall be included in the panel to provide alarm/detection zoning requirements as specified
and in accordance with the Fire Services Department
Ngoi nhng chc nng thng minh, n hin th LED v t c mn hnh LCD c kt hp bo m
thanh cho nhng zone yu cu c ch nh theo S Cu Ha.
14.3.3
Requirements as well as the following monitoring signals, where applicable:

Nhng yu cu c th hin thong qua tn hiu trn mn hnh, ni c s dng.
(a) Status of micro-switch for each sprinkler subsidiary stop valve,
Trng thi ca tip im in cho mi u phun t ng ph tr dng van
(b) Flow switches signals for each sprinkler zones,
Tn hiu cng tc dng chy cho mi khu vc ca u phun t ng.
(c) Status signal for each fire resistant shutters operated by smoke detector,
Trng thi tn hiu cho cc l chn chng chy vn hnh bi u d khi.
(d) Status of each sprinkler pumps,
Trng thi ca mi bm cha chy.
(e) Fault/Loss of power supply to sprinkler/jockey pumps,
Li /Tn tht ngun cp ti cc bm cha chy/ bm b p.
(f)
Sprinkler tank overflow alarm,

Bo chy trn ca bn cha chy t ng
(g) Sprinkler tank low level alarm,

Bo mc thp ca bn cha chy t ng
(h) Status of each fixed fire pumps,
Trng thi ca cc bm cha chy chnh
(i)
Fault/Loss of power supply to fixed fire pumps,

Li /Tn tht ngun cp ti cc bm cha chy chnh.
(j)
Fire services tank overflow alarm,

Bo chy trn ca bn cha chy
(k) Fire services tank low level alarm,

Bo mc thp ca bn cha chy
(l)
Status of each intermediate booster pumps,

Trng thi ca cc bm tng p
(m) Fault/Loss of power supply to intermediate booster pumps,

Li /Tn tht ngun cp ti cc bm tng p.
(n) Status of each transfer pumps,
Trng thi ca cc bm tng p
(o) Fault/Loss of power supply to transfer pumps,
Li /Tn tht ngun cp ti cc bm chuyn tip.
(p) Transfer tank overflow alarm,
Bo chy trn ca bn cha chy chuyn tip
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
190
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
(q) Transfer tank low level alarm,

Bo mc thp ca bn cha chy chuyn tip
(r)
Status of emergency generator,

Trng thi ca my pht
(s) Status of fuel oil consumption and oil level sensor,

Trng thi tiu th nhin liu du v cm bin mc du
(t)
Indication of Supply On,

Hin th ang cung cp
(u) Indication of System On,

Hin th h thng ang hot ng
(v) System Isolated alarm,
Bo cch ly h thng
(w) System fault,
Bo li
(x) Battery fault signal,
Tn hiu li ca c quy
(y) 25% of total smoke/heat detection address on each loop as spare,
25% tng s u d khi/nhit a ch trn mi mch vng khi d phng
(z) Signals indicating on the Drawings.
Cc tn hiu hin th trn cc mch vng.
14.3.4
The following control functions in the form of push button or key switch integrated as part of the
panel shall be provided, where applicable:Cc chc nng iu khin sau di th thc nt nhn hoc kha ngt in c tch hp nh l
thnh phn ca t s c cung cp nhng ni c s dng.
(a) Manual starting of each sprinkler pump,
Khi ng bng tay cho mi bm cha chy t ng,
(b) Manual starting of each fixed fire pump,
Khi ng bng tay cho mi bm cha chy chnh
(c) Manual starting of each intermediate booster pump,
Khi ng bng tay cho mi bm tng p,
(d) Manual starting of each fire transfer pump,
Khi ng bng tay cho mi bm chuyn tip,
(e) Alarm test and lamp test facilities,
Cc chc nng thnh phn thit b kim tra bo chy v kim tra n bo.
(f)
Key switch for system isolation with visual indicator,

Kha ngt ngun cho vic cch ly h thng vi n hin th
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
191
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
(g) Key switch for stopping transmission of fire signal to ventilation control system and lift
installation with visual indicators,
Kha ngt ngun cho vic dng chuyn i tn hiu bo chy v h thng kim sot gi v
thang my c lp t n hin th.
(h) Alarm and buzzer mute.
Tt bo ng v loa
14.3.5
The panel shall drive four wire loops of addressable analogue fire/smoke sensing, signaling and
monitoring devices. The panel shall have output ports for the connection of external printer and
monitor to allow for expansion of the system. The loop shall be self powered for all sensing,
monitoring and communication functions. Upon a communication failure anywhere on the loop or
power failure, a failure alarm shall be reported. Each loop shall have a minimum of total 25%
spare capacity for intelligent sensors and addressable modules.
T bo chy s c 4 loop a ch cho cm bin khi/cha chy, tn hiu v cc thit b gim st.
ng thi t bo chy s c 4 cng kt ni my in v mn hnh bn ngoi cho php m rng
h thng. Bn thn cc loop s c ngun ring cho ton b cc chc nng cm bin, gim st v
giao tip. i vi li giao tip xy ra bt c u trn loop hoc li ngun, bo li s c ghi
nhn. Mi loop s c ti thiu tng s 25% kh nng d phng cho cc cm bin v cc m un
a ch.
14.3.6
The panel shall process all analogue values for trouble, normal, pre-alarm and alarm thresholds.
Thresholds and sensor values shall be displayable, modifiable and reportable in decimal values.
The panel shall have the minimum number of loop circuits as specified.
T bo chy s x l ton b cc gi tr tham chiu tun t cho s c hng hc, ch hot
ng bnh thng, tin bo chy v cc ngng bo chy. Cc ngng bo chy v cc gi tr
cm bin s c th hin, khc phc v ghi nhn trong cc gi tr thp phn.
14.3.7
The panel shall be able to connect to intelligent sensors or conventional initiating circuits as
specified. Independent modules for alarm zones (e.g. break glass zone, detector zone, flow
switch zone) and trouble zones (e.g. subsidiary valve shut off) shall be provided on a floor by
floor or zone by zone basis.
T bo chy s c kh nng kt ni ti cc cm bin thng minh hoc cc mch bo chy quy
c nh c ch nh. Cc m un c lp cho cc zone bo chy ( v d zone cng tc khn,
zone cc u bo, zone cng tc dng) v cc zone s c ( v d ngt van ph tr) s c
cung cp da trn c s tng tng hoc tng zone,
14.3.8
The panel shall provide all power, including backup batteries and battery charger, necessary for
the devices connected to it.
T bo chy s cung cp ton b ngun, bao gm cc ngun c quy v b sc ngun c quy,
cn thit cho cc thit b c kt ni ti t bo chy.
14.3.9
The panel electronics shall be contained in a minimum 1.2mm thick corrosion resistance steel
enclosure. Access to the panel switches and all electronics shall be via key lock; no other tools
shall be required. Visual indicators of the panel status shall be visible and push buttons for
pumps shall be accessible without opening the key locked cover.
Cc thit b in t trn t bo chy s c trang b lp v bng thp chng n mn dy ti
thiu 1.2mm. Thao tc cc nt trn t bo chy v cc thit b in t s phi thng qua cha
kha; khng c dng c no khc s c yu cu. Cc hin th v trng thi t bo chy s
phi c nhn thy v cc nt nhn cho cc bm s c thao tc m khng thng qua m
bng cha kha trn mt t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
192
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.3.10 All hardware and software, which defines the panel configuration and operation shall be provided.
Memory data shall be contained in non volatile memory. Memory data shall not be lost after long
power failure.
Ton b phn cng v cc chng trnh m thit lp cu hnh v vn hnh cho t bo chy
s c cung cp. B nh d liu s c lu tr b nh trong. B nh d liu s khng b
mt sau khi mt ngun trong khong thi gian di.
14.3.11 The pre-alarm and alarm thresholds of fire detectors shall be adjustable through the panel. In
addition, the panel shall be able to provide alarm verification features with field adjustable time
from 0 to 60 seconds. If so implemented, only a verified alarm shall initiate the alarm sequence.
Tin bo chy v cc ngng bo chy ca cc u d bo chy s c iu chnh thng qua
t bo chy. Thm vo t bo chy s c kh nng cung cp cc c im nh dng bo
chy vi khong thi gian t 0 n 60 giy. Nu qu thi gian c thit lp, ch c bo chy
c nhn nh s bt u bo tun t.
14.3.12 Location, type, address and condition of each device shall be displayed through a built-in LCD
automatically in case of alarm or trouble. The display condition shall be in a user friendly format.
It shall also be time stamped.
V tr, loi, a ch v iu kin ca mi thit b s c th hin t ng thng qua thit lp mn
hnh LCD trong trng hp bo chy hoc s c hng hc. iu kin hin th s l mt nh
dng quen thuc ca ngi s dng.
14.3.13 All other changes of status shall also be displayed in the LCD giving at least the following
information:Ton b cc thay i khc ca trng thi t bo chy cng s c th hin trn mn hnh LCD
theo nhng ti thiu thng tin sau:
(i)
Condition of point,
iu kin ca im bo
(ii) Type of point (smoke/heat detector/sprinkler flow switch/break glass unit etc.),
Loi im bo (khi/nhit u d/phun t ng cng tc dng/ cng tc khn v.v)
(iii) Location of point plus numerical system address,
V tr ca im bo cng thm a ch h thng s.
(iv) All other points appearing on the panel.
Cc im bo khc hin th trn t bo chy.
14.3.14 Individual red alarm and common yellow trouble LEDs shall be provided for each initiating and for
each indicating zone. Devices on intelligent loop circuits shall be identified by display of their
address, location, type and by their condition (Alarm, Pre-alarm, Fault) on the built-in LCD. In
addition, the condition shall be displayed on the appropriate intelligent loop interface board.
Cc n LED mu cho bo chy v mu vng cho bo s c hng hc s c cung cp cho
mi ln pht bo v cho mi khu vc hin th. Cc thit b trn cc mch loop thng minh s
c xc nhn bi hin th a ch, v tr, loi v iu kin ( Bo chy, Tin bo chy, Li) c
th hin trn mn hnh LCD. Bn cnh , iu kin (Bo chy, Tin bo chy, Li) s c th
hin trn loop thng minh thch hp giao tip trn bo mch.
14.3.15 Individual zone disconnect switches/facilities shall be provided for each indicating zone, which
shall prevent operation of the zone for alarm but allow the remainder of the panel to operate
normally. While the disconnect switch is operated, a trouble condition shall be indicated on the
zone as well as an indication for "Disconnect". Devices on intelligent loop circuits shall be
capable of being disabled by authorized personnel from the panel.
Cc thnh phn thit b/cng tc chuyn mch ca tng zone c th s c cung cp cho mi
zone hin th m s ngn hot ng ca zone c bo chy nhng vn cho php cc zone cn
li trn t bo chy vn hnh bnh thng. Trong lc cng tc chuyn mch tc ng , iu kin
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
193
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
hng hc s c th hin trn zone ngay khi n hin th th hin "Disconnect". Cc thit b
trn cc mch loop thng minh s c kh nng ngng hot ng thng qua nhn vin vn hnh
t t bo chy.
14.3.16 It shall be possible to command test, reset, and alarm silence from the panel. If communications
with the central processing unit board inside the panel is interrupted for any reasons, the
following critical control actions shall still occur at the panel. Upon determination of an alarm
condition the panel shall :C th kim tra theo yu cu, reset v tt loa bo chy t t bo chy. Nu giao tip vi b x l
trung tm bn trong t bo chy b gin on cho bt c l do g, cc hot ng iu khin sau
s cn hin th ti t bo chy. S nhn nh iu kin s l
(a) Activate the fire alarm signaling devices;
Kch hot cc thit b tn hiu bo chy
(b) Release fire shutters as specified;
M cc ca cha chy nh c ch nh
(c) Capture the lifts and return them to the home landing as specified.
Tc ng cc thang my tr v im xut pht nh ch nh
(d) Raise alarms in accordance with FSD Requirements and Circular Letters;
Tng cc bo ng theo cc yu cu S Cu Ha v cc k hiu c lp vng
(e) Initiate the alarm transmitter to the Fire Services Department Computerized
Tn hiu bo chy pht ti my tnh h thng bo chy ca S Cu Ha thng qua ng
dy in thoi cu ha. Fire Alarm Transmission System via telephone line.
(f)
Activate automatic sprinkler pumps and other fire fighting systems as specified;
Kch hot cc bm cha chy t ng v cc h thng cha chy khc nh ch nh
(g) Activate to start/stop the ventilation control, staircase pressurization and smoke extraction if
required;
Kch hot khi ng/dng h thng iu khin gi, p sut cu thang v ht khi nu yu
cu.
(h) Activate to trip Category 2 circuits;
Kch hot ng cc mch loi 2;
(i)
Display the sensor or module address and condition.

Hin th cm bin hoc m un a ch v iu kin
14.3.17 The panel switches/facilities shall allow authorized personnel to accomplish the following:Cc thnh phn thit b/cng tc ca t bo chy s cho php nhn vin vn hnh thc hin cc
yu cu sau:
(a) Initiate a general alarm condition;
Tc ng iu kin bo chy chung
(b) Silence the local buzzer;
Tt loa pht bo chy khu vc
(c) Silence the alarm signals;
Tt cc tn hiu bo chy;
(d) Reset all zones after all initiating devices have been returned to normal;
Reset ton b cc zone sau khi cc thit b c kch hot tr v hot ng bnh thng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
194
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
(e) Perform a complete system test with a visual indication of numbers of all detectors in normal
working condition;
Thc hin kim tra hon chnh vi cc hin th quan st ca cc u d iu kin lm vic
bnh thng
(f)
Test all panel LEDs for proper operation without causing a change in the condition on any
zone;
Kim tra ton b cc n LED trn t cho vic hot ng chnh xc m khng gy s thay
i bt c zone no
(g) Eliminate a device mismatch condition by changing the device type. The panel shall always
operate with thresholds unique to the device type, and shall do so whether or not the
mismatch has been eliminated;
Loi tr iu kin khng th kt ni ca thit b thng qua vic thay th thit b cng loi. T
bo chy s lun vn hnh vi cc ngng bo chy ti thit b cng loi.
(h) Test facilities for each zone of AHU, PAU, exhaust system, staircase pressurization and
smoke extraction system if required.
Nhng thnh phn kim tra cho mi zone ca AHU, PAU, h thng qut ht, p sut cu
thang v h thng ht khi nu yu cu
14.3.18 Where specified, an event printer shall be integrated into the panel. It shall be activated either by
a fire alarm condition or by commands entered through the panel for the printing of system data
essential for preventive maintenance. The print out for each alarm or trouble signal shall at least
provide the following information:Nhng ni c ch nh, my in s tch hp ti t bo chy in cc d liu h thng bo chy,
iu kin bo chy hoc cc yu cu cho vic bo dng h thng bo chy. Bng bo co
c in ra cho mi tn hiu bo chy hay s c hng hc s phi cung cp ti thiu nhng thng
tin sau
(a) Condition of point,
iu kin ca im bo
(b) Type of point,
Loi im bo
(c) Location of point plus numerical system address.
V tr ca im bo cng thm a ch h thng s
14.3.19 The printer shall be capable of printing a minimum of twenty-four characters per line and the
minimum operating speed shall be 2 lines per second. Operation of the printer shall not inhibit,
delay or affect the functioning of the alarm and control system in anyway.
My in s c th in ti thiu 24 k t trn mi line v tc vn hnh ti thiu s l 2 line trn mi
giy
14.3.20 Color graphic computer fire alarm station shall be provided in the FS control room.
My tnh ha mu cho trm bo chy s c cung cp phng iu khin bo chy.
14.3.21 The delay between operation of any call point and the giving of the general alarm should be less
than 3 seconds
S tr hon gia vn hnh ca bt c im bo n v pht tn hiu bo chy chung nn t hn 3
giy.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
195
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.4
Alarm Repeater Panel and Fire Services Sub-Panel

T Bo Chy Lp Li v T Bo Chy Ph
14.4.1
Panels shall be approved by Fire Services Department.

Cc t bo chy s c chp thun bi S Cu Ha
14.4.2
Panels shall be addressable type of a cubicle or combination of sections of standard panel

design with its own micro-processor and memory.
Cc t bo chy s l loi khoang a ch hoc cc thnh phn kt ni theo tiu chun thit k t
kt hp bn trong b x l trung tm v b nh.
14.4.3
Panels having an indicator for each zone of the fire alarm system shall be provided at locations
as specified.
Cc t bo chy c n hin th cho mi zone ca h thng bo chy s c cung cp ti
nhng v tr nh c ch nh
14.4.4
The panels shall comply with all relevant requirements of the main fire services control panel. All
alarms, indication, monitoring and control status of the panels shall be fully repeated to the main
fire services control panel instantly with multiple levels of priority.
Cc t bo chy s tun th ton b nhng yu cu lin quan ca t bo chy trung tm. Ton
b tn hiu bo chy, hin th, mn hnh v trng thi iu khin ca cc t bo chy s phi lp
li ngay lp tc ti t bo chy trung tm vi cc mc u tin.
14.4.5
A self-contained panel shall be provided with standby batteries and battery charger. It shall be
able to perform all the specified functions as a stand alone main fire service control panel.
Bn thn t bo chy s c cung cp cc b c quy v b sc c quy. Chng c th vn hnh
ton b cc chc nng c thit lp nh l mt t iu khin bo chy chnh vn hnh c lp.
14.4.6
Mimic diagrams, where specified, shall be of engraved laminated plastic or other approved nondeteriorating materials as specified and all lettering shall be legible in both English and Chinese.
S bo chy nhng ni ch nh s c p bng plastic hoc nhng vt liu khc c
chp thun v ton b cc k t s c th hin r rang d c bng song ng ting Anh v
ting Vit.
14.4.7
The communication between the panels and the main fire services control panel shall be in the
form of fully multiplexing/digital analog configuration via 4 wires fault tolerance wiring with
separate conduit enclosure.
Giao tip gia cc t bo chy v t iu khin bo chy trung tm s l cng cu hnh tn hiu
tun t tn hiu s a knh thng qua dy chng nhiu 4 si i trong ng ring.
14.5
Fireman Communication System Control Centre

Trung tm iu khin h thng truyn thng cu ha
14.5.1 This control centre shall include all required control switches with status indicators for fireman
communication system. If there are any other equipment to be controlled, the control switches for
such equipment shall be integrated into the control centre.
Trung tm iu khin ny s bao gm tt c cc cng tt iu khin c yu cu vi cc b ch
th trng thi cho h thng truyn thng cu ha
14.5.2
All switches and indicator shall be of modular type.

T c cc cng tc v b ch th phi l loi m-un
14.5.3
At least 6 sets of fireman portable telephone handset with cabinet shall be provided.
t nht 6 b tai nghe cm tay cho lnh cu ha vi hp cha km theo
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
196
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.6
Manual Call Points

Nt nhn khn
14.6.1
Manual call point shall be of "break-glass" type complying with BS 5839 Part 1: 1988 and
approved by the Local Fire Services Department.
Nt nhn khn phi l loi mt king d b theo tiu chun BS 5839 phn 1: 1988 v c chp
thun bi C Quan Phng Chy Cha Chy (PCCC) a phng.
14.6.2
Electrical contacts shall operate automatically upon breaking of the frangible element at the front
of the unit. The cover shall be locked in position with a special key and the frangible element shall
be clipped firmly into place.
Cc tip im in phi hot ng nh vo mnh v ca phn t d v pha trc nt-nhnkhn. Np phi c kha vo v tr vi cht c bit v mnh v s xn chc chn ng v tr
14.6.3
The unit shall be of pleasing appearance and styling, constructed of non-combustible and
corrosion resistant materials, and finish enamelled red. The words "Fire: Break Glass" shall be
suitably engraved or embossed in English and Vietnamese on the front.
Nt-nhn-khn phi c hnh dng d nhn v c trng, cu to t vt liu kh chy v chng n
mn, v c trng men . Cm ch Chy: p king s c khc chm hoc chm ni mt
cch hi ha bng ting Anh hoc ting Vit
14.6.4
Contacts shall be of silver or approved non-deteriorating alloy of the normally-open or normallyclosed type to suit the alarm system as specified in the Specification. A concealed "test" device
shall be included. The voltage and current ratings of the contacts shall be marked in the unit.
Tip im dng thng n hoc thng m phi bng bc hoc hp kim-khng-hng c
chp thun ph hp vi h thng bo chy nh nh r trong quyn Yu Cu K Thut.
Thit b th bn trong cng phi bao gm. Dng v p lm vic nh mc phi c ghi r trn
nt-nhn-khn.
14.6.5
Call points shall be of flush mounting or surface mounting type and suitable for direct connection
to the wiring system of the type specified therein without the addition of unsightly surface boxes,
glands, adapters, etc. Where special boxes are necessary for installation of the call points in a
conduit system, the boxes shall be provided by the FS Sub-Contractor. Boxes which are to be
recessed in concrete or plaster shall be of galvanized steel.
Nt nhn khn phi l loi bng mt gn tng v ph hp cho ni trc tip vo dy h thng
trong kiu c nh r m khng cn thm hp , ming m hay ming u ni v.v
Nhng ni cn c hp c chng cho vic lp t nt-nhn-khn vo h thng ng lun, hp
s c cp bi nh thu bo chy chuyn nghip. Nhng hp m trong b tng hay trong
h va s phi l kim loi m km.
14.6.6
Terminals for external conductors shall be provided in the unit for connection of at least two
conductors of size not less than 1.5mm2 each. When the call point is intended for use at voltage
in excess of extra low voltage, it shall have suitable means for providing earth continuity between
external circuits connected to it.
min ni dy phi c cp bn trong nt v m bo vic u ni cho t nht 2 cng dy
khng nh hn 1.5 mm2. Khi nt nhn khn cp c dung cho h in p thp hoc h thng
in nh, nt nhn khn cn phi c bin php thch hp bo m vic ni t ca cc mch
bn ngoi ni vo n.
14.6.7
Call points shall be fixed at a height of 1.15m above finished floor unless otherwise specified.
They shall be surface mounted, or semi-recessed, in order to present a side profile area of not
less than 750mm2.
Nt nhn khn s c gn cao 1,15m trn sn hon thin tr trng hp c nh r. N
c gn ni, hoc m mt na, a ra din tch mt bn khng qu 750 mm 2
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
197
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.7
Heat Detectors
u D Nhit
14.7.1
Addressable heat detectors shall be complying with (BS 5445 Part 5) BSEN 54-5: 2001 for
ordinary usage and Part 8 for high temperature. The detector shall also be approved by the
Local Fire Services Department.
u d nhit a ch theo tiu chun BS5445 phn 5, BSEN 54-5:2001 ch thng thng v
phn 8 cho ni c nhit cao. u d cng s phi c loi c duyt bi C Quan Phng
Chy Cha Chy (PCCC).
14.7.2
Detector shall be of Grade 1 sensitivity with combined fixed temperature and rate-of-temperaturerise as BS 5445 Part 5 (BS EN 54-5: 2001) except as specified or where necessary to suit the
actual environment of the space being protected.
u d phi l loi nhy cp 1 vi s phi hp nhit c nh v t-l-tng-nhit nh tiu
chun BS 5445 phn 5 (BS EN 54-5:2001) ngoi tr nh r hay ni cn hp vi mi trng
thc t v khng gian cn bo v.
14.7.3
Grade 2 sensitivity detector shall only be provided for pantry, domestic kitchen and specified
space where rapid increases in temperature can be experienced.
u d c nhy cp 2 ch c gn trong phng tr nc, trong gian bp v cc ch c ch
nh ni m nhit tng ln nhanh chng.
14.7.4
Grade 3 sensitivity detector shall only be provided for boiler room, commercial kitchen and
specified space where under normal conditions, high ambient temperatures and rapid changes in
ambient temperature may be experienced.
u d c nhy cp 3 ch c cp trong phng c gn l hi, khu bp cng nghip v cc
ch c ch nh ni c nhit chung quanh cao v nhit chung quanh thay i nhanh
chng.
14.7.5
For high temperature environment, Grade 1 or 2 sensitivity detector can be provided and where
specified shall function correctly at ambient temperature between 0C to +48C, relative humidity
between 20% to 95% continuous non-condensing in the Hong Kong climate.
Vi nhit mi trng cao, u d nhit c nhy cp 1 hay cp 2 c th c gn v ni
c ch nh, u d nhit phi hot ng chnh xc i vi ni c nhit chung quanh t 0C
n +48C, m tng i t 20% n 95% lin tc khng ngng t trong thi tit Vit Nam.
14.7.6
Detector shall be designed to suitable for stable operation in the Viet Nam climate especially
where high humidity conditions may exist without constant air-conditioning.
u d phi c thit k cho ph hp vi yu cu hot ng n nh cho kh hu Vit Nam
c bit l ni c m cao c th trong iu kin khng c h thng iu ha khng kh.
14.7.7
Detector unit shall be of flush or surface mounting type. Detector unit in suspended ceilings shall
be flush mounted and shall, in the case of modular constructed ceilings, be coordinated into the
ceiling layout.
u d c dng bng mt hoc kiu treo. u d treo trn phi c dng bng mt v c v c
hi ha vi trn nh.
14.7.8
Installation of detector shall be in accordance with international Rules and/or Vietnamese

Regulations for AFA Installations. Detector shall be mounted not less than 500mm away from
any walls or partitions and not less than 25mm or more than 150mm below the ceiling or roof. In
open areas under flat horizontal ceilings, the horizontal distance between any point in the area
and the nearest point-type heat detector shall not exceed 5.3m.
Vic lp t u d phi c thc hin theo cc quy nh ca quc t v/hoc ca Vit Nam v
vic lp t h thng bo chy t ng. u d phi c gn cch tng hoc vch ngn
khng di 500mm v khng nh hn 25mm hoc qu 150mm di trn hoc mi. Ti khu c
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
198
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
khng gian m di trn nh bng, khong cch ngang gia bt k im no trong khu vc n
u bo nhit gn nht khng c qu 5,3 m
14.8
Optical Smoke Detectors

u D Khi Quang Hc
14.8.1
Addressable Optical smoke detectors, where specified, shall comply with (BS5445 Part 7) BSEN
54-7:2001. It shall be approved by the Local Fire Services Department. They shall function at
continuous ambient temperature between 0C to +50C, relative humidity within 10% to 95%
continuous non-condensing.
Ni ch nh, u d khi quang hc kiu a ch phi theo tiu chun (BS5445 phn 7) BSEN 547:2001. N phi c chp thun bi C Quan Phng Chy Cha Chy a phng. N phi
hot ng c mi trng c nhit t 0C n +50C, m tng i t 10% to 95%
khng ngng t.
14.8.2
Detectors shall be designed to suitable for stable operation in the Viet Nam climate especially
where high humidity conditions may exist without constant air-conditioning.
u d phi c thit k hot ng n nh vi kh hu Vit Nam c bit l ni c iu kin
m cao lin tc v khng c iu ha khng kh.
14.8.3
The detectors shall response to the product of combustion based on photo detection of light
scattered in a forward direction by smoke particles.
u d phi p ng vi sn phm ca s chy da trn nguyn l cc ht khi theo cc hng
phn tn nh sng ca u d quang.
14.8.4
The detection chambers shall consist of a horizontal optical bench housing an infra-red emitter
and sensor arranged radically to detect forward scattered light.
Khoang u d bao gm phn pht tia hng ngoi theo hng ngang v phn cm bin c b
tr d nh sng b khuych tn
14.8.5
The sampling and confirmation frequency shall be not less than once every 10 seconds and 2
seconds respectively. The consecutive sensed alarm signals shall be needed to trigger detector
alarm.
Tn s ly mu v so snh khng c t hn mi 10 giy v cch bit 2 giy. Cc tn hiu cm
bin lin tip s c cn dng kch hot bo ng.
14.9
Installation of Detectors
Lp t u D
14.9.1
Installation procedure of detectors shall be recommended by detectors manufacturers.

Trnh t lp t theo nh ngh ca nh sn xut.
14.9.2
LED indicator of detector shall be installed facing the entrance of the room.
Mt c n LED hin th phi c hng vo trong phng.
14.9.3
Exact location of detectors under false ceiling shall be referred to relevant interior design
drawings and/or reflected ceiling layout plans.
V tr chnh xc ca u d t di trn cn phi tham kho bn v kin trc v hoc bn v
mt bng trn lin quan.
14.9.4
The conduit system for the detectors shall be installed that staging effect is eliminated.
H thng ng lun khng th hin trn bn v.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
199
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.10
Alarm Bells
Chung Bo ng
14.10.1 Alarm bells shall be of minimum 150mm diameter gong, underdome type and suitable for 24V DC
operation. Each alarm bell shall be capable of producing a sound level of min. 65dB(A) is
measured at 3m from the inside of the main entrance door with all doors shut off at all
rooms/premises.
ng knh a chung bo ng nh nht l 150mm, di dng vm v ph hp vi in p
lm vic 24V DC. Mi chung bo ng c th pht ra ting ku t nht 65dB (A) o khong
cch 3m t bn trong ca ra vo chnh ti tt c ca ng trong ta nh.
14.10.2 The bells shall consist of a micro motor as the driving unit offering high performance and
reliability together with low current consumption and low starting voltage characteristics.
Chung bo phi gm c ng c iu khin nh, c hiu sut cao v tin cy vi dng tiu th
thp v c tnh in p khi ng thp.
14.10.3 The bells shall be surface mounting, painted red and labeled "FIRE ALARM" in both English and
Vietnamese.
Chung bo phi l dng treo ni, sn v c nhn Bo chy bng c Vit ng v Anh ng
14.10.4 The units shall be motorized fully compatible with the digital addressing system and each unit
shall be provided with its own unique identification code when used with addressable system.
B chung bo phi c ng, ph hp hon ton vi h thng a ch s v mi b chung bo
phi m nhn dng ring v duy nht khi dng trong h thng a ch.
14.11
Visual Alarm Signals

Tn Hiu Bo ng nh Sng
14.11.1 The visual alarm signals in the form of flashing red light shall be a signalling strobe for 24V DC
operation in accordance with Vietnamese Regulations and Clause 9.7 of BS 5839 Part 1: 1988.
The strobe light shall consist a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflectors system.
Tn hiu bo ng nh sng theo th thc n nhp nhy l hiu lnh t n nhp nhy dng
ngun 24V DC ph hp vi Tiu chun Vit Nam v iu 9.7 tiu chun BS 5839 Phn 1: 1988.
n chp bao gm n tup nhp nhy X-nng v thu knh, b cha n.
14.11.2 The unit shall be approved by the Local Fire Services Department.
B n phi c C Quan PCCC a phng chp thun.
14.11.3 The strobe shall be designed for one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage
and providing a minimum of 75 candela light output. The strobe shall have no measurable in-rush
current in excess of operating peak current.
n chp c thit k cho mi ln chp trong mt giy vi in p thp nht s dng lin tc
v cho cng nh sng 75 Cd. n nhp nhy s khng c dng xung vt qu gi tr nh
dng vn hnh.
14.11.4 The unit shall be suitable for surface or semi-flush mounting and labeled "FIRE ALARM (BO
CHY) in both English and Vietnamese. The height of English letter and Vietnamese characters
shall not be less than 10mm and 15mm respectively. They can be indicated on separate plate
affixed nearby or engraved on the light cover.
B n chp phi ph hp cho dng mt ni hoc bn li v c nhn BO CHY bng ting
Anh v ting Vit. B cao ch ting Anh v ting Vit c du khng nh hn 10mm v 15mm.
Dng ch bo chy c th trn tm bng ph hoc khc trn v n.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
200
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.12
Mounting Bases
Gn u Bo Chy
14.12.1 The mounting bases shall be designed to enable detectors to be plugged in with a simple
clockwise motion without significant insertion force.
Cc treo phi c thit k cc u d c th gn vo n gin vi mt ci vn m khng
cn phi dng lc ng ci vo
14.12.2 Where detectors are mounted at level above 4m, they shall be capable of being removed and refixed from below by means of an extended arm special tool.
Cc u d treo cao trn 4m cn phi c kh nng tho ra, gn vo t bn di bng gy
c bit.
u d phi c phn cc nhy, vic phn nh dy m dng trong l khng cn thit
ngoi tr vic kt ni n n bo s c bn ngoi.
14.12.3 The detectors shall be polarity insensitive, so that identification of the positive and negative lines
connection in the mounting base is not necessary except when connecting to remote alarm
indicator lamps.
u d phi c phn cc nhy, vic phn nh dy m dng trong l khng cn thit
ngoi tr vic kt ni n n bo s c bn ngoi.
14.12.4 The detectors supplied under the same Contract for a building or complex shall be of the same
series from one manufacturer. Any type of detectors of the same series shall be interchangeable
and fit into a common mounting base.
Tt c cc u d trong mt ta nh cn c cp di cng mt hp ng hoc nhiu hp
ng nhng phi c cng s s ri t mt nh sn xut. Bt k loi u d no cng c th thay
th cho nhau v cng chung mt loi treo
14.13
End of Line Testers

B Th Cui Dy
14.13.1 The end of line tester for each circuit shall be located at high level or concealed inside ceiling
void but shall be easily accessible.
B th cui dy ca mi mch c xc nh ch c cao hoc m bn trong, nhng cn
phi d dng ti c.
14.13.2 The testers shall be flush mounted type with stainless steel plate surface marked with engraved
characters indicating the function.
B th cn l loi kiu treo dng bng treo bng vi a Inox c khc cc k t hin th chc
nng.
14.14
Intelligent Addressable Devices

Thit B a Ch Thng Minh
14.14.1 Each device detector shall be addressable via two integral rotary decade switches, dip switch is
not acceptable. The address shall be easily set and changed. The devices shall constantly verify
against the data base in the Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel via an addressable detection
cable loop.
Mi thit b d c a ch qua hai cng tc xoay mi v tr, Cng tc domino khng c chp
nhn. a ch phi d dng thit lp v thay i. Cc thit lin tc c kim tra so vi d liu
trong b iu khin t bo chy a ch thng qua vic d tm a ch trn mt vng dy.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
201
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.14.2 Detectors shall be fully compensated for temperature, humidity and barometric changes in the
surroundings. All electronic components shall be hermetically sealed to prevent their operation
from being impaired by dust, dirt, humidity, corrosion or mechanical shock. All circuitry must be
protected against typical electrical transients and electromagnetic interference according to BS
6667 Part 3 (IEC 801-3). The termination shall be so designed that the terminals are polarity
insensitive. Built-in testing facility shall be provided.
Cc u d s c b hon ton v nhit , m v thay i kh p trong mi trng xung
quanh. Tt c linh kin in t phi c hn kn s hot ng ca chng khng b suy yu
do bi, bn, m, n mn hoc sc c kh. Mch phi chu c cc qu trnh qu v in
in hnh v nhiu in t theo tiu chun BS 6667 Phn 3 ( IEC 801-3 ). Vic u ni phi ph
hp vi thit b c nhy phn cc. Chc nng kim tra h thng cn c cung cp.
14.14.3 Two status LED indicator shall be provided for each detector and they shall be so positioned that
at least one LED can be seen from any angle. The detectors shall have provisions to drive
remote visual alarm indicator. Remote indicators shall be compatible with the detectors so that
the operation of the indicators shall not affect the brightness of the detector's built-in LED.
Hai n LED trng thi phi c gn trn mi u d v chng phi c t v tr m c t
nht mt n LED c th c nhn thy t mi gc. Cc u phi cung cp tn hiu iu khin
cho b hin th bo ng t xa. B hin th bo ng t xa phi tng thch vi cc u hot
ng ca b hin th bo ng t xa khng nh hng n sng n LED hin th gn trn
u d.
(a) Addressable Heat Detectors
u d nhit a ch
Addressable heat detectors shall continuously measure the temperature of air and generate
a proportional analogue output.
u d nhit a ch phi lin tc o nhit khng kh v xut tn hiu tng t tng ng.
The detectors shall employ two matched thermal sensing elements in a bridge configuration
to give a response which depends both on temperature and the rate of change of
temperature. The reference and sensing thermal sensors shall be fabricated under identical
conditions to ensure good matching and excellent tracking with both temperature and
ageing.
u d s dng hai cm bin nhit trong cu hnh cu xut tn hiu p ng da vo
va nhit t l bin i nhit . Cc tham chiu v cm bin nhit phi c ch to
trong iu kin ging ht nhau m bo kt hp tt v theo di nhit v lo ha.
(b) Addressable Smoke Detectors
u d khi dng a ch
Addressable smoke detectors shall continuously measure the products of combustion in the
air and generate a proportional analogue output.
u d khi dng a ch cn o sn phm ca s chy trong khng kh mt cch lin tc v
xut tn hiu kiu tng t tng xng.
The measuring chambers shall be so designed to create a very low background signal in
clean air condition. A specially designed device shall be incorporated to control dust
settlement on non-critical surfaces so that high dust level in the surroundings can be
tolerated.
Khoang o cn c thit k to ra tn hiu nn thp trong iu kin khng kh sch.
Thit b c thit k c bit phi c kt hp cht ch iu khin c th gii quyt
c vic bm bi trn b mt d dng chp thun dung sai v bi bn bm.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
202
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.15
Addressable Interface Modules

M un Giao Din a Ch
14.15.1 Various modules shall be provided for the Addressable Fire Alarm and Control System for the
required functions, interfacing with non-addressable devices and other services. Modules shall be
mounted into junction boxes for easy installation. The identification of monitor and control
modules shall be set by means of two integral rotary decade switches. The addresses of these
modules shall be easily set, seen and changed.
Cc m un c cp cho h bo chy a ch v h thng iu khin theo nh cc chc nng
yu cu, giao din vi cc thit b khng a ch v cc dch v khc. Cc m un c gn vo
hp trung gian d lp t. Vic xc nh m un gim st v iu khin c thit lp nh vo
hai cng tc xoay mi v tr. Cc a ch ca cc m un ny phi d dng thit lp, xem v
thay i.
14.15.2 The module shall have a conspicuously located LED which blinks or non-blinks, via software
assignment to be performed at any time when necessary upon being scanned by the panel. Upon
determination of an alarm condition, the LED shall be latched on and blink or not blink as
assigned.
n LED hin th ca cc m un phi c b tr v tr d thy. n Led ny s nhp nhy
hay khng nhp nhy l do phn mm ch nh th hin ti bt k thi im no da trn qu
trnh qut h thng t t iu khin. Ngay khi xc nh tnh trng bo ng, n LED s c
cht vo v nhp nhy hay khng nhp nhy theo s iu khin ca phn mm.
(a)
Monitor Modules
M un gim st
Monitor modules allow the panel to interface with and monitor individual non-addressable
monitoring alarms such as manual call points, sensors, detectors, water flow switches,
sprinkler supervisory devices etc.
M un gim st cho php t iu khin giao tip vi h thng bo ng v gim st cc
phn t gim st khng a ch nh l nt nhn khn, cm bin, u d, cng tc dng
chy, thit b gim st u phun v.v
The modules shall provide addressable inputs for all N.O. or N.C. contact for continuous
monitoring. In addition to the supervised state of the monitored device, the measurement of
the supervision shall be sent to the Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel. The monitor
modules shall also provide a supervised initiating circuit. An open-circuit or short-circuit fault
shall be indicated at the Panel.
Cc module s cung cp u vo a ch cho tt c tip im thng ng hoc thng h
gim st lin tc. Thm vo vic gim st trng thi ca cc thit b c gim st, kt
qu o lng phi c gi n t bo chy a ch. Cc m un gim st cng s cung
cp mt mch gim st ban u. Li h mch hoc li ngn mch s c hin th ti t.
It shall have a magnetically activated test switch to simplify maintenance and diagnostics.
Cn c kha kim tra kch hot in t n gin ha vic bo dng v chn on h
thng.
(b)
Control Modules
M un iu khin
Control modules supervise and monitor wiring to appliances of small connected load like
alarm bells, flashing light units, indicator units, and interface relays. Upon command from the
Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel, the module shall disconnect the supervision and
connect the external power supply to the device and a signal shall then be sent to the Panel
to indicate that the command was executed. The external power shall be isolated, so a
trouble condition at the power supply shall not interfere with the rest of the system.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
203
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
M un iu khin gim st v theo di ng dy ti vi cc thit b kt ni ti trng nh

nh chung bo ng, b n chp, b hin th, v relay giao tip. Khi lnh t T iu
khin bo chy a ch, cc module s ngt kt ni gim st v kt ni cc ngun in bn
ngoi cp ngun cho cc thit b v tn hiu sau c gi n t bo chy cho bit
lnh c thc thi. Ngun in bn ngoi phi c cch ly, do iu kin kh khn
vic cung cp in khng nhiu vi phn cn li ca h thng.
The connected alarm load shall be closely monitored for any open and short circuit
conditions. The output circuit connected to the loading shall be short circuit protected.
Cc ti bo ng c ni s c gim st cht ch i vi bt k iu kin mch m v
ngn. Cc mch ng ra ni vi ti phi c bo v ngn mch.
(c)
Fault Isolator Modules

M un cch ly li
The non-addressable fault isolator modules shall detect and isolate a short-circuited
segment of a fault-tolerant loop whilst allowing the rest of the addressing circuit to function
normally.
Cc a ch khng li module ly th pht hin v c lp mt phn on ngn mch ca mt
vng lp trong khi chu li cho php cc phn cn li ca mch gii quyt cc hot ng
bnh thng.
Fault isolator modules shall be provided for at least every 20 intelligent addressable devices,
i.e. detectors, monitor modules and control modules to limit the number of devices lost in the
event of a short circuit.
M un cch ly li phi cp cho t nht 20 thit b a ch thng minh, v d: u d, m un
gim st v m un iu khin hn ch s lng thit b b mt trong cc trng hp
ngn mch
(d)
Facilities for interfacing with any other systems as shown on the Drawings or as specified in
the Specification.
Kh nng giao tip vi nhng h thng khc nh th hin trn bn v hay ch nh trong tp
c tnh Yu cu.
14.16
Wiring Installation Summary

Tm Lc V Lp t Dy
The wiring installation for the AFA system shall comprise the following items. Wiring shall mean
supply and installation of cables, trunking / conduit and accessories etc. unless otherwise
specified.
Vic i dy cho h thng bo chy t ng s bao gm nhng mc sau. i dy bao gm vic
cung cp v lp t dy, mng, ng lun v ph kin v.v... tr trng hp ch nh.
a)
Wiring work from all smoke / heat detectors or sensors, alarm bells/horns, break glass units,
flashing units, zone modules, isolation modules and control modules, etc. to the
appropriate fire control panels.
Cng tc i dy t tt c u bo khi/ bo nhit hoc cm bit, chung/ ci bochy, nt
nhn khn, b nhp nhy, m un khu vc, m un cch ly v m un iu khin, v.v... n
t iu khin chy thch hp
b)
Make sure the existing wiring between the existing pump motor control panel in the fire
pump room and the existing Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). If neccesasary, the
Contractor shall have to repair or replace the existing wirings so that ensures the system
working most appropriate. All these works shall be approved by Construction Management
Engineer and Clients representative and shall be under this contract.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
204
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Kim tra vic u dy hin hu gia t bm cha chy v t bo chy hin hu. Trong
trng hp cn thit, Nh Thu s phi sa cha hoc thay th ng dy hin hu sao
cho bo m chng hot ng mt cch thch hp nht. Tt c cng tc ny s c s
ph duyt ca k s Qun L Gim St v i din Ch u T chp thun v s thuc v
hp ng ny.
c)
Mounting and fixing of equipment, trunking, conduit etc.

Treo v gn thit b, mng cp v ng lun v.v...
d)
Cable for fire alarm system shall be fire rated. All connection between fire control
panel/modules to the other system such as paging system, BMS, access control system,
central battery units, power supply etc. shall be fire rated cable as well.
Cp cho h thng bo chy phi l cp chng chy. Tt c cc kt ni gia t iu khin
bo chy/m-un n cc h thng khc nh l h thng thng bo cng cng, BMS, h
thng iu khin ra vo, b pin trung tm, cp ngun v.vcng phi l cp chng chy.
e)
14.17
Other items as may be required to fulfill the functions as stated in this specification and the
drawings.
Nhng mc khc c th yu cu hon thnh chc nng nh yu cu trong quyn Yu
cu c tnh K thut ny v bn v.
Protection Against Indirect Contact

Bo V Chng Tip Xc Gin Tip
As called for in Section 413 of the 16th Edition of IEE Regulations for Protection Against Indirect
Contact, the Contractor shall connect the metallic ducts, risers, and trunking / conduit and the
panels of the Fire Detection and Alarm System by copper cables to the main earthing terminals
which are provided in the meter room by the Electrical Sub-contractor.
Nh ni trong mc 413 ca Quy nh ca IEE v Chng Tip xc Gin tip, nh thu phi ni tt
c cc ng dn kim loi, trc v mng cp/ ng lun v t ca h thng bo chy bng cp ng
n im ni t chnh cp bi nh thu thi cng h thng in
14.18
Components and Equipment Compatibility

Cc Thnh Phn V Thit B Tng Thch
14.18.1 All the devices, components and equipment used in the system shall be of highest quality and
suitable for humid tropical working conditions. They shall be fully compatible with one another
within the whole system.
Ton b cc thit b, thnh phn c s dng trong cng mt h thng s c cht lng cao
nht v thch hp vi iu kin lm vic nhit i m t. Chng s hon ton tng thch vi b
phn khc thnh mt tng th h thng hon chnh.
14.18.2 Special attention shall be drawn to the compatibility between automatic detectors and control
equipment and the FS Sub-Contractor shall supply information of the detectors and the required
electrical interface with the control and indicating equipment.
Cn ch c bit ti s tng thch gia cc u d t ng v thit b iu khin, nh thu
bo chy s cung cp thng tin yu cu v in ca cc u d v giao din gia thit b iu
khin v thit b hin th.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
205
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.18.3 All the components in such a system shall preferably be from one principal system manufacturer
forming one compatible system approved byLocal Fire Service Department. Where components
are manufactured by different firms, certificates shall be provided at the time of tendering from
each source to guarantee that the various items are totally compatible. In this respect, a
certificate from one source will not be acceptable.
Ton b cc thnh phn trong cng mt h thng s c sn xut cng mt hng nhm t
c tnh tng thch. iu ny c chp nhn biC Quan PCCC a phng. Khi cc thnh
phn c sn xut bi nhiu cc cng ty khc nhau th cc chng nhn cht lng ca cc
thnh phn s c cung cp ti thi im u thu cho mi hng mc u thu nhm
cam oan v bo hnh cho cc thnh phn khc nhau t c tnh tng thch trong cng mt
h thng. Trong yu cu ny, mt chng nhn cht lng cho ht cc thnh phn khc nhau s
khng c chp nhn.
14.19
Alarm Transmitters
Cc B Truyn Ti Tn Hiu Bo Chy
Alarm transmitter, where specified, shall be compatible with the Local Fire Services Department
Computerized Fire Alarm Transmission System.
B truyn ti tn hiu bo chy, nu c ch nh, s phi c tnh tng thch vi h thng my tnh
truyn ti tn hiu bo chy vi C Quan PCCC a phng.
14.20
Batteries and Chargers

Cc B c Quy v B Sc c Quy
14.20.1 All equipment in the fire alarm control system shall be backed up by existing battery charger set.
In case of existing battery capacity is not sufficient to provide for all new devices, the Contractor
is required to design the new exact rated capacity for this back-up battery unit so that can supply
a constant voltage current for the combined standing load and alarm load. Where applicable, the
new battery charger set shall be a solid-state secondary D.C. power supply unit operating in
parallel with a battery bank.
Ton b cc thit b trong h thng iu khin bo chy s phi c cung cp ngun bi b sc
c quy d phng hin hu, khi ngun in li mt. Trong trng hp b c quy d phng hin
hu khng cng sut cung cp cho ton b cc thit b bo chy lp mi, Nh Thu phi thit
k cng sut mi cho b ngun c quy ny sao cho c th cung cp in p v dng in c
nh cho vic kt ni ti bo chy. Bt c khi no c yu cu lp t, B sc c quy lp mi s l
loi bn dn v ngun in ra l ngun in mt chiu, hot ng song song vi ngn c quy.
14.20.2 The battery and charger set shall be capable of maintaining the system in normal operation for a
period at least 24 hours longer than the maximum period for which the premises are likely to
remain unattended without recharging and thereafter shall remain capable of operating in the
maximum "alarm" condition for at least 30 minutes and/or capable of actuating the fire service
installation as required.
B c quy v b sc c quy s c kh nng duy tr h thng vn hnh bnh thng trong khong
thi gian ti thiu 24 gi. Thi gian ny di hn ti a khong thi gian khng sinh hot m
khng phi sc li v sau khong thi gian ny s c kh nng vn hnh ti a trong iu kin
bo chy ti thiu 30 pht hoc c th p ng vic lp t cha chy theo yu cu.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
206
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.20.3 If the system is connected by an alternative standby supply such as an automatic started
emergency generator approved by the Local Fire Services Department, the capacity of the
battery and charger unit may be reduced to that capable of maintaining the system in normal
operation for 18 hours and thereafter capable of operating in the maximum "alarm" condition for
at least 30 minutes and/or capable of actuating the fire service installation as required. The unit
shall be able to recharge and restoring the battery bank back to its constant potential voltage
setting in not more than 24 hours after fully discharged.
Nu h thng c kt ni vi ngun d phng nh my pht t ng khi ng khi mt in
li c chp thun bi C Quan PCCC a phng, th kh nng ca b c quy v b sc c
th gim xung 18 gi v sau khong thi gian ny s c kh nng vn hnh ti a trong iu
kin bo chy ti thiu 30 pht hoc c th p ng vic lp t cha chy theo yu cu. B c
quy v b sc s c kh nng sc li v phc hi m bo in p khng i trong khong
thi gian di 24 gi sau khi np y.
14.20.4 The FS Sub-Contractor shall submit calculation to demonstrate that the offered capacity of the
battery and charger unit is able to cope with the power demand of the whole system. In any case,
the ampere-hour rating of the battery shall not be less than 10AH.
Nh thu ph cha chy s phi trnh bn tnh chng minh rng kh nng ca b c quy v
b sc c quy c th p ng yu cu cng sut cho ton b h thng. Trong bt c trng hp
no, mc sc ca b c quy s khng thp hn 10AH
14.20.5 Where applicable, the battery shall be of sufficient voltage to transmit signals to the Local Fire
Services Department Computerized Fire Alarm Transmission System via the alarm transmitter
unit and the telephone lines.
Nu c p dng, b c quy s phi m bo in p truyn tn hiu bo chy ti h thng
my tnh truyn ti tnh hiu bo chy ca C Quan PCCC a phng thng qua b truyn ti
tn hiu v ng dy in thoi.
14.20.6 The charger unit shall consist of a rectifier bridge which has the A.C. mains input supplied via an
isolation transformer and has the ripples of its D.C. output smoothed by a D.C. filter before
supplying the connected load under normal operation or the battery after discharging in A.C.
mains failure. The charging process shall be automatically controlled and switched by a control
logic unit made up of printed circuit boards.
B sc s bao gm b chnh lu cu v b lc. B chnh lu cu c nhim v chuyn i ngun
vo xoay chiu (A.C) thng qua my bin th cch ly thnh ngun mt chiu (D.C). B lc c
nhim v lc thnh phn nhp nh ca ngun ra mt chiu (D.C) trc khi ngun mt chiu
(D.C) kt ni ti trong iu kin vn hnh bnh thng hoc b c quy sau khi sc m ngun
xoay chiu A.C b li. Quy trnh x l sc s t ng kim sot v iu khin thng qua b iu
khin l gch thit lp cho bo mch in.
14.20.7 The battery charger set shall be manufactured to confirm to the current editions of the relevant
standards as indicated below B sc c quy s c sn xut xc nhn theo nhng tiu chun lin quan c th hin
di y
BS EN 61204
Specification for Performance Characteristics and Safety

Tiu chun k thut cho vn hnh v an ton
Requirements of Low-voltage Power Supply Devices, D.C. Output
Yu cu thit b cp ngun h th, ngun ra mt chiu D.C
BS 5654
(IEC 478)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Specification for Stabilized Power Supplies, D.C. Output

Tiu chun k thut cho ngun n p, ngun ra mt chiu D.C
207
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
BS 7430
Code of Practice for Earthing

M cho vic lp t ni t
IEC 950
Specification for Safety of IT Equipment, including Electrical

Business Equipment
Tiu chun k thut cho an ton thit b cng ngh thng tin, gm
thit b thng mi in
14.20.8 The battery shall be sealed, high rate maintenance free nickel-metal hydride type and shall have
a proven life expectancy of at least 4 years. It shall not have any memory effect as to affect its
usable life or performance. The nickel-metal hydride battery shall comply with BS EN 61436 and
BS EN 61951-2 where applicable.
B ngun s phi c bt kn, loi hydrua niken kim loi c mc bo dng cao v s c
vng i tui th ti thiu 4 nm. B ngun s khng c bt c b nh no nh hng ti tui
th hot ng. B ngun hydrua niken kim loai s phi ph hp vi tiu chun BS EN 61436 v
BS EN 61951-2, nu c p dng.
14.20.9 The battery charger set shall be designed and manufactured by a reputable manufacturer which
has continuously manufactured battery charger set to work in conjunction with a wide range of
applications for at least 5 years and their manufacturing facility shall have a local agent to provide
full technical support which includes adequate spare holding and technical expertise in testing,
commissioning and trouble-shooting.
B ngun s phi c thit k v sn xut bi nh sn xut c uy tn v hot ng ng dng
rng ri trn th trng ti thiu 5 nm v phi c i l phn phi cung cp h tr ton b k
thut gm hng thay th v chuyn gia k thut kim tra sn phm, chy th v khc phc s
c.
14.20.10 The following technical requirements shall apply: Nhng yu cu k thut sau s c p ng
(a)
Input Voltage
in p vo
220V A.C. 10% via 13A fused supply

220V xoay chiu. 10% thng qua cu ch 13A
(b)
Frequency
Tn s
50Hz 5%
(c)
Output Ripple Voltage

in p ra nhp nh
5% of D.C. output
5% ca in p ra mt chiu (D.C)
(d)
Output Voltage
in p ra
To suit the offered fire alarm panel

Thch hp t bo chy
(e)
Output Current
Dng in ra
To suit the fire alarm system

Thch hp t bo chy
(f)
Overcurrent Protection
Bo v qu dng
Mains fuse, charger fuse, battery fuse against overload

and short circuit conditions
Cu ch chnh, cu ch cho b sc, cu ch cho c quy
chng qu ti v nhng iu kin ngn mch
(g)
Control
iu khin
Fully automatic
Hon ton t ng
(h)
Instrument
Thit b
D.C. output voltmeter, D.C. output ammeter

ng h o in p ra mt chiu D.C, ng h o dng
in ra mt chiu D.C
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
208
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
(i)
Indication
Hin th
Mains and charger healthy,

Battery low-volt
Tnh trng ca b sc, c quy in p thp
14.20.11 Except for the proprietary unit approved by the Fire Services Department and with ISO
9001/9002 quality system, the charger and battery set shall be housed in an industrial grade
cabinet constructed from stainless steel to BS 970 Part 1 grade 316S31 or other approved
material of minimum 1.6mm thick side and back plate and 1.6mm thick hinged front door with key
lock. Protection class of the cabinet shall be not less than IP 52 for indoors and IP 65 for outdoor
application as specified in BS 3490.
Ngoi tr nhng thnh phn c ng k c quyn sn xut m c chp nhn bi C
Quan PCCC v theo h thng qun l cht lng ISO 9001/9002, b sc v b c quy s l loi
s dng cng nghip trong nh c lp t t tp thp khng r theo BS 970 phn 1 iu khon
316S31 hoc tm kim loi khc c chp nhn c dy mt bn cnh v mt pha sau ti
thiu 1.6 mm v mt trn dy 1.6 mm c cha kha bo v. Lp bo v ca t s khng c
thp hn IP 52 cho s dng bn trong v IP 65 cho s dng bn ngoi theo nh ch nh BS
3490.
14.20.12 The logic printed circuit board, together with the isolation transformer and fused mains input
terminals, shall be factory assembled on a plate located at the rear of the case. The power
transistors are mounted on heat sinks, separated from the printed circuit board, on the back
plate. The instruments and LED indicators are mounted on the front door of the cabinet. A lower
ventilated compartment inside the cabinet provides adequate space for accommodation of the
storage battery bank and ventilation.
Bo mch in l gch kt hp vi bin th cch ly v cu ch, cc ch u ni s phi c sn
xut ti nh my v tp hp tha ng trn b mt gn mp ca t. Trng xi to cng sut c
lp trn cc pht nhit, c lp t bo mch in, trn mt pha sau. Cc thit b hin th v cc n
LED c lp mt trn ca t. Ngn thng thong bn trong t cung cp khong trng cho
vic lp ngn c quy v h thng gii nhit.
14.20.13 The following technical information shall be submitted by the FS Sub-Contractor to the Clients
representative for approval prior to the ordering of equipment :Thng tin yu cu k thut sau s c trnh bi nh thu ph cha chy ti i din ch u t
duyt trc khi t hng.
a.
Technical catalogues and specification, calculation sheet for charger,

Danh mc lit k k thut v tiu ch k thut, bng tnh cho b sc
b.
Battery capacity,
Kh nng ca c quy
c.
Power supply unit circuit diagram

S mch nguyn l cung cp ngun
d.
Control circuit diagram,

S mch iu khin
e.
Power supply unit front plate layout.

Mt bng ca b cung cp ngun
14.20.14 The battery chargers unit including the printed circuit board shall be factory assembled and
tested prior to delivery on site according to the manufacturer's testing manual.
B sc c quy bao gm bo mch in s c sn xut v th nghim nh my trc khi vn
chuyn ti cng trng theo hng dn ca nh sn xut.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
209
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
14.20.15 The delivery of chargers to site must be accompanied by the original factory test certificate. A
statement or certificate shall be produced by the charger and battery set manufacturer for the
proof of the life expectancy of the power supply unit supplied.
Vn chuyn cc b sc ti cng trng phi c km theo chng nhn th nghim ban u ti
nh my. Bn bo co hoc giy chng nhn s c thc hin bi nh sn xut b sc v c
quy cho vic kim chng vng i tui th ca b ngun c cp.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
210
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 15 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

PHN 15 H THNG TRUYN THANH CNG CNG
15.1
General
Quy nh chung
15.1.1
The Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission all Public Address System equipment as
required by this specification.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, th nghim v chy th h thng truyn thanh cng cng c
yu cu bi Quy cch k thut ny.
15.1.2
The Public Address System (PA system) shall provided for voice announcements and playback
of public service messages, background music, etc. to be made from the existing central PA
station through loudspeakers located through the associated area(s).
H thng truyn thanh cng cng (h thng PA) pht m thanh v pht li tin tc phc v cng
cng, pht chng trnh m nhc .v.v. c thc hin t trm trung tm truyn thanh cng cng
hin hu qua cc loa c t cc din tch c phc v.
15.1.3
The system shall generally consist of, but not be limited to, existing mixer-preamplifiers, existing
power amplifier, existing microphones, existing sound repeater, new power amplifer, new
speaker selector, new FM/CD/DVD player, new loudspeakers, equipment cabinets, etc., to form
a complete working system to the approval of the Clients representative. All the existing
equipments and server shall be retained and belong to Clients responsibility. And, they shall be
also be out scope of this contract.
H thng bao gm, nhng khng ch gii hn nh vy, cc phn sau y: b trn - b tin
khuych i hin hu, b khuych icng sut hin hu, microphone hin hu, b tch hp tin
nhn thng bo hin hu, b khuych i cng sut mi, b phn vng v la chn loa pht
thanh lp mi, b chi nhc FM/CD/DVD, loa pht thanh lp mi, t cha thit b m thanh, .v.v.
to thnh h thng hon chnh c K s thng qua. Tt c cc thit b hin hu s c
duy tr v thuc v trch nhim qun l ca Ch u T. V, tt c chng s khng thuc phm
vi ca hp ng ny.
15.1.4
All fixing materials, conduits, trunking, flexible conduits for final connection to equipment, cables,
plugs, relays, etc. and control circuits shall be included.
H thng gm ton b vt liu c nh, ng i dy, hp i dy, ng dn mm lin kt vi thit
b, cc ng cp, cc nt phch, rle .v.v. v mch iu khin.
15.1.5
All equipment shall be of robust design, having a durable nature and of pleasant appearance to
the approval of the Clients representative.
Ton b thit b c thit k chc chn, c thi gian s dng lu di v hnh dng d coi c
K s/ Kin trc s thng qua.
15.1.6
A lockable equipment cabinet shall be provided for each public address system for housing of the
amplifiers, inhibit control units, etc.
Phng t my c kha c b tr cho mi h thng truyn thanh cng cng cha b
khuych i, thit b iu khin hn ch tn hiu .v.v.
15.1.7
The Contractor shall allow for the equipment cabinet to be capable of being either wall mounted
or free standing.
Nh thu s b tr phng t my c ch cho cc thit b c gn tng hoc ng t do.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
211
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
15.1.8
All equipment except portable equipment shall be firmly held in place. Fastenings and supports
shall be adequate to support their loads with a safety factor of at least three.
Ton b thit b ngoi tr cc thit b cm tay c lin kt chc chn ti v tr. Cc u mc v
chi tit kh nng chu ti trng ca thit b c h s an ton ti thiu bng ba.
15.1.9
Interconnection of various items of equipment shall be mechanically and electrically connected by

multi-pin connectors or terminals.
Kt ni ca cc hng mc khc nhau ca thit b c thc hin bng c hoc bng in bng
cc chi tit ni nhiu cc hoc cc u cc.
15.1.10 The Contractor shall provide sandwich-type perspex labels with lettering in dark colour type, to be
agreed with the Clients representative for all major equipment. Labels shall be in English and
Vietnamese. A sample shall be submitted to the Clients representative for approval.
Nh thu s b tr bng nhn hiu bng knh trong sut gm nhiu lp c ch mu sm, c K
s/ Kin trc s thng qua, ch tn cc thit b chnh. Bng nhn hiu vit bng ting Anh v
ting Vit. Mu s c np K s/ Kin trc s thng qua.
15.1.11 The Contractor shall submit samples or catalogues of the following items for the Clients
representative's approval.
Nh thu s np mu hoc ti liu gii thiu hng ca cc hng mc sau K s thng qua.
a)
New amplifier and associated equipments to be used.

B khuych i v cc thit b phi hp i km c s dng.
b)
Two 1 meter samples of each type of cable to be used.

Hai mu di 1m ca mi loi cp c s dng
c)
Volume controls, selectors and speakers.

Thit b iu khin m lng, b chn v loa.
15.1.12 The Contractor shall submit to the Clients representative design calculations to verify compliance
with the Specification, based on the equipment selected.
Nh thu s np cho K s cc tnh ton thit k chng minh cc thit b c chn ph
hp vi Quy cch k thut.
15.1.13 In the event that the proposed system design cannot meet the requirements specified herein due
to the usage of inappropriate component units or cables, the Contractor shall investigate the
system or replace with proper component units or cables and resubmit to the Clients
representative for final checking before installation. Any extra costs incurred by such redesign or
replacement of component units and cables including additional component units and cables
shall be borne by the Contractor with no charge to the Employer.
Trong trng hp h thng chn khng th p ng cc yu cu c quy nh di y
do dng loi thit b hoc ng cp khng ng cch, Nh thu s kim tra h thng hoc thay
th bng loi thit b hoc ng cp ng cch v np li cho K s kim tra trc khi lp t.
Bt k cc chi ph ph do vic thit k li hoc thay th loi thit b hoc ng cp k c cc b
phn b sung s do Nh thu chu v khng c tnh thm tin vi Ch u t.
15.1.14 The schematic diagram given in the Drawings indicates the minimum requirements and shall be
taken as guideline only.
The following information shall be submitted to the Clients
representative prior to ordering.
S nguyn l c nu bn v ch th hin cc yu cu ti thiu v ch c tnh dn hng.
Cc thng tin sau cn c np cho K s trc khi t hng:
a)
A full schematic wiring diagram detailing the following :Chi tit s nguyn l i dy:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
212
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b)
All component units with type references indicating showing gain or loss of each unit
as designed to operate in the system.
Ton b cc b phn vi ch bo tham kho v loi nu khuych i hoc tn
tht ca mi b phn c thit k hot ng trong h thng.
Test and maintenance provisions.

Cc phn vic th nghim v bo tr
Safety measures.
Cc bin php an ton.
Full technical and mechanical descriptions of every piece of equipment including

manufacturer's technical literature in English and Vietnamese language.
M t chi tit k thut ca mi chi tit ca thit b k c ti liu k thut
bng ting Anh v ting Vit.
c)
ca nh sn xut
The type, manufacturer and all technical characteristics of distribution cables or wires to be
used including manufacturer's technical literature in English and Vietnamese language.
Loi, tn nh sn xut v cc c trng k thut ca ng cp v dy phn phi c s
dng k c ti liu k thut ca nh sn xut bng ting Anh v ting Vit.
d)
Details of each connections proposed at amplifier locations and elsewhere and all fuses or
other protection devices proposed.
Chi tit ca mi b phn c xut b khuych i v cc v tr khc, cc cu ch hoc
c cu bo v khc c xut.
15.1.15 The Contractor shall provide a simplified operation procedures instruction sheet for the public
address system.
Nh thu s cp t hng dn trnh t vn hnh n gin cho h thng truyn thanh cng cng.
The instruction sheet shall be wall mounted in a teakwood frame with glass panel of appropriate
size, located in the vicinity of the cabinet provided for the equipment.
T hng dn c gn tng trong khung g c mt knh vi kch thc ph hp, c t
phng t my.
15.1.16 The system shall have access to one channel of the sound distribution system.
H thng c tip cn mt knh ca h thng phn phi m thanh.
15.1.17 All the equipment and material of the same system shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to
ensure uniformity of standards and finishes.
Ton b thit b v vt liu ca cng h thng c cp bi ch mt nh sn xut m bo
tnh ng nht ca cc tiu chun v cng tc hon thin.
15.2

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
213
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
15.3
Microphones
Micro gi thng bo
15.3.1
Where applicable, Microphones shall be of unidirectional type with flexible gooseneck, built-in
on/off switch and suitable length of cable, fitted into a desk stand or shall be wall mounted as
appropriate, and shall be attractive appearance.
Bt c khi no c th p dng, Micro gi thng bo l loi mt hng c ng c ngng mm,
cng tc m/ tt c lp chm v c chiu di cp, c lp vo gi ng hoc c gn
tng v c hnh dng hp dn.
15.3.2
Illuminated zone selection buttons shall be provided for microphones with multi speaker zone
output. Illuminated busy indicator shall also be provided for microphones with inhibit control.
Nt la chn vng c pht sng s c b tr ng phng thanh c u ra nhiu loa. Ch bo
bn c pht sng s c b tr ng phng thanh c thit b iu khin hm.
15.3.3
The microphones shall have balanced low output impedance in the range 200 to 600 ohms at
1000Hz, and shall be provided with built-in blast and pop protection.
ng phng thanh s cn bng tr khng ng xut thp trong cc khong t 200 ti 600
1000Hz v c c cu bo v ngn ting thi gi hoc ting n lp bp.
15.3.4
The microphone shall satisfy the following minimum performance characteristics:ng phng thanh s p ng cc c trng hot ng ti thiu sau y:
a.
On-axis frequency response not to vary by more than +6dB - 10dB over the frequency
range to 100 to 1000Hz, relative to 1000Hz.
p ng tn trn trc khng thay i nhiu hn +6dB, - 10dB cho cc khong tn t 100
ti 1000 Hz.
b.
Sensitivity not to be less than 1.0mV/Pa (-77dB re 1V/u bar) at 1 kHz.

nhy khng nh hn 1.0mV/Pa (-77 dB 1V/u bar) 1kHz.
c.
Distortion to be less than 0.5% at 1 kHz at 30 Pa sound pressure level input.

mo t hn 0.5% 1kHz mc p sut m u vo 30Pa.
d.
Front-to-back discrimination ratio to be greater than 15dB for 300 to 5000Hz for
unidirectional microphones.
T l tch sng trc - ti - sau ln hn 15 dB cho 300 ti 5000 Hz i vi ng phng
thanh mt hng.
All cables for microphones shall be terminated with XLR connectors.

Ton b ng cp ni vi ng phng thanh l loi XLR.
15.3.5
Microphone desk stand and flexible gooseneck shaft shall comply with the following
requirements :ng phng thanh kiu bn v loi c ng c ngng mm s tun theo cc yu cu sau:
a.
The desk stand shall have heavy cast base supporting a satin chrome pillar, with adjustment
by means of a clamping ring designed to support the microphone 100 to 200mm above desk
top.
ng phng thanh kiu bn c c nng cn c m crm bng c th iu chnh
bng vng kp c thit k ng phng thanh 100 ti 200mm pha trn bn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
214
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
The flexible gooseneck shaft shall be a stainless steel flexible tubing of not less than 0.3m
and permit easy bending in any direction of 45.
ng phng thanh loi c ng c ngng mm s lm bng ng thp khng r, c chiu dy
ca ng khng t hn 0.3mm v d dng un theo cc phng vi gc 450.
c.
The gooseneck shall be fitted with a thread insert and a XLR-type connector for easy
mounting onto a desk stand on one end and a microphone on the other.
ng c ngng mm c u kha ren v b ni loi XLR d lp vi bn iu khin ng
mt u, cn u kia c lp vi ng phng thanh
15.4
Power Amplifier
B khuych i cng sut
15.4.1
The power amplifier shall be fully solid-state provided with the following facilities:B khuych i cng sut l loi hon ton bng in t c cc b phn sau:
15.4.2
a)
Power on/off switch.

Cng tc m/ tt cng sut
b)
Mains 'on' indicator light.

n ch bo ngun chnh m
c)
Input protection against overload.

B phn bo v ng nhp chng qu ti
d)
Master gain controls.

Thit b iu khin khuych i chnh
e)
Balanced floating output of 70V and 100V for loudspeaker connections.

Cng sut ni c cn bng 70 V v 100V ni vi cc loa.
f)
Flexible cord and correctly fused plug for mains supply connection.
Dy mm v nt c cu ch ni vi cc ng in chnh.
g)
AC and DC fuse protection.

Cu ch bo v dng mt chiu v dng xoay chiu.
h)
Standard sockets complete with plugs and locking rings for each input and terminals for
loudspeaker output.
Cc cm tiu chun c cc nt cm v vng kha cho mi u cc ca cng sut loa.
The power amplifier shall satisfy the following minimum performance characteristics :B khuych i cng sut s p ng cc c trng vn hnh ti thiu sau:
a)
Input sensitivity not to be greater than 0.77V for rated output for source impedance of
600ohms.
nhy ng nhp khng ln hn 0.77V i vi cng sut danh nh cho tr khng ngun
600.
b)
Frequency response not to vary by more than 3dB over the frequency range 50 to
15000Hz.
p tuyn tn s khng thay i nhiu hn 3dB cho khong tn t 50 ti 15000 Hz.
c)
Total harmonic distortion at rated output power not to exceed 1% between 50 and 15000Hz,
distortion shall not increase at lower power output and/or less than full load.
mo sng hi tng cng vi cng sut ng xut danh nh khng vt qu 1% gia
50 ti 15000 Hz, mo khng tng cng sut ng xut nh hn v/ hoc nh hn ph
ti ton phn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
215
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
d)
Output regulation to be within 2dB from no load to full load, the amplifier shall be stable
under no load conditions.
iu chnh cng sut trong khong 2dB t khng c ph ti ti ph ti ton phn, b
khuych i s n nh khi khng c ph ti.
e)
Noise level to be better than 70dB below rated output with input shorted, over the frequency
rate 50 to 15000Hz unweighed.
Mc ting n cao hn 70dB thp hn cng sut ng xut danh nh vi ng nhp
c rt ngn, cho khong tn t 50 ti 15000 Hz khng ph ti.
15.5
Ceiling and Wall Mounted Loudspeakers

Loa c gn tng v gn trn
15.5.1
All loudspeakers shall be of high impedance and suitable for wall mounting or recessed ceiling
mounting as required. For mounting loudspeakers on the surface of a false ceiling suitable
support tracks shall be supplied and installed as required.
Tt c cc loa l loi tr khng cao v thch hp gn tng hoc gn chm trn khi c
yu cu. i vi cc loa gn b mt trn, c cc gi c lp khi c yu cu.
15.5.2
False ceiling surface mounted loudspeakers shall have a metal housing, speaker baffles,
dustproof speaker cloth and flat metal bar suspension bracket. The colour of loundspeaker will
be specified by the Clients representative.
Cc loa gn b mt trn c v kim loi, b tiu m ca loa, lp vi chng bi cho loa v gi
treo bng thanh kim loi phng. Mu ca loa do Kin trc s quy nh.
15.5.3
Recessed ceiling mounted loudspeakers shall be spray/baked enamel painted to the colour
specified by the Clients representative. A circular baffle grille with torsion spring mounting shall
be provided and shall be constructed of a minimum of 18 gauge steel, with a finish trim mounted
with a dustproof speaker cloth.
Cc loa gn chm trn s c lp men trn/ men phun theo mu sc do Kin trc s quy nh.
Li b tiu m hnh trn c gn l xo xon c ch to bng thp c 18, c np hon thin
c gn vo lp vi chng bi cho loa.
15.5.4
For wall mounted type loudspeakers, brackets and housings shall be provided to comply with the
application and finishes in each specific area.
i vi loa c gn tng, gi v v loa c ch to ph hp vi cch s dng v cch
hon thin mi khu vc.
15.5.5
Unless otherwise specified, the rated input of each ceiling and wall mounted loudspeaker shall be
determined by the Contractor and shall be equipped with matching transformer. The transformer
shall be completed with at least 1W, 2W and 3W tappings with insertion loss not exceeding 1dB.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cng sut ng vo danh nh ca mi loi loa c gn tng
v trn s c Nh thu xc nh v c trang b bin th ph hp. Bin th c cng sut ti
thiu 1W, 2W v 3W c tn tht ghp khng vt qu 1dB.
15.5.6
Unless otherwise specified, the loudspeaker shall be of wide dispersion angle type.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc loa l loi c gc tn x rng.
15.5.7
The loudspeaker shall satisfy the following minimum performance characteristics:Cc loa s p ng cc c trng vn hnh ti thiu sau:
a)
On-axis frequency response to vary by more than 10dB over the frequency range 200 to
8000Hz.
p ng tn trn trc khng thay i nhiu hn 10dB trn khong tn t 100 ti 1000 Hz.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
216
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b)
15.5.8
Sensitivity not to be less than 90dB/W.

nhy khng t hn 90dB/W
For wide dispersion angle loudspeaker :i vi cc loa gc m rng:

Frequency response:
p ng tn s:
80Hz - 18kHz, 3dB

80Hz - 18kHz, 3dB
Distortion:
mo:
1% @10% rated power input

1% @10% cng sut u vo nh mc
Driver:
Single, 4" helical voice coil or equivalent agreed with the

Clients representative.
Enclosure:
V:
Metal back box

hp kim loi
Sensitivity:
nhy, mc p sut m
95 dB SPL, 1W, @ 1 kHz

95 dB, 1W, @ 1 kHz
Dispersion angle:
Gc m:
Avg. 1 kHz to 4 kHz greater than 150

t 1 kHz n 4 kHz ln hn 150
Operating temperature:
Nhit hot ng :
0 C - 60C
0 C - 60C
Operating humidity:
m :
0% - 98%
0% - 98%
Power capacity:
Cng sut :
20W RMS max. with intermediate tapping

ti a 20W RMS vi v tri chit p gia
Nominal impedance:
Tr khng danh nh :
8 ohms with matching transformer

8 ohms vi bin th phi hp tr khng
Matching transformer :
Bin th phi hp tr khng:
Primary operating voltage 20W RMS - 100/70V

in p hot ng s cp : 20W RMS - 100/70V
Secondary impedance - 8 ohms

Tr khng th cp- 8 ohms
Frequency response - 80Hz - 18kHz
p ng tn s - 80Hz - 18kHz
Speaker baffle:
B tiu m ca loa:
Baffle samples in the range of proposed colours shall be

submitted to the Clients representative for approval
cc mu b tiu m trong khong mu sc c d kin c
np K s/ Kin trc s thng qua.
15.6
Speaker Selector
Thit b chn vng loa
15.6.1
The speaker selector shall allow speaker groups and all-call circuit to be selected individually,
collectively or in any combinational manner.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
217
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Thit b chn loa chn ring nhm loa v cc mch gi, hoc chn mt s nhm loa hoc theo
bt k cch sp xp hn hp no.
15.6.2
Each speaker group and the all-call circuit shall be provided with lamp indicators to show
conditions of use.
Mi nhm loa v mch gi u c n ch bo ch tnh trng s dng.
15.6.3
Each switch shall be capable of handling the power of its controlling circuit.
Mi cng tc u c th x l ngun in ca mch iu khin n.
15.7
Volume Control Units

Thit b iu khin m lng
15.7.1
Where applicable, the volume level of each group of speakers shall be controlled by individual
volume control units installed inside terminal boxes.
Bt c khi c th p dng, mc m ca mi nhm loa c iu khin bng thit b iu khin
m lng c lp bn trong hp u ni.
15.7.2
Volume control units shall be of the auto-transformer type and have good frequency response
and low insertion loss. Switches shall have silver plated contacts to eliminate noise and contact
loss.
Thit b iu khin m lng l loi bin th t ng v c p tuyn tn s tt v tn tht ghp
thp. Cng tc c cc tip im c m bc kh n v tng kh nng tip xc.
15.7.3
Each unit shall be capable of handling the power of its controlling circuit.
Mi cng tc u c th x l ngun in ca mch iu khin n.
15.7.4
The volume control unit front panel shall be manufactured from 1.6mm stainless steel with
graduation scale engraved to show volume level.
Bng mt trc ca thit b iu khin m lng lm bng thp khng r c khc thang chia
ch mc m.
15.8
CD Player
u c a
15.8.1
The CD Player shall be complete with outputs to suit the public address system configuration.
u c a s tng thch vi ton b cc ng ra ca cu hnh cho h thng m thanh cng
cng
15.8.2
The CD Player shall be provided with the following facilities :

u c a gm cc b phn sau:
a)
Power on/off switch.

Cng tc m/ tt ngun in.
b)
Microphone and headphone jacks.

cm ng phng thanh v tai nghe.
c)
Input/output levels control and meters.

ng h v thit b iu khin mc ng nhp/ ng xut.
d)
Track counter / indicator with control selector.

My m bng 3 s c th ci t li.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
218
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
15.8.3
e)
Track timer
B hin th thi gian cho mi ch dung bang
f)
Automatic shut-off at disc end.

B ngt t ng ca u bng mi ch dng bng hoc ch o chiu t ng khi
c yu cu.
g)
Noise reduction system.

H thng gim ting n.
It shall satisfy the following performance characteristics :u c s p ng cc c trng vn hnh ti thiu sau:a)
Frequency response not to vary by more than 3dB over the frequency range 50 to 13000Hz
using ferric oxide tape.
p tuyn tn s khng thay i nhiu hn 3dB cho khong tn t 50 ti 13000 Hz khi
dng bng oxit ferric.
b)
Signal-to-noise ratio to be better than 55dB using ferric oxide tape

T l tn hiu - n ln hn 55dB khi dng bng oxit ferric.
c)
Wow and flutter to be less than 0.05% rms weighted.

Mo ting v nhy m nh hn 0.05% rms.
d)
Total harmonic distortion to be less than 1.0% using ferric oxide tape.
mo sng hi tng cng nh hn 1.0% khi dng bng oxit ferric.
e)
Suitable for cassette tape of C30, C60 and C90 tapes.

Dng thch hp vi cc bng C30, C60 v C90.
f)
Microphone input sensitivity not to be greater than 0.3 mV for rated output for source
impedance of 200 to 600 ohm.
nhy ng nhp ca ng phng thanh khng ln hn 0.3 mV cho tr khng ngun t
200 ti 600.
g)
Line input sensitivity not to be greater than 78 mV for source impedance up to 50k ohm.
nhy ng nhp ca tuyn khng ln hn 78 mV cho tr khng ngun ti 50.
h)
Line output level not to be less than 400 mV.

Mc ng xut khng nh hn 400mV.
i)
Tape speed 4.75 cm/sec.

Tc bng 4.75 cm/ giy.
15.9
Equipment Cabinet
T t thit b
15.9.1
The cabinet shall be constructed of at least 1.3mm thick anti-rust sheet metal and finished with a
coat of baked paint to a colour finish specified by the Clients representative.
T t my c lm bng thp tm chng r dy 1.3mm v c hon thin bng lp sn c
mu sc c Kin trc s quy nh.
15.9.2
The cabinet shall be of compatible size and sufficient strength and rigidity to house the racks and
equipment.
T t my c kch thc tng thch v bn v cng cha gi v thit b.
15.9.3
Cabinet shall have front door hingable either on the right or left hand side.
T c ca trc c bn l c bn tri v bn phi.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
219
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The cabinet shall be equipped with handles and locks. It shall have adjustable panel mounting
angles for panel mounting any distance from the front.
T c tay cm v kha. N c cc gc gn bng c th iu chnh cho bng lp bt k khong
cch no t pha trc.
15.9.4
Facilities shall be provided for good free ventilation and easy access of connecting cables from
outside for maintenance.
B tr thng gi tt v d tip cn t bn ngoi bo dng ng cp ni.
15.9.5
The cabinet shall be completed with all necessary panel mounting racks and rails.
T t my c cc gi bng iu khin.
15.9.6
The cabinet shall be placed at location (agreed with the Clients representative) not obstructive
to personal and be easily accessible for operation and maintenance.
T t my c t v tr ( c K s ng ) khng cn tr hot ng ca nhn vin,
d tip cn vn hnh v bo tr.
15.10
Cables
Cp
15.10.1 The microphone cable shall be flexible twisted pair of tinned annealed copper conductors, PVC
insulation, tinned copper braided screen and PVC outer sheath. The colour of the sheath shall
be either light grey or white.
ng cp cho ng phng thanh l cp dy dn bng ng c m thic c bn, mm, bc
PVC. Mu ca lp v l mu trng hoc ghi nht.
15.10.2 The microphone cable shall satisfy the following minimum characteristics :ng cp cho ng phng thanh s p ng cc c trng vn hnh ti thiu sau:
a.
At least 16 strands per conductor.

Ti thiu 16 dnh cp cho mt dy dn.
b.
Strand diameter not to be less than 0.15mm.

ng knh dnh cp khng nh hn 0.15mm.
c.
Nominal outer diameter not to be greater than 50mm.

ng knh ngoi danh nh khng ln hn 50mm.
d.
Capacitance not to be more than 110 pf/m.

in dung khng nhiu hn 110 pf/m.
e.
Inner conductor d.c. resistance not to be more than 36 ohms/km at 20C.

in tr mt chiu ca dy dn trong khng nhiu hn 36/km 200C.
f.
Insulation thickness not to be less than 0.25mm.

Chiu dy lp cch in khng t hn 0.25mm.
g.
Operation temperature to be from -20C to 60C.

Nhit hot ng t -200C ti 600C.
15.10.3 The loudspeaker cable shall be flexible twisted pair of tinned annealed copper conductors, PVC
insulation, and white PVC outer sheath. For surface wiring, the cable shall be parallel pair; for
conduit wiring, the cable shall be twisted pair.
ng cp loa l cp dy dn bng ng c m thic c bn, mm, bc PVC. i vi dy
b mt, ng cp loa l cp dy song song; i vi dy trong ng dn, ng cp loa l
cp dy c bn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
220
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
15.10.4 The loudspeaker cable shall satisfy the following minimum characteristics :ng cp loa s p ng cc c trng vn hnh ti thiu sau:
a.
At least 19 strands per conductor.

Ti thiu 19 dnh cp cho mt dy dn.
b.
Strand diameter not to be less than 0.21mm.

ng knh dnh cp khng nh hn 0.21mm.
c.
Nominal outer diameter not to be greater than 8.0mm.

ng knh ngoi danh nh khng ln hn 8.0mm.
d.
Insulation thickness not to be less than 0.5mm.

Chiu dy lp cch in khng t hn 0.5mm.
e.
Operating temperature to be from -20C to 60C.

Nhit hot ng t -200C ti 600C
15.10.5 Power supply cables shall be PVC insulated, non-armoured with copper conductors of not less
than 2.5mm to BS6004 and BS6346 and with an overall protective sheath of PVC.
ng cp cp in l loi bc cch in PVC, khng bc st, c dy dn bng ng khng nh
hn 2.5mm2 theo BS 6004 v BS 6346 v c lp v bo v chung PVC.
15.10.6 Cables shall be run in separate conduits for microphone level circuits (levels below - 20dBm), line
level circuits (up to +30 dBm), loudspeaker circuits (above 30 dBm) and power circuits. All other
conduits shall be spaced not less than 50mm from power conduits. Power conduits shall be
grounded to the power system ground. Microphone and 600 ohm lines shall be insulated from
the conduit and from each other for the entire conduit length. Microphone and 600 ohm line
conduits shall be mechnically and electrically connected to receptable boxes and electrically
grounded to the audio system ground point. Lines in conduit shall not be spliced.
ng cp chy trong ng dn ring cho cc mch ca ng phng thanh (di mc 20dBm),
cc mch mc tuyn (ti + 30dBm), cc mch loa (trn 30 dBm) v cc mch in. Ton b cc
ng dn khc c t cch ng dn ngun in mt khong cch khng nh hn 50mm. ng
dn ngun in c tip t vi h thng in. ng phng thanh v tuyn 600 c cch
in vi ng dn v cc ngun khc cho ton b chiu di ng dn. ng phng thanh v tuyn
600 c kt ni in v c vi hp thu v c tip t in vi im ni t ca h thng
nghe. Cc dy trong ng dn khng c ni chp u.
15.10.7 Microphone line shields shall be grounded only at the microphone frame. Other shields shall be
grounded only at the power amplifier inputs or the control equipment outputs. Continuity of
shields shall be preserved at connecting points. All audio grounds in the sound equipment
cabinets shall be connected to a common point on the internal rack(s). This point shall be
connected to the building ground.
V tuyn ng phng thanh c ni t ch khung ca ng phng thanh. Cc v khc ch c
ni t my khuych i ngun hoc u ra ca thit b iu khin. Lp v phi c gi lin
tc cc im ni. Ton b thit b m thanh c ni vi im chung gi bn trong. im
ny c ni vi mt t ca cng trnh.
15.10.8 All audio lines, including microphone, line level and loudspeaker lines shall be floating with
respect to the ground. Either side of audio lines shall be grounded. If equipment has a single
ended input or output, it must be provided with isolation transformer to provided the floating
conditions.
Tt c cc ng m thanh k c ng loa, ng ng phng thanh s th ni i vi t. Cc
pha ca cc ng m thanh c ni t. Nu thit b c u vo v u ra c kt thc
ring, n c my bin th to iu kin th ni.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
221
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
15.10.9 Muting of microphones shall be shorting microphone output, not by opening the circuit. Cut-off or
transfer switches in line-level or loudspeaker lines shall be two-pole, switching both sides of the
line simultaneously. Outputs of power amplifiers shall not be interconnected. Loudspeaker lines
leaving the equipment cabinets shall be connected via barrier strip terminals.
Lm cm ting ca ng phng thanh l thit b u ra ngn mch ca ng phng thanh, khng
phi bng cch h mch. Cng tc ngt hoc cng tc truyn ng tuyn hoc ng loa l
loi hai cc, ngt ng thi c hai pha ca tuyn. Cc u ra ca my khuych i ngun s
khng c kt ni. Cc ng loa i ra khi ngn t my s c ni thng qua u cc bng
chn.
15.10.10
Multi-core cables shall be terminated at fixed terminals. Where cable termination blocks are
used, they shall be of suitable size for the conductor.
ng cp nhiu li c kt thc u cc c c nh. Khi dng khi u cc cp, chng
phi c kch thc thch hp ni vi dy dn.
15.10.11
All wires and cables shall be identified at every termination and connection point with
permanent type markers.
Ton b cc dy v ng cp c k hiu mi u v im lin kt bng vt nh du loi
lu di.
15.10.12
Vertical conduits connected to microphone outlets or amplifiers shall be cast in walls.
Conduit run inside false ceiling shall be surface. Surface wiring will not be accepted where
exposed to view.
Cc ng dn thng ng c ni vi ng phng thanh hoc b khuych i s c chn trong
tng. Cc ng dn chy bn trong trn l loi gn trn b mt. Cc ng dy lp trn b mt
b l ra c th nhn thy s khng c chp nhn.
Connectors & Accessories
Cc chi tit ni v ph kin
15.10.13 All audio connectors for wall panels, mixer inputs, microphones etc. shall be of XLR type.
Ton b cc chi tit ni cho cc bng tng, b trn, ng phng thanh .v.v. l loi XLR.
15.10.14
Each indoor loudspeaker shall be terminated through a 2A 3-pin and socket complying with
BS546 to facilitate easy removal of the loudspeaker.
A locally made plug and socket of
equipment standard is also acceptable. The Contractor shall be responsible for properly
mounting the socket base plate onto an adaptable box. Out-door speakers shall be terminated
through weatherproof type plugs and sockets provided with a push-on cap and cap retaining ring.
Mi loa trong nh c kt ni thng qua 3 u 2A v cm theo BS 546 d tho loa. Cc
phch cm v cm sn xut ti a phng ca thit b tiu chun cng c chp nhn. Nh
thu s c trch nhim v gn ng cch tm cm vo hp iu chnh. Cc loa ngoi nh
c cm bng phch cm v cm loi chu c thi tit c m v vng gi m.
15.10.15
A sheet metal box with stainless steel cover shall be provided to house one XLR male or
female socket and a pilot LED indicator. The LED shall be 'screw-in' type for easy replacement.
Both the socket and LED shall be provided.
Hp kim loi tm c np bng thp khng r cha cm l trong hoc l ngoi XLR v n ch
bo LED. n LED l loi vt cm vo d thay th.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
222
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 16 SECURITY CCTV

PHN 16 H THNG GIM ST AN NINH HNH NH
16.1
16.1.1
General
Quy nh chung
The Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission all Security System equipment as
required by this specification.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, th nghim v chy th h thng an ninh c yu cu bi Quy
cch k thut ny.
16.1.2
The Closed Circuit Television system (CCTV system) shall be basically IP camera system and
connected to existing central controller & server located in security house.
H thng gim st an ninh CCTV s da trn h thng camera k thut IP v c kt ni ti
trung tm iu khin v h thng lu tr t ti nh bo v.
16.1.3
The system shall generally consist of, but not be limited to, existing CCTV server & storage,
existing keyboard, existing and new IP cameras, etc., to form a complete working system to the
approval of the Clients representative. All the existing equipments and server shall be retained
and belong to Clients responsibility. And, they shall be also be out scope of this contract.
H thng bao gm, nhng khng ch gii hn nh vy, cc phn sau y: trung tm gim st v
lu tr d liu an ninh hin hu, bn phm iu khin camera, cc camera hin hu v lp mi,
v.v. to thnh h thng hon chnh c K s thng qua. Tt c cc thit b hin hu s
c duy tr v thuc v trch nhim qun l ca Ch u T. V, tt c chng s khng thuc
phm vi ca hp ng ny.
16.1.4
All fixing materials, conduits, trunking, flexible conduits for final connection to equipment, cables,
plugs, relays, etc. and control circuits shall be included.
H thng gm ton b vt liu c nh, ng i dy, hp i dy, ng dn mm lin kt vi thit
b, cc ng cp, cc nt phch, rle .v.v. v mch iu khin.
16.1.5
All equipment shall be of robust design, having a durable nature and of pleasant appearance to
the approval of the Clients representative.
Ton b thit b c thit k chc chn, c thi gian s dng lu di v hnh dng d coi c
K s/ Kin trc s thng qua.
16.1.6
The Contractor shall allow for the equipment cabinet to be capable of being either wall mounted
or free standing.
Nh thu s b tr phng t my c ch cho cc thit b c gn tng hoc ng t do.
16.1.7
The Contractor shall provide sandwich-type perspex labels with lettering in dark colour type, to be
agreed with the Clients representative for all major equipment. Labels shall be in English and
Vietnamese. A sample shall be submitted to the Clients representative for approval.
Nh thu s b tr bng nhn hiu bng knh trong sut gm nhiu lp c ch mu sm, c K
s/ Kin trc s thng qua, ch tn cc thit b chnh. Bng nhn hiu vit bng ting Anh v
ting Vit. Mu s c np K s/ Kin trc s thng qua.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
223
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
16.1.8
In the event that the proposed system design cannot meet the requirements specified herein due
16.1.9
All the equipment and material of the same system shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to
16.2

16.3
IP Cameras
Camera loi IP
16.3.1
The camera will be designed for surveillance and security applications requiring a rugged, highperformance, color, fixed and/or PTZ CCD cameras with IP network capability. The camera will
be a 1/3-inch format, high resolution, fully automatic, color camera capable of providing DVD
quality video over an IP LAN/WAN network. The camera will produce 30 images per second
(NTSC) or 25 images per second (PAL) of DVD-quality, 4CIF MPEG-4 video over an IP network,
and will support 2CIF, D1, CIF and QCIF resolution.
Cc camera c thit k s l loi dng cho cc ng dng chuyn v gim st hnh nh v an
ninh yu cu phi chc chn, kh nng hot ng cao, camera mu, loi c nh v/hoc xoay
c kh nng kt ni mng internet. Camera s c nh dng 1/3 in, phn gii cao, hon ton
t ng, camera mu cung cp hnh nh cht lng chun DVD thng qua mng ni b
LAN/WAN. Camera s xut hnh nh vi tc 30 hnh trn giy (h NTSC) hoc 25 hnh trn
giy (h PAL) ca cht lng DVD, 4CIF MPEG-4 thng qua mng internet, v s h tr cc
phn gii 2CIF, 1/2D1, 1CIF v QCIF.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
224
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
16.3.2
The camera shall be capable of generating two separate MPEG-4 video streams and one JPEG
stream simultaneously to allow bandwidth usage and image quality to be configured to meet
specific requirements.
Cc camera c kh nng ng thi pht ra 02 hnh nh ring bit dng MPEG-4 v JPEG sao
cho bng thng s dng v cht lng hnh nh s c cu hnh ph hp vi cc yu cu ring
bit.
16.3.3
The camera specified shall be able to support power over the Ethernet (PoE) using UTP
Category 6 cable with RJ45 connectors when an IEEE802.3af compliant switch is utilized. The
camera may also be powered via standard 24 VAC or 12 VDC Class 2 supplies.
Camera c ch nh s l loi c kh nng h tr cp ngun in qua ng truyn internet
(PoE) s dng cp mng Cat6 vi u ni RJ45 cng vi thit b chuyn mch ph hp tiu
chun IEEE802.3af
Camera cng c th c cp ngun thng qua ngun in 24VAC hoc 12 VDC.
16.3.4
All cameras shall be operated through Extra Low Voltage system. The Contractor shall provide a
central powered supply for these cameras. The CCTV cameras shall comply with the following
minimum requirements and technical characteristics:
Tt c cc camera s hot ng thng qua h thng in nh. Nh thu s phi cung cp mt
b ngun trung tm cp in cho cc camera ny. Cc camera gim st an ninh s phi ng b
theo cc yu cu v cc c tnh k thut ti thiu sau:
Focal length of lens

ng knh hi t
2.8 mm auto-iris for wide angle lens

12 mm auto-iris for telephoto lens
2.8 mm auto-iris dng cho ng gc rng
12 mm auto-iris dng cho ng knh chp xa
Minimum illumination
nh sang ti thiu
0.1 lux. (minimum)

0.1 lux. (ti thiu)
Light compensation
Kh nng b sng
66,000 : 1 (automatic)
66,000 : 1 (t ng)
Horizontal resolution
phn gii ngang
540 T.V. lines

540 T.V tia qut ngang
Vertical resolution
phn gii dc
450 T.V. lines

450 T.V tia qut dc
Video output
Ng ra hnh nh
Signal
Tn hiu
Connector
u u ni
Video S/N
n
1x Analog composite (NTSC or PAL)
Environmental
Mi trng vn hnh
temperature
nhit
humidity
m
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
BNC, 75 Ohm
50dB
0 c to 40 c
20% to 80% relative humidity (noncondensing)
20% n 80% m tng i (khng ngng t)
225
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Network
Mng
Protocols
Giao thc truyn
Telnet, RTP, HTTP, ARP,TCP, UDP, IP, ICMP, IGMPv2/v3.
Ethernet
Mng truyn
10/100Base-T, auto-sensing, half/full duplex, RJ45.
Overall Unit Delay

Thi gian i
100ms (MPEG-4)
IEEE 802.3af compliant

PoE
Ngun cp qua cp mng Theo chun IEEE 802.3af
All cameras shall be complete with extension cables.
Tt c cc camera phi c cp i km y .
Camera housings shall be factory-built. Outdoor camera housings shall be weatherproof type
complete with wiper. The construction shall be in two pieces, a mounting base and a removable
housing cover. The housing shall be constructed with brushed, anodized aluminium provided to
the approval of Architect. The housing shall preferably be of the same manufacturer as the
camera proposed.
Cc v camera lm bng loi thp c sn. V camera lp ngoi tri s l loi chng v nc v
chu ng tt vi thi tit km theo b che. Cu to camera chia lm 02 phn, phn gn thit
b v phn np v c th tho lp c. V thit b c ch to bng nhm cng m, c x
l in ha.
16.4
Cables and Accessories

Cp v cc ph kin
16.4.1
Power supply cable for cameras shall be used type of PVC insulated copper cored PVC
sheathed cables which shall be provided, installed, testing and commissioning as required in
section Cable Installation in this specification.
Cp cp ngun cho cc camera s dng lo cp cch in v c v bc PVC c cung cp,
lp t, kim nghim v chy th nh yu cu trong phn Lp t Cp in ca cun m t k
thut ny.
16.4.2
Network cable Cat6 UTP used in the video signal transmission between IP cameras and LAN
switches shall be also referred to the specification of section Data Cabling System in this
specification.
Cp mng loi Cat6 UTP dng truyn tn hiu hnh nh gia cc camera v thit b chuyn
mch mng ni b s tham chiu phn m t k thut ca H Thng Cp D Liu trong cun
m t k thut ny.
16.4.3
The control cable shall be point to point from camera to the central equipment. No sharing of
control cable among cameras shall be allowed.
Cp iu khin s ni kiu im ti im t camera n thit b trung tm. Khng c chia s no
gia cp iu khin v camera c cho php
16.4.4
All cablings shall be run in metal trunking/G.I. conduit wiring system except those cables inside
lift shaft. From the trunking/conduit to the CCTV camera's location, flexible conduits shall be
applied for each CCTV camera's cable end by Electrical Sub-Contractor. Signal cables and
power cables for the camera shall run in separate conduits and flexible conduits. Exact
installation details shall be submitted for approval before execution of work.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
226
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Tt c cp s i trong mng kim loi/ng GI ngoi tr cp i trong ging thang my. T

mng/ng n v tr camera quan st s dng ng mm cho mi u cui cp camera thc hin
bi nh thu in. Cp ngun v tn hiu cho camera s i trong cc ng cng v mm c lp.
V tr lp t chnh xc s c trnh duyt trc khi thc hin cng vic
16.5
Uninterrupted Power Supply Unit (UPS)

H thng cp ngun lin tc
16.5.1
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall design, supply, install, testing, commissioning, and
maintenance of an Uninterrupted Power Supply (hereinafter referred as UPS) to sustain the
opation of the security computer and its terminal and also the CCTV monitors for a minimum of 2
hours.
Nh thu in s thit k, cung cp, lp t, kim tra, nghim thu v bo dng cho mt H
Thng Cp Ngun Lin Tc (c bit sau y l UPS) trong 2 gi ph hp vi hot ng
ca my tnh h thng an ninh v u ni ca ca n, n cng bao gm cc mn hnh hin th
hnh nh an ninh.
16.5.2
UPS shall complete with static bypass for obtaining electricity from supply main when the inverter
seriously overloaded or breakdown. UPS shall be completed with a manual bypass such that the
UPS shall be connected to the system and disconnect from the system without interrupting the
system.
UPS s ph hp vi chuyn mch th ng duy tr cp in cho ngun chnh khi li in
qu ti hoc b ngt ra. UPS s ph hp vi h thng chuyn mch bng tay nh vy UPS c
kt ni n h thng v ngt khi h thng m lm khng gin on h thng
16.5.3
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit a calculation to substantiate that the UPS offered
having the required capacity.
Nh thu in s trnh bng tnh chng minh rng UPS xut dung lng yu cu
16.5.4
Isolation means shall be provided for complete isolation from line. Neutral of output shall
bonded to ground.
be
Cch thc cch li s c cung cp cch li hon ton khi dy pha. Dy trung tnh ng ra s
c m bo ni t
16.5.5
The UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor-controlled inverter to convert the DC voltage to
AC. The inverters shall be constructed of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors. The overall
harmonic distortion of the inverter on linear load shall be less than 1.5%. The inverter shall be
able to handle 150% overload for not less than 59 second. The acceptable crest factor of the
inverter without downgrading shall be up to 3. The overall efficiency of the inverter shall be more
than 95%.
UPS s c cung cp vi mt b iu khin vi x l nghch lu chuyn i in p DC ra AC.
B nghch lu s c xy dng trn bn dn 2 cc cng cch li. Sng hi ca b nghch lu
trn ti dy pha s nh hn 1.5%. B nghch lu c th chu qu ti 150% trong thi gian khng
nh hn 59 giy. H s dc ca b nghch lu c chp nhn s khng xung di 3. Hiu
sut chung ca b nghch lu s ln hn 95%
16.5.6
Input of the UPS shall be protected with surge protectors. The surge protector shall be series
hybrid type and constructed of placing Metal Oxide Varistor wafers between thick conductive
plates. The surge protector shall meet system performance ratings ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (1991)
Cat. C3 with test wave 1.2 x 50 @20 kV, 8 x 20 S Bi-wave @10 kA, and shall be able to handle
surge current of 75kA.
Ng vo ca UPS s c bo v chng qu p. Bo v chng qu p s l mt chui dng lai
v cu to ca cc ming bin tr oxit metal t gia cc tm dn. Bo v qu p s ph hp vi
di yu cu h thng trong ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (1991) Cat. C3vi kim tra sng p 1.2 x 50 @20
kV, 8 x 20 S Bi-wave @10 kA v c th chu ng dng xung 75kA.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
227
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
16.5.7
Battery for the UPS shall be of maintenance free sealed lead-acid type. The cell shall conform to
IEC: Publication 623 and of long rate type. The anticipated life of the battery shall be not less
than 9 years.
c qui ca UPS s loi c qui ch kn khng bo dng. Cc tm pin s ph hp vi IEC 623 v
l kiu nh mc di. Tui th ca c qui s khng t hn 9 nm.
16.5.8
Current limiting protection shall be provided on the output of the UPS.

Thit b bo v gii hn dng s c cung cp u ra ca UPS
16.5.9
Charger shall be trickle charge with boost charge selectable.

B sc s l loi sc chm vi kh nng khuch i sc c th la chn c
16.5.10 Each UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor managed mimic and control panel, completed
with LCD display and keyboard. The mimic and control panel shall provide the following
functions:
Mi UPS s cung mn hnh hin th qun l vi x l v bng iu khin, bao gm mn hnh LCD
v bn phm. Mn hnh hin th v bng iu khin s cung cp cc chc nng sau:
a.
Measurement and display of voltage, current, and frequency at input, output, and battery.
o lng v hin th in p, dng v tng s ti ng vo, ng ra v c qui
b.
Start/stop and status

Chy/Dng v trng thi
c.
Event history
Lch s cc s kin
d.
Audible and visual alarms shall be annunciated for the following abnormal condition:
Cnh bo m thanh v hnh nh s c a ra trong cc iu kin khng bnh thng sau
y:
e.
Low runtime left (run time less than 5 min. based on function of load and temperature)
Thi gian duy tr cn li thp (thi gian duy tr nh hn 5 pht da trn chc nng
ca ti v nhit )
Low AC output
in p AC ng ra thp
High AC output
in p AC ng ra cao
Output overload
Qu ti ng ra
High ambient temperature

Nhit mi trng cao
Heat sink over temperature

Qu nhit phn tn nhit
User test alarm

Cnh bo kim tra bi ngi dng
f.
Check cooling
Kim tra lm mt
g.
Check battery
Kim tra c qui
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
228
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
h.
Check inverter
Kim tra b nghch lu
i.
Memory check
Kim tra b nh
j.
Shutdown activated
Tt h thng c kch hot
16.6
Installation
Lp t
16.6.1
All CCTV cameras shall be securely mounted to bracket and in an unobtrusive manner.
Mechanical and electronic focus of CCTV cameras shall be adjusted to give a crisp image.
Tt c camera quan st s c lp t chc chn trn gi v kn o. Tiu im c v in ca
camera quan st c hiu chnh cho hnh nh chnh xc
16.6.2
All signal cables shall be terminated to RJ45 connector.

Tt c cp tn hiu s c bm dy vi u ni RJ45.
16.6.3
All monitors and central equipment shall be neatly flushed to central control console with all
control facility front accessible. All cable connections shall be from the back and run in PVC cable
trunking inside control console.
Tt c mn hnh gim st v thit b trung tm s sp gn gng trong bn iu khin trung tm
vi cc ph kin iu khin thao tc mt trc. Tt c cp kt ni s t mt sau v i trong mng
cp PVC bn trong bn iu khin
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
229
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 17 SECURITY SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL

PHN 17 H THNG QUN L RA VO
17.1
General
Tng qut
17.1.1
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply, installation, test and
commission of complete set ofSecurity System Access Control as shown on Drawings. The
system shall comprise card reader station, exit push button, magnetic door-locks, card reader
controller, existing Access Control Server, all associated LV and ELV cables, power points,
signal point, system UPS with all accessories and necessary accessories for system installation
and operations.
Nh thu in s chu trch nhim cho vic thit k, cung cp, lp t, kim tra v chy th ton
b h thng kim sot an ninh ra vo nh trn bn v. H thng s bao gm u c th t, nt
nhn khn cp, cht kha ca t, b iu khin u c th t, b kim sot ra vo trung tm
hin hu, tt c ph kin cp LV v ELV, im cp ngun, im tn nhiu, h thng UPS vi ph
kin v tt c ph kin cn thit cho lp t v vn hnh
17.1.2
The system will be IP based. Its a network-ready system that connects easily to any TCP/IP
network via an Ethernet port. Any computer which is assigned specific authority on the network
can access the system to manage the database, monitor activity or control devices
H thng da trn nn IP. N l h thng sn sng trn mng m c th kt ni d dng n bt
k mng theo giao thc TCP/IP no qua cm mng Ethernet. Bt k my tnh no m c
cp quyn chuyn bit trn mng u c th truy xut h thng u qun l c s d liu, gim
st cc hot ng hay iu khin thit b
17.1.3
Provide all equipment and materials compatible to the system specified, and any other equipment
not specifically mentioned in the Specification or not shown on the Drawings but required for the
proper operation of the system.
Cung cp tt c thit b v vt t ph hp vi h thng ch nh v bt k thit b no khng c
ch ra trong Thuyt minh k thut hoc khng th hin trn bn v nhng i hi cn cho hot
ng ca h thng.
17.1.4
Captioned system requirements not be limited, the Electrical Sub-Contractor is required base on
latest market to update the system technical arrangement and submits the details for architect
approval.
Yu cu h thng s khng gii hn, nh thu in c yu cu da trn sn phm mi nht
cui cng cp nht sp xp h thng k thut v trnh chi tit cho t vn duyt
17.1.5
All system UPS, necessary transformers, fused line switches circuit switches and fuses shall be
fully enclosed into the panel by the Electrical Sub-Contractor. All terminal blocks shall be
identified with permanent metal tags.
Tt c h thng UPS, bin p cn thit, ngt mch cu ch v cu ch s c ng gi trong t
in bi nh thu in. Tt c phin u ni s c nh du vi th kim loi c nh
17.1.6
In the event that the proposed system design cannot meet the requirements specified herein due
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
230
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS

17.1.7
All the equipment and material of the same system shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to
17.1.8
17.2
Contractor will coordinate with relevant manufactures/suppliers of other systems ( lifts, speead
gate, door phone, automatic car parking control system etc) to provide common standard
proximity card system and interface to Lift control system, speed gate control, automatic carparking control system, video phone system, apartment door control system etc to allow
occupant/ resident to use only one proximity card to access their allowed/assigned areas/rooms
in building.
Nh thu s phi hp vi cc nh sn xut/nh cung cp lin quan ca cc h thng khc( thang
my, cng an ninh, mn hnh chung ca, h thng iu khin xe t ng v.v..) cung cp h
thng th t chun chung v giao tip vi b iu khin thang my, cng an ninh, h thng iu
khin xe t ng, h thng mn hnh chung ca, h thng iu khin ca cn h v.v.. cho
php c dn ch dung mt th t ra vo cc khu vc/ phng c php/ c ng k trong
ta nh

17.3
Door Monitoring and Control

Gim st v kim sot ca
17.3.1
All door contacts of staircase exit doors leading to outside and roof shall be monitored. During an
unauthorized intrusion, an alarm will be raised and alarm signal light will be lit in the central
control console. A local alarm bell shall be installed adjacent to the aforementioned exit doors so
that any unauthorized intrusion shall sound the bell as well. All door contacts shall be of magnetic
type and industrial grade. All door contacts and local alarm bells shall be capable of being
override at the control console. By-pass key switches shall be provided as indicated on the
Drawings to mute the local alarm and override the door contact locally.
Tt c cht ca ca ca thot him cu thang dn ra ngoi v mi nh s c gim st. Khi c
s xm nhp tri php, mt tn hiu cnh bo s c a ra v n cnh bo s chp ln trong
bn iu khin trung tm. Mt chung bo ng s c lp gn cc ca trn nn bt k s xm
nhp tri php no cng s lm chung reo. Tt c cht ca s l loi t v loi cng nghip.
Cng tc mch r s c cung cp nh c ch ra trong bn v ngc cnh bo cc b v
b qua cng tc ca cc b.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
231
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
17.3.2
Door status monitoring shall comprise magnetic door contacts concealed in door frame, door
alarm by-pass switches, exit alarm locks and associated conduit wiring accessories. The
application program for the Door Status monitoring system shall perform the following functions
as a minimum requirements:
Gim st trng thi ca s bao hm cht ca t gn trong khung ca, cng tc mch r bo
ng, kha cnh bo thot him v cc ph kin dy ng. Chng trnh ng dng gim st trng
thi ca s thc hin ti thiu cc chc nng sau:
a.
Door contacts shall be capable to be individually programmable so that they can allow free
passage during daytime but monitor during night time or monitor for 24 hours everyday.
Cc cht ca phi c kh nng lp trnh c lp c th cho php lu thng t do ban
ngy nhng gim st ban m hoc gim st 24 gi mi ngy
b.
Door status monitoring system for fire exit door monitoring shall be functioned with the time
program which is automatically initiated by a preset time schedule for each individual
point/door contact.
H thng gim st trng thi ca cho gim st ca thot him trong trng hp chy s
c phn chc nng vi thi gian lp trnh t ng khi ng bng mt lch trnh thi gian
nh v trc cho mi im/ca c lp
c.
In addition to the time control, manual override control at the central workstation and
override by door alarm by-pass switch shall also be allowed in the application program for
authorized personnel usage in certain special circumstances.
Ngoi ra i vi kim sot thi gian, kim sot vic b qua bng tay ti my trm trung tm
v b qua bi cng tc mch r cng s cho php trong chng trnh ng dng bi nhng
ngi c thm quyn trong nhng tnh hung c bit
d.
Status of the exit alarm locks shall be monitored. Once the exit alarm lock is initiated, alarm
shall be activated.
Trng thi ca kha ca cnh bo thot him cng s c gim st. Mt khi kha ca
thot him c bt u, cnh bo s c kch hot
e.
Healthy of each point/door contact shall be monitored by the central workstation. The
program shall report the alarm when the cable failure is detected.
Trng thi hot ng ca mi cng tc im/ca s c gim st bi my trm trung tm.
Chng trnh s bo co tn hiu cnh bo khi nhn c ng cp c s c
f.
During the patrol tourism, the respective door status shall be programmed such that the
security guard can pass through without the undesirable false alarm.
Trong sut chu k gim st, trng thi ca tng ng s c lp trnh ngi bo v c
th i qua m khng gy tn hiu bo ng gi
g.
For every change-of-state and alarm occurred, time and location of the activated point shall
be printed out and recorded.
Cho mi trng thi thay i v cnh bo xy ra, thi gian v v tr ca im tc ng s c
in ra v ghi nhn
h.
Secure/Access mode of each door contact shall be read via the operator workstation upon
the operator's request.
Ch An ninh/truy cp ca mi cng tc ca s c c thng qua my trm iu hnh
nh yu cu ca ngi vn hnh
i.
Secure/Access and open/close door status of each point shall be presented in the floor
plans displayed on the colour monitor of the operator workstation.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
232
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Trng thi An ninh/Truy cp v Ca ng/M ca mi im s c hin th trong mt bng

tng trn mn hnh mu ca my trm iu hnh
j.
20% spare lock sets for door alarm by-pass switch shall be provided.
Cung cp d phng 20% cho cng tc mch vng cnh bo ca.
17.3.3
Door Contacts
Cng tc ca
a.
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall supply and install all the magnetic door contacts as
indicated on the Drawings. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall supply the necessary
information on the size of recess required to house the door contacts inside the doors and
doorframe. Such openings shall conceal the contacts completely from sight. All fixing
materials, flexible conduit, where required, and switch plates, etc. shall be included in this
Sub-Contract.
Nh thu in s cung cp v lp t tt c cng tc ca t nh ch ra trn bn v. Nh
thu in s cung cp thng tin cn thit kch thc ca cc hc yu cu bt cng tc
ca bn trong ca v khung ca. Cc l m s c lp va cc cng tc. Tt c vt
liu c nh, ng mm nhng ni c yu cu v t ng ct v. . . v . . . s bao gm
trong hp ng
b.
The non-magnetic portion of the door contacts shall consist of relay contacts enclosed in a
housing of non-ferrous durable material that can resist against moisture and dust. The
housing shall be recessed inside the doorframe and wired to the security panels. The
magnetic part of the contact shall consist of non-ferrous casing for housing a double pole
permanent magnet concealed in the door.
Phn khng t tnh ca cht ca s bao gm b cng tc r le trong v kn bng vt liu
khng t tnh chng m v chng bi. V v c t m trong khung ca v i dy n t
an ninh. Phn t tnh ca cng tc s bao gm v bc khng phi kim cho lp t hai cc
nam chm vnh cu m trong ca
c.
With the door in the closed position, the magnetic field will enable the detection loop via the
protection resistor. When the door is opened by more than 25mm, the magnetic field is
weakened so that the relay contact releases and initiates the alarm. The protection resistor
shall activate the alarm if any attempt to short-circuit the detection device is made. The
Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit a sample of magnetic door contact for approval.
Vi ca nm v tr ng, trng in t c th xc nh in tr bo v mch vng. Khi
ca c hn 25mm, trng in t s b suy yu nn cng tc r le s tch ra v bt u
cnh bo. in tr bo v s kch hot bo ng nu bt k n lc no lm ngn mch thit
b pht hin c to ra. Nh thu in s trnh mu cng tc ca t duyt
d.
Door contacts shall be selected to suit the duty required. Heavy duty, industrial type shall
normally be used. Door contact shall be suitable for use in metallic door, metal framed glass
door, without any demagnetization of the permanent magnet.
Cng tc ca c la chn ph hp vi yu cu. Loi cng nghip & cng nghip nng s
s dng thng xuyn. Cng tc ca s ph hp cho s dng trong ca kim loi, ca kin
khung kim loi, khng c bt k vt liu kh t no
e.
Door contact to be installed at fire exit door shall be suitable for overhead flush mounting on
the door and door frame. As for the door contact to be installed at aluminium door frame, it
shall be suitable for flush mounting with aluminium housing. Floor mounted door contact
shall be facilitated with a slim size of stainless steel flexible conduit and built-in connected
wire.
Cng tc ca s c lp t ti ca thot him bo chy ph hp cho vic lp t bn trn
ca v khung ca. Cn cng tc ca ci t ti khung nhm th phi ph hp vi loi lp
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
233
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
cho khung nhm. Cng tc ca trn sn s l loi lp d dng vi kch thc mng ca ng
mm bng thp khng r v gn lin vi u dy ni
f.
Override key-switch shall be provided as indicated on the Drawings and operated with
magnetic door contacts. This is provided for bypass controls of the magnetic door contacts.
LED indicating lamps shall also be provided to illuminate the door status. LED shall be of red
colour: "Red" for secure mode, and "Flashing Red" for alarm mode. These lamps shall be
mounted together with their corresponding override key-switch on a mirror finished stainless
steel cover plate. Detail of which shall be submitted to Architect for approval prior to mass
manufacturing.
Cng tc ni tt s c cung cp nh c ch ra trn bn v v hot ng vi cng tc
ca t. Cng tc ny s c cung cp cho iu khin mch r ca cng tc t. n LED
ch th cng s c cung cp chiu sng trng thi ca. LED s c mu : cho
ch an ninh v Chp cho ch cnh bo. Nhng n ny s c lp cnh nhau
tng ng vi cng tc ni tt trn mt ph hon thin bng thp khng r nh bng. Chi
tit s c trnh duyt cho t vn trc khi c ch to hng lot
g.
In secure mode, on activation of magnetic door contact, an alarm signal in silence form shall
be raised and transmitted to control central security and access control system.
Trong ch an ninh, khi kch hot ca cng tc ca t, mt tn hiu cnh bo dng m
thanh s c a ra v truyn n h thng kim sot an ninh trung trung tm v kim
sot ra vo
h.
Any unauthorized break-in, or short-circuit, open-circuit of the system shall initiate an alarm
on the respective guard counter's alarm panel in central control console. All door contact
wirings shall be connected to the respective control panel. All door contacts of exit doors
leading to outside shall be controlled by timer switches installed at the control panels. The
alarm monitoring period for the door contact's locations can be preset to within a predetermined period on a per day basis.
Bt k ph hoi tri php hoc ngn mch, h mch ca h thng s bt u cnh bo trn
bng iu khin ca bo v tng ng trong bn iu khin trung tm. Tt c dy cng tc
ca s c kt ni n bng iu khin tng ng. Tt c cng tc ca ca ca thot
him ra ngoi s c iu khin bi cng tc thi gian ti bng iu khin. Giai on gim
st cnh bo cho v tr cng tc ca c th c iu chnh trong nhng khong nh trc
trong nhng ngy c bn.
i.
17.3.4
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall provide a graphical map at the control workstation at the
Management office showing the status of all door contacts on floor plans of respective floors.
Status and alarm of every individual door contacts shall be shown on the graphical on the
LCD monitors.
Nh thu in s cung cp mt bn dng ha ti my trm iu khin vn phng
qun li ch ra tt c trng thi ca cng tc ca trn mt bng sn ca tng tng ng.
Trng thi v cnh bo ca mi cng tc ca c lp s th hin trn ha ca mn hnh
LCD
Local Alarm Bell

Chung cnh bo cc b
a.
A 6V or 12V D.C. operated alarm bell shall be installed by the Electrical Sub-Contractor at all
rear exit locations as shown on Drawings. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall provide
adequate power supply to sound the alarm bell from the respective control console.
Mt chung cnh bo hot ng in p 6V hoc 12V DC s c lp t vi nh thu
in ti gn mp v tr ca thot him nh th hin trn bn v. Nh thu in s cung cp
ngun ph hp ti chung cnh bo t bn iu khin.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
234
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
17.3.5
Any unauthorized break-in, or open of the exit doors within the pre-determined monitoring
period shall actuate an alarm and sound the bell as well. The bell shall be self-contained
with standby battery and 20 minute cut-off timer and shall self-actuate in the event of any
cutting of wires. The local alarm bell shall conform to BS 4737 with sound pressure level at
1m not lower than 76dB.
Bt k s ph hoi tri php, hoc m ca thot him trong sut thi k gim st c xc
nh s kch hot mt cnh bo v chung. Chung s l loi c pin bn trong v nh gi
ngt 20 pht v s t kch hot trong trng hp c bt k s ct dy no. Chung bo chy
cc b s ph hp theo BS 4737 vi cng m khng nh hn 76dB ti 1m
Exit Alarm Lock

Kha cnh bo thot him
a.
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall supply and coordinate with the Main Contractor to install
the door alarm lock (Detex lock) and bolt for staircase exit doors as shown on the drawings.
Nh thu in s cung cp v phi hp vi nh thu chnh lp t kha cnh bo ca
(kha Detex) v cht cho ca thot him cu thang nh ch ra trn bn v
b.
Panic bar dead bolt type with push bar alarm shall be provided for both single and double
doors as required. The unit shall be key-operated with lock set and etched sign in English
and Vietnamese.
Loi thanh ngang khng l xo vi cnh bo tc ng s c cung cp cho c hai loi ca
n v ca i nh yu cu. Ca s c vn hnh vi b kha v khc k hiu bng ting
anh v ting Vit Nam
c.
Local D.C. battery power supply unit shall be provided for each alarm.
Ngun pin cc b DC s cung cp cho mi cnh bo
d.
All locks and bolts provided shall be of the types approved by Fire Services Department.
Tt c kha v cht c cung cp s l kiu c chp nhn bi c quan Phng chy
Cha Chy
17.3.6
e.
A pair of dry contact for the activation of local alarm signal shall be provided for each door
alarm lock. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall then pick up this signal and display the alarm
location on the central security and access control workstation for alerting the operator.
Mt cp tip im kh cho kch hot tn hiu bo chy cc b s c cung cp cho mi b
kha ca cnh bo. Nh thu in sau s bt ly tn hiu ny v hin th v tr cnh bo
trn trung tm an ninh v my trm qun l ra vo cnh bo cho nh iu hnh
f.
A sample shall be submitted for the Architect's approval.

Mu s c trnh cho t vn duyt
Door Alarm By-pass Switch

Cng tc mch r cnh bo ca
a.
Door alarm by-pass switch shall be operated by key switch. Upon receiving the signal from
the by-pass key switch, the central security and access control system will disable the preprogrammed door alarm for a pre-set time interval and allow the guard to pass though this
door without activate the alarm.
Cng tc mch r cnh bo ca s c vn hnh bi cng tc chnh. Bng cch nhn tn
hiu t cng tc mch r chnh, h thng trung tm an ninh v qun l ra vo s v hiu ha
chng trnh cnh bo ca cho mt khong thi gian xc nh v cho php ngi c th i
qua ca ny m khng kch hot cnh bo
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
235
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
Key switch for door alarm switches shall be a master key system. Lock set and cover plate
shall be submitted for the architect's approval.
Cng tc chnh cho cng tc cnh bo ca s l h thng cng tc chnh. B kha v mt
che s c trnh duyt cho t vn
c.
The door alarm by-pass switch shall be constructed from non-combustible and noncorrodible material. Finishes of cover plate shall be hairline stainless steel type.
Cng tc mch vng cnh bo ca s c ch to t loi khng bt la v vt liu khng
n mn. Hon thin vi v mt s l mt lp mng thp khng r
17.4
Smartcards
Th thng minh
17.4.1
Smartcards shall be of Mifare standard. At least 2050 cards shall be provided.
17.4.2
17.4.3
17.5
17.6
Th thng minh s theo chun Mifare. Cung cp t nht 2050 th.

The card shall have at least one (1) Kilobyte of memory to store the information for the
application such as cardholders name, access to different areas at different time intervals etc..
The card shall have high speed read/write communications (e.g. transaction time is less than
100ms).
Th phi c t nht mt (1) kilobyte b nh lu tr ct gi cc thng tin cho ng dng nh tn
ch th, ra vo cc khu vc khc khc cc thi gian khc nhau v.v . . .
The characteristics of the contactless smartcard shall be as follows:Cc b phn ca th thng minh khng tip xc s nh sao:
-
Physical dimension 85.6mm x 54mm x 0.8mm (standard credit card size)

Kch thc vt l 85.6mm x 54mm x 0.8mm (kch thc th tn dng chun)
PVC card surface material suitable for thermal printing and Photo ID
Vt liu nha PVC cho in nhit v nhn dng hnh nh
Operation distance within 5cm to 10cm between card and card reader
Khong cch hot ng trong khong 5cm n 10cm gia th v u c
Card Access Reader Station

u c th
a.
The card access reader station shall be higher security design.

u c th s thit k an ninh mc cao
b.
An LED indicator, which is normally not lighted, shall light up when access is granted.
n LED ch th ( trng thi bnh thng s khng sng) s sng ln khi li vo c kch
hot
c.
The card access reader station shall be of modular design and suitable for both surface and
flush mounting.
u c th s c thit k dng m un v ph hp cho vic lp ni v m
Access Controller
Kim sot ra vo
a.
The access controller shall be of modular design for wall mounting and consist of power
transformer, power supply unit, process board, communication board, logic board
termination board and any parts required for the operation of the access controller.
Kim sot ra vo s l thit k m un cho lp trn tng v bao gm bin p ngun, b
ngun, bo x l, bo giao tip, bo l gic, bo u ni v bt k phn no c yu cu cho hot
ng ca kim sot ra vo
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
236
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
Provide screw terminals on all termination boards for easy field wiring connections.
Cung cp u ni vt trn tt c bo u ni d dng u dy
c.
The access controller shall be able to maintain the operation itself if the system is off-lined. A
non-volatile memory shall be provided for recording data.
Kim sot ra vo s c th t duy tr hot ng ca mnh nu khng c kt ni. Mt b
nh s c cung cp ghi d liu
d.
The access controller shall be able to initiate alarm signal to CPU if the controller is being
tampered with, unauthorized entry attempt is made or normal supply is failed.
Kim sot ra vo c th kt hp tn hiu cnh bo n CPU nu b iu khin b can thip
bt hp php hoc ngun thng b s c.
e.
The access controller shall manage at least eight (08) entrances

B iu khin ra vo s qun l t nht tm (08) li vo
There are 16 inputs which monitored against short circuit and wire-cut tampering and 16
relay ouputs on main board
C 16 u vo c gim st ngn mch v tnh trng dy b tho ra v 16 r-le u ra trn
bn mch chnh
f.
g.
h.
i.
17.7
17.8
All access controller can be connected to host via RS485, RS232 or Ethernet. Dedicated
software will be provided on host to monitor and control whole system via Ethernet
Tt c cc b iu khin ra vo c th c kt ni n my ch qua RS485, RS232 hay
mng my tnh Ethernet. Phn mm chuyn dng s c cung cp trn my ch s gim
st v iu khin ton b h thng qua mng Ethernet
.
These access controllers can be extended by a maximum of I/O extension modules
Cc b iu khin ra vo ny c th m rng ti a ba b giao tip m rng vo/ra
Provide full Anti-passback capabilities (APB)
Cung cp ton b kh nng chng vic chuyn th t ngc cho ngi khc vo (APB)
Door Latch Releases Control

iu khin t nh cht ca
a.
Provide door latch released which shall be operated in liaison with the appropriate card
reader.
Cung cp cht ca t nh s c iu khin lin lc vi u c th thch hp
b.
The door latch releases shall comply with FSD requirements and the operation voltage shall
be less than 120V d.c..
Cht ca t bung s ph hp vi yu cu ca FSD v s c in p hot ng nh hn
120V D.C
Capability
Dung lng
a.
The operators terminal shall provide facilities for manual entries and visual display enabling
an operator to enter information into the system and obtain displays of system information.
All requests for status, intercom and control etc. shall be selected from the operators
terminal. The facility shall be provided to permit the operator to perform the following tasks
through the keyboard of the operator terminal as a minimum:Thit b vn hnh u cui s cung cp tin ch cho ng vo bng tay v c th hin th trn
mn hnh mt hot ng thng tin nhp vo h thng v hin th thng tin thu c ca
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
237
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
h thng. Tt c yu cu cho trng thi, gio tip v iu khin v.v . . . s c chn t thit
b vn hnh u cui. Ti thiu tin ch s c cung cp gii hn hot ng thc thi
theo cc thao tc qua cc bn phm ca thit b b u cui nh sau:
Manual and auto start/stop command.

Lnh ngng/chy bng tay v t ng
Reset command.
Lnh t li h thng
Display of all point log of selected sub-system.

Hin th tt c im nht k ca h thng ph c chn
Display of alarms.
Hin th cnh bo
Lock-out/ Unlock of selected items.

Kha/m kha ca phn c chn
Display of points.
Hin th cc im
Run time summary.
Octopus card registration.

ang k mt nhm th
Additional functions are itemized under the system specified hereafter.

Chc nng cng thm c c ghi nhn di ch nh h thng nh sau
b.
All command functions shall be acknowledged on control units. Error messages shall be
displayed for any illegal or improperly executed commands.
Tt c cc chc nng lnh s chp nhn trn b iu khin. Thng bo li s c hin th
cho bt k lnh thc thi bt hp php hoc khng ph hp
c.
The system shall respond to any number of changes of state and report and correct
sequence in which they occur. The sequence reporting shall not be dependent upon any
sequential operating and/ or interrogating techniques.
H thng s chu trch nhim ti bt k s lng ca nhng trng thi thay i v bo co,
sp xp ng chui cc s kin. Chui bo co s khng ph thuc bt k chui hot ng
v/hoc k thut truy vn no
17.9
Functions
Chc nng
Function selection shall be in both Vietnamese and English languages along with the proper
alphanumeric identification of the system through the operators terminal and shall be as follows:La chn chc nng s bng c hai ngn ng ting Vit Nam v ting anh cng vi k t xc
nh thch hp ca h thng thng qua thit b vn hnh u cui v s nh m t sau y:
a.
Card Reader display

Hin th u c th
Permits display of card reader and door condition including on, off, close, open, auto,
manual, secure and trouble etc.
Cho php hin th u c th v cc trng thi ca bao gm bt, tt, ng, m, t ng,
bng tay, an ninh v s c v.v...
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
238
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
Time Set
Thit lp thi gian
Permits operator to update time display through correct setting of input valve on the
keyboard.
Cho php hot ng cp nht hin th thi gian thng qua thit lp gi tr u vo ng
bng bn phm
17.10
Speed gate
Cng an ninh
Contractor shall provide speed gates as indicated on Architect layouts including card reader built
in on top of each speed gate, power cabling, signal cabling, cable support, UPS system with
backup time of at least 15 minutes, control panels, interface to fire alarm system/BMS/access
control system/lift control and other necessary equipment to complete whole system.
Nh thu s cung cp cng an ninh nh th hin trn bn v kin trc bao gm u c th tch
hp sn trn mi cng an ninh, cp ngun, cp tn hiu, h thng cha v cp, h thng UPS
d phng t nht 15 pht, t iu khin, giao tip vi h thng bo chy/BMS/h thng iu khin
ra vo/h thng thang my v cc thit b cn thit khc hon chnh ton b h thng.
Description to interface with other systems :
M t giao tip vi cc h thng khc
-
When guest/occupant scan their proximity card onto built-in card reader of each speed gate,
speed gate will interface with lift controller ( destination control system) to assign lift to them
basing on default programmed level/floor for each occupant/guest.
Khi khch/nhn vin trong ta nh qut th ln b c th tch hp trn mi cng an ninh,
cng an ninh s giao tip vi b iu khin thang my (h thng iu khin ch n) gi
thang cho h da trn khu vc tng c lp trnh mc nh cho mi khch/nhn vin trong
ta nh.
Built in LCD of each speed gate will display assigned lift which will pick them up to that
level/floor meanwhile gate open to let them through lift lobby.
Mn hnh LCD tch hp trn mi cng an ninh s hin th thang my c gi cho h a
h ln tng c gi trong lc cng an ninh m h i vo snh thang my
Guest/occupant can change their destination when they are in lift lobby in the way that they
can scan their proximity card again onto wall-mounted keypad which's integated with card
reader.
Khch/nhn vin trong ta nh c th thay i im n ca mnh khi h trong snh thang
my bng cch qut th ln bn phm gi thang c tch hp sn u c th gn trn tng
Speed gate contractor shall coordinate with Lift contractor to provide necessary interface
and wiring to controller of speed gate
Nh thu cng an ninh s phi hp vi nh thu thang my cung cp giao tip v h
thng cp cn thit n b iu khin ca cng an ninh
Card reader of Speed gate system will be coordinated with other relevant contractors to
standardize to allow to access lifts, electric door closers of tenant/ Apartment/ Landlord and
automatic car-parking system
u c th ca h thng cng an ninh s c phi hp vi cc nh thu khc lin quan
chun ha cho php gi thang my, ra vo ca ca ngi thu/cn h/ban qun l
ta nh v h thng kim sot bi u xe t ng.
Description
M t hot ng
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
239
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
MODE OF OPERATION
Passage in one or both directions electronically controlled. On receiving a signal from the access
control system, or remote control, the flap leaves open (Normally Closed NC). If an unauthorised
person tries to tailgate or attempts to enter from the opposite direction, the in-built alarm system is
activated.
If within the pre-set timeout no passage has occurred, the lane will close and reset. Normally
Open N/O provides an open walkway in rest position and will only close at unauthorised entry or
tailgating attempts.
SECURITY FEATURES
Fraud Detection through sophisticated and proven algorithm
Intrusion
Tailgating
Piggybacking
Wrong way direction
Leave aisle timeout
Anti-crawling flap leaf barrier
Safety force sensing
Safety light curtain
Accurate presence sensing
Emitter/receiver infrared sensors technology
Logic voltage 24 Vac
Clear Acrylic flap leaves
Voltage free contact input for Fire Alarm fail state
Fail-Safe manual push opening
Wide walkway for wheel chair or easier access
Accompanied wheelchair or
Child passage management

EMERGENCY EGRESS
The Speedlane Slide is equipped with a battery back-up to prevent malfunction if a power failure
occurs. If the power is not restored before the battery/UPS is exhausted or in case of an
emergency the door wings will fully retract into the unit to create a free passage way.
When fire cases confirmed, all door swings will open and maintain opening
17.11

Ngun cp in lin tc (UPS)
a.
operation of the central computers and its main equipment of the Central Smart Card
System for a minimum of 15 minutes.
Thng Cp Ngun Lin Tc (c bit sau y l UPS) trong 15 gi ph hp vi hot
ng ca my tnh trung tm v thit b chnh ca H thng th thng minh trung tm
b.
UPS shall complete with static bypass for obtaining electricity from supply main when the
inverter seriously overloaded or breakdown. UPS shall be completed with a manual bypass
such that the UPS shall be connected to the system and disconnect from the system without
interrupting the system.
UPS s bao gm mch r th ng cp ngun chnh duy tr khi qu ti b i in hoc
h hng. UPS s bao gm mch r th ng bng tay nn UPS s c kt ni n h
thng v ngt ra khi h thng m khng lm gin on h thng
c.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
240
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Nh thu in s trnh bng tnh chng minh rng UPS xut dung lng yu
cu
d.
Isolation means shall be provided for complete isolation from line. Neutral of output shall be
bonded to ground.
Cch thc cch li s c cung cp cch li hon ton khi dy pha. Dy trung tnh ng
ra s c m bo ni t
e.
The UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor-controlled inverter to convert the DC

voltage to AC. The inverters shall be constructed of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors. The
overall harmonic distortion of the inverter on linear load shall be less than 1.5%. The
inverter shall be able to handle 150% overload for not less than 59 second. The acceptable
crest factor of the inverter without downgrading shall be up to 3. The overall efficiency of the
inverter shall be more than 95%.
UPS s c cung cp vi mt b iu khin vi x l nghch lu chuyn i in p DC
ra AC. B nghch lu s c xy dng trn bn dn 2 cc cng cch li. Sng hi ca b
nghch lu trn ti dy pha s nh hn 1.5%. B nghch lu c th chu qu ti 150% trong
thi gian khng nh hn 59 giy. H s dc ca b nghch lu c chp nhn s khng
xung di 3. Hiu sut chung ca b nghch lu s ln hn 95%
f.
Input of the UPS shall be protected with surge protectors. The surge protector shall be
series hybrid type and constructed of placing Metal Oxide Varistor wafers between thick
conductive plates. The surge protector shall meet system performance ratings ANSI/IEEE
C62.41 (1991) Cat. C3 with test wave 1.2 x 50 @20 kV, 8 x 20 S Bi-wave @10 kA, and
shall be able to handle surge current of 75kA.
Ng vo ca UPS s c bo v chng qu p. Bo v chng qu p s l mt chui
dng lai v cu to ca cc ming bin tr oxit metal t gia cc tm dn. Bo v qu p
s ph hp vi di yu cu h thng trong ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (1991) Cat. C3vi kim tra
sng p 1.2 x 50 @20 kV, 8 x 20 S Bi-wave @10 kA v c th chu ng dng xung 75kA.
g.
Battery for the UPS shall be of maintenance free sealed lead-acid type. The cell shall
conform to IEC: Publication 623 and of long rate type. The anticipated life of the battery
shall be not less than 9 years.
c qui ca UPS s loi c qui ch kn khng bo dng. Cc tm pin s ph hp vi IEC
623 v l kiu nh mc di. Tui th ca c qui s khng t hn 9 nm.
h.

i.

Each UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor managed mimic and control panel,
completed with LCD display and keyboard. The mimic and control panel shall provide the
following functions:Mi UPS s cung mn hnh hin th qun l vi x l v bng iu khin, bao gm mn hnh
LCD v bn phm. Mn hnh hin th v bng iu khin s cung cp cc chc nng sau:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Measurement and display of voltage, current, and frequency at input, output, and
battery.

Trng thi dng/chy
Event history
241
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Lch s s kin
17.12
Cnh bo m thanh v hnh nh s c a ra trong cc iu kin khng bnh
thng sau y:
-
Low runtime left (run time less than 5 min. based on function of load and
temperature)
Thi gian duy tr cn li thp (thi gian duy tr nh hn 5 pht da trn chc
nng ca ti v nhit )
Low AC output
in p AC ng ra thp
High AC output
in p ng ra cao
Output overload
Qu ti ng ra

Nhit mi trng cao

Qu nhit b phn tn nhit
User test alarm

Check cooling
Kim tra lm mt
Check battery
Kim tra pin
Check inverter
Kim tra nghch lu
Memory check
Kim tra b nh
Shutdown activated
Tt h thng c kch hot
Printers
My in
a.
Printers shall be wide carriage, high quality, heavy duty and long life. The printer shall a print
speed of 120 characters per second and shall be rated for continuous operation.
My in s l loi iu khin t xa, cht lng cao, hot ng nng lin tc v tui th di.
My in s c tc 120 k t trn mt giy v s c tm hot ng l lin tc
b.
Automatic ON-OFF motor control and audible alarm during alarm printing out shall be
incorporated in the printers.
iu khin ng c Tc-M t ng v cnh bo m thanh trong sut qu trnh in cnh bo
s c kt hp trong my in
c.
A full alphanumeric keyboard shall be incorporated with a capability to generate full English
language printouts. Function switches for commonly used functions of the system shall be
included.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
242
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Mt bn phm y k t s c kt hp kh nng in ra ngn ng ting anh y

. Cng tc chc nng cho cc chc nng s dng thng thng ca h thng bao
gm
d.
When a log designated for the printer occurs, the printer shall turn on and commence printer
at a rate of 120 characters per sec. Minimum, time in 24 hour form, the day, mouth and year
and following items for each system.
Khi mt ch nh in n cho my in xut hin, my in s bt ln v bt u in ti mc 120 k
t mt giy. Ti thiu trong thi gian 24 gi, ngy, thng v nm v theo cc phn cho mi
h thng
e.
The printers shall provide the following functions:

My in s cung cp cc chc nng sau
Change-Of-State-Log
Thay i trng thi
For both binary and analog inputs, the printers shall print out the time of occurrence,
an identifier for the type change (alarm, return to normal, reporting status), the pointing
number, analog value, and the point type or engineering units, alarm printouts shall be
in red.
Cho c hai ng vo k thut s v tng t, my in s in thi gian ca s kin, nhn
dng ca loi thay i (cnh bo, tr v trng thi bnh thng, trng thi bo co), s
lng im, gi tr tng t v loi im hoc khi k thut, ng xut in cnh bo s c
mu
Report
Bo co
By means of the touch pad keyboard, the operator shall be able to demand a report of
the reader status in the order in which they occurred. Demand shall be entire complex,
by selected access controller or by selected point module at operators discretion.
Nh vo bn phm bm nhp liu, ngi vn hnh c th yu cu mt bo co ca trng
thi ng c trong trng hp c s kin. Yu cu s c nhp vo bng nhiu
cch, bng lc chn iu khin gim git hoc bng la trn mo un dim bi ngi
vn hnh
f.
Operator Guide and Information Messages.

Hng dn vn hnh v tin nhn thng tin
The printer shall provide appropriate message printouts to advise the operator of the
following conditions:My in s cung cp tin nhn tng ng bo cho ngi vn hnh cc trng thi sau:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Illegal requests made.

Nhng yu cu bt hp php
Invalid point address called for.

Nhng a ch c gi khng hiu lc
Line data frame transmission failure or coaxial cable break (identify location).
Truyn ti khung d liu s c hoc cp ng trc b t (xc nh v tr)
Access controller no acknowledgement (identify location).

Kim sot ra vo khng c chp nhn (xc nh v tr)
Access control circuit card disconnected (identify location).

Mch iu khin gim st b ngt (xc nh v tr)
243
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
17.13
Parity error (identify location).

Li d liu (xc nh v tr)
Power Supply Uni

Ngun cp in
a.
A power supply unit consisting of 24V constant potential battery chargers and nickelcadmium batteries in sheet metal cubicles (uninterrupted power supply unit) shall be
provided for supplying D.C power supply to various systems.
Mt b cp ngun s bao gm b sc pin 24V v pin nickel-cadmium trong v kim loi kn
(b ngun khng gin on) s c c cung cp cho cp ngun DC n cc h thng
b.
The power supply unit shall consist of the following items:B cp ngun s bao gm cc phn sau y-
c.
Constant potential charger assembly

B sc in p khng i
Trickle and quick charge

Sc nhanh v chm
One flush mounted voltmeter of class 1 accuracy

Mt ng h o in p cp chnh xc cp 1
One flush mounted ammeter of class 1 accuracy

Mt ng h o dng in cp chnh xc cp 1
HRC fuses for protection of outgoing circuits

Cu ch bo v HRC cho mch ng ra
Maintenance free rechargeable nickel-cadmium batteries capable of maintaining the

whole system for (2 hours) continuous operation.
Pin nickel-cadmium loi sc li c khng cn bo dng v c kh nng duy tr
hot ng lin tc trong 2 gi
The unit shall be suitable for use on 220V 50Hz single phase a.c. supply and shall
automatically maintain the 24V nickel-cadmium batteries in a state approximate to full
charge and at the same time to compensate for the standing load.
Ph hp vi in p s dng mt pha 220V v s t ng duy tr pin nickel-cadmium
trang thi sc y v ng thi cn bng vi ti d phng
d.
The rectifier shall deliver the D.C. power supply required for the systems so that the standby
battery shall take over the load automatically and immediately in case of mains failure.
Immediately after the restoration of the main supply, the load shall be taken over again by
the rectifier automatically and the battery shall be recharged through the rectifier and
maintain in fully charged condition at all times.
Chnh lu s cung cp ngun DC yu cu cho h thng nn pin d phng s t ng tip
nhn ti ngay lp tc trong trng hp ngun chnh b s c. Ngay sau khi ngun chnh
c phc hi, ti s c t ng chuyn qua ngun chnh v pin s c sc thng qua
chnh lu v lun duy tr trng thi sc y
e.
The rectifier shall consist of radio interference suppressor in the A.C. input circuit, step-down
transformer, bridge connected rectification circuit, filters in the D.C. output circuit, automatic
voltage regulator, overload and short circuit protective device, automatic changeover
contactor, green and red indicating lights showing the mains healthy and failure, ammeters
showing the battery charging current and load current. A.C. voltmeter for input circuit, D.C.
voltmeter for output circuit, etc.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
244
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Chnh lu s bao gm trit tiu nhiu AC ng vo, bin p h p, mch chnh lu kt ni

dng cu ni, b lc trong ng ra DC, t ng n nh in p, thit b bo v qu ti v
ngn mch, t tc chuyn i t ng, n trng thi v xanh ch th hot ng v s c,
ng h dng hin th dng sc pin v dng ti. ng h in p AC cho ng vo, ng
h in p DC cho ng ra v...v.
f.
The battery shall be of totally enclosed nickel-cadmium type. Lead-acid battery will not be
accepted. The battery shall have sufficient capacity to maintain satisfactory operation of the
systems for two hours under 100% full load conditions.
Pin s l loi nickel-cadmium kn hon ton trong v. Pin dng axit s khng c chp
nhn. Pin s c dung lng duy tr hot ng ca h thng trong thi gian 2 gi
100% ti
g.
The battery shall be suitable for charging with high charging currents within a short time.
Overcharge and deep discharge shall not cause any damage to the battery.
Pin s ph hp cho vic sc vi dng cao trong mt khong thi gian ngn. Sc qu ti
hoc non ti s khng c bt k nh hng nguy hi no ti pin
17.14
Wiring and Installation

i dy v lp t
a.
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall design, supply and install all signal/control cables,
wirings and accessories for the installation of the system. The system design together with
any schematic diagram and sample or proposed layout of the equipment shall be submitted
for approval before commence of work.
Nh thu in s thit k, cung cp v lp t tt c cp tn hiu/iu khin, dy v ph kin
cho vic lp t h thng. H thng s c thit k vi bt k s nguyn l v mu hoc
mt bng xut thit b no c trnh duyt trc khi thc hin.
b.
panel layout shall be approved by the Architect.

Tt c ch ci trn mt t s c khc mt trc ca t. Chi tit ca mt t s c trnh
duyt vi t vn.
c.
All lettering on the panels shall be chemically etched on the front face of the panel. The
The power module shall comprise step-down transformer with suitable voltage-ration, nickelcadmium battery, battery charger and short-proof D.C stabilizer. The battery shall be
capable of maintaining the system's operation for not less than six hours, and then be able
to operate in the 'alarm' condition for at least half an hour continuously.
M un ngun s bao gm bin th h th vi in p ph hp, pin nickel-cadmium, sc pin
v n nh in DC. Pin s c dung lng duy tr hot ng ca h thng khng t
hn 6 gi v sau c th hot ng trong ch cnh bo lin tc t nht na ting
d.
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit the circuit diagrams of the power supply module
and the sample/catalogue of the battery and battery charger to Architect for approval prior to
manufacture.
Nh thu in s trnh s mch in ca mo un cp ngun v mu/ca ta l ca pin
v b sc pin cho t vn duyt trc khi c ch to
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
245
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 18 DATA CABLING SYSTEM

PHN 18 H THNG CP D LIU
18.1
General
Quy nh chung
This section covers the technical requirements for the provision of the Data Cabling System.
The scope of work of the structured data cabling system shall include the provision, installation,
full testing and commissioning of the equipment and accessories as shown on the drawings
and/or specified herein to achieve a complete, Category 6 structured data cabling system,
inclusive of all manuals, As Built drawings, Operation & Maintenance Manuals, installation
documentation, performance test reports and certification of each cable.
Phn m t ny s bao hm nhng yu cu k thut cho vic lp t h thng cp d liu. Phm
vi cng vic ca h thng cp d liu c cu trc s bao gm cung cp, lp t, kim tra
v chy th hon chnh cho tt c thit b v ph kin i km nh th hin trn bn v v/
hoc ch nh phn ny c mt h thng cp d liu Cat6 hon chnh, k c cc hng
dn lp t, bn v hon cng, hng dn vn hnh & bo tr, h s hon cng, bo co th
nghim v chng nhn cho tng h thng cp.
18.2
Contractor Certification
Chng nhn Nh Thu
The contractor and all associated staff and sub-contractors shall be Certified by the equipment
manufacturer to supply, install, test and commission the entire system in accordance with the
requirements of this specification and those of the manufacturer. The contractor shall
demonstrate that the company holds current certification and is familiar with all the current
equipment and components specified.
The contractor shall provide a copy of the current certification with the tender submission.
Nh thu v tt c i ng thi cng v nh thu ph s phi c cp chng nhn bi nh sn
xut my mc thit b v cng vic cung cp, lp t, th nghim v nghim thu cho ton b h
thng ph hp vi cc yu cu bi phn quy nh k thut ny v bi cc nh sn xut. Nh thu
s cung cp cc chng nhn hin hnh c gi tr v bng cp k nng thnh tho vi cc thit b
v ph kin ch nh.
18.3
Standards
Tiu chun p dng
The following standards and reference documents will be applicable to the structured data
cabling system:
Cc tiu chun v h s tham kho i km s c p dng n h thng cp d liu:
EIA/TIA TSB-36
EIA/TIA TSB-36
Additional Cable Specifications for UTP Cable

Tiu chun k thut cp d liu b sung cho cp i xon loi
UTP
EIA/TIA TSB-40
Additional Transmission Specifications for UTP Connecting

Hardware
Tiu chun k thut v truyn dn b sung cho phn cng kt
ni tng thch vi cp i xon loi UTP.
EIA/TIA TSB-40
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
246
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
EIA/TIA 568A
EIA/TIA 568A
Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard

Tiu chun lp t cp thng tin lin lc cho cng trnh thng
mi.
EIA/TIA 569
Commercial Building
Pathways and Spaces
EIA/TIA 569
Tiu chun cho cng trnh thng mi yu cu v cc khng

gian v tuyn cp thng tin lin lc.
EIA/TIA 607
EIA/TIA 607
Commercial Building Grounding / Bonding Requirements for

Telecommunications
Cc yu cu ni t/ tip a cho h thng thng tin lin lc
ISO 11801
ISO 11801
Communications Cabling Systems for Commercial Premises

H thng cp thng tin lin lc cho khu thng mi
ISO 8877 / ISO 10173
Standards for Connectors and Plugs
ISO 8877 / ISO 10173
Tiu chun v cc u ni v u cm
IEC 801 EMC

IEC 801 EMC
Standards Relative to Electromagnetism

Tiu chun v mi tng quan tch hp in t
IEEE 802
Standards Relative to Local Area Network
IEEE 802
Tiu chun tng quan vi mng ni b (LAN)
Standard
for
Telecommunications
EN 55022, EN 55024 and EN 55082
18.4

18.5
System Description
M t h thng
18.7.14 General
Tng qut
The structured data cabling system shall comprise of the following sub-systems:
Cu trc h thng cp d liu s bao gm cc thnh phn ph sau:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
247
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Administration sub-system.
H thng qun tr ph
Vertical Cabling sub-system.

H thng cp theo trc ng
Horizontal Cabling sub-system.

H thng cp phn b ngang.
These sub-systems are described further in the following clauses.

Nhng h thng ph ny c m t thm trong cc mnh theo sau.
18.7.15 Administration Sub-system
H thng qun tr cp d liu
The Administration Subsystem links the vertical subsystem to the horizontal subsystem.
It comprises of all equipment racks, patch panels, termination jacks, labelling hardware for circuit
identification, patch cords and / or jumper wires used for creating circuit connections at cross
connects.
H thng ph v qun tr cp d liu lin kt gia h thng cp trc ng v h thng cp phn
b ngang. N bao gm tt c t thit b d liu, bng phn b dy, phin u ni, gn nhn nhn
din dy cp, dy ni v/ hoc dy nhy c dng cho trong vic u dy cho.
The administration subsystem shall consist of wiring blocks for termination of copper cables or
light guide interconnection units (LIU) for the termination of optical fibres. All layouts shall
generally be as indicated on the drawings and shall be approved by the Construction
Managements engineer prior to installation.
H thng qun tr ph s bao gm cc phin u dy cho cp ng v cc b phn lin kt bn
trong hng nh sng (LIU) dng cho u dy cp quang. Tt c cc mt bng s c hin th
trn bn v v c s chp thun ca K S gim st trc khi tin hnh lp t.
18.7.16 Vertical Sub-system
H thng cp trc ng
The Vertical Sub-system links the data centre / server room administration sub-system to remote
administration sub-systems located within other zones or on other levels.
It comprises of vertical or horizontal riser / back-bone cabling and cable support systems required
to link more than two administration sub-systems.
H thng cp trc ng lin kt gia cc h thng qun tr ph ca trung tm/ my ch vi cc h
thng qun tr ph t xa lp t khng cng khu vc hay khng chung tng. N s bao gm h
thng tuyn cp trc k thut ng hoc ngang v h thng gi cp c yu cu khi lin kt
nhiu hn 02 h thng qun tr ph.
18.7.17 Horizontal Sub-system
H thng cp phn b ngang
The Horizontal Sub-system comprises of connections from the Administration Sub-system to the
user outlets mounted in offices, on walls and under workstations.
H thng phn b cp ngang s bao gm cc kt ni t h thng qun tr ph v cc im phn
b cp lp t trong vn phng, trn tng v di cc bn lm vic.
It comprises of all horizontal cabling, cable support systems and user outlets. Each floor / each
zone of a building shall be served by its own Horizontal Sub-system.
N bao gm tt c h thng cp phn b ngang, h thng gi cp v cm cho ngi s
dng. Mi tng/ mi khu vc ca ta nh s c b tr bng h thng cp phn b ngang.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
248
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
The horizontal sub-system shall be installed using a star topography originating at the floor / zone
administration sub-system.
H thng cp phn b ngang s c b tr lp t theo cu hnh sao cho tng h thng qun tr
ph mi tng/ mi khu vc.
18.6
Cabling
Cp D Liu
18.6.1 General
Quy nh chung
All cables shall be run using a star topology format from the data rack on each floor to every
individual user outlet. All cable routes shall be approved prior to installation of the cabling.
The length of each individual run of horizontal cable from the data rack on each floor to the user
shall not exceed 295ft (~90m).
Tt c cp d liu s phn b theo hnh sao t t cha thit b trn mi sn n tng cm ring
bit. Tt c cc tuyn cp s c s chp thun trc khi tin hnh lp t. Chiu di ca tng
tuyn cp ring bit ca h thng phn b cp ngang t t thit b n ngi dng s khng
c vt qu 295ft (~90m).
The contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength requirements of cable during
handling and installation.
Nh thu s tun th cc yu cu v bn knh cong v cng lc ko cho php ca cp
trong sut qu trnh chuyn ch v lp t.
Each run of cable between the termination block and the information outlet shall be continuous
without any joints or splices.
Mi tuyn dy cp gia phin u ni n cm d liu s c lin tc v khng c bt c mi
ni no.
Installation practices shall comply with the vendors guidelines and EN 50174 and EIA/TIA 569.
Phng php lp t phi ph hp vi cc hng dn lp t ca nh sn xut v tiu chun EN
50174 v EIA/TIA 569.
In suspended ceiling spaces and raised floor areas all cabling shall be installed on cable trays, in
wireway or conduit.
Cc khong khng gian trn treo v sn nng cho ton b h thng cp s c lp t trn
mng cp, mng dy hoc ng bo v.
Tt c cp s c kim chng vi tiu chun UL (tiu chun ca UL loi CMR).

The cable shall be tested by EC Cabling Group of DELTA and complies with the requirements of
the latest editions of the standards: ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) and EIA/TIA 568-C2:2009.
Cp phi c kim nh bi Delta v ph hp vi cc yu cu mi nht ca tiu chun ISO/IEC
11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) and EIA/TIA 568-C2:2009.
Conduit runs installed by the contractor should not exceed 100 feet or contain more than two 90
degree bends without utilising appropriately sized pull boxes.
Cc tuyn ng lun c lp t bi nh thu s khng c vt qu 100ft (~30m) hoc c
nhiu hn 02 on r 90 khng dng hp ko dy thch hp.
18.6.2
Cabling Electrical Specifications Category 5e UTP
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
249
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Tiu chun k thut in cho h thng cp Cat5e UTP

Horizontal cabling shall have the following electrical specifications:
H thng cp phn b ngang s c cc yu cu k thut v in nh sau:
-
have 24 AWG solid copper conductors with polyolefin insulation and PVC outer jacket.
dy dn bng ng loi 24 AWG vi lp cch in bng hp cht polyme v v bc PVC.
have a DC resistance of 9.38 ohms / 100m maximum.

in tr DC ti a 9.38 / 100m
have a mutual capacitance of 17.5 pF/ft maximum.

Dung khng tng h ti a 17.5 pF/ft
have a characteristic impedance of 100 ohms +/- 15% from 1 to 100 MHz.
Tr khng c tnh lm vic 100 +/- 15% t 1MHz n 100MHz.
have a maximum operating voltage UL 300 volt RMS

gi tr in p hiu dng hot ng ti a 300V theo tiu chun UL.
Category 5e
Cp Cat5e
Frequency
Tn s
@ 1.0 MHz:
@ 4.0 MHz:
@ 10.0 MHz:
@ 16.0 MHz:
@ 20.0 MHz:
@ 25.0 MHz:
@ 31.25 MHz:
@ 62.5 MHz:
@ 100 MHz:
@ 155 MHz:
@ 200 MHz:
18.6.3
Attenuation
Suy hao
(dB/100m)
Minimum
Ti thiu
NEXT (dB)
2.0
4.1
6.5
8.2
9.3
10.4
11.7
17.0
22.0
28.1
32.0
65.3
53.3
50.3
47.3
45.8
44.3
42.9
38.4
35.3
32.5
30.8
Cabling Electrical Specifications Category 6 UTP

Tiu chun k thut in cho h thng cp Cat6 UTP
-
have 23 AWG solid copper conductors with polyolefin insulation and PVC outer jacket.
dy dn bng ng loi 23 AWG vi lp cch in bng hp cht polyme v v bc PVC.
have a DC resistance of 9.0 ohms / 100m maximum.

in tr DC ti a 9.0 / 100m
have a mutual capacitance of 17.5 pF/ft (56 pF/m) maximum.

Dung khng tng h ti a 17.5 pF/ft (56 pF/m)
Tr khng c tnh lm vic 100 +/- 15% t 1MHz n 100MHz.
have a maximum operating voltage UL 300 volt RMS

gi tr in p hiu dng hot ng ti a 300V theo tiu chun UL.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
250
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Category 6
Cp Cat6
Frequency
Tn s
@ 1.0 MHz:
@ 4.0 MHz:
@ 10.0 MHz:
@ 16.0 MHz:
@ 20.0 MHz:
@ 25.0 MHz:
@ 31.25 MHz:
@ 62.5 MHz:
@ 100 MHz:
@ 155 MHz:
@ 200 MHz:
@ 250 MHz:
@ 300 MHz:
@ 350 MHz:
@ 400 MHz:
@ 500 MHz:
18.6.4
18.6.4.1
Attenuation
Suy hao
(dB/100m)
1.9
3.7
5.9
7.5
8.4
9.5
10.6
15.4
19.8
25.1
29.0
32.8
35.2
39.8
43.0
49.0
Minimum
Ti thiu
NEXT (dB)
74.3
65.3
59.3
56.3
54.8
53.4
51.9
47.4
44.3
41.5
39.9
38.3
37.2
36.2
35.3
33.8
Fibre Optic Cabling

H thng cp quang
Multimode Optical Fibre
Si quang hc a mt
The multi-core optical fibre cable shall consist of multimode OM3 - 50/125 fibre with fibres
colour coding for identification.
Cp quang nhiu li phi gm nhiu li quang a mt OM3 - 50/125 m vi m mu nhn
dng.
Effective modal bandwidth shall be measured according to the templates method of IEC 60793-210 section D2 and the calculated effective modal bandwidth of IEC 60793-2-10 section D3.
Bng thng hiu qu phng thc phi c o lng theo phng php mu ca IEC 607932-10 phn D2 v bng thng hiu qu phng thc c tnh ton ca IEC 60793-2-10 phn
D3.
Horizontal cabling shall have the following electrical specifications:
H thng cp phn b ngang s c cc yu cu k thut v in nh sau:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
251
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Characteristics
c tnh k thut
Spec Values
Gi tr
Unit
n v
Bandwidth (Overfilled Launch) 850 nm

Bng thng ti bc sng 850 nm
1500
Mhz.km
Bandwidth (Overfilled Launch) 1300 nm

Bng thng ti bc sng 1300 nm
500
Mhz.km
Effective Modal Bandwidth (EMB) 850 nm

Bng thng hiu qu phng thc (EMB)
850 nm
2000
Mhz.km
Transmission link lengths for 1 Gb/s (SX/LX)

di knh truyn 1 Gb/s (SX/LX)
880/550
Transmission link lengths for 10 Gb/s (SR/LX4)

di knh truyn 10 Gb/s (SR/LX4)
330/300
Transmission link lengths for 40 Gb/s (SR4)

di knh truyn 40 Gb/s (SR4)
100
Transmission link lengths for 100 Gb/s (SR10)

di knh truyn 100 Gb/s (SR10)
100
Attenuation 850 nm
Suy hao ti a ti bc sng 850 nm
3.0
dB/km
Attenuation 1300 nm
Suy hao ti a ti bc sng 1300 nm
1.0
dB/km
0.2
dB
Attenuation uniformity
S suy gim tnh ng nht
Numerical Aperture
m s
18.6.4.2
0.20 0.02
Singlemode Optical Fibre

Si quang hc a mt
The multi-core optical fibre cable shall consist of singlemode OS2 - 9/125 fibre with fibres colour
coding for identification.
Cp si quang nhiu li phi gm nhiu si quang n mt OS2 - 9/125 m vi m mu
nhn dng.
The OS2 fibres shall be compliant to the following standards: ITU-T as fibre type G.652.D, IEC
60793-1, IEC 60793-2-50.
Cp quang OS2 phi ph hp vi cc tiu chun sau y:ITU-T i vi cp quang loi G.652.D,
IEC 60793-1, IEC 60793-2-50.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
252
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
18.6.5
Characteristics
c tnh k thut
Spec Values
Gi tr
Unit
n v
Fibre type
Loi quang hc
G.652.D
Transmission link length for 1000Base-LX

di knh truyn 1000Base-LX
5000
Transmission link length for 10GBase-LR

di knh truyn 10GBase-LR
10000
Transmission link length for 10GBase-LX4

di knh truyn 10GBase-LX4
10000
Transmission link length for 10Gbit-FC

di knh truyn 10Gbit-FC
10000
Attenuation 1300 nm
Suy hao tn hiu ti a ti bc sng
1300 nm
0.40
dB/km
Attenuation 1385 nm
1385 nm
0.40
dB/km
Attenuation 1550 nm
1550 nm
0.28
dB/km
Attenuation uniformity
S suy gim tnh ng nht
0.2
dB
Site Survey
Kho st cng trng
Prior to placing any cable pathways or cable, the contractor shall survey the site to determine job
conditions will not impose any obstructions that would interfere with the safe and satisfactory
placement of the cables, and to arrange the removal of any obstructions accordingly.
Trc khi tin hnh lp t tuyn dn cp hoc cp d liu, Nh Thu phi kho st cng trng
xc nh iu kin lm vic s khng chu bt c tr ngi no lm cn tr ti an ton v tha
mn yu cu lp t cp, v b tr di di cc vt cn tr.
Should the contractor consider the site be in an unsatisfactory condition he shall immediately
advise the SUPERVISOR.
Nh Thu phi xem xt cc iu kin khng tha mn trn cng trng v phi lp tc thng
bo n T Vn Gim St.
18.6.6
Pulling Tension
Sc ko cng
The maximum cable pulling tensions shall not exceed manufacturers specifications.
Sc ko cng ca cp ti a s khng c vt qu tiu chun k thut ca nh sn xut cp.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
253
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
18.6.7
Bend Radius
Bn knh cong
The maximum cable bend radius shall not exceed manufacturers specifications.
Bn knh cong ti a ca cp s khng vt qu tiu chun k thut ca nh sn xut cp.
In spaces with UTP cable terminations, the maximum bend radius for 4-pair cable shall not
exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-pair cable. This shall
be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications.
Trong cc khng gian dng cho u ni cp UTP, bn knh cong ti a s khng c vt qu
04 ln ng knh tng ngoi cng ca i vi cp 4 i v 10 ln i vi cp nhiu i. iu
ny s c thc hin tr phi n i lp vi yu cu lp t ca nh sn xut.
During the actual installation, bend radius on 4-pair cable shall not exceed eight times the outside
diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates
manufacturer specifications.
Trong qu trnh lp t, bn knh cong cho php i vi cp 4 i s khng c vt qu 08 ln
ng knh ngoi ca cp v 10 ln i vi cp nhiu i. iu ny s c thc hin tr phi n
i lp vi yu cu lp t ca nh sn xut.
18.6.8
Slack
on dy cha
In the work area, a minimum of 300 mm (12 inch) should be left for UTP cables.
Trong khu vc lm vic, on dy cha ti thiu 300mm i vi cp UTP.
In telecommunications closets a minimum of 3 m (10 ft) of slack should be left for all cable types.
This slack must be neatly managed on trays or other support types.
Trong cc phng thng tin lin lc, on dy cha ti thiu 3m cho tt c cc loi cp. on dy
cha phi c sp xp gn gng trn mng cp hoc trn cc loi gi .
18.6.9
Cable Tie Wraps

Dy ai cp
Tie wraps shall be used a appropriate intervals to secure cable and to provide strain relief at
termination points. These wraps shall not be over tightened to the point of deforming or crimping
the cable sheath.
Dy ai cp s c dng vi mt khong cch thch hp bo v cp v lm thng cp ti
cc im u dy. Cc dy ai cp s khng c xit cht qu lm bin dng hoc mo v bc
cp.
Hook and loop cable managers should be used in the closet where reconfiguration of cables and
terminations may be frequent.
Mc v vng treo cp s c cung cp trong cc phng m cp c s sp xp v b tr li v
cc u ni l thng xuyn.
18.6.10 Grounding/Earthing
Ni t/ Tip a
All grounding/earthing and bonding shall be done to applicable codes and regulations.
Tt c ni t/tip a v tip a an ton s c lp t theo cc quy nh v tiu chun p
dng.
18.6.11 Cable Enclosure
Hp che cp
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
254
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
All cabling associated with the data cabling system shall be fully enclosed along its entire length
in all vertical risers and under all false floors.
Tt c vic i dy km theo trong h thng cp d liu s hon ton c che chn ton b
chiu di cp ti cc trc k thut v di cc sn nng cp.
All wireways and conduits beneath the raised floors, concealed with partition walls, concealed
within ceiling spaces and installed within the vertical risers shall be provided.
Tt c cc mng dy cp v ng lun phi c cung cp bo v cp nhng v tr pha di
sn nng, i m bn trong tng, i m bn trn cc tm trn v trong cc trc k thut.
The contractor shall coordinate with the electrical contractor during the installation of all cabling
and conduits to ensure full compliance with this specification.
Nh thu s phi phi hp vi nh thu in trong sut qu trnh lp t cho ton b h thng
cp v ng lun bo v m bo ph hp vi tiu chun k thut ny.
Refer to Electrical Distribution System section of this specification for details on conduit, wireway
and cable tray installation.
Tham kho ti phn m t tiu chun k thut H Thng Phn Phi in v cc chi tit lp t
cho ng lun bo v, mng dy cp v mng cp.
18.6.12 Cable Protection
Bo v cp
Immediately following the laying of all cabling mechanical protection shall be provided to prevent
damage to the cabling system. Any cabling found to be damaged or deformed shall be
immediately replaced at no extra cost to the client.
Vic lp t cc lp i km bo v tc ng c hc cho cp s c cung cp ngn nga s
h hi n h thng cp. Bt c h hi hoc bin dng no s c thay th tc thi m khng
c yu cu chi ph thm no ti ch u t.
18.7
User Outlets
Cm
18.8.14 General
Quy nh chung
User outlets shall be mounted into the outlet faceplates flush mounted into walls and partitions.
The exact requirements of outlet plates shall be coordinated with the electrical system outlet
faceplates. Adapters shall be provided where necessary to allow mounting into matching plates.
Cc cm s c lp vo cc mt n trn gn vo tng v vch ngn. Nhng yu cu c th
v mt n cm cn phi phi hp ng b vi mt n cm in. B chuyn i ngun s
c cung cp nhng ni cn thit ch cho php lp vo cc mt n thch hp.
All outlets shall utilise cross-over lead technology to address data circuit applications up to 100
MHz and meet or exceed the following electrical, mechanical and NEXT specifications listed
below:
Tt c cc cm s dng k thut u cho nhau v phn b tc truyn d liu cho cc ng
dng ln n 100 MHz v p ng hoc vt cc ch tiu k thut v C, in v tn hao NEXT
c lit k di y:
Unless otherwise noted on the floor plans or within this document, all user outlets shall:
Tr phi c ch nh khc trn cc mt bng hoc trong phm vi h s ny, tt c cc cm s:
-
Be RJ45 type/8-position/8-conductor with coherent pairing of IDC pins.

L loi RJ45/8-v tr/8-dy vi kiu kt tng i ca chn ni IDC
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
255
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Provide universal application / multi-vendor supportive.

Dng cho cc ng dng hon cu / cho nhiu nh cung cp
Support industry standards for T568A or T568B wiring options on individual outlets.
H tr tiu chun cng nghip v ni dy kiu T568A hoc T568B cho tng loi cm ring
bit.
Allow installation from the rear or the rear of the user faceplate without re-termination.
Cho php lp t pha sau hoc pha sau mt n cm khng c khe cm li.
Allow termination without the use of special tools.

Cho php u dy khng cn dng ngh c bit.
Have a protective, hinged or flexible door to protect the outlet from dust or airborne
contaminants.
C np y bo v, khe gt v linh hot bo bo v cm khi bi bn hoc thnh phn
hn tp l lng.
Have coloured, slide-in icons for circuit identification.

C mu sc, thanh trt vo nhn dng mch i dy cp.
Be constructed of high inpact, flame retardent thermoplastic.

L loi cu to chu tc ng cao, nha chng chy.
Allow universal application/multi-vendor support accepting all phone and data plugs.
Cho php dng trong cc ng dng hon cu/ h tr bi nhiu nh cung cp cho u cm
in thoi v mng d liu.
All outlets shall be 70x114 mm or 86x86 mm. Outlets shall have spring-loaded shutters.
Each outlet is equipped with a labelling surface.
Cc cm phi c kch thc 70 x 114 mm. Cc cm phi c cc ca chp c gn sn
l xo bo v cc cng RJ45 khi bi bn khi khng s dng. Mi cm c trang b
mt b mt nh nhn.
Each faceplate can house 1, 2 or 4 snap-in connectors.

Cc mt m phi c th cha mt, hai hoc bn u ni RJ45 la chn theo yu cu.
18.8.15 Outlet Electrical Specifications Category 5e:

Tiu chun k thut in cho cm - Cat5e
All user outlets shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A and ISO/IEC 11801 Category 5e compliant.
The following requirements shall also be met:
Tt c cc cm s l loi ph hp tiu chun ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A v ISO/IEC 11801 cho hng
mc Cat5e. Cc yu cu sau y s phi c tha mn:
Frequency
Tn s
- @1.0 MHz
- @4.0 MHz
- @10.0 MHz
- @16.0 MHz
- @20.0 MHz
- @25.0 MHz
- @31.25 MHz
- @62.5 MHz
- @100 MHz
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Attenuation (dB)
Suy hao (dB)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
256
NEXT Loss (dB)

Tn tht NEXT (dB)
65
65
60
56
54
52
50
44
40
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
be UL VERIFIED for TIA/EIA Category 5e electrical performance.

c kim nh bi UL v tiu chun TIA/EIA Cat5e v c tnh lm vic ca cp
be UL LISTED 1863 and cUL C22.2 approved.

c UL 1863 v cUL C22.2 chp thun.
be made by an ISO 9001 and 9002 Certified Manufacturer.

c sn xut bi 01 nh sn xut c chng nhn ISO 9001 v 9002
18.8.16 Outlet Electrical Specifications Category 6:

Tiu chun k thut in cho cm Cat6
All user outlets shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A and ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 compliant.
Tt c cc cm s l loi ph hp tiu chun ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A v ISO/IEC 11801 cho hng
mc Cat6. Cc yu cu sau y s phi c tha:
Frequency
Tn s
- @1.0 MHz
- @4.0 MHz
- @10.0 MHz
- @16.0 MHz
- @20.0 MHz
- @25.0 MHz
- @31.25 MHz
- @62.5 MHz
- @100 MHz
18.8
Attenuation (dB)
Suy hao (dB)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
NEXT Loss (dB)

Tn tht NEXT (dB)
65
65
60
56
54
52
50
44
40
be UL VERIFIED for TIA/EIA Category 6 electrical performance.

c kim nh bi UL v tiu chun TIA/EIA Cat6 v c tnh lm vic ca cp


RJ45 Patch Panels

Bng u ni RJ45
The RJ45 patch panels shall provide cross connection between the incoming vertical subsystem
and the outgoing horizontal subsystem, either directly or indirectly via data Switches.
Cc bng u ni dy s dng cho u dy cho gia h thng ph
RJ45 Patch panels shall:Bng u ni dy RJ45 s:-
be made of black, light weight, high strength brushed aluminium in 24-, 48-port
configurations.
c lm bng nhm sn mu en, trng lng nh, chu cng cao cho cc cu hnh
24-, 48-cng.
have openings to fit the variety of information outlets used in the work area supporting UTP,
each opening can handle four or six jack modules.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
257
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
c cc l m ph hp vi a dng cm d liu c dng trong khu vc lm vic h tr

UTP, mi l m c th x l 04 hoc 06 chn cm dng m-un.
-
have openings which allow terminated jacks to pass through panel for easy rearrangement.
c l m cho php u cm dy xuyn qua phin du dy cho b tr dy cch d dng.
have port identification numbers on both the front and rear of the panel.
c s lng nhn dng cng kt ni c mt trc v mt sau ca bng u dy.
accommodate at least 24 ports for each rack mount space (1rms = 44.5 mm [1.75 in.]).
cung cp ti thiu 24 cng cho mi khong khng gian gn vo t (1rms = 44.5 mm [1.75
in.]).
be available with an integrated rear wire management bar.

sn sng cho 01 thanh phn b dy pha sau tch hp.
be provided with self adhesive, clear label holders and white designation labels.
cung cp cc gn nhn trong sut, t bm v cc nhn tn hiu mu trng.
also be available with no ports to act as a filler between rack hardware and equipment.
Khng c sn cng kt ni thc hin nh l 01 vt lp y gia phn cng v thit b gn
trong t d liu.
have mounting slots compatible with ANSI/EIA-310.

C khe chn cm tng thch vi tiu chun ANSI/EIA-310.
18.11.14
RJ45 Patch Panel Electrical Specifications Category 5e:

Tiu chun k thut in cho bng u dy - Cat5e
All RJ45 patch panels shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A and ISO/IEC 11801 Category 5e compliant.
Tt c cc bng u dy RJ45 s l loi ph hp tiu chun ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A v ISO/IEC
11801 cho hng mc Cat5e.
Cc yu cu sau y s phi c tha:
Frequency
Tn s
- @1.0 MHz
- @4.0 MHz
- @10.0 MHz
- @16.0 MHz
- @20.0 MHz
- @25.0 MHz
- @31.25 MHz
- @62.5 MHz
- @100 MHz
Attenuation (dB)
Suy hao (dB)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
NEXT Loss (dB)

Tn tht NEXT (dB)
65
65
60
56
54
52
50
44
40
have, as an option, an outlet which can be mounted into an IEC 603-7 compliant opening
(Keystone).
C, xem nh 01 ty chn, mt ng ra c th gn c vo l m ph hp vi tiu chun
IEC 603-7 (Keystone)
be UL VERIFIED for TIA/EIA Category 5e electrical performance.

c kim nh bi UL v tiu chun TIA/EIA Cat5e v c tnh lm vic ca cp

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
258
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
have Austel C-Tick A96/0399.

c chng nhn Austel C-Tick A96/0399

18.11.15
RJ45 Patch Panel Electrical Specifications Category 6
Tiu chun k thut in cho bng u dy Cat6
All RJ45 patch panels shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A and ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 compliant.
Tt c cc bng u dy RJ45 s l loi ph hp tiu chun ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A v ISO/IEC
11801 cho hng mc Cat6.
Cc yu cu sau y s phi c tha:
Frequency
Tn s
- @1.0 MHz
- @4.0 MHz
- @10.0 MHz
- @16.0 MHz
- @20.0 MHz
- @25.0 MHz
- @31.25 MHz
- @62.5 MHz
- @100 MHz
18.9
Attenuation (dB)
Suy hao (dB)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
NEXT Loss (dB)

Tn tht NEXT (dB)
65
65
60
56
54
52
50
44
40
be UL VERIFIED for TIA/EIA Category 6 electrical performance.

c kim nh bi UL v tiu chun TIA/EIA Cat6 v c tnh lm vic ca cp


Fibre Optic Patch Panels

Bng u ni cp quang
The fibre optic patch panels shall provide cross-connection between the incoming vertical
subsystem and the data Switches / HUBS.
Cc bng u ni cp quang phi cung cp kt ni gia h cp trc ng vo v cc b chuyn
mch d liu/HUB
The fibre optic patch panels shall consist of a modular enclosure with retainer rings in the slack
storage section to limit the bending radius of fibers.
Cc bng u ni cp quang phi bao gm t dng m-un vi cc vng buc nh v phn cp
d phng hn ch bn knh cong ca cp quang.
STII or SC connectors shall meet or exceed the following specifications :
Cc b ni chun STII hay SC t nht phi t c cc tiu ch k thut sau :
-
Operating Temperature : -4 to 185F (-20C to 85C)

Nhit hot ng : t -4 to 185F (-20 to 85C)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
259
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Average Loss : 0.3 dB

Tn tht trung bnh : 0.3dB
Fibre Optic Patch panels shall:Cc bng u ni cp quang phi :
18.10
be made of black, light weight, high strength brushed aluminium in 24-, 48-port
configurations.
c ch to t nhm cng cao, trong lng nh, mu en vi cu hnh 24, 48 cng
have openings to fit either multiple single or duplex St fibre optic connectors.
C l gn cc u ni quang chun ST hoc u kp hoc nhiu u n
have openings which allow terminated jacks to pass through panel for easy rearrangement.
C l cc u cm lun qua b u ni c b tr d dng.
have port identification numbers on both the front and rear of the panel.
c gn nhn nhn bit s cng trn c hai mt trc v sau b u ni
accommodate at least 24 ports for each rack mount space (1rms = 44.5 mm [1.75 in.]).
Cung cp t nht 24 cng cho mi khong gi treo (1rms = 44.5 mm [1.75 in.]).
be available with an integrated rear fibre optic cable management trays.

C mng cha cp quang c tch hp mt sau.
be provided with self adhesive, clear label holders and white laser printed designation labels.
C gn nhn in bng cng ngh laser trng v ch dn nhn r rng, t dnh.
match the RJ45 patch panels.

Tng thch vi cc b u ni chun RJ45
Cross Connect Termination Frames

Khung u ni cho
110 XC (Cross Connect) termination frames shall be used for termination of incoming telephone
service backbone cabling.
Cc b khung u ni (cho) chun 110XC phi c dng u ni cho h cp in thoi trc
chnh
18.11
Jumper Cable/Patch Cords

Cp nhy
18.11.1 General
Tng quan
Patch cords shall be provided for cross-connection and inter-connection of the vertical subsystem
to the horizontal subsystem, either directly or indirectly via data HUBS / Switches.
Patch cords shall be colour coded as follows:
Cp nhy phi cung cp cc kt ni cho v kt ni gia cc h thng cp trc ng vi cp trc
ngang, hoc trc tip hoc gin tip qua cc b chuyn mch/HUB. Cc cp nhy phi c m
mu nh sau :
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
260
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
a.
b.
Blue - riser cable port to active equipment
1.5 metre
Xanh dng t cp n thit b ch ng
1.5m
Green - active equipment to patch panel user ports
1.5 metre
xanh l cy - t thit b ch ng n cc cng ngi dng trn b u ni cp 1.5m

c.
Grey - user port to workstation equipment

xm - t cng ngi dng n my trm
d.
White - telephone XC to patch panel user port
1.5 metre
trng - t u ni in thoi chun XC n cng ngi dng trn b u ni cp 1.5m
1.5 metre
1.5m
Alternative colour schemes will be considered, but must clearly distinguish between each function
described above.
Biu mu thay th khc s c xem xt, nhng phi phn bit c r rang gia mi chc
nng nh m t trn.
Patch leads provided for patching within equipment racks shall be clearly identified at each end
with alpha-numerical cable markers to simplify tracing if required. Identification shall comprise of
an alphabetical character to describe function followed by a three digit number, i.e., R001
describes riser patch cable 001, UP002 describes user port 002.
Cc cp kt ni bn trong c cung cp u ni trong gi thit b phi c nhn din r
rang ti mi u vi b nh du cp th t theo s hay ch ci n gin ha vic d tm nu
c yu cu. vic nhn dng s bao gm cc k t m t chc nng theo sau bi cc ba k s,
v d, R001 m t cp trc 001, UP002 m t cng ngi dung 002
18.11.2 RJ45 RJ45 Patch Cords
Cp nhy RJ45-RJ45
Modular RJ45 RJ45 patch cords shall:
Cc cp nhy RJ45 RJ45 phi :
a.
Be used for patching between riser cable UTP ports & active equipment
c dng u ni gia cc cng cp UTP & thit b ch ng
b.
be circular shaped and consist of eight stranded insulated 24 AWG copper conductors,
arranged in four colour coded twisted and bonded pairs within a colour coded flame
retardant PVC jacket.
C dng 8 si ng trn bn bc cch in kch c 24AWG, sp xp thnh cc i xon li
vi nhau c m ha bng 4 mu trong v PVC chy chm c mu c m ha
c.
Be equipped with modular 8 position (RJ45 style) plugs on both ends, wired straight through
with standards compliant wiring.
Km theo u cm (chun RJ45) 8 v tr dng m-un c hai u, i dy thng ph hp
vi cc tiu chun i dy
d.
Use modular plugs which exceed FCC CFR 47 part 68 sub-part F and IEC 603-7
specifications, and have 50 microns of gold plating over nickel contacts.
Dng cc u cm dng m-un c cc c tnh k thut hn cc yu cu ca FCC CFR 47
phn 68 phn ph F v IEC 603-7
e.
Included moulded strain relief boots.

Bao gm phn m gim p c lin khi.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
261
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
f.
18.11.2.1
be proprietary manufactured, pre-assembled and tested in the factory. Site assembled patch
cords using standard UTP cabling will not be acceptable.
c sn xut bi nh sn xut c thng hiu, c lp rp v kim nh ti nh my cc
cp nhy dung chun cp UTP c lp rp ti cng trng s khng c chp nhn
Electrical Specifications Category 5e
Tiu ch k thut in cp CAT 5e
All patch cords shall:

Tt c cc cp nhy phi :
a.
have 24 AWG stranded copper conductors with polyolefin insulation and colour coded, flame
retardant outer jacket.
C cc li ng bn kch c 24 AWG vi cch in nha polyolefin v v ngoi cng chy
chm c mu c m ha.
b.
have a DC resistance per lead of 9.38 ohms / 100m maximum.

in tr DC trn mt cp ti a 9.38 ohms / 100m
c.

C in dung tng h ti a 17.5 pF/ft (56 pF/m)
d.
C tr khng c tnh 100 ohms +/- 15% t tn s 1 n 100 MHz
e.
be UL verified for TIA/EIA category 5e electrical performance.

t chun UL cho cc hiu sut v in ca cp CAT 5e chun TIA/EIA
f.
be UL Listed CM.
l cp loi CM theo chng nhn ca UL
g.

c sn xut bi nh sn xut t chun ISO 9001 v 9002
h.
have the following characteristics

c cc c tnh sau
Frequency
Tn s
@ 1.0 MHz:
@ 4.0 MHz:
@ 10.0 MHz:
@ 16.0 MHz:
@ 20.0 MHz:
@ 25.0 MHz:
@ 31.25 MHz:
@ 62.5 MHz:
@ 100 MHz:
18.11.2.2
Attenuation
suy hao
(dB/100m)
2.0
4.1
6.5
8.2
9.3
10.4
11.7
17.0
22.0
Electrical Specifications Category 6

Tiu ch k thut in cp CAT 6
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
262
Min NEXT (dB)

Suy hao NEXT ti thiu
62
53
47
44
42
41
39
35
32
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
All patch cords shall:

Tt c cc cp nhy phi :
a.
have 24 AWG stranded copper conductors with polyolefin insulation and PVC outer jacket.
C cc li ng bn kch c 24 AWG vi cch in nha polyolefin v v ngoi cng PVC.
b.
have a DC resistance per lead of 9.0 ohms / 100m maximum.

in tr DC trn mt cp ti a 9.0 ohms / 100m
c.

C in dung tng h ti a 17.5 pF/ft (56 pF/m)
d.
C tr khng c tnh 100 ohms +/- 15% t tn s 1 n 200 MHz
e.
be UL verified for TIA/EIA category 6 electrical performance.

t chun UL cho cc hiu sut v in ca cp CAT 6 chun TIA/EIA
f.
be UL Listed 444.
c UL chng nhn 444
g.

h.
have the following characteristics

c cc c tnh sau
Frequency
Tn s
@ 1.0 MHz:
@ 4.0 MHz:
@ 10.0 MHz:
@ 16.0 MHz:
@ 20.0 MHz:
@ 25.0 MHz:
@ 31.25 MHz:
@ 62.5 MHz:
@ 100 MHz:
@ 155 MHz:
@ 200 MHz:
@ 250 MHz:
@ 300 MHz:
@ 350 MHz:
@ 400 MHz:
@ 500 MHz:
Attenuation
suy hao
(dB/100m)
2.0
4.1
6.5
8.2
9.3
10.4
11.7
17.0
22.0
30.2
34.8
39.6
46.7
51.1
55.3
63.3
Min NEXT (dB)

Suy hao NEXT ti thiu
74.3
65.3
59.3
56.3
54.8
53.4
51.9
47.4
44.3
41.5
39.9
38.3
37.2
36.2
35.3
33.8
18.12.15
Fibre Patch Cords
Cp nhy quang
Fiber patch cords shall be used for optical fiber cross connect and interconnects.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
263
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Cp nhy quang phi c dng cho kt ni cho quang v ni bn trong

The fiber patch cord shall consist of two single, buffered graded-index fibers with a 62.5 micrometer cord and a 125 micro-meter cladding.
Cp nhy quang phi gm 2 li n theo cng ngh chit sut thay i ng knh l 62.5 micromet , lp ph 125 micro-met
a.
The fiber cladding shall be covered by aramid yarn and jacket of flame-retardant PVC.
Lp ph si quang c bo v bng lp si aramid v v chy chm PVC
b.
The fibre patch cord shall be terminated with ST or SC connector plugs (ceramic or plastic
on each end).
Cp nhy quang phi c u ni vi cc u chun SC hoc St (bng s hay nha
mi u)
The fiber patch cord shall meet the following specifications :

Dy nhy quang phi ph hp cc tiu ch k thut sau :
a.
Minimum bend radius : 1.00 inch (2.54 cm)

Bn kinh cong ti thiu : 1.00 inch (2.54 cm)
b.
Operating temperature : 4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C)

Nhit hot ng : 4 n 158 F (-20 n 70 C)
c.
Loss : 0.4 dB/mated connector

Tn tht : 0.4dB/cp u ni
d.
Minimum bandwidth :
160 MHz-km at 850 nm / 850 MHz-km at 1300 nm
Bng thng ti thiu 160 MHz-km 850 nm / 850 MHz-km 1300 nm

18.12.16
110 XC Cross Connect RJ45
Kt ni cho 110XC RJ45
110 XC cross connect RJ45 patch cords shall:
Cp nhy kt ni cho 110XC RJ45 phi :
a.
be used for patching between telephone system backbone cabling cross connect terminal
frame and patch panel user ports.
c dung ni gia khung kt ni cp cho h thng trc in thoi v cc cng ngi
dng trn bng u ni
b.
be available in both EIA T568A and T568B compliance format.

Tng thch vi c hai chun EIA T568A v T568B
c.
be circular shaped and consist of 1 pair stranded 24 AWG copper conductors arranged in
one colour coded twisted pair(s) with PVC outer jacket.
C 1 cp li ng trn bn kch c 24 AWG c sp xp thnh nhng cp xon c mu
c m ha v v ngoi cng PVC.
d.
be equipped with 1 pair 110 patch plug at one end and a RJ45 modular jack at the other end
wired straight through.
c u ni 1 cp 110 mt u v u cm RJ45 ni thng u kia
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
264
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
e.
included moulded strain relief boots.

Bao gm phn m gim p c lin khi
f.

g.
be UL verified for TIA/EIA category 5e electrical performance.

t chun UL cho cc hiu sut v in ca cp CAT 5e chun TIA/EIA
18.12
Equipment Racks
Gi lp thit b
18.12.1 General
Tng quan
Equipment racks shall be provided for mounting of all cable termination equipment / patch panels
etc.
Cc gi lp thit b phi c cung cp gn tt c cc thit b u ni cp/cc bng u ni
cp v.v
18.12.2 Wall Mounted Rack System
H thng gi treo tng
Wall mounted rack system shall:
H thng gi treo tng phi:
a.
Comprise of standard 19 equipment racks of strong light weight aluminium construction with
black protective finish. Full height 42 U racks shall be anchored to the computer room floor.
Bao gm cc gi treo chun 19 c cu trc bng nhm nh cng cao vi lp hon
thin bng sn en bo v. Cc gi cao 42U phi c neo vo sn phng my tnh
b.
have 76 mm (3 in) by 152 mm (6 in) vertical cable channels as side rails.

C rnh i cp thng ng nh l cc ray bn
c.
have channels capable of utilising and re-locating up to ten reusable hook and loop cable
managers.
C cc rnh c kh nng s dng v nh v li ln n mi vng buc cp c mc c th
s dng li.
d.
have high capacity cable managers provided for the front of the rack which can be used for
horizontal or vertical cable management and easily twist and lock into place without the use
of screws or tools.
C h qun l cp dung lng ln c cung cp mt trc ca gi m c th s dng
cho h qun l cp ngang v ng v d dng xon v cht cht li m khng cn dng vt
hay cng c no khc.
e.
have standard ANSI/EIA-310-C mounting holes and cable routing openings in the front, rear
and side of the channels.
C cc l treo chun ANSI/EIA-310-C v l m cho cc tuyn cp mt trc, sau v bn
ca khung.
f.
be made of aluminium with a black finish and utilise black grommets for unused cable
openings.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
265
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Ch to t nhm vi lp sn en hon thin v np y cho cc l m i cp khng s

dng
g.
have vertical cable management channels 152 mm (6 in) x 2.1 m (7 ft) and 76 mm (3 in) x
2.1 m (7 ft) which can be located between racks. The channel shall include cable retainers
which can be hinged left or right and be located in any position along the channel.
C cc rnh qun l cp ng 152 mm (6 in) x 2.1 m (7 ft) v 76 mm (3 in) x 2.1 m (7 ft) m
c th nh v gia cc gi treo. Cc rnh phi bao gm cc b buc cp m c th mc bn
tri hay phi v c nh v dc theo rnh.
h.
be provided with a ground lug for 0-6 gauge ground cable.

C cc u ni t cho cp tip t 0-6 AWG
i.
be made by an ISO 9001 and 9002 Certified Manufacturer

18.12.3 Floor Mounted Rack Systems

H thng gi ng
Floor mounted equipment racks shall be floor standing type and shall be mounted within
equipment rack rooms provided on each level / within each zone.
Cc gi ng gn thit b phi l loi ng trn sn v phi t trong phng t gi thit b c
cung cp mi tng/trong mi vng
Typical floor equipment racks shall:
Cc gi ng gn thit b in hnh phi :
a.
be 600 mm wide or wider to meet with rack-mounted equipements requirememnt, standard

19 racks of 42U high.
L gi chun 19 cao 42U rng 600mm hay rng hn theo yu cu ca thit b gn trn gi
b.
have an overall depth of 600 mm or deeper to meet with rack-mounted equipements

requirememnt
c chiu su 600mm hay su hn theo yu cu ca thit b gn trn gi
c.
Have full cable support facilities internally to support and manage all copper and fibre optic
cables to relieve all strain and stresses. Cables shall be spaced evenly in the rear of the rack
and shall not be bundled excessively.
C y cc phng tin cp v gim ng sut tc ng trn tt c cc cp
ng v quang. Cp phi c b tr u pha sau gi v khng c b qu nhiu.
d.
have quick release lockable side and rear panels complete with earthing studs. When two
racks are mounted side by side, the intermediate side panels will not be required.
M nhanh chng cc tm y c kha bn v pha sau c trang b phng tin ni t
e.
Have hinged framed glass doors when mounted in single format. Doors are not required
when mounted in multiple formats.
C cc ca knh khung bn l khi c gn dng n. Khng yu cu ca khi gn lien
tip nhiu gi vi nhau.
f.
be complete with castors and jacking feet.

Hon thin vi chn c bnh xe v cht c nh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
266
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
g.
be fitted with a fan unit for ventilation of the enclosure.

C gn qut thong gi cho t gi thit b
h.
comply with BS 5954, part 2 and IEC 297.2

ph hp vi chun BS 5954, phn 2 v IEC 297.2
i.
have maximum cable entry space in the base.
j.
C khng gian cho cp vo ti a y t

have four full height, easily adjustable 19 mounting angles with side fixing facilities.
C bn 4 thanh treo 19 cao c th c iu chnh d dng sut chiu cao bng cc
phng tin gn bn
k.
be fitted with power boards in the rear consisting of a minimum of 10 sets of 250 volt 10
AMP rated power sockets. Power sockets shall be connected to the adjacent power outlet
via a flexible lead and plug. Plugs shall be captive type to prevent accidental dislodgement.
C b cp ngun pha sau bao gm ti thiu 10 b cm 250V/10A. Cc cm ngun
phi kt ni vi cm k bn bng cp mm v u cm. cc u cm phi l loi phch
cm su c nh ngun phng vic t ri ra.
18.13
UPS for IT racks

Ngun lin tc (UPS) cho gi thit b cng ngh thng tin
Contractor shall provide 1 phase or 3 phase UPS system (UPS itself, UPS control panels,
isolators 1 phase or 3 phase, UPS management software with programing, cabling, cable
support, earthing system, surge arrester, battery system together with chager control panel, rack
support for UPS, visual and sound alarm system, temperature sensors, bybass system with
automatic and manual, interface and connect to BMS system etc) for all racks.
Nh thu s cung cp h thng UPS 1 pha hay 3 pha ( UPS, t iu khin UPS, ngt mch 1
pha hay 3 pha, phn mm qun l UPS v lp trnh, h thng cp, h thng cha v cp, h
thng ni t, chng st ngun,h thng bin cng vi t iu khin b np pin, t treo UPS, h
thng bo ng bng chung v n chp, cc cm bin nhit, h thng bybass vi ch t
ng v bng tay, giao tip v kt ni n h thng BMS v.v) cho tt c cc gi cha thit b.
UPS shall be dedicated UPS for computer/data center.
UPS s l loi chuyn dng cho my tinh/trung tm d liu
Backup time shall be at least 15 minute or longer as indicated on drawings or IT system
requirement.
Thi gian lu in t nht 15 pht hay lu hn nh th hin trn bn v hay theo yu cu ca h
thng cng ngh thng tin.
Capacity shall be at least as indicated on drawings or IT system requirement plus 20% spare
capacity for future. UPS rating shall be rated 125% of total actual load plus this 20% for spare as
per manufacture for long life of UPS and battery
Thi gian lu in t nht 15 pht hay lu hn nh th hin trn bn v hay theo yu cu ca h
thng cng ngh thng tin cng them 20% d phng cho tng lai. nh mc UPS s c xc
nh 125% da trn ti thc cng vi 20% d phng ny theo nh sn xut tui th UPS v
b pin nh mong mun
UPS/battey system can be extendable
H thng UPS/pin c th m rng.
Waveform Type : Sine wave
Dng sng : hnh sine
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
267
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Overload : 125% for 10 minutes, 150% for 1 minute

Kh nng Qu ti : 125% ti trong 10 pht, q50% ti trong 1 pht
Efficiency at full load : up to 93%
Hiu sut y ti : ln n 93%
Built in fan speed control and individual fan efficiency check
C b iu khin qut v kim tra hiu sut ca tng qut tch hp sn
Battery system shall be sealed lead-acid, maintainance free, IP30, apid and stable recharging,
long life of at least 10 years and shall be hot swap battery pack solution to allow backup time
increase as per power requirements wihout switching off the battery cabinet
H thng pin s l loi acid ch kn, khng cn bo tr, IP30, sc nhanh v n nh, tui th lu t
nht 10 nm v s l gii php chuyn pin trc tip cho php tng thi gian d phng theo yu
cu ti m khng cn ngt pin
Noise level ( n) : < 55 dB
Safety/EMC/Performance : comply with relevant IEC/EN
Tiu chun an ton/tng hp in t/ hot ng : theo IEC/EN tng ng
System shall provide eco mode and RoHS compliant
H thng s c ch iu tit nng lng tit kim nng lng ( Eco mode) v t chun
RoHs
18.14
Incoming Telephone Service Cables

Cp dch v thoi n
The incoming telephone service cables have been supplied and installed by the building
developer up to the MDF where cable tails have been left for installation through to the MDF
Cp dch v thoi n s c cung cp v lp t bi nh thu xy dng n MDF i xuyn qua
v tr c cha sn n MDF.
The contractor is responsible for the installation of the cabling through whole building and
termination on the MDF.
Nh thu s chu trch nhim cho lp t cp trong ton b ta nh v u ni trn MDF
The MDF shall:
MDF s:
a.
consist of Krone LSA Plus termination modules mounted on Krone wall mounted Main
Distribution Frames.
Bao gm cc m un dng phin u ni Krone LSA trn khung u ni chnh loi treo
tng Krone
b.
18.15
have Krone single pair overvoltage/overcurrent/surge protection on all incoming lines.

C bo v qu p/qu dng/xung tng i Krone cho tt c ng n
Telephone Backbone Subsystem

H thng ng trc in thoi ph
The main telephone cable route within the building is called the Riser Backbone Subsystem. It
links the main cross connect (MDF) in the equipment room to the equipment rack patch panels
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
268
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
on each level. It consists of the backbone transmission media between these locations and the
associated connection hardware terminating this media. It is normally installed in a star topology,
with first-level backbone cables beginning at the main cross connect.
Tuyn cp thoi chnh bn trong s c gi l H Thng ng Trc in Thoi Ph. N s
lin kt vi u ni chnh (MDF) trong phng thit b n gi u ni trung gian trn mi tng.
Bao gm ng truyn trc gia cc v tr v u ni ph kin phn cng ny. Thng thng s
c lp t theo m hnh hnh sao vi ng trc u tin bt u ti u ni chnh
Telephone cables shall conform to the Telephone Organization of Vietnams standards.
Cp thoi s tun theo cc qui nh ca T Chc Vin Thng Vit Nam
Conductor diameter shall not be less than 0.65 mm and the number of pairs shall be as indicated
on the drawings.
ng knh cp s khng nh hn 0.65mm v s i cp nh ch ra trong bn v.
18.16
Mobile booster system

H thng khuch i song in thoi
Contractor shall provide mobile booster system including service incomings, antenna/sattlite if
any, headend equipment, cabling of backbone and branch, boosters, power adapter, UPS. power
cabling, cabling containment, additional earthing and associate power panels and other
necessary equipment to complete system to achieve 5 bar signal in any point in building.
Nh thu s cung cp h thng khuch i song in thoi bao gm cc tuyn dch v cp vo,
n-ten/ cho thu v tinh nu c thit b trung tm, cp ca trc chnh phn phi v cp mch
nhnh, cc b khuch i, b chuyn i ngun, b lu in (UPS), cp ngun v t ngun lin
quan, h thng cha cp, h thng ni t b sung v cc thit b cn thit khc hon chnh
h thng t cht lng song mnh 5 gch ( mc song hin th trn in thoi) ti bt k
im no trong cng trnh.
Contractor shall coordinate with all service providers to layout exact location, type and number of
mobile boosters, signal /power cabling, connection points, permission achievement etc.
Nh thu phi phi hp vi tt c nh cung cp dch v b tr v tr, kiu v s lng chnh
xc ca cc b khuch i song, cp tn hiu/cp ngun, im kt ni, tha thun xin php v.v
Contractor shall comply with relevant EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility) directives and
electrical installation of IEC
Nh thu phi m bo vic lp t theo yu cu v tng hp in t lin quan v lp t in
lin quan ca tiu chun IEC.
18.17
Installation
Lp t
Workmanship
Tay ngh
All work shall be done in a workman like fashion of the highest standards in the
telecommunications industry. All equipment and materials are to be installed in a neat and
secure manner, while cables are to be properly dressed. Workers must clean any debris and
trash at the close of each workday.
Tt c cng vic s c thc hin bi cng nhn c tay ngh theo chun cao nht ca chun
cng nghip vn thng. Tt c thit b v vt liu s c lp t gn gng v chc chn, cp
cng b li theo ng cch. Cng nhn phi v sinh bt k mnh vn hoc rc gn ch lm mi
ngy
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
269
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
18.18
System Support
H tr h thng
The contractor shall provide full training for the operators and maintenance staff of the owner for
a period of not less than 5 consecutive days until they are competent to operate the system by
themselves.
Nh thu s cung cp kha hun luyn y cho nhn vin vn hnh v bo dng ca ch
u t trong sut thi gian khng t hn 5 ngy lin tc n khi h kh nng t vn hnh h
thng
The contractor has to guarantee the quality and functioning of all installations included in the
contract for a period of 1 year after the date of practical completion. During the defects liability
period the contractor shall repair at first notice all defects resulting from the use of imperfect
materials, wrong construction, incorrect mounting and lack of agreed properties which the
supplied installations should have possessed according to the specification, at his own cost.
Nh thu s bo hnh cht lng v chc ca tt c cng vic lp t bao gm trong hp ng
trong sut 1 nm sau ngy hon thin. Trong sut giai on ny nh thu s chu trch nhim
sa cha tt c khim khuyt t vic s dng ca vt liu khng hon chnh, lp t sai, treo
khng ng v thiu cc chi tit m nh thu cung cp lp t cn phi c ph hp vi thuyt
minh ny vi chi ph do nh thu chu
The contractor shall send experienced service teams to check, repair and maintain the system
and equipment installed once per month during the first year. Checklist reports shall be submitted
to the owner within 7 days from visiting the site.
Nh thu s gi nhm chuyn gia dch v c kin nghim kim tra, sa cha v bo dng h
thng v thit b c lp t mt ln mi thng trong sut nm u tin
The contractor shall furnish emergency service beyond regular working hours which may be
required to maintain the system in operation.
Nh thu s dch v khn cp ngoi gi lm vic c th c yu cu cho bo dng h thng
trong qu trnh hot ng
18.19
Technical Support Staff and Experience

Nhn vin h tr k thut v chuyn gia
The contractor shall provide a list of its project management staff and technical support staff to be
assigned to this project, together with their resumes, working experience and their Structured
Cabling System training certification.
Nh thu s cung cp danh sch nhn vin qun l d n v nhn vin h tr k thut c ch
nh cho d n cng vi h s nng lc, kinh nghim ca h v giy chng nhn hun luyn H
Thng Cp ng Trc
Contractor shall state if their support staff were trained in the manufacturer/s factor, on-site
training or other means.
Nh thu s ch r nu nhn vin h h ca h c hun luyn ti nh my, hun luyn cng
trng hoc phng thc khc
18.20
Letters of Reference
Giy chng nhn
The contractor shall include no less than five(5) business references for whom contractor has
performed similar work.
Nh thu s bao gm khng t hn nm (5) giy chng nhn cho nhng ngi ca nh thu
lm cng vic tng t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
270
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
18.21
Testing and Warranty

Kim tra v bo hnh
Testing of the complete system shall be performed prior to cutover. 100 percent of the horizontal
and riser wiring pairs shall be tested for opens, shorts, polarity reversals, transposition and
presence of AC voltage. Voice and data horizontal wiring pairs shall be tested from the
information outlet to the patch panel. In additional, the data cables shall be tested for
conformance to the specifications of EIA/TIA. Test shall include mutual capacitance,
characteristic impedance, attenuation and near-end crosstalk. Test results must be submitted to
the engineer for acceptance and approval prior to the granting of practical completion.
Kim tra hon thin h thng s c thc hin trc khi ng b d liu. 100 phn trm ca
cp cp ngang v xuyn tng s c kim tra h mch, ngn mch, o cc, truyn dn v
hin din in p xoay chiu AC. Cp dy ngang thoi v d liu s c kim tra t ng ra n
phin u ni. Thm vo , cp d liu s c kim tra cho ph hp vi thuyt minh minh k
thut ca EIA/TIA. Kim tra s bao gm in dung gia cc dy, tr khng ring, suy hao v
nhiu xuyn m cui ng dy. Kt qu kim tra phi c trnh k s chp nhn v
duyt trc khi chuyn giao
The contractor shall provide a twenty year passive product warranty, backed by the manufacturer
from the date of successful testing, commissioning and handover to the Client.
All components of the Structured Cabling System shall be manufactured by the same
manufacturer to ensure minimal impedance mismatch and best possible NEXT performance, to
guarantee performance from end to end.
Nh thu s cung cp bo hnh hai mi nm cho sn phm th ng k t ngy nh sn xut
kim nh, nghim thu v bn giao n ch u t. Tt c ph kin ca H Thng Cp ng
trc s c ch to bi cng nh nh xut m bo c tr khng tng ng v NEXT l
tt nht c th, bo m hon thin t u n cui
18.22
Customer Acceptance
Chp thun khch hng
At the conclusion of the installation a preliminary walk-through with the contractor will be
performed to check for installation quality, accurate performance of the work, and to verify
engineering diagrams. Any modifications to the documentation or the installation that may be
required shall be accomplished within five (5) business. Customer Acceptance shall consist of a
final walk-through with the contractor, receipt of the Registration Document and Certificate and
receipt of all manuals and drawings. Customer Acceptance does not release the contractor from
repairing any cabling errors or improperly labelled circuits, caused by the contractor, that may be
discovered at a later date. The contractor shall make immediate repairs as directed.
thi im cui cng ca cng vic lp t mt bui kim tra s b vi nh thu s c thc
hin kim tra cht lng lp t, chnh xc ca cng vic v kim tra s k thut. Bt k
hiu chnh n ti liu hot lp t no c th c yu cu s hon thin trong nm (5) quyn
Chp thun khch hng s bao gm mt kim tra cui cng vi nh thu, giy xc nhn ca
cc ti liu ang k v chng ch v giy xc nhn ca tt c s tay hng dn v bn v. Chp
thun khch hng khng gii phng trch nhim ca nh thu khi vic sa cha bt k li
ng cp no hoc cc nhn mch khng ph hp lm bi nh thu c pht hin sau ngy
ny. Nh thu s sa cha ngay lp tc cho ng
18.23
On-site Move Day Support

H tr ti cng trng
The contractor shall provide technical support at such times and at such levels and at such times
as deemed necessary during the physical move to the site. The personnel providing technical
support shall:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
271
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Nh thu s cung cp h tr k thut nh ti thi gian nh v ti mc nng lc nh v ti

thi gian nh ch ra khong thi gian cn thit di chuyn n cng trng. Ngi h tr k
thut s:
18.24
a.
Have intimate knowledge of the data cabling system.

C kin thc v h thng cp d liu
b.
Be skilled at all equipment and materials used under this Contract.

C k nng ca tt c thit b v vt liu c dng theo hp ng ny
c.
Be competent to troubleshoot and fix problems associated with Contractor provided

materials.
C kh nng gii quyt cc s c v vn lin quan n vt liu c cung cp theo
hp ng
Engineering
K thut
The contractor selected for this cabling system must adhere to design, engineering and
installation procedures and utilise authorised components during the execution of this contract.
Nh thu la chn h thng cp ny phi bm st theo thit k, k thut v cch thc lp t v
cc thnh phn c chp nhn s dng trong sut qu trnh thc hin hp ng ny
An initial planning meeting will be held with the successful bidder to clarify all requirements
(systems, services, distribution methods, etc.), identify responsibilities, and schedule the events
that will transpire during the implementation of the project. Within two (2) weeks of the initial
meeting, the contractor shall provide a written report and project schedule to clearly document
the events and responsibilities associated with the project.
Mt cuc hp ln k hoch ban u s c t chc vi nhm ngi lm r tt c yu cu
(h thng, dch v, cch thc phn phi v. . .v . . .), xc nh trch nhim v tin cc cng vic
s xy ra trong sut qu trnh thc hin ca d n. Trong vng hai (2) tun ca cuc hp ban
u, nh thu s cung cp mt bo co v tin phc tho lm r cc cng vic v trch
nhim lin quan n d n
In order to start the initial engineering phase, the contractor will be provided with on (1) clearly
readable, up-to-date scale copy of all architectural, electrical and data cabling system drawings,
two (2) weeks prior to the commencement of any engineering design activities. This will allow for
a one(1) week review of the diagrams by the contractor, and allow one (1) week for the engineer
to answer any queries pertaining to the contractors review. In reviewing such drawings the
contractor shall be obligated to make an on-site inspection with the Head Contractor for on-site
verification of access routes for cabling and other matters.
bt u giai on k thut u tin, nh thu s cung cp (1) bn r rng sao chp cp nht
ca tt c t vn, bn v h thng in v cp d liu, hai (2) tun trc khi bt u bt k hot
ng thit k k thut no. iu ny tnh n mt (1) tun duyt li s ca nh thu v mt
(1) tun cho t vn tr li bt k cu hi no lin quan n phn duyt li ca nh thu. Vic
duyt li bn v nh thu s c bt but phi thc hin trong qu trnh gim st vi nh thu
chnh kim tra chnh xc ti cng trng cc tuyn ca cp v cc vn khc
Upon completion of the initial engineering stage, the Contractor shall provide two (2) draft copies
of engineering documentation for approval by the engineer. If no revisions are required, the
documentation shall be formally accepted in writing by the ENGINEER. Any revisions shall be
completed by the contractor within a one (1) week time period and resubmitted for review.
Trong lc hon thnh ca gian on k thut u tin, nh thu s cung cp hai (2) bn nhp ca
ti liu k thut cho trnh duyt bi t vn. Nu khng c hiu chnh no c yu cu ti liu ny
s c chp nhn bng vn bn bi t vn. Bt k hiu chnh no c hon thin bi nh thu
trong sut giai on mt (1) tun v trnh duyt li
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
272
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Upon completion of final engineering and incorporation of review comments, the contractor shall
provide to the engineer for records the following :
Trong lc hon thin ca phi hp v k thut cui cng ca duyt li cc nhn xt, nh thu s
cung cp n t vn bn lu sau y:
a.
MDF, IDF and Patch Panel Diagrams, inclusive of cable routing, position of all components
and apparatus, detailed layout of the wall field, and labelling plan
MDF, IDF v S Phin u ni bao gm tuyn cp, v tr ca tt c cc thnh phn v
thit b, mt bng chi tit ca thit b trn tng v nh nhn
b.
Work Area Floor Plans, inclusive of detailed cable routes and approved labelling plan for all
work areas.
Mt bng b tr khu vc lm vic, bao gm chi tit tuyn cp v b tr nh nhn cho tt khu
vc cng vic
c.
Cross Connect Documentation, inclusive of cross connect records for all voice, and data
devices.
Ti liu u ni cho, bao gm tt c bn ghi u ni cho ca thoi v thit b d liu
d.
Riser Distribution plan

Mt bng trc phn phi tng
e.
Cable Tray, Conduit, and Raceway Plans

Mt bng mng cp, ng v i dy
f.
Building Control Plans in the following format:

Mt bng iu khin theo nh dng sau:
Four (4) copies and one reproducible sepia of all diagrams and drawings in A1 format.
Bn (4) bn sao v mt bn v mc mu nu tt c s v bn v nh dng kh
A1
One (1) set of computer files on CD Rom containing the drawings in AUTOCAD format,
Release 2000
Mt (1) file my tnh lu trn a CD bao gm cc bn v nh dng Autocad phin bn
2000
Two (2) copies of all cross connect documentation in printed form in A4 format.
Hai (2) bn sao tt c cc ti liu u ni cho c in nh dng A4
One (1) set of computer files of cross connect documentation on CD Rom in Excel
Format
Mt (1) file my tnh lu trn a CD ca tt c ti liu u ni cho nh dng Excel
Upon completion of the project, the contractor is to prepare AS Built documentation

showing actual site conditions and installation as constructed, and provide copies of
such documentation as described above.
Trong lc hon thin d n, nh thu s chun b ti liu Hon Cng ch ra tt c cc
cng vic thc s tin hnh v lp t v cung cp bn sao ca cc ti liu nh m
t trn
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
273
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 19 COMMUNAL AERIAL BROADCASTING DISTRIBUTION

(CABD) SYSTEM
PHN 19 H THNG PHN PHI TN HIU NGTEN CNG CNG
19.1
General
Quy nh chung
19.1.1
The Contractor shall design, supply, install, commission, test and set to work a complete CABD
system in accordance with the Drawings and the requirements specified herein.
Nh thu s thit k, cung cp , lp t, chy th, th nghim v ci t h thng phn phi tn
hiu ng ten cng cng (CABD) theo bn v v cc yu cu c quy nh di y.
19.1.2
The frequency of the signals received shall be conveyed by frequency conversion equipment as
shown on the Drawings. Approval must be obtained from the Responsible Authority for the
frequency changes and the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining licence in accordance
with the local regulations.
Tn s ca tn hiu nhn c s c truyn bng thit b o tn theo bn v. Cn phi nhn
c thng qua ca c quan Bu in v thay i tn s v Nh thu phi c trch nhim ly
giy php theo qui nh ca a phng
19.1.3
The schematic diagram shown on the Drawing is for guideline only. The Contractor shall
design the distribution system to give the best performance of the system to the satisfaction of
the Clients representative. Any equipment not shown on schematic (such as, AGC, distribution
amplifier, splitter, coupler, etc.) but required for best performance of the system to the satisfaction
of the Clients representative shall be provided by Contractor at their cost. TV outlets shall have
design signal level in the range of 65-75 dB.
S khng gian c th hin bn v ch c tnh cht dn hng. Nh thu s thit k h
thng phn phi c h thng vn hnh tt nht, p ng yu cu ca Kin trc s. Bt k
thit b no khng c th hin s (nh AGC, b khuych i phn phi, b phn chia, b
ghp .v.v.) nhng c yu cu c h thng vn hnh tt nht, p ng yu cu ca Kin
trc s s c Nh thu cung cp bng chi ph ca Nh thu. Cc cm TV s c mc tn
hiu thit k trong khong 65 - 75 dB
19.1.4
It is the Contractor's responsibility to certify their submitted antennae being mechanical strength
enough to withstand the maximum wind loading in any conditions of installed location.
Nh thu c trch nhim chng minh loi ng ten c np c bn chu c ti trng
gi ln nht trong bt k iu kin no ca ni lp t.
19.1.5
All equipment and materials of the same type shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to
ensure uniformity of standards and composition.
Ton b thit b v vt liu cng loi s c cp bi ch mt Nh sn xut m bo tnh ng
nht ca tiu chun v ca cc b phn.
19.1.6
All equipment and accessories delivered to site shall be clear marked to identify different
components, materials and manufacturers. Equipment type testing is required and certificates
shall be provided.
Ton b cc thit b v ph kin c a ti cng trng phi c nh du r rng nhn
bit cc b phn, vt liu v Nh sn xut khc nhau. Th nghim v loi thit b c yu cu
v cn c chng ch.
19.1.7
At the time of tendering, the Contractor shall provide all information in accordance with the
Equipment Schedule in the Particular Specification.
thi im u thu, Nh thu s cung cp cc thng tin v thng k thit b trong Quy cch k
thut ring.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
274
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.1.8
Within four weeks of being notified of the Employer's intent to award the Contract and prior to
ordering the equipment, the Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's data and samples to the
Clients representative for approval.
Trong vng bn tun khi nhn c thng bo ca Ch u t v c giao hp ng v trc
khi t hng thit b, Nh thu s cung cp s liu v mu ca Nh sn xut Kin trc s
thng qua.
19.1.9
Within four weeks of being notified of the Employer's intent of award the Contract, a full
schematic wiring diagram detailing the following shall be submitted for approval.
Trong vng bn tun khi nhn c thng bo ca Ch u t v c giao hp ng, s
khng gian i dy chi tit sau y s c np c duyt:
a.
All component units with type references and showing gain or loss of each as designed to
operate in the system.
Ton b cc n v chi tit v loi v nu h s khuych i hoc tn tht ca mi n v chi
tit khi c thit k hot ng trong h thng.
b.
Any automatic gain control system that is included.

Bt k h thng iu khin khuych i t ng c bao gm.
c.
Design level of all TV outlets.

Mc thit k ca tt c cc cm TV.
19.1.10 All equipment, materials, fittings and accessories used shall be suitable for use in temperature
and ambient conditions that will exist in the locations where the equipment is installed, it is
assumed that the air temperatures will rise to 45 degree C and relative humidity will rise to 100%.
Ton b thit b, vt liu, chi tit ni v ph kin c dng s thch hp s dng trong cc
iu kin nhit v khng kh bn ngoi hin c ti ni lp t, n c gi nh rng nhit
khng kh tng ti 450C v m tng i ti 100%.
19.1.11 In selecting makes and types of equipment, the Contractor is deemed to have ascertained that
facilities for proper maintenance, repair and replacement can be provided without such a delay as
could cause inconvenience or loss to the Employer.
Khi la chn loi thit b, Nh thu c coi l bit chc chn v cc bin php bo dng,
sa cha v thay th ng cch khng gy chm tr, m nu xy ra chng c th lm bt tin
hoc gy tn tht cho Ch u t.
19.1.12 All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate BS or CP or an
approved equivalent standard required by local authorities.
Ton b thit b, vt liu v tay ngh c dng s tun theo BS hoc CP thch hp hoc tiu
chun tng ng c thng qua do c quan chc nng a phng yu cu.
19.1.13 All equipment and materials used in the CABD system shall be in accordance with the list of
approved equipment, issued by the Local Authority.
Ton b thit b, vt liu c dng trong h thng CABD s tun theo Danh mc thit b CABD
c thng qua dng cng cng ln xut bn mi nht.
19.1.14 The system shall include, but not be limited to, the following as required to give satisfactory
performance with very low noise figure:
H thng s bao gm, nhng khng ch gii hn nh vy, cc b phn sau y khi c yu cu
p ng yu cu vn hnh tha ng vi mc n rt thp:
a.
Antenna
ng ten
b.
Low noise pre-amplifier

B tin khuych i ting n thp
c.
Channel conversion equipment with channel amplifier

Thit b i knh c b khuych i knh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
275
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
d.
Dish antenna
ng ten cho
e.
Low noise converter

B i knh ting n thp
f.
Satellite receiver
B thu tn hiu v tinh
g.
Up-conventer
B chuyn i tng tn s
h.
TV modulator
B iu bin TV
i.
Coaxial cable
Cp ng trc
j.
Splitter units/tee-off units

B phn chia
k.
TV FM/TV socket outlet

cm TV FM/ TV
l.
Automatic gain controller (AGC)

B iu khin h s khuych i t ng (AGC).
All amplifier, channel converter, power supply units, splitter units shall be located at electrical
meter room on the respective floor.
Ton b cc b khuych i, b i knh, ngun cp in, b phn chia c t bung in
ti tng tng ng.
19.2
Antenna
ng ten
19.2.1
The antenna should be mounted on a mast separated from other services at the upper roof level.
Exact location shall be determined by the Contractor and co-ordinated with other services.
ng ten c lp trn tr tch bit vi cc h thng khc trn mi. V tr chnh xc ca ng ten
c Nh thu xc nh v c phi hp vi cc Nh thu khc.
19.2.2
The antenna and the mast should be heavy duty, suitable for outdoor mounting and be able to
withstand the most severe weather conditions in Hong Kong.
ng ten v tr chu c ti nng, thch hp cho vic lp ngoi nh v c th chu c thi tit
khc nghit nht Vit nam.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the builder's work required for the installation of the
above.
Nh thu c trch nhim v cng vic xy dng c yu cu lp t ng ten
The antenna and mast shall be able to withstand a windthrust of 200 km/hr.
ng ten v tr chu c sc gi ti 200 km/ gi.
Details of builder's work must be submitted for approval by the Clients representative prior to
commencement of the installation.
Chi tit ca cng vic xy dng cn c np Kin trc s thng qua trc khi bt u lp
t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
276
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.2.3
TV/FM antenna shall be of heavy-duty corrosion resistant seamless chrome-aluminium alloy

construction with especial corrosion resistant finish, and specially designed for CABD service.
ng ten TV/ FM l loi ch to bng hp kim nhm, chng r, chu c ti nng c lp hon
thin c bit chng r, c thit k ring cho h thng CABD.
19.2.4
The antenna shall be adequately earthed and protected against lightning.

ng ten c ni t ng cch v c bo v chng st.
19.2.5
The TV antenna should normally have a gain of 13-15 dB and a front to back ratio of at least 28
dB. The impedance of the antenna should be 75 ohm unbalanced.
ng ten TV thng c b khuych i 13 - 15 dB v t l quy i ti thiu bng 28dB. Tr khng
ca ng ten l 75 khng cn bng.
19.2.6
The FM antenna shall have a gain of 4-7 dB subject to the site condition. The antenna shall be
suitable for receiving signals in the FM band between 88 MHZ and 108 MHZ. The impedance of
the antenna shall be 75 ohm.
ng ten FM c b khuych i 4 - 7 dB ty theo iu kin cng trng. ng ten FM thch hp
tip nhn tn hiu cc bng FM gia 88Hz v 108Hz. Tr khng ca ng ten l 75 .
19.2.7
Parabolic Aluminium Satellite TV Dish Antenna

ng ten cho parabol TV v tinh bng nhm
The dish antenna of aluminium construction shall be light-weight, rugged and durable in exposed
weather condition. The dish antenna shall be supported by heavy duty, hot-dip galvanized,
rugged elevation-over-azimuth type mounts. The entire installation shall be able to withstand the
most severe weather condition. Detail of the builder's work required must be submitted to the
Clients representative for approval prior to commencement of work.
ng ten cho parabol TV v tinh bng nhm c trng lng nh, c gia tng cng v
chng mi mn, c bn chu c tc ng ca thi tit bn ngoi. ng ten cho parabol
c bng chi tit gi c gia tng cng v chng mi mn, trng km nhng nng, chu
c ti nng. H thng sau khi lp t c th chu c thi tit khc nghit nht Vit nam.
Chi tit ca cng vic xy dng cn c np Kin trc s thng qua trc khi bt u lp
t.
Technical Specification :
Quy cch k thut:
Operating frequency
Tn s hot ng
4 Ghz/12 Ghz
4Ghz/ 12 Ghz
Diameter
ng knh
3.0m
3.0m
Reflective material
Vt liu phn chiu
C/Ku mesh
li C/K
Focal length to diameter ratio

T s chiu di tiu im trn ng knh
0.4
0.4
Focal length
Chiu di tiu im
1.15m
1.15m
Gain @4.2 Ghz

H s khuych i 4.2 Ghz
40 dBi
40dBi
Gain @12.2 Ghz

H s khuych i 12.2 Ghz
48 dBi
48dBi
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
277
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Beam width
Chiu rng chm tia
1.7 degrees
1.7
19.3
Low Noise Pre-amplifier

B tin khuych i mc nhiu thp
19.3.1
Wideband pre-amplifier shall be used in weak field strength areas and shall be designed for low
noise operation and packaged for outdoor use.
B tin khuych i bng rng c dng trong vng sng yu v c thit k hot ng vi
mc nhiu thp v nguyn chic cho iu kin ngoi tri.
19.3.2
The pre-amplifier shall comply with the following requirements:

B tin khuych i s tun theo cc yu cu sau:
Television Standard
Frequency
Gain
Gain Control Range
Input
Maximum Output Level
Noise Figure
Flatness of Response
Screen Factor
VSWR (Input & Output)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Impedance (Input & Output)

Connectors
Operating temperature
Operating Humidity
Power Supply
:
:
:
:
:
CCIR - PAL I System

VHF FM : 88 to 110 MHz
Manufacturer's specification
In accordance with manufacturer's specification
Split input configuration preferred
Manufacturer's Specification
Less than 2.5 dB
1 dB
60 dB minimum
Input VHF Better than 1.5:1
Input VHF Better than 2:1
Output Better than 2:1
75 ohms
Saddle and screwclamp for coaxial cable
- 10 to + 60 degree centigrade
Up to 100%
220V 6% AC 50 Hz plus or minus 1 Hz
Safety Isolation
BS415
Lp cch in an ton
theo BS 415
Tested at 2kV r.m.s. designed to confirm to
c th nghim vi 2kV r.m.s c thit k
Hum modulation
iu bin ting
:
:
Greater than -50 dB

Ln hn - 50 dB
Housing
V
:
:
Outdoor Application
dung ngoi tri
19.4
Amplifiers
B khuych i
19.4.1
Signal amplification within the system shall be provided with channel amplifier at the headend for
signal processing.
Khuych i tn hiu trong h thng c thc hin bng b khuych i knh u x l tn
hiu.
19.4.2
The channel amplifier shall be equipped with automatic gain control circuitry.
B khuych i knh c mch iu khin h s khuych i t ng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
278
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.4.3
Amplifier module units shall be suitably screened from radio interference caused by lift
equipment, starter, etc.
B khuych i c mn chn thch hp trnh nhiu radio gy ra bi thang my, b khi ng
.v.v.
19.4.4
All amplifiers shall be designed to be operated at a gain 20% below the rated maximum.
Tt c cc b khuych i c thit k hot ng h s khuych i 20% thp hn tr s
danh nh ln nht.
19.4.5
Channel amplifiers for TV signals and automatic gain control shall comply with the following
requirement:
B khuych i knh cho tn hiu TV v iu khin h s khuych i t ng tun theo cc yu
cu sau y:
Television Standard
Tiu chun TV
CCIR - PAL I System

H thng CCIR - PAL 1
Frequency Range
Tn s
Band IV & V
Bng IV & V
Gain
H s khuych i
Up to manufacturer's specification
Theo quy cch k thut ca nh sn xut
Gain Control Range
Maximum Output Level

Mc ng xut ln nht
Up to manufacturer's specification
Noise Figure
Mc nhiu
Less than 7 dB
Nh hn 7 dB
Vary in accordance with manufacturer's

Specification
Khong iu khin h s khuych i: Theo quy cch k thut ca nh sn xut
Flatness of Response
:
Plus or minus 1 dB within channel
phng ca p tuyn tn s: 1 dB trong knh
AGC Facility
of
Plus or minus 1 dB output variation for a change

plus or minus 10 dB input full range centred at a
nominal input
1 dB thay i ng xut cho mt ln i ca 10 dB,
khong ton phn c t trng tm ng xut danh
nh.
at for plus or minus 8 MHz less than 7 dB at for
AGC
Selectivity
plus
or minus 16 MHz less than 15dB at for plus

or minus 20 MHz less than 20dB at for plus
or minus 28 MHz less than 28dB
Cho 8MHz nh hn 7dB
Cho 16MHz nh hn 15dB
chn lc
Power
Ngun in
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
220V 6%, 50 Hz plus or minus 1 Hz, a.c.

220V 6% xoay chiu, 50Hz 1Hz
279
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Power Consumption
Tiu th in
Safety Isolation
Lp cch in an ton
Housing
V
Less than 3W
t hn 3W
Tested at 2 kV r.m.s. to confirm to BS415
c th nghim vi 2kV r.m.s c thit k theo
BS 415
: Either internally or externally fully screened metal

box
complete
with
suitable
mounting
lugs
for
vertical
mounting
Dng cho c trong v ngoi nh bng hp kim loi
c mn chn, c vu thch hp lin kt thng
ng.
Earthing
Ni t
Identification
K hiu
Accessories
accessories
Ph kin
All metal parts shall be properly earthed

Ton b cc phn kim loi c ni
t ng cch
Clearly marked 'IN' & 'OUT' signal sockets
Cc cm tn hiu c nh du r rng
VO & RA
All
necessary
coaxial
cable
Tt c cc nt cp ng trc v ph kin.
Screen Factor
H s mn
: 60 dB minimum
Ti thiu 60dB
Hum Modulation
iu bin ting
: Greater than -50 dB

Ln hn - 50dB
Connectors
Chi tit ni
: Saddle and screwclamp for coaxial cable

ai , kp vt cho cp ng trc
Operating Temperature
Nhit hot ng
: -10 to +60 degree centigrade

-10 ti + 600C
Operating Humidity
m hot ng
: Up to 100%
Ti 100%
Power Supply
VSWR (ng nhp v
ng xut)
: 220V 6% AC 50 Hz plus or minus H2

ng nhp VHF tt hn 1.5: 1
ng nhp VHF tt hn 2 : 1
ng xut tt hn 2: 1
Safety Isolation
Tr khng (ng nhp v
ng xut)
: Tested at 2kV rms designed to confirm to BS 415

75
Housing
: Outdoor application
VSWR
: Input VHF Better than 1.5:1

UHF Better than 2:1
Output Better than 2:1
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
280
plugs
and
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Impedance (Input & Output)
19.4.6
: 75 ohm
Coaxial sockets
cm ng trc
: IEC 169-2
IEC 169 - 2
Operating Temperature
Operating Humidity
: Up to 100%
-10 deg. C to + 60 deg.C
Distribution Amplifier
B khuych i phn phi
The wideband amplifier shall comply with the following requiremen :
B khuych i bng rng tun theo cc yu cu sau y:
19.5
Television Standard
Tiu chun TVL
:
CCIR -RAL I System
h thng CCIR RAL 1
Frequency Range
Khong tn s
:
:
88 - 860 MHz
88 860 MHz
Gain
H s khch i
Manufacturer's specification maximum allowable

gain not more than 40 dB
theo quy cch k thut ca nh sn xut, h s
khch i cho php ln nht khng ln hn 40dB
Feedhorn/Low Noise Block Converter (LNB)

B bin i vnh loa/ khi mc nhiu thp
Technical Specification :
Quy cch k thut
C-Band
Bng C
Input frequency
Tn s ng nhp
:
:
3.7 to 4.2 GHz

3.7 ti 4.2 GHz
Output frequency
Tn s ng xuat61L
:
:
950 to 1450 MHz

950 ti 1450 MHz
Power gain
H s khch i ngun
:
:
65 dB
65dB
Noise figure at 25C

Mc nhiu ti 25C
:
:
25K to 55K
250K ti 550K
Gain variations (-40C to 60C): 3.0dB P-P

Thay i h s khch i (-40C: 3.0dB P-P
Ti 60C)
Flatness
:
1.0dB P-P/40 MHz
phng ca p tuyn tn s: 1.0dB P-P/40 MHz
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
281
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.6
C-Band Satellite Receiver

My thu tn hiu v tinh bng - C
Technical specification
Quy cch k thut
Input frequency
Tn s ng nhp
:
:
950 to 1750 MHz

950 ti 1750 MHz
Input impedance
Tr khng ng nhp
:
:
750 ohms
750 ohms
Input level
Mc ng nhp
:
:
-20 to -55 dBm

-20 ti -55 dBm
IF frequency
Tn s IF
:
:
70 MHz
70 MHz
IF bandwidth
Bng rng IF
:
:
16 to 36 MHz
16 ti 36 MHz
Image rejection
Thi lc hnh nh
:
:
20 dB min.
20 dB min.
Threshold level
Mc ngng
:
:
Better than 8 dB C/N

ln hn 8 dB C/N
Video de-emphasis
Mch chnh gim video
:
:
CCIR 405-1, 625 lines

CCIR 405-1, 625 dng
Video frequency response

p tuyn tn s video
:
:
30 Hz to 5 MHz
30 Hz ti 5 MHz
Energy dispersion
Removal
Kh tn x
Clamping more than 40 dB
kp ln hn 40 dB
Video output level

Mc ng xut video
:
:
1V
1V
Video output impedance

Tr khng ng xut video
:
:
75 ohms
75 ohms
Audio subcarrier
:
5.0 to 9 MHz
(A or B)
(continuously tunable)
Sng mang th cp m thanh (A hoc B) 5.0 ti 9 MHz
Audio bandwidth
Bng m thanh
:
:
150 to 280 KHz

150 ti 280 KHz
Audio frequency response

p tuyn tn s m
:
:
50 Hz to 15 KHz
50 Hz ti 15 KHz
Audio de-emphasis
Mch chnh gim m
:
:
50/75 S
50/75 S
Audio output level

unbalanced
0 dB/600 ohm
(adjustable)
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
282
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Mc ng xut m khng cn bng: 0 dB/600 ohm

Audio harmonic distortion
mo song hi m
19.7
:
:
1% max.
1% ln nht.
Up-converter
B chuyn i tng tn s
Up-converters shall be provided for the conversion of Intermediate Frequency (IF) into Ultra High
Frequency (UHF).
B chuyn i tng tn s c b tr bin i tn s trung gian (IF) thnh tn s siu cao
(UHF)
19.8
Technical specification
Quy cch k thut
:
:
29 dB
29 dB
Gain
H s khuych i
:
:
100 dB V
100 dB V
Input level
(adjustable)
Mc ng nhp
112 to 123 dB V
112 ti 123 dB V (c th iu chnh)
TV Modulator
B iu bin TV
TV modulators shall be provided for the remodulation of satellite TV programmes and the
feeding-in into the CABD system. Built-in surface acoustic wave filters shall be provided for high
suppression of harmonics.
B iu bin TV c b tr iu bin li chng trnh TV v tinh v chuyn thnh h thng
CABD. B lc sng cch m b mt c cp trit sng hi cao:
Technical specification :
Quy cch k thut
RF input signal level
Mc tn hiu ng nhp RF
:
:
-25 dBm to -55 dBm

- 25 dBm ti -55 dBm
RF input frequency range

Khong tn s ng nhp RF
:
:
950-1750 MHz
950 - 1750 MHz
Static threshold
Ngng tnh
:
:
6.5 dB C/N typical

6.5 dB C/N in hnh
Video 1F bandwidth
Di bng video 1F
:
:
27 MHz
27 MHz
Video output level

Mc ng xut video
:
:
1vp-p, externally adjustable

1vp - p, c th iu chnh bn ngoi
Video modulation mode

Phng thc iu bin video
:
:
AM vestigial sideband modulation

B iu bin di bng AM
Audio IF bandwidth
Di bng m IF
:
:
180/280 kHz, internally switchable

180/ 280 kHz, c th ngt trong
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
283
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Audio frequency response

p tuyn tn s m
:
:
5-8 MHz, continuously tunable

5 - 8 MHz, iu hng c lin tc
RF Output frequency
Tn s ng xut RF
:
:
PAL G/I - UHF, 470-860 MHz

PAL G/I - UHF, 470 - 860 MHz
RF Output level
adjustable
Mc ng xut RF
lin tc.
100 dBuV (maximum), with 10 dB continuous
100 dBuV (ln nht), vi 10 dB c th iu chnh
19.9
Frequency Converter
B bin i tn s
19.9.1
The frequency convention equipment shall comply with the following requirement:
Thit b bin i tn s s theo cc yu cu sau:
Television Standard
CCIR - PAL I System
Tiu chun TV
H thng CCIR - PAL 1
Converted Frequency
:
RF, VHF bands I & III and UHF Bands IV and
VBand (specific frequency to be determined by the Telecommunications Authority.)
Tn s c bin i
: RF, bang VHF I & III v bang UHF IV v V (tn s c bit
c xc nh bi c quan chc nng
thng tin)
Frequency Stability
220V) plus or
n nh tn s
thay
cng hoc tr
Drift plus or minus 75 kHz (0 deg. C to 55 deg. C)

for supply voltage variation (100Vminus 1 Hz
Tri git tn s 75 kHz (00C ti 550 C) cho
i in p ngun) (100 V - 220V)
1Hz.
Selectivity
(where
of the channel)
chn lc
At for plus or minus 16 MHz less than 55 dB

for - centre frequency
vi + hoc - 16 MHz nh hn 55dB (cho tn s

trung tm ca knh)
Noise Figure
Mc nhiu
:
:
Less than 10 dB
Nh hn 10 dB
Linearity
tuyn tnh qut dng
:
:
Less than 3%
nh hn 3%
Differential Gain
H s khch i chnh lch
:
:
Less than 2%
nh hn 2%
Differential Phase
Chnh lch pha
:
:
Less than 2 deg.

nh hn 2
Picture Sync Ratio

:
Less than 2%
mo t l ng b hnh nh: nh hn 2%
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
284
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Distortion
Group Delay
Ko di thi gian nhm
19.10
:
:
Less than 25 nS
nh hn 25nS
Co-axial Cables
Cp ng trc
19.10.1 The system wiring shall be run in galvanized conduit and trunking.
H thng dy chy trong hp i dy/ ng i dy.
75 ohm impedance co-axial copper cable specially designed for transmitting TV and AM/FM
signal shall be used. Main trunk feeder shall conform to BS5425 Part 1 type E or above. Tee
feeder shall comply with BS5425 Part 1 type F or above.
ng cp bng ng ng trc tr khng 75 c thit k c bit truyn tn hiu TV v
AM/ FM s c s dng. ng cp chnh trong hp i dy s theo BS 5425 Phn 1 loi E
hoc ln hn. Dy cp T s theo BS 5425 Phn 1 loi E hoc ln hn.
Co-axial cable shall not be bent to a radius smaller than 5 times the diameter of the cable. Joints
in cable runs and looping of cables at outlet terminals shall NOT be allowed.
Cp ng trc khng c un vi bn knh nh hn 5 ln ng knh cp. Cc mi ni ng
cp chy v cun vng cp u ni ngoi s KHNG c php.
All wiring shall be properly installed and segregated in accordance with BS7671 : 1992 (IEE
Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition).
Ton b ng cp c lp t ng cch v c chia tch theo BS 7671: 1992 (Quy phm
ng dy IEE, xut bn ln th 16).
The Contractor shall install 25mm surface conduit terminating at the amplifier cabinet to enclose
the aerial down lead. The minimum accepted performance for the cable structural return loss is
at least -26 dB. To ensure this, all co-axial cables used in the system shall be swept across the
full band width.
Nh thu s lp ng dn dy 25mm c lp trn b mt, c kt ni ngn b khuych i
dn u ng ten xung. Hot ng ti thiu c chp nhn cho tn hao kt cu ng cp
ti thiu l - 26 dB. m bo iu ny, cp ng trc c dng trong h thng s c qut
ngang qua chiu rng bng ton phn.
Every co-axial trunk line shall be correctly terminated. The return loss of trunk termination shall
be at least -26 dB.
Mi ng hp i dy ng trc s c kt thc ng cch. Tn hao phn x ca u hp i
dy s ti thiu bng - 26dB.
The incoming TV signals shall be balanced. For this purpose, installation shall include a
separate signal processor to minimise cross modulation and to ensure the best utilisation of
amplifiers capability.
Cc tn hiu n ca TV s c cn bng. t c mc tiu ny, phi lp b x l tn hiu
ring gim thiu iu bin xuyn v m bo tn dng tt nht kh nng ca b khuych i.
The co-axial cables shall be used as follows :Cp ng trc s c s dng nh sau:
a.
Main trunk and aerial lead-in polyethylene foam insulated, loss not more than 15 dB per
100m at 500 megahertz.
Cc hp i dy chnh v bt xp plythylen u vo ca ng ten, tn hao khng nhiu
hn 15dB cho 100m 500 MHz.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
285
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
Tee feeders to outlets, similar to above, loss not to exceed 20 dB per 100m at 500
megahertz.
Dy dn T ti cc cm, tng t vi phn trn, tn hao khng nhiu hn 20dB cho 100m
500 MHz.
All co-axial cable ends exposed during installation shall be taped to prevent the entry of moisture.
A minimum length of 300mm shall be left at each termination end for cut-off at the time of
termination.
Ton b cc u cp ng trc c l ra trong khi lp t s c cun bng dnh ngn m.
Mt on di ti thiu 300mm s c li mi u cc ct i khi ni u cc.
No cable junctions will be permitted other than at wall outlet points at the rising shaft television
terminal strip location.
Cc ch ni cp s khng c php ni cc v tr khc vi cc v tr cm tng, ti v tr
di u ni TV trc ng.
Hot wire stripper shall be used for the removal of co-axial cable dielectric. Knife or cuttings
trippers shall not be used.
Chi tit ni bng dy thp nung nng s c s dng loi b hin tng ngt in cp
ng trc. Dao hoc c cu nh kiu ct s khng c s dng.
Great care shall be exercised during the installation of the co-axial cables to avoid excess tension
on the cables and to avoid sharp bends or kinks. Any cable which is sharply bent or kinked shall
be removed, discarded and replaced. Junctions shall be made in a manner which reduces the
production
of
reflections
or
standing
waves
to
a
minimum.
Cn phi c bit ch khi lp t cp ng trc trnh cp b ko qu mc v trnh cp b
un gp. Bt k ng cp no b un gp phi loi b, c thay th. Cc ch ni cn phi
thc hin theo cch gim ti ti thiu vic to ra sng phn x.
19.11
FM/TV Socket Outlet

Cc cm FM/TV
19.11.1 FM/TV or TV socket outlet shall be designed for flush mounting on standard 47mm deep BS
4662 box and shall be of colour satin chrome.
Cc cm TV hoc FM/TV c thit k lp phng vi hp tiu chun c su 47mm theo
BS 4662, c mu trng hoc mu ng.
19.11.2 FM/TV or TV socket outlet shall be a type approved by the Telecommunication Authority and
shall comply with the following requirement.
Cc cm TV hoc FM/TV l loi c c quan chc nng v thng tin lin lc thng qua v
tun theo cc yu cu sau y.
Frequency Range :
Khong tn s
:
470 to 860 MHz and / or 88 to 860 MHz

470 ti 860 MHz v / hoc 88 ti 860 MHz
Features
Cc chi tit
Distribution Loss :
Tn hao phn phi :
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Single outlets configuration, flush mounting type complete with

plastic cover. The TV socket outlet shall only accept a male plug
while FM/TV socket outlet shall accept 2 male plug.
Cu hnh cm n, loi c lp phng c np nha. cm TV
s ch chp nhn mt nt ngoi, trong khi cm FM/TV chp nhn
phch cm 2 nt ngoi
Not more than 1.5 dB
Khng nhiu hn 1.5 dB
286
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Screening factor
H s mn
:
:
60 dB for RF shield application

60dB p dng mn RF
Connection to TV :
Outlet
Mi vi cm TV :
IES - 169-2 (plug)
Impedance
Tr khng
:
:
75 ohm
75 ohm
Safety Isolation
Cch ly an ton
:
:
Tested at 2kV rms

c th nghim 2 kV rms
IES 169 -2 (phch cm)
19.11.3 Suitable isolating, blocking and balancing components shall be provided for all socket outlets
such that any number from one to the complete number of duct outlets may be used on any
channel at one time without causing interference to any other outlet.
Cc b phn cn bng, c cu kha lin ng v cch ly thch hp c b tr cho tt c cc
cm theo cch m bt k mt cm cho ti ton b cm ca cc cm ng dn c th c
dng cho bt k knh no ti cng thi im m khng gy nhiu vi cm khc.
Film resistance type resistor of an approved type shall be used.
in tr loi mng c thng qua s c s dng.
Capacitors used shall be of an approved type with an AC voltage rating not less than 400 volts
and blocking capacitors shall be of sufficient capacity to avoid attenuating the low frequency
television signals significantly.
in dung c dng l loi c thng qua c in p danh nh xoay chiu khng nh hn
400 V v in dung c kh nng trnh gim tn hiu truyn hnh tn s thp.
All isolating, blocking and balancing components shall be installed on a copper laminate circuit
board fitted within the terminal box.
Cc b phn cn bng, c cu kha lin ng v cch ly s c lp bng mch phng bng
ng c b tr bn trong hp u ni.
19.12
Splitter and Tee-off Units

B phn chia v thit b phn nhnh
19.12.1 Splitter and tee-off units shall be housed in metallic enclosure with distinctive label on it.
B phn chia v thit b phn nhnh c t trong v kim loi c nhn ring
19.12.2 All splitter units and tee-off shall have a wide bandwidth to allow cascaded mode of operation and
shall comply with the following requirement.
Ton b cc b phn chia v thit b phn nhnh c bng rng cho php vn hnh v tun
theo cc yu cu sau y:
Frequency Range
Khong tn s
:
:
88 to 860 MHz and 470 to 860 MHz

88 ti 860 MHZ v 470 ti 860 MHz
Number of outputs or
S ca ng xut
:
:
Manufacturer's specification taps connection

Lin kt theo quy cch k thut ca nh sn xut
Through loss
Tn tht
:
:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
287
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.13
Side loss
Tn tht bn
Mutual attenuation
gim cm ting
At least 13 dB for splitters between outputs and 30 dB for

tap-off units at all in-band frequencies
Ti thiu 13 dB cho b phn chia gia cc ng xut v
30 dB cho thit b ngt tt c cc tn s
Screening factor
H s mn chn
:
:
60 dB for RF shield application

60 dB khi p dng tm chn RF
Impedance
Tr khng
:
:
75 ohm
75 ohm
VSWR Band IV
Band V
VSWR Bng IV
Bng V
:
:
:
:
2:1
1.5:1
2:1
1:5:1
Power Supply Unit

Thit b cp in ngun
19.13.1 The power supply units for the CABD equipments shall be designed to operate on single phase
220V plus or minus 6%, 50 Hz ac power supply.
Thit b cp in ngun cho CABD c thit k hot ng vi pha n 220V 6%, ngun
in xoay chiu 50 Hz.
19.13.2 The Contractor shall provide for all the power points (including that not shown on the Drawings)
required for the CABD system equipment at the Contractor cost. No extra cost or time extension
shall be claimed for these power supply.
Nh thu s cung cp tt c cc im cp in (k c cc im khng c th hin cc bn
v) c yu cu cho h thng CABD bng chi ph ca Nh thu. Khng c tnh thm tin
hoc ko di thi gian cho cng vic cp in ny.
19.14
Signal Strength
Cng tn hiu
The Contractor shall be responsible for investigating the actual site conditions and finding out the
signal strength that may affect the choice and installation of their own equipment before
submission of his tender. The Contractor shall be deemed to have taken into account the signal
strength available on site, and shall guarantee the system performances as stipulated by the
Telecommunication Authority.
Nh thu s c trch nhim kho st iu kin thc t ti cng trng v tm cc cng tn
hiu, chng c th nh hng n vic chn la v lp t cc thit b ring ca Nh thu trc
khi np h s thu. Nh thu c coi l tnh n cng tn hiu hin c ti cng trng,
v s m bo h thng c vn hnh theo quy nh ca c quan chc nng thng tin lin lc.
19.15
Installation Requirement
Cc yu cu lp t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
288
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.15.1 All coaxial cables shall be properly installed in conduit/trunking system and segregated in
accordance with the 16th Edition of IEE Regulation.
Ton b ng cp ng trc s c lp t ng cch trong h thng ng i dy / hp i dy
v c phn on theo quy phm IEE, xut bn ln th 16.
19.15.2 All equipment shall be housed in metallic enclosure with distinctive labels on the cover of the
enclosure door.
Ton b thit b c t trong v kim loi c nhn hiu ring np ca v.
19.15.3 The Contractor shall install conduits terminating at the amplifier cabinet to enclose the aerial
down lead.
Nh thu s lp t ng i dy kt ni ngn t b khuych i lin kt vi dy ngten
xung t.
19.15.4 The electrical wiring shall be installed in a trunking and conduit system. Trunkings and conduits
shall be completely separated from those of other services, and the trunking and conduit system
for the installation shall be used exclusively and solely for the purpose with no wiring of other
services present in the same turnking and conduit system, unless otherwise specified or directed
by the Clients representative.
Cc ng dy in c lp trong h thng hp i dy v ng i dy. Cc hp i dy v ng i
dy s c tch ri hon ton vi cc h thng k thut khc, v vic lp t h thng hp i
dy v ng i dy s c s dng ch cho mc ch c nh sn, khng c ng dy no
ca cc h thng k thut khc c c mt cng hp i dy v ng i dy, tr phi c quy nh
hoc ch th khc ca K s.
19.15.5 Whenever possible, all wiring shall be grouped and installed together in a neat and tidy manner.
For data control and other auxiliary circuit wirings, different insulator colours shall be provided to
distinguish the various circuits. In any circumstance, all wires shall have at both ends a coded
ferrule of insulating material permanently marked with suitable characters and codes of
identification purposes. Each connection shall terminate at an approved type of terminal block or
be soldered as required. Each connection shall be suitably labelled.
Khi c th, tt c cc ng dy s c b li v c lp t vi nhau gn gng v cht. i
vi cc ng dy iu khin d liu v cc mch ph tr khc, chng s c cc mu sc khc
nhau phn bit cc mch khc nhau. Trong mi trng hp, cc ng dy u c cc th
c nh s m c 2 u v loi vt liu cch in c nh du vnh cu bng cc ch v
m s thch hp d nhn bit. Mi lin kt s c kt ni u cc l loi c thng
qua, hoc c hn khi c yu cu. Mi lin kt u c nhn thch hp.
19.15.6 The Contractor shall allow for sufficient length of cables, and make special arrangement for
system run and the circuit routings passing across expansion joints of the building.
Nh thu s cp chiu di cp, thc hin cc bin php c bit lp t h thng v cc
ng dy chy ngang qua khe gin n ca cng trnh.
19.15.7 The wiring and termination sequence at all terminal strips shall be consistent and a termination
chart shall be provided in the removable cover indicating conductor colours and numbers relating
to the respective systems.
Trnh t ca ng dy v u cc tt c cc di u cc s nht qun, s c s u cc
cc v bc c th tho ra ch mu sc v s lng lin quan ti h thng tng ng.
19.15.8 No joints shall be permitted other than at amplifier, output terminals and for hospital applications
termination strips located in vertical ducts at each ward floor.
Cc mi ni s khng c php ni, ngoi tr b khuych i, cc u cc ra.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
289
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
19.16
Testing and Commissioning

Th nghim v chy th
19.16.1 Design Verification

Kim tra thit k
The Contractor shall submit signal level calculation to verify the proposed CABD system
complying with the design intent shown on the Drawings.
Nh thu s np tnh ton mc tn hiu kim tra h thng CABD d kin ph hp vi nh
thit k c th hin cc bn v.
All equipment for CABD system shall be subjected to bench test at the Contractors premises
witnessed by the Clients representative. All special tools, equipment, test objects required for
the demonstration of the bench tests shall be made available by the Contractor at no extra cost.
Ton b thit b ca h thng CABD s c th nghim trn b gi xng ca Nh thu, c
s chng kin ca K s. Ton b cc dng c, thit b c bit, cc i tng th nghim c
yu cu thc hin cc th nghim trn b gi s c Nh thu chun b m khng tnh thm
gi.
In the event of the component units and/or cables failing in such tests and/or the system
proposed not meeting the requirements specified herein due to the usage of the inconsistent
component units or cables, the Contractor shall redesign the system or replace with proper
component units or cables and resubmit to the Clients representative for final acceptance before
the installation is commenced. Any extra costs incurred by such redesign or replacement of
component units and cables including additional component units and cables shall be borne by
the Contractor with no charge to the Employer.
Trong trng hp cc b phn v / hoc cc ng cp b hng trong cc th nghim , hoc
h thng c d kin khng p ng cc yu cu c quy nh di y do vic s dng
cc b phn khng nht qun, Nh thu phi thit k li h thng hoc thay th bng cc thit b,
ng cp thch hp, v np li K s thng qua ln cui trc khi bt u lp t. Bt k cc
chi ph ph ca cc vic thit k li hoc thay th cc thit b, ng cp, k c cc thit b,
ng cp b sung s do Nh thu chu m khng tnh thm tin vi Ch u t.
19.16.2 Operational Tests
Th vn hnh
On completing the installation, the Contractor shall test all outlets and demonstrate the perfect
operation of the system using a field strength meter, a colour monitor TV set and a radio receiver
connected to each outlet to the satisfaction of the Clients representative.
Khi hon thnh vic lp t, Nh thu s th nghim ton b cc hng ra v chng minh vic
vn hnh tri chy ca h thng bng cch s dng cc ng h o cng trng, TV mu
v i radio c ni vi mi hng ra p ng yu cu ca K s.
19.16.3 System Tests
Th h thng
The Contractor shall carry out an output level measurement at every outlets, and shall ensure
that the requirement stipulated under the specification listed are fully complied with. The exact
method of measurement shall be proposed by the Contractor and agreed with the Clients
representative. Six (6) copies of the test results submitted for record.
Nh thu s thc hin o mc u ra mi hng ra, v m bo rng h thng tun theo cc
yu cu c quy nh theo quy cch k thut c lit k. Phng php o chnh xc s
c Nh thu xut v c K s thng qua. Su (6) b copy ca cc kt qu th nghim
s c np lm h s.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
290
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
All measuring equipment shall be provided by the Contractor.

Ton b dng c o s do Nh thu cp.
19.16.4 The Contractor shall inform Clients representative before carrying out of the above tests.
Nh thu s thng bo cho K s / Kin trc s trc khi thc hin cc th nghim ni trn.
19.16.5 The Contractor shall carry out the tests for the inspection of Clients representative if requested by
Clients representative.
Nh thu s thc hin cc th nghim K s/ Kin trc s kim tra nu c yu cu bi K
s / Kin trc s.
19.17
Government Licence & Insurance

Cc giy php v bo him
19.17.1 The Contractor shall apply for the Government licence of the satellite dish installation and pay for
the all fee charged by Government Authority for the operation of the system for the period not
less than the defect liability period.
Nh thu s np n xin giy php lp t ngten cho v tinh, v tr ton b cc ph cho cc c
quan chc nng v vn hnh ca h thng cho giai on khng ngn hn thi k sa cha
khuyt tt.
19.17.2 The Contractor shall pay for any insurance for the satellite dish antenna system as per local
Authority requirements for the period not less than defect liability period.
Nh thu s tr bo him cho h thng ngten cho v tinh theo yu cu ca cc c quan chc
nng cho giai on khng ngn hn thi k sa cha khuyt tt.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
291
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 20 AUTOMATIC CARPARK CONTROL SYSTEM

PHN 20 H THNG IU KHIN BI XE T NG
20.1
General
Tng quan
20.1.1
A proprietary designed and manufactured automatic car parking system shall consist of the
barrier gate, smartcard reader, credit card reader and transaction module, paper ticket dispenser,
long range detection device, anti-pass back card-reader, vehicle detector, monitoring panel and
point-of-sale (POS) workstation.
H thng bi u xe t ng c sn xut v thit k chnh xc phi bao gm thanh chn cng,
u c th thng minh, u c th tn dng v b chuyn giao, b pht v, thit b d t xa,
u c th chng ra ngc, u d xe, t gim st v my trm
20.1.2
The car parking system shall be provided to automate the operation of car park entrances/exits
for both the tenants/resident and visitors vehicles.
H thng bi u xe t ng phi c cung cp vn hnh t ng cc cng ra/vo cho c xe
khch v xe ca ngi thu/c dn
20.1.3
Ticket dispenser shall be provided for hourly and any pre-defined period parking.
My pht v phi c cung cp vic u xe vi bt k khong thi gian nh trc v hng gi
20.1.4
The anti-pass back card-reader shall complete with intercommunication for a phonic
communication between the visitor and the security guard in guard room.
u c th chng xe ra ngc phi hon thin vi h thng giao tip thoi ni b truyn
thng gia khch v nhn vin an ninh trong phng bo v
20.1.5
An integral manual control switch shall be provided in the system and situated inside guard room.
The manual control switch shall enable the security guard to activate lifting of the barrier arm to
allow access of visitors.
Cng tc iu khin bng tay c tch hp trong h thng v t bn trong phng bo v. Cng
tc iu khin bng tay ny cho php nhn vin bo v kch hot nng tay chn m cng cho
khch ra vo.
20.1.6
Provide Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) monitoring System for vehicle license recognition
system and image capture system. The CCTV cameras shall also capture and record divers
image and car number at the entrance and exit barrier gate.
Cung cp h thng gim st bng hnh nh (CCTV) cho h thng nhn dng xe v chp hnh. H
thng my ghi hnh (CCTV) cng s chp hnh v ghi hnh li hnh nh ca ti x v bng s xe
ti cng ra v cng vo
20.1.7
The operational requirements of the system are described as follows:Yu cu hot ng ca h thng c m t nh sau :1. The system shall require a smartcard reader, credit card reader and long range detection
device to be installed at the entrance/exit of the car parks.
H thng yu cu phi lp t u c th thng minh, u c th tn dng v thit b d t
xa ti cng ra v cng vo ca bi xe.
2. The parker enters the car park by means of presenting a credit-card sized smartcard, or
credit card to the card reader at the entrance of the carpark.
Ngi u xe vo bi u xe bng cch qut th thng minh kch c bng th tn dng hay
th tn dng vo u c li vo bi xe
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
292
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
3. When data stored in smartcard or credit card is sensed, the signal will be directly transmitted
to security and access control system. For every card transaction, the security and access
control system and car parking system shall record the following data:Khi d liu trong th thng minh hay th tn dng c d thy, tn hiu s truyn trc tip
n h thng iu khin ra vo v an ninh. i vi mi phin th, h thng iu khin ra vo
v an ninh s ghi li cc d liu sau :a)
b)
c)
User's name (or code)

Tn ngi dng (hay m s)
Time of Access
Thi gian ra vo
Valid/invalid access
Vic ra vo hp l/khng hp l
(Control interface and interlock with the car parking system shall be provided)
(phi cung cp iu khin giao tip v kha lin ng vi h thng bi u xe)
4. A control signal from the security and access control system will then be sent back to car
parking system to confirm the validity of the card. At the same time, the camera at the
entrance captures the real image of the vehicle and driver. The video pictures shall be
stored as snapshot together with card holders data in the electronic store
Tn hiu iu khin t h thng iu khin ra vo v an ninh s c gi li h thng bi
u xe xc nhn tnh hp l ca th. Cng lc , my ghi hnh cng vo chp hnh
nh thc ca xe v ti x. Hnh chp s c lu km vi d liu ca ngi s hu th
trong b lu tr in t
5. The same applies when the parker drives out of the car park. The captured video pictures at
both of the entrance and the exit shall only be displayed side by side on the monitor at guard
room. The exit barrier shall be raised after pressing of release button inside guard room by
staffs after their checking.
p dng tng t khi ngi u xe ra khi bi u xe. Hnh chp ti cng ra v vo phi
hin th cnh nhau trn mn hnh ca nh bo v. Thanh chn cng ra s nng ln sau khi
nhn nt nh bn trong nh bo v bi nhn vin sau khi h kim tra.
6. An alarm button shall be provided inside the guard room. The staff can press the button if
they find mismatch between the entrance and exit photos.
Nt nhn bo ng phi c cung cp bn trong nh bo v. nhan vin c th nhn nt
nu h pht hin ra s sai khc gia nh cng ra v cng vo.
7. The lowering of the barrier arm is automatically controlled by the vehicle detector after the
vehicle has passed over the loop detector.
Vic h tay chn c iu khin t ng bi u d xe sau khi xe i qua khi vng d
xe.
8. Unauthorized/invalid card will be rejected by the card reader and deny the exit.
Th khng hp l/khng c quyn s b loi bi u c th v khng cho xe ra.
20.1.8
A motorized drop-gate manually operated from guard booth shall be provided at the premise
entrance. Material of this drop-gate shall be same as the barrier gate of car parking system.
Cng th xung hot ng bng ng c c vn hnh bng tay t phng bo v phi c
cung cp ti cng vo. Cng loi ny phi c lm cng vt liu vi cng chn ca h thng bi
u xe.
20.1.9
UPS with at least 2 hours capacity shall be provided for carpark control workstations and printers.
Cung cp b lu in (UPS) t nht 2 ting cho trm iu khin bi u xe v my in.
20.1.10 All Software license must be permanent valid.

Tt c cc phn mm phi c gi tr vnh vin
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
293
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
20.1.11 Source code for any software customization shall be provided.

Phi cung cp m ngun ty chnh bt k phn mm no
20.1.12 Backup disk and installation disk for computer base system shall be provided.
Phi cung cp a ci t v d phng cho h thng my ch
20.1.13 A POS workstation shall be provided to handle all car parking transactions and value adding
credit cards.
Trm iu khin phi c cung cp iu khin cc giao dch bi u xe v cc gi tr cng
thm ca th tn dng
20.1.14 The Automatic Carpark Control System shall be controlled by an integrated security control
workstation, which integrated with other security systems and shall be supplied and installed by
the Electrical Sub-Contractor. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall supply and install all necessary
hardware and software for the connection and interface between the Automatic Carpark Control
System and the security control workstation for the mapping of information.
H thng iu khin bi xe t ng phi c iu khin bi my trm iu khin an ninh tch
hp m c tch hp vi cc h thng an ninh khc v phi c cung cp v lp t bi nh
thu in. nh thu in phi cung cp v lp t tt c cc phn cng v phn mm cn thit
kt ni v giao tip gia h thng iu khin bi u xe t ng v my trm iu khin h
thng an ninh thng tin c tham chiu ng b
20.1.15 Captioned system requirements not be limited, the Electrical Sub-Contractor is required base on
approval.
Khng gii hn yu cu h thng ghi hnh, nh thu in c yu cu da trn th trng
cp nht sn phm vi cc tnh nng k thut mi nht v trnh chi tit cho i din ch u t
duyt.
20.1.16 Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment, cabling system including cable managment,
Power supply power points, sensor, other accessories and suitable programming to allow
signboard of each basement and level 1/Ground floor to indicate : number of car/motorbikes in
each basement/ parking floors and status of Full/Vacant
Nh thu phi cung cp tt c cc thit b cn thit, h thng cp bao gm h thng qun l cp,
cc cm/im cp ngun, cm bin, cc ph kin khc v lp trnh thch hp cho php bng
hin th ca mi tng hm v tng 1/tng trt hin th : s lng xe hi/ xe gn my trong mi
tng hm/cc sn u xe v trng thi y/Trng
17.14.1 Contractor will coordinate with relevant manufactures/suppliers of other systems (lifts, speead
gate, door phone, automatic car parking control system, access control system etc) to provide
common standard proximity card system and interface to Lift control system, speed gate control,
automatic car-parking control system, video phone system, apartment door control system,
access control system etc to allow occupant/ resident to use only one proximity card to access
their allowed/assigned areas/rooms in building.
Nh thu s phi hp vi cc nh sn xut/nh cung cp lin quan ca cc h thng khc( thang
my, cng an ninh, mn hnh chung ca, h thng iu khin xe t ng, h thng iu khin
ra vo v.v..) cung cp h thng th t chun chung v giao tip vi b iu khin thang my,
cng an ninh, h thng iu khin xe t ng, h thng mn hnh chung ca, h thng iu
khin ca cn h, h thng iu khin ra vo v.v.. cho php c dn ch dung mt th t ra
vo cc khu vc/ phng c php/ c ng k trong ta nh
20.2
Entrance Ticket Readers

u c v cng vo
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
294
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
20.2.1
The ticket slot shall be at a level not less than 900mm but not greater than 1150mm above the
surrounding ground level.
Khe c v phi cao khng thp hn 900mm nhng khng cao hn 1150mm so vi mt
sn hon thin xung quanh .
20.2.2
The words Insert Ticket shall be displayed close the ticket slot. All wordings shall be in both
English and Vietnamese characters.
Cu t v vo phi hin th gn khe c v. Tt c cc t phi song ng Anh Vit
20.2.3
An intercom station shall be provided close to the push button to connect with the master station
in the attendants console.
My trm lin lc ni b phi c cung cp gn vi nt nhn kt ni vi my chnh lien lc
ni b trong bn iu khin
20.2.4
When a vehicle is detected by a presence detector the reader shall be set to read a ticket and a
signal shall pass to the floor counter that a vehicle has entered the carpark. When the push
button is depressed a ticket shall be issued through the slot, if the carpark is not full. The ticket
shall be printed with the date and time of entry. When the ticket is taken from the dispenser a
signal shall be passed to trigger the capacity counter that a vehicle has entered the carpark.
When the barrier has closed the dispenser/reader shall be set to receive another vehicle.
Khi xe c d thy bi u d hin din, u c s c thit lp c v c tn hiu s
truyn qua sn ca quy m xe vo bi. Khi nt nhn c nh, v s c pht ra qua khe,
nu bi xe cn trng. V s c in vi ngy thng v thi gian vo. Khi v c ly khi my
pht v, tn hiu s c truyn kch b m s lng xe m xe vo bi. Khi thanh chn
ng li, b pht v/u c s c thit lp li nhn xe khc.
20.2.5
When the carpark is full, no ticket shall be issued and no signal shall be passed to the capacity
and floor counters until a space is available.
Khi bi xe y, khng pht v tip v khng c tn hiu truyn m v quy cho n khi c
ch trng.
20.2.6
When a quarterly/monthly ticket is placed in the slot, it shall be read and, if valid, shall be coded
in such a manner as to disallow its use in an entry reader until it has passed through the exit
reader. The ticket shall be returned through the slot and when it is removed a signal shall be
passed to open the barrier. A signal shall be passed to the floor counter. When the barrier has
closed the reader shall be set to receive another vehicle.
Khi v thng/qu c t vo khe, n s c v, nu hp l, s c m ha sao cho khng
cho php vic dng ca n u c li vo cho n khi n qua u c li ra. V s c tr
li qua khe v khi n c ly ra khi, tn hiu s kch m thanh chn. tn hiu s c truyn
qua quy. khi thanh chn ng, u c s c thit lp li nhn xe khc
20.2.7
When a quarterly/monthly ticket is found to be invalid because the expiry date has passed
or its last use was in the entry reader, a signal shall pass to the control data station to arouse the
cashiers attention and the ticket shall be returned through the slot. No signal shall be passed to
the barrier or the floor counter. When the ticket is removed, the reader shall be set to receive
another vehicle.
Khi v thng/qu b pht hin khng hp l v qu hn hay vic s dng ln cui trong u c li
vo, tn hiu s truyn qua trm iu khin gy ch cho ngi bn v v v phi c tr li
qua khe. Khng c tn hiu no s c truyn n thanh chn hay quy. khi v c ly i, u
c s c thit lp nhn xe khc
20.2.8
The ticket reader shall be capable of processing tickets at a rate of not more than 8 second
per ticket.
u cv phi c kh nng x l v tc khng ln hn 8 giy cho mt v
20.2.9
Long range reader will be incoperated with short range reader to allow occupant quick check
u c th tm xa s c cung cp kt hp vi u c th tm gn cho php ngi dng
thc hin vic kim sot nhanh.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
295
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
20.3
Exit Ticket Readers

u c v cng ra
20.3.1
The ticket slot shall be at a level of not less than 900mm but not greater than 1150mm above the
surrounding ground level.
Khe c v phi cao khng thp hn 900mm nhng khng cao hn 1150mm so vi mt
sn hon thin xung quanh .
20.3.2
The words Insert Ticket shall be displayed close to the ticket slot. All wordings shall be in both
English and Vietnamese characters.
Cu t v vo phi hin th gn khe c v. Tt c cc t phi song ng Anh Vit
20.3.3
An intercom station shall be provided to connect with the master station in the attendants
console.
My trm lin lc ni b phi c cung cp gn vi nt nhn kt ni vi my chnh lien lc
ni b trong bn iu khin
20.3.4
A presence detector shall pass a signal to the reader when a vehicle is present. When an exit
ticket is placed in the slot, it shall be read and, if valid, a signal shall be passed to open the
barrier, and a signal shall pass to the capacity and floor counter that a vehicle has left the
carpark. When the barrier has closed, the exit reader shall be set to receive another vehicle.
u d hin din s truyn tn hiu n u c khi pht hin xe. Khi v ra c t vo khe, n
s c c v nu hp l, tn hiu s c truyn m thanh chn, v tn hiu s truyn n
b m s lng m xe ri khi. khi thanh chn ng, u c li ra s c thit lp
nhn xe khc
20.3.5
When an exit ticket is found invalid because the fee has not been paid or the grace period has
expired, a signal shall pass to illuminate the Pay Again signal and the ticket shall be returned
through the slot. No signal shall be passed to the barrier, the capacity counter and the floor
counter. When the ticket is removed, the sign shall be automatically switched off and the reader
shall be set to receive another vehicle.
Khi v ra b pht hin khng hp l v cha tr ph hay ht hn, tn hiu s truyn pht sng
bng hiu ng ph v v s c tr li qua khe. Khng c tn hiu no c gi n thanh
chn, b m s lng v bi u. khi v c ly ra khi, bng hiu s t ng tt v u c
s c thit lp nhn xe khc.
20.3.6
When a quarterly/monthly ticket is placed in the slot, it shall be read and, if valid, shall be coded
in such a manner as to allow its use in an entry reader. The ticket shall be returned through the
slot and when it is removed a signal shall be passed to open the barrier and a signal shall pass to
the floor counter that a vehicle has left the carpark. No signal shall be passed to the capacity
counter.
Khi v thng/qu c t vo khe, n s c v, nu hp l, s c m ha sao cho cho php
vic dng ca n u c li vo. V s c tr li qua khe v khi n c ly ra khi, tn
hiu s kch m thanh chn. Tn hiu s c truyn qua b m ch m xe ri khi bi.
Khng c tn hiu truyn n b m s lng
20.3.7
When a quarterly/monthly ticket is found to be invalid because the expiry date has passed or its
last use was in the exit reader, a signal shall pass to the data station and arouse the cashiers
attention. The ticket shall be returned through the slot. No signal shall be passed to the barrier,
capacity counter and floor counter. When the ticket is removed, the reader shall be set ready to
receive another vehicle.
Khi v thng/qu b pht hin khng hp l v qu hn hay vic s dng ln cui trong u c li
ra, tn hiu s truyn qua trm iu khin gy ch cho ngi bn v. V phi c tr li
qua khe. Khng c tn hiu no s c truyn n thanh chn hay quy. khi v c ly i, u
c s c thit lp nhn xe khc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
296
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
20.3.8
The reader shall be capable of processing tickets at a rate of not more than 5 second per ticket.
u cv phi c kh nng x l v tc khng ln hn 5 giy cho mt v
20.3.9
Long range reader will be incoperated with short range reader to allow occupant quick check
u c th tm xa s c cung cp kt hp vi u c th tm gn cho php ngi dng
thc hin vic kim sot nhanh.
20.4
Barrier Gates
Cng thanh chn
20.4.1
Barriers gates shall be articulated rising arm type.

Cng thanh chn phi l kiu tay chn nng ln
20.4.2
The arm shall be made from an approved weather resistant material suitably treated to prevent
corrosion and it shall be painted yellow and black in a striped pattern. It shall be sufficiently
strong to withstand vandalism. It shall be so fabricated that it will shear off under impact by a
vehicle in order to minimize damage to the arm and prevent damage occurring to the mechanism
and the cabinet.
Tay chn phi c lm t vt liu chu thi tit c duyt c x l thch hp chng n
mn v n phi c sn sc en v vng. N phi chc chi c ph hoi. n phi
c ch to chi c lc tc ng bi xe hn ch ti a h hi cho tay chn v bo v
h hi do c hc v t iu khin
20.4.3
The arm shall be of a length not less than 4000mm measured from the face of the cabinet. When
the barrier is raised, the height clearance between the surrounding ground level and the arm and
the overall height from the surround ground level to the top of the arm shall be within the limit of
dimensions set out in the Drawings.
Tay chn phi c chiu di khng nh hn 4000mm tnh t b mt t iu khin. khi thanh chn
nng ln, chiu cao thng thy gia cao mt t xung quanh v cnh tay v chiu cao
ton b t cao mt t xung quanh n nh ca tay chn phi trong kch thc gii hn
th hin trn bn v.
20.4.4
When the barrier is lowered, the clearance between the barrier and the surrounding ground shall
be not less than 800mm but not greater than 1200mm.
Khi tay chn h xung, thng thy gia tay chn v cao mt t xung quanh khng nh
hn 800mm nhng khng ln hn 1200mm
20.4.5
On receipt of a signal from a reader or dispenser, the barrier arm shall be raised. When a vehicle
has passed a passage detector, a signal shall be passed to the barrier. The barrier shall close
unless it has received another signal from a reader or dispenser to open.
Khi nhn c tn hiu t u c hay my pht v, tay chn s c nng ln. Khi xe qua khi
u d, tn hiu s c truyn qua tay chn. tay chn s ng cho n khi n nhn c tn
hiu khc t u c hay my pht v m
20.4.6
Provision shall be made to enable the barrier to be operated manually by an attendant in case of
power failure or other emergency.
Cung cp cc phng tin cn thit tay chn c th hot ng bng tay bi nhn vin trong
trng hp mt in li hay ngun khn cp khc
20.4.7
The barrier shall be capable of opening or closing within 2 seconds of receipt of the signal.
Tay chn phi c kh nng m hay ng trong 2 giy sau khi nhn c tn hiu
20.5
Loop Detectors
Vng cm bin
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
297
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
20.5.1
Loop detectors shall be inductive detection type suitable for inserting a slot cut into the roadway.
The cables shall be waterproof and the slots shall be sealed with an approved sealant.
Vng cm bin phi l kiu cm ng thch hp lp vo khe c ct bn di ng. cp
phi l loi chng nc v cc khe phi c bt kn bng cht bt kn c duyt
20.5.2
Loop detectors shall be either presence detectors or passage detectors.

Vng cm ng phi hoc l cc u d hin din hay d chuyn ng ngang qua
20.5.3
A presence detector shall pass an electric signal when a vehicle is detected passing over it or
stopped on it.
u d hin din phi truyn tn hiu in khi n d thy xe i qua n hay xe dng li trn n
20.5.4
A passage detector shall pass an electric signal when a vehicle has passed over it. A passage
detector shall not pass an electric signal when a vehicle is stopped on it.
u d chuyn ng ngang qua phi truyn tn hiu in khi xe i qua n. u d chuyn ng
ngang qua khng gi tn hiu in khi xe dng li trn n
Loop and its lead shall be buried in the driveway slot and kept as close to the surface as practical
to keep away from reinforcing rods or wire mesh. Slots shall be filled with suitable grout to hold
the loop rigid after installation.
Vng cm bin v cc dy dn ca n phi c chon trong khe di ng xe chy v gn vi
b mt c nhiu nht c th trnh cc thanh v li ct thp . cc khe phi c trt kn
bng va c nh vng chc chn sau khi lp t
20.6
Quarterly/Monthly Tickets
V thng/qu
20.6.1
Quarterly/monthly tickets shall be made of thin plastic and shall be of a size similar to a standard
credit card. Sample of ticket shall be submitted to Architect for approval. They shall be capable of
being printed with the date and time and machine coded to enable reading by the attendants
console.
V thng/qu phi bng nha mng v c thch thc ging vi th tn dng chun. phi trnh v
mu i din ch u t c duyt. v phi cho php in ngy thng v thi gian v m my
b c th ca nhn vin c c.
20.6.2
Long range detection system shall also be used as an alternative to quarterly/monthly tickets.
Long range detection device shall be provided for both entrance and exit barrier for the
identification of long term parking vehicles.
H thng d t xa cng phi c dng thay cho v thng/qu. Thit b d t xa phi c cung
cp v tr tay chn li ra v vo nhn din xe c chiu di ln
20.6.3
Each ticket shall be printed with the name of the carpark which is to be determined by the Owner.
Mi v phi c in trn tn ca bi xe m c xc nh bi ch u t
20.7
Hourly Tickets
V gi
20.7.1
Hourly tickets shall be made of paper and shall be made to the same size as the monthly tickets
in order to enable their use in a common reader. Sample of ticket shall be submitted to Architect
for approval. They shall be capable of being printed with the date and time and machine coded to
enable reading by the attendants console.
V gi phi c lm bng giy v c kch thc ging nh v thng c th dng trong cc
u c thng dng. phi trnh mu ca v cho i din ch u t duyt. chng phi c kh
nng in c trn ngy thng v thi gian v m my b c th ca nhn vin c c
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
298
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
20.7.2
Each ticket shall be printed with the name of the carpark which is to be determined by the Owner.
Mi v phi c in trn tn ca bi xe m c xc nh bi ch u t
20.8
Full / Vacancy Signs

Bng bo ht ch/cn trng
20.8.1
The signs shall be housed in a cabinet made from an approved material suitably treated to
prevent corrosion and painted black or other approved colour.
Cc bng bo phi nm trong v bc trong t c lm t vt liu c duyt c x l thch
hp bo v chng n mn v c sn en hay mu sn khc c duyt
20.8.2
The Full/Vacancy Sign shall be provided at each floor of the basement carpark and the carpark
entrance at the ground level. LED dot matrix display shall be provided for the display of the
number of vacancy parking space, Full status of different levels of the carpark or any message
input from the control workstation. The dimension of each display character shall not be less
than 150mm(H) x 80mm(W). Sequential display shall be allowed for long messages which can
not be displayed in single row. Appearance outlook of the sign shall be submitted for the
Architects approval prior to the manufacturing of the equipment.
Bng bo ht ch/ cn trng phi c cung cp ti mi sn ca bi u xe tng hm v li
vo bi xe tng trt. bng hin th dng LED phi c cung cp hin th s khng gian u
xe cn trng, trng thi ht ch ca cc tng khc nhau ca bi u xe hay bt k thng bo
no t trm iu khin. kch thc ca mi k t khng nh hn 150mm(Cao) x 80mm(Rng).
cc thng bo di phi c hin th tun t khi n khng th hin th trn cng mt dng. Hnh
thc bn ngoi ca bng phi c trnh cho i din ch u t duyt trc khi sn xut.
20.8.3
Internal wiring shall be colour coded and clipped within the fittings at maximum 300mm centres.
Grommets shall be used when wiring passes through holes. Under no circumstances shall wiring
be permitted to rest or rub on raw metal edges.
Dy i bn trong phi c m ha bng mu v c kp cch khong 300mm tnh t tm vo
cc gi . Cung cp l mng-sng khi dy cn i ra qua l
20.8.4
All non-current carrying metal parts of the signage shall be effectively electrically continuous and
connected to a main earthing terminal by cooper conductors or other acceptable means.
Tt c cc b phn kim loi khng mang dng in ca bng phi c lin kt ng th v in
v phi c lin kt vi cc ni t chnh bng dy ng hay cc phng tin khc c chp
nhn
20.8.5
Loop detectors shall be installed in both in and out driveway on each level of the carpark.
Signal shall then be transmitted to the carpark control system for the determination of vacant
parking space number. Signal shall then be transmitted to the full/vacancy sign for the display of
vacant parking space on different level.
Cc vng cm ng phi c lp c li vo v li ra ca ng xe chy trn mi tng ca bi
u xe. Tn hiu phi truyn n h thng iu khin bi xe xc nh s bi xe cn trng. Tn
hiu sau s c truyn n bng bo ht ch/cn trng hin th s bi xe cn trng
cc tng khc nhau.
20.8.6
The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit detailed drawings and samples of materials regarding
the construction of illuminated signs for Architects approval prior to fabrication and installation.
Nh thu in phi trnh cc bng v chi tit v mu vt t lin quan n cu trc ca bng bo
pht sng i din ch u t duyt trc khi sn xut v lp t
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
299
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 21 CABLE SEGREGATION

PHN 21 B TR CP
21.1
General
Quy nh chung
The Contractor shall provide trunking and conduit systems for cable wiring of all the electrical
systems at both low voltage and extra low voltage. Separate trunking and conduit system shall
be provided to cables of different circuit categories.
Nh thu s cung cp h thng hp i dy v ng i dy cho cc ng cp ca ton b h
thng in p thp v in p cc thp. H thng hp i dy v ng i dy ring bit s c b
tr cho cc ng cp ca cc mch khc nhau.
21.2
Trunking and Conduit

Hp i dy v ng i dy
21.2.1
Cables of different systems shall be segregated in accordance with BS7671 (IEE Wiring
Regulations, 16th Edition) and they shall generally be divided in the following way :Cc ng cp ca cc h thng khc nhau s c chia tch theo BS 7671 (Quy phm ng
dy IEE, ln xut bn th 16) v chng c phn chia theo cch sau:
a)
LV non-essential lighting and power circuits.

Cc mch chiu sng h th khng thit yu v cc mch cp in
b)
LV essential lighting and power circuit.

Cc mch chiu sng h th thit yu v cc mch cp in thit yu.
c)
LV circuits trunking for :Hp i dy cho cc mch h th ca:
PA system
H thng truyn thanh cng cng
Security and CCTV system

H thng an ninh v truyn hnh mch kn
21.2.2
Fire alarm system

H thng bo chy
d)
Vertical transportation system

H thng vn chuyn thng ng
e)
MDF/IDF/PABX telephone system

H thng in thoi MDF/IDF/PABX
f)
Computer system
H thng my tnh
g)
DC circuits
Cc mch mt chiu
The Contractor shall ensure that cables installed in the same trunking are insulated to the highest
voltage present in the circuits in the same trunking.
Nh thu s m bo rng cc ng cp c lp t trong cng mt hp i dy c cch
in theo in p cao nht c mt trong cc mch cng hp i dy.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
300
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
21.2.3
Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, conduits shall generally be installed as follows :Tr phi c ch nh khc cc bn v, cc ng i dy thng c lp t nh sau:
21.2.4
a.
In plantrooms, service ducts and where concealed by false ceiling, conduits shall be surface
mounted.
cc bung k thut, cc ng dn k thut v khi c giu trong khong trng ca trn,
cc ng i dy c gn trn b mt.
b.
For all other walls and where not concealed by false ceilings, conduits shall be recessed or
cast-in.
i vi cc tng v khi khng c giu trong khong trng ca trn,cc ng dn c
lp chm hoc c chn.
Final connection from trunking to system outlets shall be provided under by conduits with surface
conduit connections to the trunking.
Lin kt t hp i dy ti cc hng ra ca h thng s bng cc lin kt ng dn c lp trn
b mt vi cc hp i dy.
21.2.5
Where final connections are to recessed wall mounted outlets or ceiling outlets where there are
no false ceilings, they shall be recessed or cast-in conduit with surface mounted conduit
connections to the trunking.
Khi cc lin kt cui cng chm trong cc tng c gn cc hng ra hoc cc hng ra trn
trn, chng c lp chm hoc c chn bng cc lin kt ng dn c lp trn b mt vi
hp i dy.
21.2.6
Where final connections are to surface mounted wall outlets or ceiling outlets where there are
false ceilings, they shall be surface mounted conduit connection to the trunking.
Khi cc lin kt cui cng c lp trn b mt cc tng c gn cc hng ra hoc cc hng ra
trn trn, chng c lp chm hoc c chn bng cc lin kt ng dn c lp trn b
mt vi hp i dy.
21.2.7
Cables of different systems in the ELV trunking shall be separated and bunched together with
purpose made plastic tapes.
Cc ng cp ca cc h thng k thut khc nhau trong hp i dy h th s c chia tch
v c b li vi nhau theo mc ch s dng bng cc bng dnh.
21.2.8
Trunking connection to power supply units of all systems shall be provided notwithstanding that
such portion of trunking is not shown on the Drawings.
Lin kt ca hp i dy vi cc thit b cp in ca ton h thng s c cung cp, cho d cc
phn ca hp i dy khng c th hin bn v.
21.2.9
For under floor trunking or duct, the partitions or dividers for cable compartmentation shall be of
full depth to provide rigid support and strength to the top surface of the assembly.
vi hp i dy chy di sn, cc vch ngn hoc cc phn chia cho cc khoang chy cp
s c chiu cao lm gi cng v bn b mt pha trn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
301
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 22 BUSDUCT
PHN 22 THANH DN
22.1
General
Quy nh chung
Bus ducts shall be furnished and installed in a complete prefabricated bus duct distribution system
as shown on the drawings. Bus duct shall be 3-phase, 4-wire (100% Neutral), 415/240 volts
system completely full neutral (or as specified on the drawings) with external ground bus.
Thanh dn s c hon thin v lp t thnh mt h thng phn phi hon chnh dng thanh
dn c ch to sn nh th hin trn bn v. thanh dn s l 3 pha, 4 dy (trung tnh 100% tit
din pha), 415/240 volt, thanh trung tnh c tit din bng thanh dn pha (hay nh xc nh trn
bn v) c thanh ni t ring
The busduct, of full range and each rating, will pass full type tests specified in IEC 60439 (1&2)
:2005. The certificate shall be issued by an international independent testing authority (e.g. ASTA,
KEMA, UL).
Cc thanh dn vi mi nh mc phi vt qua cc th nghim y c ch ra trong tiu
chun IEC 60439 (1&2): 2005. Chng nhn s c cp bi cc t chc kim tra c lp trn th
gii (v d ASTA., KEMA, UL).
The busbar trunking system should pass seismic tests with actual physical product and being
certified complying with UBC seismic Zone 4 condition by an international recognized earthquake
research body, e.g. Asian Pacific Network of Centers for Earthquake Engineering Research
(ANCER).
H thng thanh dn phi vt qua c cc th nghim a chn v c chng nhn ph hp
vi iu kin a chn UBC khu vc 4 bi mt t chc nghin cu ng t c cng nhn trn
th gii, v d ANCER (Asian Pacific Network of Centers for Earthquake Engineering Research) .
The entire busduct system including necessary fittings, accessories and circuit protection devices
for tap-off units, shall be manufactured by the same original busduct manufacturer. No licensed
nor brand-label system shall be allowed.
Ton b h thng thanh dn in bao gm cc ph kin cn thit v cc thit b bo v mch in
cho cc hp ly in phi c sn xut bi cng mt nh sn xut. Khng cho php dng h
thng khng c giy php cng nh khng c nhn hiu c cp bi nh sn xut..
Busduct system shall be manufactured in an ISO9001 certified facility.
H thng thanh dn in phi c sn xut ti nh my c chng nhn ISO9001.
22.2

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
302
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
22.3
Housing
Phn v
The busduct system shall be of the low impedance type and totally enclosed for protection against
mechanical damage, dust and water accumulation with IP54
H thng thanh dn phi l loi c tr khng thp v kn hon ton bo v khi b ph hoi bi
cc tc ng c hc, bi v nc tch ly.vi IP54
22.4
Joint
Khp ni
The bus duct joint shall be of the bolt type. The bolt shall be torque indicating, fully insulated and
at ground potential. The bolt shall be a two-headed design to indicate whether proper torque has
been applied and shall require only one standard long handle wrench to be properly activated.
Khp ni thanh dn phi l kiu kt ni bu-lon. Cc bu-lon phi th hin ngu lc xit, c cch
in hon ton v ng th vi t. Bu-lon phi l loi thit k c hai u bo liu ngu lc xit
ng cha v phi yu cu ch dung mt c-l chun vn chnh xc.
Access shall be required to only one side of the bus duct for tightening joint bolts. It shall be
possible to remove any one length in a run without disturbing adjacent lengths. Expansion joint
shall be used in suitable condition as per manufactures requirement
Ch yu cu thao tc mt bn ca thanh dn xit cc bu-lon ca cc khp ni. n phi c th
tho ri bt k mt on no trn tuyn m khng nh hng n cc on k cn. Cc mi ni
gin n phi c dng trong iu kin thch hp theo yu cu ca nh sn xut
22.5
Busbars
Thanh dn
The busbars shall be electrolytically plated with tin or silver. Busbars shall be aluminium or copper
(99.97% pure) as indicated on the drawing. All bolted connections shall be equipped with bevelled
washers and torqued to the manufacturers recommended rating.
Cc thanh dn phi c m in bng thit hay bc. Cc thanh dn phi l loi nhm hay
ngtinh khit (99.97%) nh th hin trn bn v. tt c cc kt ni bu-lon phi c trang b
bng cc vng m belleville v c xit vi lc xit theo yu cu ca nh sn xut
For aluminium conductor, busbar joints shall be nickel-tin plated at joints contact surfaces.
i vi thanh dn bng nhm, khp ni phi c m nickel-thit (nickel-tin plated) ti b mt
tip xc khp ni.
Each busbar shall be insulated over its entire length. The temperature rise at any point in the bus
duct shall not exceed 55C rise above ambient temperature when operating at the rated load
current.
Mi thanh dn phi c cch in sut chiu di. tang nhit ti bt k im no trn thanh
dn khng c qu 55C so vi nhit mi trng khi hot ng ti dng nh mc
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
303
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Bus duct risers shall be incorporated with fire resistant barrier of 2 hours rating when the busbar
trunking passes through each floor level.
Cc thanh dn ng phi c kt hp vi b ngn chy c mc chi la trong 2 gi khi thanh
dn i xuyn qua mi tng
The busway system must be certified Halogen free.
H thng thanh dn in phi c chng nhn khng pht sinh Halogen
Busduct system housing shall be powder coated with paint containing at least 22% epoxy.
H thng thanh dn in phi c sn tnh in vi thnh phn sn c cha t nht 22% epoxy.
Insutation with capable of withstanding maximum operating temperature of up to 150degC shall be
used as insulation material on the conductors. It shall be non- hygroscopic, self-extinguishing in
case of fire, and must not emit toxic gases when subjected to high heat or burning.
Cc in c s dng lm vt liu cch in gia cc thanh dn c kh nng chu nhit hot
ng ti a n 150oC. Vt liu ny khng ht m, t dp la trong trng hp chy v khng
pht sinh kh c khi chu nhit cao hoc b t chy.
Rated operation voltage of the busbar trunking is 1000V
in p hot ng nh mc ca thanh dn l 1000V
Breaking capacity as the folloiwngs :
Kh nng chi dng ngn mch nh sau :
Ratings
(copper)
nh mc
(ng)
800A
1000A
1250A
1400A
1600A
2000A
2500A
3200A
4000A
22.6
kA
(Icw 1s)
40kA
50kA
50kA
57kA
60kA
65kA
75kA
100kA
120kA
Ratings
(aluminum)
nh mc
(Nhm)
800A
1000A
1250A
-1600A
2000A
2500A
3200A
4000A
kA
(Icw 1s)
40kA
50kA
50kA
-60kA
65kA
86kA
100kA
120kA
Fittings
Cc b ni
Contractor shall provide all necessary and suitable fittings to complete whole routing of busduct
including elbows for changing direction, flanged ends for connecting to
switchboards/transformers/generators, cable tap box for transferring to cabling system, tap-off
boxes, expansion joints, reducers, end closure,etc. All fitting shall be of the same manufacture,
finishing and material as busduct.
Nh thu phi cung cp tt c cc ph kin kt ni cn thit v thch hp hon thnh ton b
tuyn thanh dn bao gm cc co chuyn hng, cc u ni vo t in/my bin th/my
pht, cc hp chuyn cp chuyn sang h thng cp, cc b chia ngun ni gin n, b gim,
u chp cui tuyn ca thanh dn, v.v tt c cc b ni phi cng nh sn xut, cng mu
hon thin v cng vt liu nh thanh dn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
304
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
22.7
Support
H thng gi
Bus duct support shall be of the standard support of the manufacturer. Hanger spacing shall not
exceed 2.00 meters, or shall be the recommended standard spacing of the manufacturer. Bus
duct expansion joints shall be included as necessary. Bus duct riser shall be supported by spring
load wall support at the base and top section of the bus duct length and at every floor.
H thng gi thanh dn phi l h thng gi chun ca nh sn xut. khong cch cc gi
treo khng qu 2m hay khng c vt qu khong cch chun c yu cu ca nh sn xut.
Cc mi ni gin n phi bao gm khi cn thit. on thanh dn ng phi c bng l xo
ti chn v phn nh ca chiu di thanh dn v ti mi sn
22.8
Responsibility for Routing and Measurements

Trch nhim v vic nh tuyn v o t
The electrical contractor shall be responsible for routing the bus duct to coordinate with the other
trades. Final field measurements shall be made by the contractor prior to the release of the bus
duct for fabrication.
Nh thu c trch nhim nh tuyn thanh dn phi hp vi cc h thng khc. Nh thu phi
o t ln cui cng trc khi giao cho nh sn xut thanh dn.
22.9
Short Circuit Rating

Dng ngn mch nh mc
The short circuit rating of the bus duct shall be 50 kA (RMS) symmetrical or as specified on the
drawing.
Dng ngn mch nh mc ca cc thanh dn s l 50kA (RMS) i xng hay nh th hin trn
bn v
22.10 Voltage Drop

st p
The three-phase, line-to-line feeder busduct voltage drop shall not exceed approximately 3.4 volts
per 30.5 metres at 40% power factor concentrated load which such condition may exist during
motor starting, thus causing voltage dips.
st in p pha-pha ca thanh dn 3 pha phi khng qu 3.4V/30.5m ti h s cng sut 40%
cho ti tp trung khi iu ny c th xy ra trong sut qu trnh khi ng ca ng c, do vy
gy st p.
22.11 Tap-Off Boxes

Hp chia ngun
Tap-off boxes shall be of the same manufacture as the busduct, and shall be provided with circuit
breaker rating as indicated on the drawings with interrupting capacity of not less than 50 kA (RMS)
symmetrical or as specified on the drawing.
Hp chia ngun phi cng nh sn xut nh thanh dn v phi c cung cp thit b ngt mch
t ng c nh mc nh th hin trn bn v vi kh nng ct ngn mch khng nh hn 50 kA
(RMS) i xng hay nh th hin trn bn v
Tap-off boxes shall be plug-in type and shall be suitably earthed.
Hp chia cp phi l loi cm trc tip vo thanh dn v c ni t ph hp
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
305
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Tap-off boxes shall be arranged for front access wiring, and shall be provided with suitable cable
entry on both sides of the boxes.
Hp chia cp phi c b tr thao tc lp t dy pha trc v phi c trang b l cp vo
c hai bn hp
22.12 Test
Kim nh
Insulation, Voltage Drop and Earth test reports shall be provided for review.
Cc bin bn kim nh cch in, st p v ni t phi c cung cp xem xt.
Busduct connection torque test report: after initial installation and after initial energising and
commissioning.
Cc bin bn kim nh v ngu lc xit kt ni thanh dn : sau khi lp t ln u v sau khi
ng in v bn giao
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
306
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 23 - VIDEOPHONE SYSTEM

PHN 23 - H THNG CHUNG CA IN THOI HNH NH
23.1
General
Tng quan
23.1.1 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall supply and install a complete set of videophone system. The
system shall comprise of videophone control units, colour videophone handsets, coloured video
monitor, all associated cables, power points, and accessories necessary for system operations as
shown on the Drawings.
Nh thu ph s cung cp v lp t hon chnh ton b h thng chung ca in thoi hnh
nh. H thng s bao gm b iu khin chung ca hnh nh, in thoi mu, mn hnh mu,
ton b cp ph tr, thit b ngun, v nhng ph kin cn thit cho h thng vn hnh c th
hin nh trn bn v.
23.1.2 The videophone system shall comprise in general the followings:H thng chung ca hnh nh s bao gm nhng phn chnh nh sau:
Videophone at main entrance as shown on Drawings.
Chung ca hnh nh ti cng chnh c th hin nh trn bn v.
Cable which links the videophones, videophone control units and video monitors.
Cp kt ni cc chung ca hnh nh, cc b iu khin, v cc mn hnh.
23.1.3 The videophone system shall, in general, provide communication between the visitor at entrance
and resident. Videophone system shall be supplied with a push button to release the electrical
door-lock device of entrance door.
Thng thng h thng chung ca hnh nh s cung cp giao tip gia khch n thm ti cng
chnh v ch cn h. H thng s cung cp nt nhn m kha ca in ca ca ra vo.
23.1.4 The operation of the video door phone system shall be as stated below:S vn hnh ca h thng chung ca in thoi hnh nh s c thit lp nh sau:
On pressing the push button on the videophone by the visitor at entrance, a sound shall be
energized and the picture of visitor will be shown on coloured video monitor.
Khch n nt nhn c t ti cng vo khi m thanh s c kch hot v hnh nh ca
khch s c th hin trn mn hnh mu.
The selected reception shall then communicate with the visitor by lifting the handset.
Khu vc c chn la s giao tip vi khch thng qua nhc in thoi.
Video image of visitor shall be displayed automatically when the handset is lifted up to answer call
from visitor for identification checking. After the identification check, resident may press the pushbutton on the videophone to release the entrance door and allow the visitor to enter.
Hnh nh ca khch s t ng hin th khi in thoi c nhc ln tr li cuc gi t khch
cho vic kim tra khch n l ai. Sau khi xc nh r khch n thm th ch h c th nhn nt
nhn trn chung ca in thoi hnh nh m ca v cho php khch vo.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
307
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
If the visitor does not answer with a period from 5 to 25 seconds, the call sound and the display
shall go off.
Trong trng hp khch khng tr li trong khong thi gian t 5 n 25 giy th m thanh v
hnh nh s t ng tt.
Without receiving call signal from the visitor, there shall be no function for audio and video signal
transmission and operation of electrical door-lock device, even if, any of the handsets are hung up
or in OFF state.
Khng nhn c cuc gi t khch th s khng c bt c chc nng no v chuyn i m
thanh, hnh nh v c tc ng ca kha ca in, thm ch khi in thoi b gc my hoc ch
khng s dng.
The communication line shall not be jammed even if handsets are hung up.
ng dy in thoi s khng b nhiu ngay c khi in thoi b gc my.
23.1.5 The Electrical Sub-Contractor is responsible for providing quarterly system checking during DLP to
ensure the all the functions of the system are working properly.
Nh thu in phi c trch nhim kim tra h thng 3 thng 1 ln trong sut thi gian DLP
m bo ton b chc nng ca h thng hot ng mt cch chnh xc.
23.1.6 The power supply for equipment of Videophone System shall be obtained from the mains switch
or connection unit. All outgoing works and the said switch or connection unit shall be done by the
Electrical Sub-Contractor. All conduits, trunking for this system shall be supplied and installed by
the Electrical Sub-Contractor.
Ngun cp cho thit b ca h thng chung ca hnh nh s bao gm hp chuyn mch chnh
hoc nhng b phn kt ni. Tt c cc cng vic kt ni h thng, lp t ng ng, hp mng
cp cho h thng chung ca hnh nh u thc hin bi nh thu in.
23.1.7 Captioned system requirements not be limited, this contractor is required base on latest market to
update the system technical arrangement and submits the details for Clients representative
approval.
Nhng yu cu h thng khng b gii hn, hp ng ny c yu cu da trn k thut mi
nht cp nht cho h thng v trnh chi tit cho i din ch u t.
23.2

23.3
Videophone
Chung ca in thoi hnh nh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
308
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
23.3.1 Videophones shall be supplied and installed at locations as shown on Drawings.

Chung ca in thoi s c cung cp v lp t ti nhng v tr c th hin nh trn bn
v.
23.3.2 The videophone shall be complete with a cradle, buzzer and handset connected with a flexible
coiled cord to the base phone.
Chung ca in thoi s kt hp vi gi ng nghe in thoi, ci pht m thanh, v ng nghe
in thoi c kt ni bng dy c li mm ti phn in thoi.
23.3.3 For videophones at main entrance for visitors, a built-in compact size colour CCD camera with
auto-iris lens to pick up the visitor's image shall be incorporated.
i vi chung ca in thoi hnh nh ti cng chnh cho khch phi l loi compact CCD tch
hp ghi hnh mu bi ng knh t ng c gc rng ghi nhn hnh nh ca khch l ai.
23.3.4 The videophone shall be self-contained with a microphone and speak unit for two-way
communication between the visitor and resident.
Chung ca in thoi hnh nh s cha thit b micro v pht ra li ni cho giao tip hai chiu
gia khch v ch nh.
23.3.5 The videophone shall be of best quality and shall be similar to a normal telephone handset with
separate microphone and speaker. The door release button shall be an independent push button
provided integral with the handset or the cradle.
Chung ca in thoi s l loi c cht lng tt nht. Nt nhn m ca s l loi nt nhn c
lp c cp ton b cho ng nghe in thoi hoc gi ng nghe in thoi.
23.3.6 The contacts and other equipment inside the videophone shall be of durable type. The contacts
shall be made from gold plate silver.
Cc thit b giao tip v thit b khc bn trong h thng chung ca in thoi hnh nh s l loi
c kh nng chng h hi v chu c thi tit. Cc thit b giao tip s l loi lm bng bc m
vng.
23.3.7 The call tone of the videophone shall be of pleasant type provided by an independent buzzer
which shall be clearly audible.
m thanh ca chung ca in thoi hnh nh s l loi d nghe v c m thanh trong.
23.3.8 The videophone shall be made of high impact thermoplastic and designed to secure the handset
firmly to the cradle. Sample of the phone set shall be submitted to the Clients representative for
approval.
Chung ca in thoi s l loi tch hp c nha chng nhit cao v c thit k m bo
ng nghe in thoi kt hp cht ch vi gi ng nghe in thoi.
23.4
D.C. Power Supply Unit

B Cp ngun Mt Chiu
D.C. power supply unit shall be designed to provide adequate power source to the system
equipment. The output voltage shall not be higher than 50V D.C. Where battery is used, an
automatic charger shall be provided to maintain the voltage level. Tapping off from the battery to
obtain different voltage levels is not allowed. The power supply unit shall be supplied with a
protective metal housing.
B cp ngun mt chiu s c thit k cp ngun thch hp cho cc thit b h thng. in
p ra ca b cp ngun mt chiu s khng ln hn 50 V D.C. u c quy c dng, b sc
t ng s c cung cp duy tr mc in p. Nc chnh t c quy tc ng ti nhng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
309
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
mc in p khc nhau th khng c chp nhn. B cp ngun mt chiu s c v bc che

chn bo v bng kim loi.
23.5

Ngun lin tc (UPS)
operation of the central computers and its main equipment of Video phone System for a minimum
of 15 minutes.
Thng Cp Ngun Lin Tc (c bit sau y l UPS) trong 15 gi ph hp vi hot ng
ca my tnh trung tm v thit b chnh ca H thng chung ca hnh nh
UPS shall complete with static bypass for obtaining electricity from supply main when the inverter
system.
UPS s bao gm mch r th ng cp ngun chnh duy tr khi qu ti b i in hoc h
hng. UPS s bao gm mch r th ng bng tay nn UPS s c kt ni n h thng v
ngt ra khi h thng m khng lm gin on h thng
Isolation means shall be provided for complete isolation from line. Neutral of output shall be
bonded to ground.
c m bo ni t
The UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor-controlled inverter to convert the DC voltage to
than 95%.
B nghch lu s c xy dng trn bn dn 2 cc cng cch li. Sng hi ca b nghch lu trn
ti dy pha s nh hn 1.5%. B nghch lu c th chu qu ti 150% trong thi gian khng nh
hn 59 giy. H s dc ca b nghch lu c chp nhn s khng xung di 3. Hiu sut
chung ca b nghch lu s ln hn 95%
Input of the UPS shall be protected with surge protectors. The surge protector shall be series
Battery for the UPS shall be of maintenance free sealed lead-acid type. The cell shall conform to
than 9 years.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
310
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
c qui ca UPS s loi c qui ch kn khng bo dng. Cc tm pin s ph hp vi IEC 623 v l

kiu nh mc di. Tui th ca c qui s khng t hn 9 nm.
Each UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor managed mimic and control panel, completed
with LCD display and keyboard. The mimic and control panel shall provide the following functions:Mi UPS s cung mn hnh hin th qun l vi x l v bng iu khin, bao gm mn hnh LCD v
bn phm. Mn hnh hin th v bng iu khin s cung cp cc chc nng sau:

Trng thi dng/chy
Event history
Lch s s kin
Cnh bo m thanh v hnh nh s c a ra trong cc iu kin khng bnh thng
sau y:
-
Low runtime left (run time less than 5 min. based on function of load and
temperature)
ca ti v nhit )
Low AC output
in p AC ng ra thp
High AC output
in p ng ra cao
Output overload
Qu ti ng ra

Nhit mi trng cao

Qu nhit b phn tn nhit
User test alarm

Check cooling
Kim tra lm mt
Check battery
Kim tra pin
Check inverter
Kim tra nghch lu
Memory check
Kim tra b nh
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
311
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
23.6
Shutdown activated
Tt h thng c kch hot
Installation
Lp t
23.6.1 All videophone handset units shall be factory pre-wired and tested. All wirings shall be neatly
handled together and properly terminated.
Ton b chung ca in thoi hnh nh s phi c kim tra v lp t nh my. Ton b
dy s phi gn gn, ngn np v cc ch kt ni phi cht ch, chnh xc..
23.6.2 Where faceplate sections abut, a suitable enclosure strip shall be provided to prevent light leakage
between the sections.
Nhng thnh phn tip gip ln nhau trn b mt ca chung ca in thoi hnh nh, cc phn
vin xung quanh thch hp ca chung ca in thoi hnh nh s phi m bo khng b phai
mu ln nhau.
23.6.3 All videophone handset units shall be securely fixed on wall with edges of panel aligned with the
vertical and horizontal.
Ton b chung ca in thoi s phi m bo lp t trn tng sao cho cc cnh theo
phng ngang v ng phi vung gc vi nhau.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
312
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 24 EMERGENCY CALL BELL SYSTEM

PHN 24 H THNG GI KHN CP
24.1
General
Tng quan
The system shall be designed, supplied, tested and commissioned in accordance with the General
Consulates requirement, this specification and as shown on the Drawings.
H thng s c thit k, cung cp, chy th v bn giao theo yu cu ca Lnh s qun, tiu
ch k thut ny v nh c th hin trn bn v
All Software license must be permanent valid.
Tt c phn mm phi c bn quyn v thi hn
Source code for any software customization shall be provided.
M ngun ty chnh phi c cung cp
Backup disk and installation disk for computer base system shall be provided.
Cung cp h thng my tnh, a cng d phng
Captioned system requirements not be limited, the Electrical Sub-Contractor is required base on
approval.
Khng gii hn yu cu h thng, nh thu c yu cu da trn sn phm mi nht trn th
trng cp nht vic lp t thit b v trnh cc chi tit cho kin trc duyt
The Emergency Call Bell System shall be controlled by an integrated security control workstation,
which integrated with other security systems and shall be supplied and installed by the Electrical
Sub-Contractor. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall supply and install all necessary hardware and
software for the connection and interface between the Emergency Call Bell System and the
security control workstation for the mapping of information.
H thng gi khn s c iu khin bi phng bo v ni m cc h thng an ninh khc c
tch hp v lp t bi nh thu in. nh thu in s cung cp v lp t tt c cc phn mm
v phn cng cn thit kt ni v giao tip gia h thng gi khn cp v trm iu khin
hin th bn thng tin v tri.
24.2

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
313
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
24.3
Product
Sn phm
The push button shall be designed for palm-push operation, with mushroom head button and
rotating release.
Nt nhn phi c thit k n bng bn tay, c nt trn dng nm v xoay nh ra
A micro-processor base work-station with proprietary designed control software shall be provided
at Guard room. Upon actuation of the emergency call bell, as audio alarm shall be generated to
alert the security personnel. A pop-up message shall be displayed on the LCD monitor of the
workstation to alert the security personnel. The location of the actuated alarm shall be displayed in
both text and graphical map format. The audio alarm and be muted and the warning message and
graphic map can be removed once the alarm is acknowledged.
Trm iu khin da trn vi x l c trang b phn mm chuyn dng c cung cp trong
phng bo v. khi nt gi khn c kch hot, bo ng m thanh pht ra bo ng cho nhn
vin bo v. thng ip hin ra trc mn hnh LCD ca trm iu khin cnh bo nhn vin
bo v. Bo ng s hin th dng vn bn v ha v tr bo ng . Bo ng m thanh s
c tt v thng ip cnh bo v v tr trn ha c th c tt khi tnh trng bo ng c
nhn bit.
24.4
Operation
Hot ng
Should a push button be activated, the call bell which is located outside shall sound and a signal
shall be sent directly to the emergency call Bell Control workstation. Audio alarm shall be provided
and a pop-up warning message shall be shown to alert the caretakers. The location of the
actuated emergency call bell shall be display in the LCD monitor in form of both text and graphic
map.
Nu nt nhn b kch hot, chung bn ngoi phi reo v gi tn hiu trc tip n trm iu khin
trung tm. Bo ng m thanh pht ra v thng ip bo ng s hin ln trn bo ng cho
nhn vin bo v. V tr bo ng s hin th dng vn bn v ha v tr bo ng.
Mute switch shall be equipped to silence the alarm but visible alarm shall be reset if and only if the
alarm is cleared by normalization of the push button.
Cng tc tt phi c cung cp tt m thanh bo ng nhng n bo ng s c ci li
ch nu tnh trng bo ng c xa bi tnh trng bnh thng ca nt nhn
24.5
Power Supply Unit

Ngun cung cp
The battery shall be of totally enclosed nickel-cadmium type. Lead-acid battery will not be
accepted. The battery shall have sufficient capacity to maintain satisfactory operation of the
systems for two hours under 100% full load conditions.
B pin s l kiu nikel-cadium kn hon ton. Pin axit ch khng c chp nhn. pin phi c dung
lng duy tr s hot ng ca h thng trong hai gi iu kin 100% y ti.
The battery shall be suitable for charging with high charging currents within a short time.
Overcharge and deep discharge shall not cause any damage to the battery.
Pin phi thch hp chi c dng np cao trong thi gian ngn. dng np vt qu v dng
x cn b pin phi khng gy bt k s ph hng pin no.
24.6

H thng cp ngun lin tc
24.6.1 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall design, supply, install, testing, commissioning, and
J10068 11 Aug 2015
EE R05
314
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
opation of the security computer and its terminal and also the CCTV monitors for a minimum of 2
hours.
Thng Cp Ngun Lin Tc (c bit sau y l UPS) trong 2 gi ph hp vi hot ng ca
my tnh h thng an ninh v u ni ca ca n, n cng bao gm cc mn hnh hin th hnh
nh an ninh.
24.6.2 UPS shall complete with static bypass for obtaining electricity from supply main when the inverter
system.
UPS s ph hp vi chuyn mch th ng duy tr cp in cho ngun chnh khi li in qu
ti hoc b ngt ra. UPS s ph hp vi h thng chuyn mch bng tay nh vy UPS c kt
ni n h thng v ngt khi h thng m lm khng gin on h thng
24.6.3
24.6.4 Isolation means shall be provided for complete isolation from line. Neutral of output shall
bonded to ground.
be
c m bo ni t
24.6.5 The UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor-controlled inverter to convert the DC voltage to
than 95%.
B nghch lu s c xy dng trn bn dn 2 cc cng cch li. Sng hi ca b nghch lu trn
ti dy pha s nh hn 1.5%. B nghch lu c th chu qu ti 150% trong thi gian khng nh
hn 59 giy. H s dc ca b nghch lu c chp nhn s khng xung di 3. Hiu sut
chung ca b nghch lu s ln hn 95%
24.6.6 Input of the UPS shall be protected with surge protectors. The surge protector shall be series
24.6.7 Battery for the UPS shall be of maintenance free sealed lead-acid type. The cell shall conform to
than 9 years.
c qui ca UPS s loi c qui ch kn khng bo dng. Cc tm pin s ph hp vi IEC 623 v l
kiu nh mc di. Tui th ca c qui s khng t hn 9 nm.
24.6.8

J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
315
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
24.6.9 Charger shall be trickle charge with boost charge selectable.

24.6.10 Each UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor managed mimic and control panel, completed
with LCD display and keyboard. The mimic and control panel shall provide the following functions:
Mi UPS s cung mn hnh hin th qun l vi x l v bng iu khin, bao gm mn hnh LCD v
bn phm. Mn hnh hin th v bng iu khin s cung cp cc chc nng sau:
k.
l.

Chy/Dng v trng thi
m. Event history
Lch s cc s kin
n.
Cnh bo m thanh v hnh nh s c a ra trong cc iu kin khng bnh thng sau
y:
Low runtime left (run time less than 5 min. based on function of load and temperature)
ca ti v nhit )
Low AC output
in p AC ng ra thp
High AC output
in p AC ng ra cao
Output overload
Qu ti ng ra

Nhit mi trng cao

Qu nhit phn tn nhit
o.
User test alarm

p.
Check cooling
Kim tra lm mt
q.
Check battery
Kim tra c qui
r.
Check inverter
Kim tra b nghch lu
s.
Memory check
Kim tra b nh
t.
Shutdown activated
Tt h thng c kch hot
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
316
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
24.7
Cables and Accessories

Cp v cc ph kin
24.7.1 Power supply cable for cameras shall be used type of PVC insulated copper cored PVC sheathed
cables which shall be provided, installed, testing and commissioning as required in section Cable
Installation in this specification.
Cp cp ngun cho cc camera s dng lo cp cch in v c v bc PVC c cung cp, lp
t, kim nghim v chy th nh yu cu trong phn Lp t Cp in ca cun m t k
thut ny.
24.7.2 Network cable Cat6 UTP used in signal transmission between emergency call bell device and
controller or LAN switches shall be also referred to the specification of section Data Cabling
System in this specification.
Cp mng loi Cat6 UTP dng truyn tn hiu gia cc thit b gi khn cp v b iu khin
hay thit b chuyn mch mng ni b s tham chiu phn m t k thut ca H Thng Cp D
Liu trong cun m t k thut ny.
24.7.3 The control cable shall be point to point from emergency call bell device to the central
equipment/controller . No sharing of control cable among emergency call bell device shall be
allowed.
Cp iu khin s ni kiu im ti im t thit b gi khn cp n thit b trung tm. Khng c
chia s no gia cp iu khin v thit b gi khn cp c cho php
24.7.4 All cablings shall be run in metal trunking/G.I. conduit wiring system except those cables inside lift
shaft. From the trunking/conduit to the emergency call bell device 's location, flexible conduits
shall be applied for each emergency call bell devices cable end by Electrical Sub-Contractor.
Signal cables and power cables for emergency call bell device shall run in separate conduits and
flexible conduits. Exact installation details shall be submitted for approval before execution of
work.
Tt c cp s i trong mng kim loi/ng GI ngoi tr cp i trong ging thang my. T mng/ng
n v tr thit b gi khn cp s dng ng mm cho mi u cui cp thit b gi khn cp thc
hin bi nh thu in. Cp ngun v tn hiu cho thit b gi khn cp s i trong cc ng cng
v mm c lp. V tr lp t chnh xc s c trnh duyt trc khi thc hin cng vic
24.7.5 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall design, supply and install all cables, wirings and accessories
for the installation of the emergency call bell system. The system design together with any
schematic diagram and sample or proposed layout of the equipment shall be submitted for
approval before commence of work.
Nh thu in s thit k, cung cp v lp t tt c cc cp, h thng dy dn v ph kin cho
h thng bo ng khn. nh thu s trnh thit k h thng cng vi bt k s nguyen l v
mu sn phm hay mt bng thit b xut ph duyt trc khi thi cng
24.7.6 All lettering on the panels shall be chemically etched on the front face of the panel. The panel
layout shall be approved by the Architect.
Tt c ch trn mt t phi c khc trn mt trc. Mt bng b tr t phi c kin trc duyt
24.7.7 The power module shall comprise step-down transformer with suitable voltage-ration, nickelcadmium battery, battery charger and short-proof D.C stabilizer. The battery shall be capable of
maintaining the system's operation for not less than six hours, and then be able to operate in the
'alarm' condition for at least half an hour continuously.
B ngun phi bao gm cc b bin th c t s bin p thch hp, pin nickel cadmium, b sc v
b iu p DC. B pin phi c kh nng duy tr s hot ng ca h thng t nht su gi v ri
c th hot ng tip trong iu kin bo ng lin tc trong t nht na gi.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
317
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
24.7.8 The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall submit the circuit diagrams of the power supply module and
the sample/catalogue of the battery and battery charger for approval prior to manufacture.
Nh thu in phi trnh s nguyen l ca b ngun v bn mu/ti liu k thut ca b pin v
b sc pin ph duyt trc khi thi cng
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
318
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
SECTION 25 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

PHN 25 TH NGHIM V CHY TH
25.1
General
Quy nh chung
25.1.1 In addition to all commissioning and testing called for elsewhere, the Contractor shall carry out all
necessary testing and commissioning procedure comprising tests at maker's works, site tests
during construction, commissioning and acceptance tests all as specified below.
Ngoi vic th nghim v chy th c quy nh mt s mc khc ca Quy cch k thut
ny, Nh thu s thc hin tt c cc th tc th nghim v chy th cn thit bao gm th
nghim ti ni sn xut ca Nh sn xut, th nghim ti cng trng trong khi thi cng, chy th
v th nghim nghim thu theo cc quy nh di y.
25.1.2 Tests shall be carried out in accordance with the appropriate British Standard or B.S. Code of
Practice, the 16th Edition of IEE Wiring Regulations for Electrical Installation and the Supply Rules
of the local Vietnam Electricity Authority.
Th nghim s c thc hin theo BS thch hp hoc quy phm thc hnh BS, quy phm
ng dy IEE xut bn ln th 16.
25.1.3 All tests at site shall be performed in the sequence required by the construction and
commissioning programme. The Contractor shall prepare itemized and detailed testing and
commissioning schedules covering all electrical equipment, showing routine and special tests to
equipment components and systems. These schedules shall be prepared and submitted to the
Clients representative at least two months before the commencement of the test and approved by
the Clients representative.
Ton b th nghim ti cng trng c tin hnh theo trnh t c yu cu bi tin thi
cng v chy th. Nh thu s chun b tin th nghim v chy th chi tit v theo tng hng
mc cho ton b thit b in, nu r tin trnh v th nghim c bit cho cc b phn v h
thng thit b. Cc tin ny c chun b v c np cho Kin trc s ti thiu 2 thng trc
khi bt u th nghim v phi c Kin trc s thng qua.
25.1.4 All tests shall be properly certified in a manner to be agreed with the Clients representative and
triplicate copies of all certificates shall be issued to the Clients representative on completion.
Ton b th nghim s c cp chng ch theo ng cch c Kin trc s ng , v phi
np 3 b copy cc chng ch cho Kin trc s khi hon thnh th nghim.
25.1.5 These tests records certificates and performance services shall be supplied for all tests, whether
or not they have been witnessed by the Clients representative. The information given on such
test certificates and services shall be sufficient to identify the material or equipment to which the
certificate refers, and shall also bear the Contractor reference and heading given in equipment
sections.
Cc h s, chng ch v phiu vn hnh c cp cho ton b cc th nghim, cho d chng
c Kin trc s chng kin hay khng. Cc thng tin c a ra trong cc chng ch th
nghim v h s vn hnh s xc nh loi vt liu hoc loi thit b m cc chng ch c
lin quan, v c Nh thu tham kho v c gn cc phn thit b.
25.1.6 Only when the installations have been so certified and all test figures and other relevant
information has been recorded in the prescribed manner and accepted by the Clients
representative should the works be considered fit for handing over.
Ch khi vic lp t c cp chng ch, ton b cc s liu th nghim v cc thng tin c lin
quan khc c lp h s theo cch m t trc y v c Kin trc s ng , th
cng vic mi c xem l iu kin bn giao.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
319
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.1.7 The Contractor shall include in his tender all costs associated with the above mentioned testing
and commissioning procedures including the cost of making good any defects arising out of such
tests and having the work retested. Such costs shall also include the provision of all instruments
necessary for the test.
Nh thu s a vo h s thu ca mnh tt c cc chi ph v th nghim v chy th ni
trn, k c chi ph sa cha cc khuyt tt ny sinh do vic th nghim v chi ph th nghim li.
Cc chi ph bao gm cc dng c cn thit cho vic th nghim.
25.1.8 The Contractor shall submit with his Tender full details and specifications of the test equipment he
will use on site for the testing and commissioning.
Nh thu s np trong h s thu ca mnh tt c cc chi tit v quy cch k thut ca thit b th
nghim m Nh thu s s dng ti cng trng cho vic th nghim v chy th.
25.1.9 After the works have been satisfactorily tested and commissioned the Contractor may be required
to carry out or assist in carrying out further performance tests.
Sau khi cng vic c th nghim v chy th tha ng, Nh thu c th c yu cu
thc hin hoc gip thc hin cc th nghim vn hnh tip theo.
25.2
Submission
Np ti liu
25.2.1
Within three months of being notified of the intent to award the Contract and at least two months
prior to testing or commissioning any system, the Contractor shall furnish the following
information for each system or process, through the Main Contractor, to the Clients
representative for acceptance : Trong vng 3 thng khi nhn c thng bo l c giao Hp ng v ti thiu 2 thng trc
khi th nghim v chy th bt k h thng no, Nh thu s thng qua Nh thu chnh np
cc thng tin sau y cho mi h thng k thut Kin trc s chp nhn:
25.2.2
a.
type of instruments to be used

Loi dng c c s dng
b.
manufacturer of instruments
Nh sn xut cc loi dng c
c.
calibration methods for instruments

Phng php hiu chnh cc dng c
d.
operating instructions for instruments

Hng dn s dng cc dng c
e.
accuracy and tolerances of instruments

chnh xc v dung sai ca cc dng c
f.
proposed formats for testing and commissioning reports

Hnh thc d kin ca bo co th nghim v chy th
g.
complete schedule and programme of all testing and commissioning activities.

Tin v chng trnh hon chnh ca tt c cc hot ng th nghim v chy th.
All tests shall be properly certified in a manner to be agreed with the Clients representative. The
Contractor shall provide complete commissioning and testing reports in triplicate for each system
in accordance with this Specification and on agreed forms. Duly completed reports shall be
submitted to the Clients representative within 7 days from the date of testing carried out.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
320
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Ton b th nghim s c cp chng ch theo ng cch c Kin trc s ng . Nh thu

s np 3 b bo co th nghim v chy th hon chnh cho mi h thng k thut theo Quy
cch k thut ny v dng c tha thun. Cc bo co hon chnh hp l s c np
cho Kin trc s trong vng 7 ngy k t thi im thc hin th nghim.
25.2.3
Only when the installations have been so certified and all test figures and other relevant
information has been recorded in the prescribed manner and accepted by the Clients
representative shall the Works be considered fit for handing over to the Employer and the
Certificate of Practical Completion be issued.
Ch khi vic lp t c cp chng ch, ton b cc s liu th nghim v cc thng tin c
lin quan khc c lp h s theo cch m t trc y v c Kin trc s ng ,
th cng vic mi c xem l iu kin bn giao cho Ch u t v s c cp Chng
ch Hon thnh Thc t Cng vic.
25.3
Instruments and Calibration

Cc dng c v cch hiu chnh
25.3.1
The Contractor shall provide inspection, measurement and testing equipment in accordance with
ISO 9002 (BS 5750).
Nh thu s cp cc thit b kim tra, o lng v th nghim theo ISO 9002 (BS 5750).
25.3.2
The measurement and calibration system shall be in accordance with the requirements of BS
5781.
H thng o lng v hiu chnh s theo cc yu cu ca BS 5781.
25.3.3
Calibration of all instruments shall be certified by the instrument manufacturer or a calibration

agency acceptable to the Clients representative.
Hiu chnh cc dng c s c cp chng ch ca Nh sn xut hoc hng hiu chnh c
Kin trc s chp nhn.
25.4
Test Equipment
Thit b th nghim
The test equipment to be provided by the Contractor shall include but not be limited to : Thit b th nghim do Nh thu cp, bao gm nhng khng ch gii hn bi cc phn sau:
a.
Octave band sound level meter

ng h o m thanh bng qung tm.
b.
insulation resistance tester (minimum 500V)

Thit b o sc khng cch in (ti thiu 500V).
c.
ammeter
Ampe k.
d.
voltmeter
Vn k.
e.
cable test kit

Dng c th nghim cp.
f.
RCD tester
Dng c th nghim RCD.
g.
Earth loop impedance tester

Dng c th nghim tr khng ni t.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
321
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
h.
Continuity tester
Dng c th nghim tnh lin tc.
25.5
Tests at Manufacturer's Works

Th nghim ti ni sn xut ca Nh sn xut.
25.5.1
The following items of equipment shall be tested at the manufacturer's works and test certificates
in triplicate shall be forwarded to the Clients representative proving that each equipment item
has achieved the specified performance : Cc hng mc sau y ca thit b s c th nghim ti ni sn xut ca Nh sn xut, v
chng ch th nghim c np cho Kin trc s chng minh rng mi hng mc thit b u
t c yu cu vn hnh c quy nh:
25.5.2
a.
LV Switchboard
Bng in h th.
b.
Busbar/Busduct/Cables
Thanh ci/ thanh gp/ ng cp.
c.
Protective devices & relays

Thit b bo v v rle bo v.
d.
MCCB
Cu dao MCCB.
e.
Lighting Fittings
Thit b chiu sng.
f.
Combined MCB/RCD
Cu dao MCB/ RCD kt hp.
g.
Contactors
Cc tip im.
h.
Wiring accessories
Cc ph kin ng dy.
i.
Audio/Visual Advisory System

H thng thng bo c th nhn thy/ c th nghe thy.
Manufacturer's works test shall include all routine electrical, and mechanical tests in accordance
with the relevant British Standards and in addition any tests called for by the Clients
representative to ensure that the equipment being supplied meets the requirements of the
Specification. For equipment not covered by any British Standard or specifically mentioned in
this Specification the tests shall be agreed with the Clients representative.
Th nghim ti ni sn xut ca Nh sn xut bao gm th nghim v c hc, v in theo cc
BS lin quan v bt k cc th nghim b sung do Kin trc s yu cu m bo rng thit b
c cung cp s p ng cc yu cu ca Quy cch k thut. i vi cc thit b khng
c th hin trong cc BS hoc c nu c bit trong Quy cch k thut ny, vic th
nghim phi c Kin trc s chp nhn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
322
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.6
General Tests
Cc th nghim chung
The following tests shall be carried out in the sequence indicated for the total electrical
installation in accordance with the requirements of the IEE Wiring Regulation. All measured
values shall be recorded and presented to the Clients representative in an agreed format :Cc th nghim sau y s c thc hin theo trnh t c n nh cho vic lp t ton
b h thng in theo cc yu cu ca quy phm ng dy IEE. Ton b cc tr s c o s
c lp h s v c trnh by cho Kin trc s theo hnh thc c chp nhn:
a.
Continuity of Ring Final Circuit Conductors

Tnh lin tc ca dy dn mch vng cui cng.
b.
Continuity of Protective Conductors (with alternating current at supply frequency)

Tnh lin tc ca dy dn bo v (vi dng xoay chiu tn s ngun).
c.
Earth Electrode Resistance (where applicable)

Tr khng in cc ni t (khi c p dng).
d.
Insulation Resistance (with direct current at minimum 500V)

Sc khng cch in (vi dng mt chiu ti thiu 500V).
e.
Polarity
Tnh phn cc
f.
Earth Fault Loop Impedance (with loop Impedance tester)

Tr khng mch vng s c ni t (c dng c th nghim tr khng vng)
g.
Residual Current Devices (with alternating current not exceeding 50 volts)

Thit b dng d (c dng xoay chiu khng vt qu 50V).
25.7
LV Switchgears and Switchboards

B chuyn mch v bng in h th.
25.7.1
These tests shall be carried out on site after completion of installation of the LV switchboards and
main distribution cubicles and before the connection of the incoming supply cable.
Cc th nghim ny c thc hin ti cng trng sau khi hon thnh vic lp t bng in h
th v cc ngn phn phi chnh v trc khi ni ng cp ngun n.
DielectricTest/
High Voltage/
Pressure Test
Th nghim cht in mi/
in p cao th/
Th nghim p sut
This shall be carried out as defined in BS 5486 :

Part 1.
Th nghim ny c thc hin theo BS 5486:
Phn 1
Insulation
Vt cch in
This shall be carried out by means Test of a

1000V "Megger" tester or similar instrument.
Th nghim ny c thc hin bng dng c
th nghim Megger 1000V hoc dng c th
nghim tng t.
Secondary Injection Test

Th nghim phng in th cp
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
This shall be carried out using ac and shall check

(approximately) that protection relays or devices
function in accordance with their performance
curves by a test at the lowest setting and two
further tests of current and timing.
323
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Th nghim ny c thc hin bng cch dng

ngun xoay chiu v s kim tra (xp x) cc rle
bo v hoc thit b c chc nng bo v theo
th ng cong vn hnh ca chng bng th
nghim mc n nh thp nht v hai th
nghim tip theo v dng v thi gian.
Primary Injection Test
Th nghim phng in s cp
Contractor shall provide adequate test equipment

to perform primary injection tests on site to prove
the correct operation of all protective devices or
systems when set at the final settings. In this
connection, the Contractor's attention is drawn to
the provision of adequate and acceptable types of
test equipment including all expenses incurred in
transportation to and from site.
Nh thu s cung cp y thit b th nghim
thc hin th nghim phng in s cp ti
cng trng chng minh kh nng vn hnh
ng ca ton b cc thit b hoc h thng bo
v khi c ci t ti v tr ci t cui cng. Nh
thu cn phi ch cung cp cc loi thit b th
nghim ng cch v c chp nhn, k c cc
chi ph vn chuyn n v i khi cng trng.
Polarity Check for CT

Kim tra tnh phn cc cho CT
This shall be carried out to ensure that all CT are

correctly connected.
Th nghim ny c thc hin m bo rng
ton b CT c kt ni chnh xc.
Functional Test
Each switchgear to be operated through at lest
Th nghim chc nng ca thit b three (3) open-close cycles in both operating and
test positions by manual or electrical operations.
Mi c cu chuyn mch c vn hnh ti thiu
qua ba (3) chu trnh ng - m c hai v tr vn
hnh v th nghim khi thao tc bng in v
bng tay.
All control circuits, automatic change over
operations and interlocks shall be tested for
correct operation. Checks for ease of rack-in and
rack-out all withdrawable equipment shall be
carried out.
Ton b cc mch iu khin, b chuyn mch t
ng cho vic vn hnh v iu khin tp trung
s c th nghim v kh nng vn hnh chnh
xc. Thc hin vic kim tra ngng ca tt c cc
thit b c th tho ra.
Trip test of circuit beakers by manually making
every control relay contacts.
Th nghim ngt ca cu dao mch bng cch
ng in bng tay cho tt c cc tip im ca
rle iu khin.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
324
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Phase Sequence
Th nghim trnh t cc pha
A test on phase sequence shall be Tests made on

the main switch/ switchboard to ensure that the
switch has been connected in the correct
sequence.
Th nghim trnh t cc pha s c tin hnh
cng tc chnh/ bng in chnh m bo rng
cng tc c ni theo trnh t chnh xc.
25.7.2
Mechanical inspection of relays to ensure that:

a.
Relay movement is free, after removal of all transport packing.

Rle chuyn ng t do, sau khi c d ra khi bao gi vn chuyn.
b.
Magnet gap and induction discs are clean.

Khe t v a cm ng phi sch
c.
Gear teeth are clean

Rng chuyn mch phi sch
d.
Contacts are clean and make simultaneously.

Cc tip im phi sch v ng mch ng thi.
e.
Contacts make when the time multiplier setting is zero.

Cc tip im ng mch khi b khuych i thi gian c t v tr s khng.
f.
The resetting times are within prescribed limit for the relay.
nh thi gian c n nh li nm trong khong gii hn c m t i vi rle.
g.
Flag mechanisms operate in correct sequence.

Vn hnh ca c cu bo hiu theo trnh t ng
h.
Flag and reset knobs operate with the relay cover on

Vn hnh ca cc nt bm bo hiu v n nh c rle iu khin.
i.
Relay cover glass and gasket provide affective seal.

Np knh v vng m rle c bt kn hon ton
j.
CT shorting and D.C. isolating contacts for switches operate satisfactory.

Cc tip im cch in mt chiu v ngn mch CT cho cc cng tc hot ng p
yu cu.
25.7.3
ng
The following tests shall be carried out after the incoming supply cables are connected and the
L.V. switchboards and main distribution cubicles successfully commissioned on no-load : Cc th nghim sau y s c thc hin sau khi ng cp ngun c ni, v cc bng in
h th v cc ngn phn phi chnh chy th thnh cng vi ch khng ti:
a)
Phase-to-phase voltage test

Th nghim in p pha - ti - pha.
b)
Phase-to-neutral voltage test

Th nghim in p pha - ti - trung tnh.
c)
Phase-to-earth voltage test

Th nghim in p pha - ti - ni t.
d)
Neutral-to-earth voltage test

Th nghim in p trung tnh - ti - ni t.
e)
Phase sequence test on each and outgoing circuits.

Th nghim trnh t pha cho mi mch v cc mch ra.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
325
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.7.4
All tests shall be witnessed by and carried out to the satisfaction of the Clients representative
and all test results must be submitted to the Clients representative for record purposes.
Ton b cc th nghim c Kin trc s chng kin v c thc hin p ng cc yu cu
ca Kin trc s, tt c cc kt qu th nghim phi np cho Kin trc s lu h s.
25.8
LV Distribution and Final circuit Wiring

Phn phi in h th v ng dy mch cui cng.
25.8.1
Verification of Polarity:
Kim tra tnh phn cc:
These tests may be carried out by using proper test probes and a test lamp where mains supply
is available or using a continuity tester where mains supply is not available. The use of neon
indicator for polarity testing is not reliable and it shall not be used for this purpose.
Cc th nghim ny c thc hin bng cch dng cc u d v n th nghim thch hp khi
ngun in chnh c, hoc dng cc dng c th nghim v tnh lin tc khi khng c ngun
in chnh. Vic dng n n ng th nghim tnh phn cc l khng m bo tin cy v
khng c dng cho th nghim ny.
25.8.2
Measurement of the resistance of the earth Electrode:

o sc khng ca in cc ni t:
The resistance to earth of the main, and any auxiliary earthing systems shall be measured, both
at the earthing electrode position, and at the main switch/switchboard.
in tr khng ni t ca ngun chnh, v bt k h thng ni t b sung no s c o, c
v tr in cc ni t, v cng tc chnh/ bng in chnh.
25.9
Insulation Resistance Tests

Th nghim in tr cch in
Tests required are shown in the table below:Cc th nghim c yu cu c th hin theo bng di y:
Test
Th nghim
Conditions of Test
iu kin th nghim
Minimum Insulation Resistance

in tr cch in ti thiu
Insulation resistance to earth

in tr cch in ni t
1 Mega-ohm
1 Mga m
Insulation
resistance
between
poles or phases
in tr cch in gia cc cc
hoc cc pha
1 Mega-ohm
1 Mga m
Insulation resistance to case or

Frame work of live parts of fixed
apparatus where disconnected for
purposes of test a and 2.
in tr cch in v hoc cc
khung ca phn mang in ca
cc thit b c c nh, khi c
tho th nghim hoc thc hin
theo im 2.
0.5 Mega-ohm
0.5 Mga m
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
326
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.10
Test of Ring-circuit Continuity

Th nghim v tnh lin tc ca mch vng
For the purpose of this test, the supply must be disconnected and the ring conductor must be
disconnected at the point of test.
thc hin th nghim ny, ngun cp c ngt v dy dn mch vng c tho im th
nghim.
25.11
Battery Equipment
Th nghim c quy
25.11.1 Type test and routine tests shall be carried out as specified herein and to any manufacturer's test
to be carried out at various stages of manufacture.
Th nghim v loi v th nghim v ch lm vic s c thc hin theo quy nh di y,
c tin hnh th nghim ca nh sn xut cc giai on sn xut khc nhau.
25.11.2 Routine Tests
Th nghim v ch lm vic
a.
The normal low-rate (float) charge voltage shall be set in the works 2.06 per cell when
delivering 60% of rated load. At this setting it shall be demonstrated that the charger can
maintain output voltage within the prescribed limits under the specified variations of input
voltage and frequency and output load current.
in p np mc thp thng thng s c n nh cho ch lm vic 2.06 cho mt b
c quy khi chu 60% ph ti danh nh. mc n nh ny, n s chng t rng b np c
th duy tr in p u ra trong khong gii hn nu theo cc thay i c quy nh
ca in p v tn s u vo v dng ph ti u ra.
b.
The operation of the boost charge facility shall also be demonstrated. The correct
functioning of all control, indication and alarm devices shall be verified.
Kh nng vn hnh ca b np nhanh cng c chng minh. Chc nng ng ca tt c
cc thit b bo ng, iu khin v ch bo s c kim tra.
c.
All secondary wiring shall be submitted to a high voltage test of 2 kV a.c. for 1 minute.
Ton b ng dy th cp s c np th nghim in p cao 2kV xoay chiu cho 1
pht.
25.11.3 Type Tests

Th nghim v loi
a.
One or more cells, as may be agreed, of each battery type shall be submitted to a suitable
discharge test in order to verify the guaranteed capacity. Continuous measurements of
battery voltage shall be made together with periodic readings of the electrolyte specific
gravity and temperature.
Mt hoc nhiu b c quy, khi c tha thun, ca mi loi c quy s c np th
nghim phng in kim tra v mc cng sut c bo hnh. Vic o lin tc in
p c quy c lm cng vi s c nh k ca trng lng ring ca cht in phn v
nhit .
b.
No addition to the electrolyte is permitted during this discharge test.

Trong thi gian th nghim phng in, khng c thm cht in phn.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
327
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
c.
Check the erection of the battery, battery stand and charger equipment, with the cable
connections and fuses. Check the insulation to earth of the complete installation.
Kim tra vic lp c quy, b np, cc ng cp ni v cu ch. Kim tra cch in ni t
ca cng tc lp t hon chnh.
d.
Carry out tests on the battery to confirm its polarity and capacity. Carry out tests on the
battery and charger to confirm the chargers ability to recharge the battery if discharged, also
the chargers ability to maintain the float charge of the battery, and not to overcharge the
battery. Test also the 'low voltage' and 'high voltage' alarms also the earth fault detector or
negative bias devices.
Thc hin cc th nghim i vi c quy khng nh tnh phn cc v cng sut ca c
quy. Thc hin cc th nghim i vi c quy v b np khng nh kh nng np in
sau khi phng in, cng nh khng nh kh nng np nhanh ca b np, v khng np
qu c quy. Thc hin cc th nghim v bo ng in p thp v in p cao, pht
hin s c ni t hoc thit b thin p m.
e.
Record the specific gravity and cell voltages of the battery when fully charged, also confirm
that the battery test apparatus and safety appliances are available.
Ghi li trng lng ring v in p ca tng cc c quy khi c np in, v khng
nh rng c thit b th nghim c quy v cc thit b an ton.
25.11.4 Tests shall be carried out to ensure that : Cc th nghim c tin hnh m bo rng:
a.
The polarity of D.C. incoming supplies to panels and cubicles is correct.

Tnh phn cc ca ngun n mt chiu ti cc bng iu khin v cc ngn thit b l
chnh xc.
b.
All relays which either perform a tripping function, or control a tripping or measuring function
in a protective scheme operate at 60% normal volts. This test shall be carried out as an
overall test at reduced voltage.
Ton b cc rle, chng thc hin c chc nng ngt hoc iu khin chc nng ngt hoc
o h thng bo v, vn hnh 60% in th thng thng. Th nghim ny s c
thc hin nh th nghim tng th in p c gim.
c.
All relays other than those specified in (a) above operate at standing
battery voltage.
Ton b cc rle khc vi loi c m t mc a) ni trn, hot ng in p c quy

thng.
d.
All protective and tripping relays, and where applicable, all control, alarm and indicating
relays, correctly operate the appropriate indicators and auxiliary relays.
Ton b cc rle ngt v bo v, v khi c p dng, ton b cc rle ch bo, bo ng,
iu khin, s vn hnh chnh xc cc ch bo v cc rle ph thch hp.
e.
All functional links, fuses, auxiliary switches and change-over switches provide the design
isolation and are correctly labelled.
Ton b cc thanh truyn chc nng, cc cu ch, cc cng tc ph v cng tc chuyn
mch u c cch in v c gn nhn mc chnh xc.
f.
All alarms and annunciations operate correctly at standing voltage, and at local and remote
control points as applicable.
Ton b thit b bo ng v my ch bo hot ng chnh xc in p thng, v cc
im iu khin cc b v iu khin t xa khi c th p dng.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
328
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
g.
All circuit breakers operate from all control positions and the appropriate control selector
function correctly, that automatic switching and synchronising schemes function correctly
and that circuit breakers trip from all the associated trip relays irrespective of the selector
switch positions.
Ton b cc cu dao khi hot ng theo ng chc nng t cc im iu khin v b chn
iu khin thch hp, cng tc t ng v chc nng s ng b v cu dao s ngt vi
ton b rle ngt c ghp khng tng ng ca cc v tr cng tc chn.
h.
The voltage drop across a battery system with the charger switched off shall be note for the
most onerous load.
Tn hao in p i vi h thng c quy c b np c ngt s th hin cho ph ti nng
nht.
25.12
Electrical Protection Equipment

Th nghim thit b bo v in
25.12.1 All electrical protection equipment shall be tested on site in accordance with this Specification,
the Code of Practice, the IEE Wiring Regulations and as recommended by the manufacturer of
the protection devices.
Ton b thit b bo v in s c th nghim ti cng trng theo Quy cch k thut ny,
theo quy phm thc hnh, theo quy phm ng dy IEE v theo xut ca Nh sn xut v
thit b bo v in.
25.12.2 Inspection and testing of the LV distribution circuits shall be carried out in accordance with the
Code of Practice and the IEE Wiring Regulations for Electrical Installations.
Vic kim tra v th nghim cc mch phn phi h th s c thc hin theo quy phm thc
hnh, theo quy phm ng dy IEE v lp t in.
25.12.3 The results and measurements of all tests shall be recorded in a form to be agreed with the
Clients representative before testing.
Cc kt qu v tr s o ca tt c cc th nghim s c lp h s dng c Kin trc
s chp nhn trc khi th nghim.
25.13
CCTV / Security Systems

Th nghim h thng an ninh
25.13.1 Upon completion of the works, the Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory balancing,
testing and commissioning of the works to the satisfaction of the Clients representative.
Khi hon thnh vic lp t, Nh thu c trch nhim hiu chnh cn bng, th nghim v chy
th ca cng vic p ng yu cu ca Kin trc s.
25.13.2 The Contractor shall test all outlets and demonstrate the perfect operation of the system using a
colour monitor TV set connected to each outlet. The picture quality shall be free from defects
related to cross modulation, noise, network reflections and ghosts, and the effects of adjacent
channels of interference.
Nh thu s th nghim tt c cc hng ra, chng minh vic vn hnh hon ho ca cc h
thng bng cch dng mt TV mu c ni vi mi hng ra. Hnh nh s khng b vt ngang,
khng ln tp m, khng b m hnh v khng b nhiu bi knh bn cnh.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
329
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.13.3 The Contractor shall carry out an output level measurement at each and everyone of the outlet of
at least 3 dB/mV in all the bands. The method of measurement shall be proposed by the
Contractor and approved by the Clients representative.
Nh thu s o mc u ra mi hng ra ti thiu 3dB/mV tt c cc bng. Phng php o
s do Nh thu xut v c Kin trc s thng qua.
25.14
Public Address and Audio/Visual Advisory System

Th nghim h thng truyn thanh cng cng/ h thng bo ng c th nhn & nghe
thy.
25.14.1 Upon the completion of the works, the Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory
balancing testing and commissioning of the works to as specified for the system function.
Khi hon thnh vic lp t, Nh thu c trch nhim hiu chnh cn bng, th nghim v chy
th ca cng vic p ng cc quy nh v chc nng ca h thng
25.14.2 The Contractor shall measure all sound power level as called for in the specification and verify
the system function, alarms, and/or control as stated in the specification and/or shown on the
Drawings.
Nh thu s o mc m thanh c nu Quy cch k thut v kim tra chc nng ca h
thng nh c nu Quy cch k thut v c th hin bn v.
25.14.3 The entire Audio/Visual Advisory System shall be commissioned and tested in presence of fire
service inspector to the FSD's requirement. The Contractor shall work in conjunction with the fire
services contractor to ensure the integrity of the fire service dry fire system and this audio/visual
advisory system during the test/commission status.
Ton b h thng bo ng c th nhn thy, c th nghe thy s c chy th v th nghim
vi s c mt ca thanh tra phng chy p ng cc yu cu ca S cu ha. Nh thu s
phi hp vi Nh thu h thng cha chy m bo tnh trng ton vn ca h thng cha
chy v h thng bo ng c th nhn thy, c th nghe thy trong khi th nghim/ chy th
25.15
Interface With Building Management System

Tng Tc Vi H Thng Qun L Ta Nh
25.15.1 General
Quy nh chung
a.
The Contractor shall supply and install all necessary current transformers, HRC cartridge
fuses, sensors, relays, wirings, terminal strips and accessories for the provision of the
following signals (together with all other signals specified elsewhere in the drawings /
specifications / schedules), which will be picked up by others at the terminal strips.
Nh thu s cung cp v lp t ton b cc bin th dng, cu ch ng HRC, cc cm
bin, rle, ng dy, cc di u cc v cc ph kin cn thit cung cp cc tn hiu
ni trn, chng c kt ni bi cc Nh thu khc ti cc di u cc.
b.
All circuit breaker status indication shall be provided through circuit breaker auxiliary
switches.
Ton b n ch bo tnh trng cu dao c b tr thng qua cc cu dao ph tr.
25.15.2 Interface Signals from LV Switchboard and Generator Swtchboard

Cc tn hiu phn chia t bng in h th v bng in ca my pht in.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
330
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
a.
The Contractor shall provide the following interface in each LV switchboard and generator
switchboard.
Nh thu s cung cp cc phn chia sau y mi bng in h th v bng in ca my
pht in.
b.
For All Incoming Air Circuit Breakers

i vi my ct khng kh ca ngun n
c.
Circuit breaker open.

Cu dao h
Circuit breaker closed.

Cu dao ng
Circuit breaker protection relay activated.

Cu dao bo v rle hot ng
Trip supply healthy common alarm.

Bo ng chung
Ampere analogue signal 4-20 mA for yellow phase.

Tn hiu tng t ca Ampe k 4 - 20 mA cho pha mu vng.
Voltage analogue signal 4-20 mA for yellow phase.

Tn hiu tng t ca Vn k 4 - 20 mA cho pha mu vng.
Power factor analogue signal 4-20 mA for yellow phase.

Tn hiu tng t ca h s ngun 4 - 20 mA cho pha mu vng.
For All Bus-section Air Circuit Breakers

i vi my ct khng kh ca ton b thanh ci
d.
e.

Cu dao h

Cu dao ng.
For All Air Circuit Breaker which have Electrical and Mechanical Interlock
i vi my ct khng kh, chng c thit b iu khin tp trung kiu c v in.

Cu dao h

Cu dao ng
Circuit breaker protection relay activated.

Cu dao bo v rle hot ng
Trip supply healthy common alarm.

Bo ng chung
For Each Feeder Circuit Breaker or Contactors in Generator Switchboard

i vi mi cu dao dy cp in v cc tip im bng in ca my pht in.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
Circuit breaker / contactor open.

Cu dao/ tip im h
Circuit breaker / contactor closed.

Cu dao/ tip im ng
331
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
f.
Circuit breaker / contactor closing supply healthy.

Cu dao/ tip im ng cp ngun
For Each Battery and Charger Set Integrated in the Switchboard

i vi mi c quy v b np c ghp vo bng in
g.
Battery fault alarm.

Bo ng s c c quy
For Each Complete LV Switchboard or Generator Switchboard

i vi mi bng in h th hoc bng in ca my pht in.
h.
A common alarm shall be provided through a normally closed contact for mains failure
situation.
Bo ng chung s c cp thng qua tip im c ng thng thng khi ngun
chnh gp s c.
The Contractor shall provide the following signals with probably labelled terminal strips at the
rear of generator control panel for interfacing with the system building management.
Nh thu s cp cc tn hiu sau y vi cc bng u cc c nhn hiu y pha sau
bng iu khin my pht in tng tc vi h thng qun l ta nh.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
On/off status for each generator.

Tnh trng m/ tt cho mi my pht in.
Auto/manual selector status for each generator.

B chn tnh trng cho mi my pht in hot ng t ng/ bng tay.
Generator on load status for each set.

My pht in khi c ph ti cho mi t my.
Fail to start alarm for each generator.

Khng th khi ng bo ng cho mi my pht in.
Shut down on fault common alarm for each generator.

ng bo ng s c chung cho mi my pht in.
Essential load (kw) for each generator.

Ph ti thit yu (kw) cho mi my pht in.
Output power factor for each generator.

H s ngun u ra cho mi my pht in.
Output phase voltages for each generator.

in p pha u ra cho mi my pht in.
Output line currents for each generator.

Cc dng u ra cho mi my pht in.
First stage alarm for each generator.

Bo ng giai on 1 cho mi my pht in
High / low level alarm for each tank.

Bo ng mc nhin liu cao/ thp cho mi b nhin liu
Fuel oil leakage alarm for each underground tank.

Bo ng r r du nhin liu cho mi b nhin liu ngm di t.
Fuel oil leakage alarm for fuel oil pump room.

Bo ng r r du nhin liu cho bung bm du nhin liu.
On / off status for each oil transfer pump.

Tnh trng m/ tt ca mi my bm dn du
332
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
Duty / standby status for each oil pump.

Tnh trng lm vic thng xuyn/ ch lm vic d phng cho mi my bm du.
Motor trip alarm for each oil pump.

Bo ng ngt ng c cho mi my bm du.
Load shedding initiation signal.

Tn hiu c ph ti ban u.
Battery charger failure for each generator.

S c b np c quy cho mi my pht in.
.
25.15.3 Interface Signals from Plumbing & Drainage Equipment
Cc tn hiu tng tc t my bm cp v thot nc.
a.
The Contractor shall provide the following interfacing points to pick up the signals from
Plumbing & Drainage equipment provided by others.
Nh thu s cp cc im tng tc sau y nhn tn hiu t my bm cp v thot
nc do nh thu khc cp.
b.
For Plumbing Services

i vi h thng my bm cp nc.
c.
25.16
Pump failure alarm

Bo ng s c my bm
Tank low level alarm

Bo ng mc thp b nc
Tank overflow level alarm

Bo ng mc chy trn b nc.
Valve high pressure alarm

Bo ng p sut cao van.
For Drainage Services

i vi h thng thot nc
Pump failure alarm

Bo ng s c my bm
Pit overflow alarm

Bo ng mc chy trn h thu nc.
Operation and Maintenance Manual

Sch hng dn vn hnh v bo dng
25.16.1 The Contractor shall within 14 days of reach Practical Completion submit to the Clients
representative three (3) copies of Operation and Maintenance Manual in English and
Vietnamese.
Trong vng 14 ngy khi t c hon thnh thc t cng vic, Nh thu s np cho Kin trc
s ba (3) b Sch hng dn vn hnh v bo dng bng ting Anh v ting Vit.
The manual shall comprise the following:
Sch hng dn bao gm cc phn sau:
a.
A cover giving:
ba c ghi:
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
333
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
b.
26
The name of the development

Tn ch u t
27
the title of the document

Tn ca ti liu
28
the name and address of the installation contractor

Tn v a ch ca nh thu thi cng
Inside page giving similar information to the cover but including contact telephone numbers
for normal and emergency use.
Trang bn trong tip theo c ghi cc thng tin tng t vi t ba nhng cn ghi thm s
in thoi thng thng v trng hp khn cp.
c.
Contents page.
Trang mc lc.
d.
Description of the installation.

M t cng tc lp t
e.
Scheduled details of all equipment and plant.

Thng k chi tit ton b cc thit b v my mc.
f.
Operating instructions including details of any automatic control system.

Hng dn vn hnh k c cc chi tit ca h thng iu khin t ng.
g.
maintenance and fault finding instructions including composite schedule of routine

maintenance.
Hng dn bo hnh v pht hin s c, k c thng k cc bc bo hnh nh k.
h.
Test report commissioning record certified by the Engineer.

Bo co th nghim chy th c K s chng thc.
i.
Recommended spare pats and lubricants.

Danh mc ph tng d tr v m bi trn c d kin.
j.
List of equipment and plant with manufacturers name and address and local agent, if
applicable.
Danh mc ca thit b v my mc c tn v a ch ca nh sn xut v i l ti a
phng, nu c p dng.
k.
Manufacturers literature suitably indexed to include Shop Drawings, wiring diagrams,

performance curves, etc.
H s ca nh sn xut c nh s thch hp, bao gm bn v ch to, s i dy, cc
th th hin ng cong vn hnh .v.v.
l.
List of As-installed Drawings.

Danh mc cc bn v hon cng.
25.16.2 Manual shall be produced on A4 size paper. All sections shall be suitably separated and readily
identifiable. Pages shall be numbered consecutively and page numbers included in the contents
page.
Sch hng dn lm bng kh giy A4. Ton b cc phn c trnh by tch bit v d nhn
thy. Cc trang c nh s lin tip k c trang mc lc.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
334
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
25.16.3 Finally, approved manuals shall be submitted in loose leaf ring binders with hard covers to
facilitate storage.
Cui cng, sch hng dn c thng qua s c np dng ng gy xon c ba cng
d bo qun.
25.16.4 As-installed drawing may be folded and accommodated in the manual if appropriate.
Cc bn v hon cng c th gp li v c ghp vo sch hng dn, nu thch hp.
25.16.5 As-installed Drawings shall include a diagrammatic layout of the complete installation with major
items of plant suitably referenced to the scheduled (item above). These drawing shall be certified
by the Clients representative.
Cc bn v hon cng s bao gm cch b tr theo s nguyn l cho cc hng mc chnh
theo phn thng k thit b. Cc bn v ny c Kin trc s chng thc.
25.16.6 A set of As-installed Drawings shall be provide or each copy of the O&M Manual required to be
provided. In addition, one copy of drawings in polyester film shall be provided.
Mt b bn v hon cng s c ghp vo mi b sch hng dn vn hnh v bo dng.
Ngoi ra, mt b copy bn v bng giy can s c cp.
25.16.7 The Contractor shall state in the Operating and Maintenance Manual that all electrical
connections have been checked and indicate when re-check is to be carried out.
Nh thu s nu r trong sch hng dn vn hnh v bo dng l cc kt ni in c
kim tra v ghi thm khi vic kim tra li c thc hin.
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
335
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
APPENDIX E1
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
336
German House, HCMC

Acoustic Technical Design Report
Mace Group
22 December 2014
Revision: 0
Reference: 243957
Document control record

Document prepared by:
Aurecon Australasia Pty Ltd
ABN 54 005 139 873
Aurecon Centre
Level 8, 850 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008
PO Box 23061
Docklands VIC 8012
Australia
T
F
E
W
+61 3 9975 3000

+61 3 9975 3444
melbourne@aurecongroup.com
aurecongroup.com
A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of:

a)
b)
Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard
copy version.
Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.
Document control
Report title
Acoustic Technical Design Report
Document ID
AUR-TD-AC-REP-00001.pdf
File path
N:\Groups\Building Sciences\Acoustics\Jobs\German House, HCMC\Report\German House

Acoustics.docx
Client
Mace Group
Client contact
Project number
243957
Rev
Date
Revision details/status
Prepared by
Author
Verifier
Approver
22 December 2014
Issue
L Davis
L Davis
B Dawson
B Dawson
Current revision
Approval
Author signature
Approver signature
Name
Lauren Davis
Name
Title
Senior Acoustic Consultant
Title
Project 243957 File German House Acoustics.docx 22 December 2014 Revision 0
Contents
1
Introduction
1.1
Site Description
1.2
References
Project Specific Acoustic Criteria
2.1
Spaces within German House
Partition separating Rubbish/Waste chutes to adjacent habitable areas
External Glazing
2.2
Noise to the Environment
2.3
Vibration
Existing Noise Environment
3.1
Methodology
3.2
Measurement Locations
3.3
Measurement Results
Recommendations
10
4.1
Acoustic Privacy
10
4.2
Faade
19
4.3
Building Services
20
Appendices
Appendix A
Acoustic Terminology
Figures
Figure 1: Site plan and location of attended measurements
Figure 3: Panoramic image of street scape along Duong Le Duan
Figure 4: Panoramic image of streetscape along Le Van Huu
Figure 5: Plant installed on the building adjacent to German House
Figure 6: Treatment of back to back flush boxes
1
6
7
7
8
25
Tables
Table 1: Acoustic Design Criteria Offices and Consulate Spaces
Table 2: Sound insulation requirements for residences
Table 3: Environmental Noise Limits from TCVN 5949
3
4
5
Project 243957 File German House Acoustics.docx 22 December 2014 Revision 0 Page i
Table 4: Summary of attended noise measurements

Table 5: Partition performance and construction (Source: Selector Plasterboard systems Boral,
March 2006)
Table 6: Partition performance and construction
Table 7: Internal glazing schedule
Table 8: Internal door types (Source: Product Catalogue Doors & Window Sealing Systems
Raven)
Table 9: Floor types (Source: Controlling the Transmission of Impact Sound through Floors by Alf
Warnock, Institute for Research in Construction)
Table 10: Acoustic design recommendations for partition, ceiling, glazing, door and floor types
Table 11: Faade requirements for development
Table 12: Limiting in-duct airflow velocities
Table 13: Limiting air velocities through diffusers, grilles and dampers
Table 14: Schedule of vibration isolators and bases
8
10
13
14
14
15
18
19
21
21
26
Project 243957 File German House Acoustics.docx 22 December 2014 Revision 0 Page ii
Introduction
German House is a mixed use development in central Ho Chi Minh city, Vietnam. The building will
accommodate the German Consulate General, Visa department, business associations, cultural
organisations and representations of German companies.
1.1
Site Description
The German House site is located on the corner of Duong Le Duan and Le Van Huu and is adjacent to
the commercial tower Kumho Asiana Plaza and the Intercontinental Asiana Saigon which is a mix of
Retail and Hotel spaces. The site is opposite the US Embassy and some low rise traditional shop
houses which are understood to be a mix of residential and commercial spaces.
US Embassy
German House
Site
Kumho Asiana Plaza
(Commercial Tower)
Intercontinental
Asiana Saigon
(Retail Podium and
two hotel Towers)
Project 243957 File German House Acoustics.docx 22 December 2014 Revision 0 Page 1
1.2
References
The following documents were referenced in the preparation of this report:
German House Ho Chi Minh City. Tenant Construction Description General Consulate.
Appendix 4A
Technical Design Report: Architecture German House Ho Chi Minh City, GMP
International, August 2014
TCVN 5949-1998 Acoustics Noise in public and residential areas. Maximum noise level
DIN 4109:1989-11 Sound insulation in buildings; requirements and testing
DIN EN ISO 18041:2004 Acoustical quality in small to medium-sized rooms
AS 2107:2000 Acoustics Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for
building interiors
AS2670.2:1990 Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration Part 2: Continuous

and shock induced vibration in buildings (1 to 80 Hz).
Project Specific Acoustic Criteria
2.1
Spaces within German House
The three key metrics which describe the acoustic quality of a space are the ambient noise level, the
reverberation time and the internal sound insulation. The performance requirements for spaces within
the German House project are summarised in Table 1.
Table 1: Acoustic Design Criteria Offices and Consulate Spaces
Location
Senior consular office

Other private offices
Group offices/Open plan offices
Boardroom
Meeting Rooms
Ambient
Noise Level*
LAeq (dBA)
Reverberation
#
time, RT60
(seconds)
Internal
Sound
^
Insulation , Dw
30-35
35-45
40-45
30-35
0.6 0.8
0.6 0.8
0.4 0.6
0.6 0.8
Dw 45-50
Dw 40-45
Dw 45-50
with Video Conferencing facilities
35-40
0.5 0.7
Dw 45-50
Without Video Conferencing facilities
35-40
0.5 0.7
Dw 40-45
Retail/Exhibition
Security Room
Pantry/tea room
Foyers/lobbies/corridors
Restaurant
Club
Gymnasium
Toilets/Showers/Change rooms
Plant rooms
45-50
40-45
40-45
45-50
40-45
40-45
45-55
45-55
-
0.4 0.6
0.5 0.7
0.4 0.6
0.4 0.6
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
Minimised as
far as
practicable
Dw 40-45
Dw 35-40
Dw 35-40
Dw 35-40
Dw 40-45
Dw 45-50
Dw 50-55
Residences
- Bedrooms
30-40
35-40
Refer to
section 2.1.1
Refer to
section 2.1.1
Living Areas
*Ambient noise level refers to noise both from building services and noise ingress.
# Reverberation time targets are mid-frequency and represent the average Reverberation Time measured in the 500Hz2kHz octave bands
^ Sound Insulation requirements are provided in terms of on-site performance. When designing, insulating elements
shall be selected which can achieve a laboratory performance (Rw) of a minimum of 5dB above the Dw requirement.
2.1.1
Sound Insulation requirements for Residences
The residential spaces within the development are to be designed such that a high level of privacy is
provided between vertically and horizontally adjacent apartments. The required level of sound
insulation between spaces is provided in Table 2.
Table 2: Sound insulation requirements for residences
Minimum Acoustic Performance
Walls - Airborne Sound Insulation
Laboratory Rating (Rw)

Party walls / inter-tenancy partition walls
Studio and 1 & 2 Bed Apartments
55
Penthouse / Consuls Apartment
60
Party walls separating a wet area (bathrooms) of an apartment

and a habitable space (bedroom or living room) of apartment
50
(discontinuous construction)
Walls between apartments and a public corridor, lobby,

stairway, etc.
50
Bedroom walls within the same tenancy
40
Partition (ceiling / bulkhead / FCU enclosure) - separating

ceiling void services from habitable spaces below
Lift shaft walls separating from a habitable space (bedroom,
living room, etc.) of an apartment
40-45
63
Lift shaft walls separating from a non-habitable space (i.e.

corridor, walk-in wardrobe, etc.) of an apartment
55
Walls separating a garbage chute from a habitable space

(bedroom, living room, etc.) of an apartment
60
Partition system separating a duct soil, waste water supply

pipe from an adjacent habitable space (bedroom or living
room)
Rubbish/Waste
chutes
40-45
45
Hydraulic riser shafts adjacent to habitable areas

Partition separating
habitable areas
to
adjacent
55
35-45
External Glazing
Floor/Ceiling Systems - Airborne Sound Insulation
Floors between two separate Apartments
55
Floors between Apartments and other public space
55
Floors between a Mechanical Plant room and an Apartment

below (or above)
60-65
60
Floors between a high noise public areas (such as restaurant,

etc.) and a Apartment on level above or below
Doors - Acoustic Performance
Apartment Main Entrance Door (i.e. door assemblies located in

a wall between an apartment and a public corridor, lobby,
stairway, etc.)
35
Sliding Glass Doors to Balcony
35
Minimum Acoustic Performance
Floor/Ceiling Systems Impact Sound Isolation
Laboratory Rating (IIC)

50
Concrete floors between two separate Apartment
65
Concrete floors between a public space (e.g. roof top

restaurant, busy public corridor, etc.) and a habitable space
(i.e. bedroom or living room) of a Apartment on level below
2.2
Noise to the Environment
Environmental noise emissions from developments in Vietnam are governed by Vietnamese

Standards TCVN 5949-1998 Acoustics Noise in public and residential areas. Maximum noise level
The noise limits apply at the nearest sensitive receiver and are summarised in Table 3
Table 3: Environmental Noise Limits from TCVN 5949
Receiver type
Residential, hotel, hostel,

office
2.3
Noise limit for each time period (LAeq)

Day
Evening
Night
(6am 6pm)
(6pm 10pm)
(10pm 6am)
60
55
50
Vibration
Surface vibration from plant and equipment, and internal occupation, should not be perceptible in
occupied areas, and should not exceed Curve 1.4 of AS2670.2 Evaluation of human exposure to
whole-body vibration Part 2: Continuous and shock induced vibration in buildings (1 to 80 Hz).
4.3
Building Services
4.3.1
Duct work layout
Careful consideration to basic design guidelines is essential to insure low levels of self-generated
noise and low turbulence flow. These guidelines include (but are not limited to) the following:
Start with the quietest possible equipment.
Locate air-handling equipment away from noise sensitive areas.
Recommended exit airflow velocities should not be exceeded.
Duct aspect ratio should not be more than 2.5:1
Locate dampers downstream from air-handling equipment to reduce regenerated noise.
Locate right-angle bends and dampers 5 to 10 diameters upstream from the outlet to reduce
regenerated noise.
Sudden changes in directions should be avoided. When not possible to avoid sudden changes,
turning vanes should be used to reduce pressure loss.
Diverging sections (branching) should be gradual angle of divergence shall be less than 20.
Duct transitions should be gradual to avoid abrupt changes in volume.
Use radiused elbows where possible.
Elbows with non-turning vanes should have a radius of three times the largest duct dimension.
Acoustical lining (1-inch thick) should be used for both supply and return ductwork as required to
achieve the applicable noise criteria, with no less than 30 feet from the air handling units.
Allow for proper fan outlet conditions. For rectangular ducts, the minimum length shall be 1.5 x the
largest outlet dimension; for round ducts, the minimum length shall be 1.5 x the outlet diameter.
Straight rigid ductwork equal to three times the largest duct dimension should be used before and
after sound attenuators (silencers).
Acoustical lagging should be used around all ductwork which passes through noise-sensitive areas
a minimum of 10 pipe diameters (or 10 times the larger square duct dimension) upstream and 20
diameters (or 20 times the larger square duct dimension) downstream of all transitions, tees, valves,
branch takeoffs or similar to ensure laminar flow beyond the cladding.
Do not rely on acoustical ceilings are as sound barriers; the space above a drop ceiling in an
acoustically sensitive area should not be used for high velocity terminal units.
Sound attenuator (silencer) selection must take into account the spectrum of the energy to be
reduced so that the resulting noise follows the proper RC contour, avoiding overdesign.
Careful design of cross-talk noise transfer between adjacent spaces through common supply /
return air ductwork through implementation of internal acoustic lining / cross-talk attenuators
4.3.2
Air velocities
In Duct Velocities
Ductwork shall be sized to ensure air-flow does not regenerate noise. Table 12 provides maximum
duct airflow velocities likely to achieve specific acoustic design criteria. Branch ducts should have
airflow velocities of about 80% of the values listed. Velocities in final runs to diffusers/grilles should be
50% of the values or less
Table 12: Limiting in-duct airflow velocities
Main Duct Location
In shaft or above plasterboard ceiling
Above suspended acoustic ceiling
Duct located within occupied space
Design Criterion
NR
Maximum Airflow Veloctiy (m/s)

Rectangular Duct
Circular Duct
45
18
25
35
13
18
25
13
45
13
23
35
15
25
10
45
10
20
35
13
25
Diffusers, Grilles and Dampers

Table 13 provides maximum free supply and return air velocities at diffusers and grilles likely to
achieve specific acoustic design criteria. The values are intended as a guideline and it is
recommended that manufacturer data is referred to when selecting diffusers, grilles and dampers in
preference to the values in the table when making selections in order to ensure compliance.
Table 13: Limiting air velocities through diffusers, grilles and dampers
Main Duct Location

Supply Air Outlet
Return Air Inlet
4.3.3
Design Criterion
NR
45
40
35
30
25
45
40
35
30
25
Maximum Airflow Velocity

(m/s)
3.2
2.8
2.5
2.2
1.8
3.8
3.4
3
2.5
2.2
Plumbing system
Plumbing noise can be as disrupting as HVAC noise when radiating into function and habitable
spaces. Turbulent flow piping noise can be caused by water or other liquids passing through elbows,
valves or other transition pieces causing the pipe to vibrate. This vibration then radiates as airborne
noise into the adjacent areas.
Lightweight PVC plastic pipe is now commonly used to replace cast iron, copper or mild steel tubing.
Because of its lightweight (i.e. low damping, mid-high radiation efficiency) construction, PVC pipes are
easily set into motion due to fluid flow, with the result being an increase in concerns and complaints
directed towards noise.
The following are guidelines which are intended to reduce plumbing noise:
Water velocity should not exceed 6 ft./s (2 m/s), and pipe sizes should be adjusted for this
maximum velocity.
Waste and water supply lines should not be installed in any walls enclosing noise sensitive spaces.
Vertical drain pipes should not be installed within interior or on the exterior walls of noise sensitive
spaces.
The number of pipe transitions (tees, elbows, Y connections, etc.) should be kept to a minimum.
Regulators should be installed as required to ensure that the water pressure is no greater than 50
pounds per square inch (344,000 Pa) in the main water supply lines.
Water-hammer arresters should be placed close to quick-acting valves and should be installed at
the end of plumbing lines over 35 feet (10 m) long.
Plumbing penetrations on opposite sides of any sound-rated partition assembly should be
separated by a minimum distance of 16 inches (406mm).
Select plumbing valves of the ball-type which exhibit minimum noise when in use.
Select faucets and taps with fully ported nozzles and equipped with aeration or anti-splash devices.
Waste piping and water supply piping should be isolated from the building construction at points of
contact with resilient sleeves, vibration isolators, or a minimum of -inch (6.4mm) of resilient
material such as soft neoprene, rubber, felt padding, etc.
Acoustical lagging over piping may be necessary when additional attenuation is required over noise
sensitive areas (e.g. bedrooms, living areas and office spaces).
4.3.4
Generator room
While emergency generators are essential to ensure that critical building activities and life safety
systems are not compromised during power outages, the associated noise and vibration can be
transmitted to sensitive areas through building partitions (walls and floors), the structural system and
generator ventilation systems, potentially disrupting business meetings and guestroom areas
(including during testing of the generators). Architectural, structural, and mechanical design
considerations should include the following:
Improved airborne sound isolation between the generator room and adjacent noise-sensitive
spaces. Proper space planning can reduce noise and vibration control requirements through
buffering.
Space provision to accommodate large mufflers and silencers.
Absorptive finishes in the generator room should be included when feasible.
Structural support for the generator, an inertia base with two to three times the mass of the
generator, and potentially a floating floor (when a slab-on-grade condition is not possible).
Minimized floor deflections to allow efficient operation of spring isolators fitted to the generators.
Seismic requirements must also be evaluated.
Spring vibration isolators and inertia bases with two to three times the mass of the generator is
required in most applications.
Hospital-grade silencers (or better) for combustion exhaust.

Silencers with large cross-sectional areas to meet insertion loss requirements and accommodate
low pressure drop tolerances typical of generator radiator fans.
Vibration isolation hangers and flex connection for all ductwork and piping.
Resiliently suspended ceilings may be required for spaces below the generator room.
Specialised acoustic doorsets in an airlock arrangement are recommended for access to generator
rooms to assist in controlling noise breakout
Resiliently suspended acoustic ceiling to control noise to spaces above (currently indicated as
offices)
4.3.5
Transformer room
Transformers, like other electromagnetic devices, produce a "hum" known as magnetostriction, which
is caused by the alternating flux in the transformer core. The relative loudness depends on the
construction of the transformer, the manner of installation and the ambient sound level at the site.
When transformers are not properly mounted or supported, their vibration is transmitted to the support
structure and finds its way into neighboring spaces, manifesting itself as an annoying tonal noise.
Planning of transformer placement and proper installation can significantly reduce transformer noise.
Therefore, the following guidelines should be observed:
Install transformer(s) as far as possible from areas where the sound could be objectionable.
Avoid placing transformer(s) near multiple reflective surfaces such as in a corner, near a ceiling or
floor, or in a hallway.
Isolate the transformer core and coils from the ground or supporting structure using proper vibration
isolators. Air cooled dry transformers require isolating the core and coil from its support structure.
Oil filled transformers require isolating the core and coil from its tank base and isolate its tank base
from the support structure.
Use flexible conduit couplings between the transformer and the wiring system. This includes
incoming cables, busbars, stand-off insulators, etc., since any rigid connection from the vibrating
transformer to a solid structure will transmit vibration.
Mount transformer(s) on an inertia base or on a surface with the largest possible mass.
The transformer room dimensions should not correspond to half wavelength of the transformer
noise/vibration frequencies.
The transformer room walls, ceiling, floor, and access doors shall be designed according to airborne
transmission guidelines provided herein. The project acoustical consultant shall provide additional
guidelines (including the use of sound absorptive materials) based on the specific equipment
selected for the project.
4.3.6
Penetrations
All services penetrations and gaps/openings of a partition (floors, walls, ceilings etc) must be
inspected and treated carefully to ensure acoustic integrity. Services penetration must not have direct
contact with the intervening structure. This can be achieved by allowing small clearance (5 - 15mm)
around the penetration, and then acoustically treated as follows:
Metal sheet ducts (including sound attenuators) and hydraulic pipes
Concrete slab penetrations the gaps around the services penetrating the concrete slab should
3
be densely packed with insulation (minimum 50 mm, 48-60 kg/m glasswool or equivalent) and
sealed using non-setting resilient acoustic grade sealant/compound.
Wall penetrations the gaps around the services penetrating the concrete slab should be
3
densely packed with insulation (minimum 50 mm, 48-60 kg/m glasswool), patched with the same
number of lining sheets as per the construction of the penetrated wall (each side) and sealed
using non-setting resilient acoustic grade sealant/compound.
Flexible ducts
Flexible duct-work must not penetrate full-height partitions. Penetration through acoustically rated
walls should be through metal sheet sleeves. The acoustic treatment of the metal sheet sleeves
should be as per the acoustic treatment of metal sheet ducts mentioned above.
Cable trays
Pack the openings with 50 mm, 48-60 kg/m glasswool then patch and seal as per acoustic
treatment of metal sheet ducts above.
3
Joints and section interfaces (between walls and floor/ceiling/structural above, between window
frames and wall linings, between light weight partition wall and concrete wall, etc) all need to be
caulked airtight to maintain acoustic integrity.
4.3.7
Electrical flush boxes
The location of electrical flush boxes shall be such that the acoustic performance of the partition shall
not be degraded. This includes:
Flush boxes should not be installed back to back. Flush boxes shall be offset in stud bays
No more than four flush boxes shall be installed per side of a partition
Where flush boxes cannot be offset in stud bays, acoustic/fire rated flush boxes shall be used.
Acoustic flush boxes shall be installed as per manufacturers specifications
Where multiple flush boxes must be installed to a single side of a partition in a mutual stud bay,
treatment should be as per back-to-back remedy specified in the Gib Noise Control Manual shown
below in Figure 6
Figure 6: Treatment of back to back flush boxes
4.3.8
Vibration Isolation
All reciprocating equipment is to be installed on appropriate OEM specified vibration isolation mounts
which are required to achieve a minimum 95% isolation efficiency to minimise structure borne noise
transmission. Table 14 shows the schedule of applicable vibration isolators and bases for the
mechanical plant. Suspended pipe work and air ducts are to be mounted using resilient hangers and
supports.
Table 14: Schedule of vibration isolators and bases
Slab on grade
Floor span
Floor span
Floor span
Up to 6 m
6 to 9 m
9 to 12 m
Shaft
Power
kW
Speed
r/s
Centrifugal Fans
560 mm dia.
All
All
20
20
45
610 mm dia.
30
<6
6 to 9
>9
B
B
B
3
3
3
65
45
20
B
B
B
3
3
3
90
45
20
B
B
B
3
3
3
90
65
20
B
B
B
3
3
3
90
65
45
37
<6
6 to 9
>9
C
C
C
3,5
3,5
3,5
65
45
25
C
C
C
3,5
3,5
3,5
90
45
45
C
C
C
3,5
3,5
3,5
90
65
45
C
C
C
3,5
3,5
3,5
90
65
65
Axial fans
560 mm dia.
All
All
20
20
20
610 mm dia.
All
<6
6 to 9
>9
B
B
B
3
3
3
65
20
20
C
B
B
3
3
3
90
45
45
C
C
B
3
3
3
90
65
45
C
C
B
3
3
3
90
65
45
7.5
20
20
20
20
11 and
<1 kPa
s.p.
<6
6 to 9
>9
A
A
A
3
3
3
20
20
20
A
A
A
3
3
3
90
65
45
A
A
A
3
3
3
90
65
45
C
A
A
3
3
3
90
65
45
11 and
1 kPa
s.p
<6
6 to 9
B
B
3
3
20
20
C
C
3
3
90
45
C
C
3
3
90
65
C
C
3
3
90
65
>9
20
45
45
65
All
All
20
45
45
1.5
2.2 to 5.5
7.5 to 30
37 to 90
110
All
All
All
All
All
A
B
C
C
C
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
20
20
20
A
C
C
C
C
2
3
3
3
3
10
20
20
20
45
A
C
C
C
C
2
3
3
3
3
10
20
45
45
45
A
C
C
C
C
2
3
3
3
3
10
20
45
65
65
All
All
20
45
65
Equipment type
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Air handling
units, air
conditioning
units - packaged
and evaporative
coolers
Condensing units
Pumps
Water heaters
Air compressors
and vacuum
Slab on grade
Equipment type
pumps
Tank mounted
Base-mounted
Large reciprocating
Engine-drivengenerators
Floor span
Floor span
Floor span
Up to 6 m
6 to 9 m
9 to 12 m
Shaft
Power
kW
Speed
r/s
7.5
11
All
All
All
All
All
All
A
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
20
20
20
20
A
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
20
20
20
20
A
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
45
45
45
45
A
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
45
45
45
45
All
All
20
45
65
90
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Base types:
A.
No base, isolators attached directly to equipment.
B.
Steel machinery base
C.
Concrete inertia base
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Base Isol.
type type
Min.
Defl.
mm
Isolator types:
1.
Neoprene pads (m=multiple layers)
2.
Neoprene mounts
3.
Open spring mounts.
4.
Vertically restrained spring mounts.
5.
Horizontal thrust restraints.
Glossary Acoustic Terminology

Sound or sound pressure is a fluctuation in air pressure over the static ambient
Sound Pressure
pressure.
Sound Pressure
The sound pressure relative to a standard reference pressure of 20Pa (20x10
6
Level
Pascals) on a decibel (dB) scale.
The sound power of a source is the amount of acoustic energy being
generated per unit time by the source and does not change with distance. The
sound power level is defined as 10 times the logarithm to the base 10 of the
Sound Power
ratio of the sound power of the source to the reference sound power of 1 Pico
Level
Watt. Sound power level cannot be directly measured using a microphone. The
sound power level of a machine may vary depending on the actual operating
load.
dB
The decibel (dB) is the unit used for sound level measurement.
Unit of sound level, in A-weighted decibels. The human ear is not equally
sensitive to all frequencies of sound. The A-weighting approximates the
dB(A)
sensitivity of the human ear by filtering these frequencies. A dB(A)
measurement is considered representative of average human hearing.
The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level over T
LAeq, T
measurement period, used to quantify the average noise level over a time
period.
The A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 10% of the measurement
LA10
period. It is usually used as the descriptor for intrusive noise level and
represents ambient road traffic noise in general.
The A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90% of the measurement
LA90
period. It is usually used as the descriptor for background noise level.
The A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 10% of the time when
LA10, 15min
measured over a 15 minute period. It is usually used as the descriptor for
intrusive noise level.
LAmax
The maximum A-weighted sound pressure level for the measurement period
Noise Rating (NR) Curves are a set of curves developed by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) to determine the acceptable indoor
environment. NR number for a particular noise source is determined by the
highest weighting curve that just envelopes the acoustic spectrum of the noise
NR
source. There is no direct conversion from NC rating (which measures
acceptability) to dBA value (which measures loudness). A sound pressure level
in dBA is approximately equivalent to NR + constant. Depending on spectrum
shape. The constant term could lie between 0 and +11.
Rw is the weighted sound reduction index of a building element. A single
number quantity which characterises the airborne sound insulation of a
Rw
material or building element over a range of frequencies. Rw is measured in a
laboratory with suppressed flanking transmission. Rw is the standard descriptor
of laboratory measured sound insulation used in the UK and Australia.
Dw is the weighted level difference between rooms. Dw is measured on-site
Dw
outside of controlled laboratory conditions. Dw is a standard descriptor of onsite measured sound insulation used in the UK and Australia.
STC is the Sound Transmission Class of a building element. A single number
quantity which characterises the airborne sound insulation of a material or
STC
building element over a range of frequencies. STC is measured in a laboratory
with suppressed flanking transmission. STC is the standard descriptor of
laboratory measured sound insulation used in the United States.
NIC is the Noise Isolation Class of a building element The weighted level
difference between rooms. NIC is measured on-site outside of controlled
NIC
laboratory conditions. NIC is a standard descriptor of on-site measured sound
insulation used in the United States
RT
NRC
RT refers to the reverberation time of a space and can also be described as

RT60. The reverberation time is the time it takes for the sound pressure level
in a space to fall by 60dB after the sound has been stopped. 60dB corresponds
to a decrease in sound pressure by a factor of 1000.
NRC is the Noise Reduction Coefficient. The NRC measured how much sound
a given material will absorb and is usually applied to room finishes such as
ceiling tiles and acoustic panels. Materials with a low NRC value will not
absorb sound as readily as those with a higher NRC.
The subjective response to changes in noise levels can be described as follows:

A 3dB(A) change in sound pressure level is just noticeable or perceptible to the average human ear; a
5dB(A) increase is quite noticeable and a 10dB(A) increase is typically perceived as a doubling in
loudness.
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
APPENDIX E2
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
337
Vibration Isolation
Table 14 presents recommendations for vibration isolation of HVAC plant within the Deutsches Haus
facility. All vibration isolation treatment should be installed in accordance with the manufacturers
specifications, ensuring that there are no vibration flanking short circuits / connections.
Table 14: Vibration isolation recommendations
Vibration isolation type
Minimum
isolation
efficiency (%)
Minimum static
deflection
(mm)
Mounting
base
Generators
Spring mounts
95
50
Plinth and
floating floor
Generator exhaust
pipework
Spring hangers
95
13
Boilers
Neoprene pads
80
Transformer
UPS
Neoprene pads
Neoprene pads
80
80
5
5
Chillers
Chilled and heating
water pumps
Restrained spring mounts
95
50
Spring mounts
95
25
Plinth
Air handling units

Suspended fan coil
units and indoor
units
Spring mounts
95
50
Spring hangers
95
25
Spring mounts
95
25
Spring hangers
95
13
Pipe and ductwork

inside plant rooms
Spring hangers
95
25
Pipework outside
plant rooms
Neoprene inserts between

pipes and clamps or
spring hangers
80
Air compressors
and vacuum
pumps
Spring mounts
95
25
Laundry machines
Neoprene pads
90
15
Equipment
Floor / roof
mounted fans
Suspended axial
fans
Notes:
Ensure all rotary equipment is both statically and dynamically balanced
The vibration isolation mounts should be selected to comply with the above isolation efficiency and
static deflection requirements, and incorporate restraining devices to prevent excessive movement
of plant, equipment and piping systems.
Use flexible conduit / duct / pipe connections between rigid conduit / pipes / ducts and reciprocating
or rotating equipment
Project 243957 File 150520 Deutsches Haus - Mechanical Services Assessment.docx 20 May 2015 Revision 0 Page 19
WSP Vietnam Ltd
DEUTSCHES HAUS
APPENDIX E3
J10068 11 Aug 2015

EE R05
338
Aurecon Australasia Pty Ltd

ABN 54 005 139 873
55 Grenfell Street
Adelaide SA 5000
Australia
T
F
E
W
+61 8 8237 9777

+61 8 8237 9778
adelaide@aurecongroup.com
aurecongroup.com
Memorandum
To
Thang Tran, WSP
From
Bill Dawson
Copy
MACE, gmp, Aurecon
Reference
243957
Date
6 March 2015
Pages (including
11
Subject
German House Generator Plant Room Acoustics
this page)
This technical memorandum outlines acoustic assessment and recommendations for the German
House Level 2 generator plant room.
References
The following documents provided by WSP have been referenced for this assessment:
German House Level 2 Main Raceway Routing Layout, Drawing WSP-TN-EL-DWG-62402, dated
3 March 2015
Generator Data Sheets Genset 2000 KVA Prime.pdf & Genset 1600 KVA Prime.pdf
Kohler 2000 kVA & 1600 kVA generator noise data S16R_Noise Analysis.pdf
Understanding
A total of three generators will be installed to the Level 2 generator plant room, on the southern side
of the development, as per the Level 2 Raceway Routing Layout.
The generators will have the following prime / standby ratings:

2 off generator sets rated at 2000 kVA prime / 2250 kVA standby
1 off generator set rated at 1600 kVA prime / 1850 kVA standby
The generator plant will only operate under emergency conditions, or during day -time testing of the
generator sets (it is envisaged that the three generators may be tested and run simultaneously)
Air intake for the generator plant room will be through two air intake louvres in the south-western
wall (approximately 6.5m x 2m and 4.5 x 2m), and 1 air intake louvre in the south-eastern wall
(approximately 4m x 2m).
The ventilation air discharge from each of the generators will be ducted to the external wall (facing
south-west / south-east). Each air outlet louvre will be approximately 4m x 2m.
The generator exhausts will be ducted through a service riser adjacent the stair core, with the
exhaust outlet at roof level
Rooms which are at greatest risk of noise and vibration impact during operation of the generators
are as follows:
Level 2 Exhibition / Retail spaces which share a wall with the generator plant room, and the staff
room which is separated from the generator plant room by a corridor
On Level 1 immediately below the generator plant room is a security room (office) and a retail
space.
Project 243957 File 150306 Generator Plant Room Acoustics.docx 6 March 2015 Revision 1 Page 1
On Level 3 immediately above the generator plant room is general office / retail space.
The slabs above and below the generator plant room consist of minimum 200 thick solid concrete
(2,400 kg/m3 density)
The generator plant room will be separated from the service corridor by a single hinged door
Design Criteria
3.1
Internal Noise
Testing of the generator plant is likely to occur during typical day -time operation of the facility, and will
potentially impact on noise-sensitive spaces if not properly treated (eg the retail / exhibition spaces).
Noise due to testing of the generator plant will be designed to achieve the design sound levels
summarised in Table 1 based on AS/NZS 2107:2000.
Table 1: Summary of design sound lev els for building interiors
Type of occupancy / activity
Recommended design sound level, L Aeq, dB(A)

Satisfactory
Maximum
Retail and showrooms
45
50
General office
40
45
Corridors *
45
50
* Note: Due to the significant noise levels within the generator plant room (ie greater than 110 dB(A))
and the limited operation of the generators (short-term testing on a week ly / monthly basis), we note
that it is not practical to achieve the LAeq 55 dB(A) design criterion in the service corridors adjacent the
plant room. Acoustic recommendations for the walls, doors and other elements are therefore provided
to ensure that the acoustic design levels in the noise-sensitive retail and exhibition / office spaces are
achieved.
3.2
Environmental Noise
The generator air intake and discharge paths face south-east and south-west towards the
Intercontinental Asiana Saigon (retail podium and two hotel towers). Based on day-time testing of the
generators (or operation only during an emergency scenario), the risk of environmental noise
adversely impacting on the nearby noise-sensitive boundaries is low. Nonetheless, environmental
noise emissions from the generator plant room will be designed to meet the day -time environmental
noise emission limit of 60 dB(A) at the nearest noise-sensitive boundaries in accordance with
Vietnamese Standards TCVN 5949-1998 Acoustics Noise in public and residential areas. Maximum
noise level. Figure 1 shows the locality plan and the nearest noise-sensitive receptors.
Day-time noise criterion of 60 dB(A) to

be achieved at the faade of the existing
Intercontinental Asiana Saigon.
Figure 1: Locality plan and nearby sensitiv e receptors
Assessment and Recommendations
Preliminary assessment of the three standby generator sets located in the Level 2 generator plant
room have been undertaken based on three Kohler generators with engine model S16R. Noise data
for the Kohler generator sets is summarised in Table 2 (based on preliminary selection provided by
WSP via email on 4 March 2015).
Table 2: Preliminary generator noise data (based on Kohler S16R data sheet as attached)
Octave band centre frequency (Hz)

63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
Overall
dB(A)
Sound pressure at 1m from

open set, in dB
97
104
105
106
106
105
99
98
111
Sound pressure at 1m from

exhaust outlet, in dB
111
131
124
121
115
114
113
110
124
Kohler S16R
Note: Aurecons assessment is based on the preliminary noise data provided by WSP as summarised above. The
on-site noise levels may vary depending on final selection, engine type, setup and assembly of the generator set.
The noise data must be checked by the contractor / supplier and confirmed to be not more than the levels outlined
above prior to purchase, otherwise additional acoustic treatment may be required.
In addition, noise emitted by the diesel generators will typically contain annoying characteristics (tonal
/ impulsive components, low frequency sound, etc) which can result in increased annoyance.
Based on the noise data outlined above, the 200mm thick concrete slab above and below the
generator plant room, and 200mm thick solid concrete walls will result in a noise level of approximately
65 dB(A) within the retail and exhibition spaces during simultaneous operation of all three generators,
which will significantly exceed the internal noise design criteria for these spaces (during both
emergency operation, and during day-time testing of the generators).
Due to the risk of adverse impact on the retail and exhibition spaces above, below and adjacent to the
generator plant room, it is recommended that the generator plant room be relocated to a less noisesensitive area of the building (eg basement where there are no noise-sensitive spaces, and the
acoustic treatment requirements will be less stringent). However, where the generator plant room
cannot be relocated, the engineering noise control treatments as outlined in the following sections will
be required.
4.1
Plant Room Construction
4.1.1 Level 2 Generator Plant Room Slab

The floor construction of the Level 2 generator plant room will require a 150mm thick floating concrete
slab with a 200mm air cavity to the 200mm thick concrete slab below to control noise to the Level 1
retail spaces. The 200mm deep air cavity will be required to reduce the air cavity resonance to
approximately 8 Hz and eliminate the effect of the air cavity coupling / stiffness effects. Refer to the
Figure 2 sketch for an indicative slab arrangement.
Figure 2: Typical generator room acoustic treatment w here noise -sensitive office spaces are located abov e and below
the generator plant room
4.1.2 Level 2 Generator Plant Room Ceiling

A resiliently suspended flush plasterboard ceiling will be required to the generator plant room to
control noise impact to the Level 3 retail / exhibition spaces above. The generator plant room ceiling
should consist of minimum 2 layers of 16mm fire-rated plasterboard suspended on minimum 25mm
deflection spring isolators with a minimum 100mm ceiling cavity, and cavity infill (eg 50mm thick,
11kg/m3 Glasswool insulation). The suspended ceiling should be sealed to the perimeter with a nonhardening acoustic sealant, and there should be no gaps / penetrations in the ceiling (all pipe / duct
penetrations should be fully sealed with flexible sealant). Refer to the Figure 2 sketch and Figure 3 for
an indicative ceiling arrangement.
Figure 3: Suspended ceiling on resilient hangers
4.1.3 Internal Generator Plant Room Walls

All penetrations and other wall elements (eg door frames / intake attenuators) should be fully sealed to
the minimum 200mm thick reinforced solid concrete blockwork walls (extending full-height), ensuring
that there are no noise flanking paths left untreated. Acoustic absorptive lining (eg 50mm thick, 14kg/ 3
Rockwool with perforated foil facing) should be installed to minimum 50% of the plant room walls to
control reverberant noise build-up within the plant room.
The wall separating the generator plant room from the retail and exhibition space immediately
adjacent should be increased to include minimum 2 layers of 16mm fire-rated plasterboard on 76mms
steel studs offset from the 200mm thick solid concrete blockwork wall by a minimum 20mm airgap,
with 50mm thick, 11kg/m 3 Glasswool insulation extending full-height to control low-frequency noise
impact on the retail area.
Note that the junction between the internal walls and external facade will need to be fully sealed to
control noise flanking between the genset / retail spaces. Light-weight faade construction at the
junction will increase the risk of noise-flanking and should be avoided (solid blockwork construction is
preferred).
4.1.4 Internal Generator Plant Room Doors

The internal door arrangement currently shown on the electrical layout plan is not ideal, as the single
hinged door between the generator plant room and the service corridor will provide a significant noise
flanking path, with a high risk of noise transfer along the corridor through to the staff room / retail
spaces when the generators are operating. An airlock arrangement should be implemented between
the generator plant room and the corridor, as per the example shown in the attached markup at the
end of this document. The airlock door arrangement should consist of two sets of proprietary acoustic
doors, both rated at minimum RW 35. The door sets should be fitted with heavy-duty compressible
rubber door seals to all sides, and there should be no door grilles, undercuts or other air relief paths
through the door.
4.1.5 External Generator Plant Room Walls

Light-weight external faade construction for the generator plant room will present a risk of noiseflanking to the adjacent / above / below noise-sensitive spaces, and will result in excessive
environmental noise emissions impacting on the nearby Intercontinental Asiana Saigon. 200mm thick
reinforced concrete blockwork walls should be installed to the external wall of the generator room to
control noise-flanking and noise emissions.
4.2
Sound Attenuators for Ventilation Paths (Air Intake and Discharge)
Outside air intake through the generator plant room external walls, and ducted cooling air discharge
from each generator should be through acoustic attenuators (three intake attenuators and three
discharge attenuators), with each attenuator minimum 2.1m long and with maximum 27% open area
(refer Table 3 for minimum insertion losses). The exact sizing of the attenuators and louvres should be
checked by the mechanical engineer to ensure correct airflow into the generator plant room (typically a
pressure drop of no more than 40 PA across the air intake attenuators), and the location of the air
intakes and discharges checked to ensure that there are no air recirculation issues. All attenuators
should be sealed to the surrounding wall using a non-hardening acoustic sealant. The specified
discharge attenuators, in combination with the external wall recommendations outlined above will be
suitable to achieve 60 dB(A) at the nearby sensitive receptors (eg the existing Intercontinental Asiana
Saigon to the south).
Table 3: Minimum insertion loss for generator plant room air intake and discharge acoustic attenuators
Attenuator insertion loss at octave band centre frequency (Hz)
Intake and discharge

air attenuators IL, dB
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
10
23
40
50
49
46
43
41
4.3
Exhaust
Installation of two silencers in series (a critical rated reactive type and a standard absorptive type) to
each generator is required to meet the noise design goals. Example of suitable attenuators installed in
series to both generator sets:
A minimum 1,675mm long ECI fully lined super critical 150NB silencer with fully lined internal tubes
(as per ECI drawing no. P20111007-03 attached), installed in series with:
A minimum 1,730mm long ECI 150NB absorptive silencer (as per ECI drawing no. P20111007-04
as attached)
The exhaust silencers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and
as close to the engine as possible in a section of pipework isolated from the main engine. The static
pressure associated with the silencers should be checked by the contractor / supplier to ensure that
the silencer installation does not impede effective operation of the exhaust system.
4.4
Vibration Isolation
To control structure-borne noise, the generator must be mounted on spring isolators (minimum 50mm
static deflection) with an inertia base or appropriate concrete plinth with minimum 300mm depth. All
rigid connections to the generator set shall be fitted with flexible connections. Stainless steel bellows
are recommended for the exhaust system. The exhaust pipework shall be supported from the building
structure using vibration isolation spring support hangers with a minimum static deflection of 25mm. All
other connections to the generator set shall include flexible loops / connections and particular care
shall be taken to ensure that these have sufficient flexibility to handle the large deflections likely during
start-up of the generator.
Attachments:
Generator Plant Room Acoustic Treatment Markup

1,675mm long ECI fully lined super critical 150NB silencer drawing P20111007-03
1,730mm long ECI 150NB absorptive silencer drawing P20111007-04
Kohler S16R Exhaust and Machine Noise Analysis Data
Unit 5, 16/F Green Power Building

35 Ton Duc Thang Street
District 1, Ho Chi Minh City
Vietnam
Tel: +84 8 2220 5345
Fax: +84 8 2220 5348
www.wspgroup.com

Spec El PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Spec El PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WSP Vietnam Ltd.

Unit 5, 16th Floor

ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Le Van Huu Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam

DATE OF ISSUE: 11 Aug 2015

Statutory Requirements and Other Regulations and Codes ......................................................... 19

Climatic Conditions ........................................................................................................................ 21

Geographic Conditions .................................................................................................................. 21

Electrical Supply and Building Provision ....................................................................................... 21

Silence of Operation ...................................................................................................................... 22

Material and Equipment Standards ............................................................................................... 24

Quality Assurance and Project Management ................................................................................ 28

Delivery and Installation ................................................................................................................. 30

Submittals and Reviews ................................................................................................................ 39

Defects Liability Period .................................................................................................................. 52

Training of the Employers Operators ............................................................................................ 54

SECTION 2 HV CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD ......................................................................................... 56

22kv SF6 Insulated Ring Main Unit ............................................................................................ 56

22kv Instrument Transformer ........................................................................................................ 60

SECTION 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS .................................................................... 65

J10068 11 Aug 2015

Site and Service Condition ............................................................................................................ 65

Characteristics According to IEC 76 and IEC 726 Standards ....................................................... 66

Accessories and Standard Equipment .......................................................................................... 68

Thermal Protection ........................................................................................................................ 69

Metal Enclosure ............................................................................................................................. 69

Climatic and Environmental Classifications ................................................................................... 71

Fire Behavior Classification ........................................................................................................... 71

SECTION 4 EMERGENCY GENERATOR ............................................................................................. 72

Particular Requirements on Quality Assurance............................................................................. 73

Site and Service Condition ............................................................................................................ 74

Design and Construction of Generator Set ................................................................................... 75

Design and Construction of Ancillary Equipment .......................................................................... 78

J10068 11 Aug 2015

System Operation and Performance ............................................................................................. 87

Warning Sign ................................................................................................................................. 90

Schematic and Control Wiring Diagram ........................................................................................ 90

Installation of Exhaust System ...................................................................................................... 91

Installation of Fuel System............................................................................................................. 92

Power Cables and Associated Cabling Facilities .......................................................................... 94

SECTION 5 L.V. CUBICLE SWITCHBOARD ........................................................................................ 97

Site and Service Condition ............................................................................................................ 99

Construction ................................................................................................................................. 100

Finishes ........................................................................................................................................ 102

Busbars ........................................................................................................................................ 102

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs) ......................................................................................................... 103

Fused Switchgear ........................................................................................................................ 106

Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) ................................................................................... 107

J10068 11 Aug 2015

Protective Relays ......................................................................................................................... 109

Control and Auxiliary Relays........................................................................................................ 110

Volt-free Contacts (Dry Contacts) ................................................................................................ 110

Current Transformers (CTs) ........................................................................................................ 110

Power Factor Correction Equipment ........................................................................................... 111

Indicating Instruments .................................................................................................................. 112

Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................................................... 113

Fuses and Links ........................................................................................................................... 113

Battery / Charger System ............................................................................................................ 114

Earthing ........................................................................................................................................ 115

Labels and Drawings ................................................................................................................... 115

Control Wiring .............................................................................................................................. 116

Installation .................................................................................................................................... 116

Discrimination .............................................................................................................................. 120